THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY MTENTS FOR INVENTIONS. ABRIDGMENTS OF RELATING TO THE MANUFACTURE OF lEON AND STEEL. PART III.— A.D. 1877-1883. L 0 N D O ^^ : PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE PATENT OFFICE SALE BRANCH, 38, CURSITOB STEEET, CHANCERY LANE, E.C, 1894. - . 6 r. PEEfACE This volume contains abridgments of Specifications relating to the "Manufacture of Iron and Steel," filed during the period A.D. 1877-83. The scope of the volume, as shown in the subject-matter index, comprises all processes for the manufacture offcast iron, steel, and malleable iron, as well as the preparation of special qualities of metal ; also the production by rolling of sheets, plates, rails, rods, bars, angle iron, etc. The production of metals other than iro and steel is treated in another series of abridgments, which also includes all inventions of general application for obtaining and manufac- turing various metals, some of which may be applicable to the manufacture of iron and steel. This volume contains all furnaces and kilns particularly applicable to the production of iron and steel. Furnaces and kilns for use in the manufacture of metals other than iron and steel have been omitted, except w^here some reason, such as special applicability, appeared to render their insertion desirable. With reference to the rolling of sheets, bars, and the like, it ^ should be explained that inventions which are stated to relate ^ only to specified metals other than iron and steel are omitted. ^ The rolling of manufactured rods, tubes, and plates for purpose s 2^ of ornamentation is likewise omitted. 3 V. dl54~1000-2/94. Wt. 8265. D. & S. » 2 UJ PREFACE. The manufacture of finished articles of iron and steel is excluded, as well as tlie work of the smithy and of the engineer's shop, even when such work is restricted to making articles in the rough, as, for example, the piling and welding of iron for axles, or the casting of railway-wheel tyres. The casting of solid ingots is included, together with various inventions relating to the subject of casting ; but the production of useful or ornamental castings is omitted. Blowing engines or machines for producing a blast of air are omitted ; but apparatus for heating the blast and conveying it into the furnace are included. Steam hammers are, as far as possible, excluded ; but shingling machines generally, and special machinery for working the heavy balls obtained in certain mechanical puddling processes, will be found in this volume. Hand tools for working the metal in process of manufacture are also included. Alloys employed in iron and steel making, and metals which are regarded as mere varieties of iron and steel, are comprised in this series. Tempering, annealing, and case-hardening processes are included. It should be pointed out that some subjects herein partly dealt with, such as furnaces, rolling, forging, and other matters collateral to the essentially metallurgical treatment, have been completely dealt with in their place in the various illustrated series of abridgments now issued, to whiih reference should be made by perso:is desirous of making a thorough search. Full information as to the volume of abridgments within which abridgments for any given subject occur may be obtained from the Ahrklgraent-Class and Index Key. This publication, which gives all particulars with regard to the Patent Office classification of inventions, may be obtained from the Patent Office Sale Branch, 38, Cursitor Street, Chancery Lane, W.C., price Is., parcel postage (\d. PREFACE. It should be borne in mind that the abridgments are merely intended to serve as guides to the Specifications, which must themselves be consulted for the details of any particular invention. Printed Specifications, price Sd. each, may be purchased at the Patent Office Sale Branch, or ordered by post on the Patents Form (to be obtained from any Post Office), no additional charge being made for postage. February, 1894. H. READER LACK, Comptroller-General. 1877] SUBJEOT-MATTEE INDEX. [1883 SUBJEGT-IATTER INDEX. Abridgments are printed in the chronological order of the Specifications to which they relev, and this index quotes only the year and number of each Specification. Alloys and metallic substances used in making ii'on and steel, production of — f eiTo-manganese and spiegel- eisen. S>ee Spiegeleisen etc. miscellaneous substances. '77. 265. 14G5. '79. 4490. 'SI. 2219. 8336. '83. 934. Annealing and softening iron and steel — See also Malleable cast iron, producing ; Re- heating etc. ; Tem- pering steel, furnaces, kilns, and pro- cesses. '77. 634. 728. 957. 1026. 1767. 2070. 2234. 2874. 3526. 3621. 3868. '75. 2502. 3331. 3513. 3513-. 4381. 5336. '79. 128. 343. 2076. 2379. 2411. 3528. 3742. 4110. 4476. '50.1146.1191.3864. 4358. 4798. 5390. '81. 107, (Appendix, page 618). 1874. 2252. 3781. 4198. '82. 894. 1507. 2289. '83. 3038. 3038-. 3586. 5234. 5677. pots and stands, and similar cases. '77. 2070. 2499. 2732. '78. 2100. 4431. '80. 2793. 3295. 3748. '81. 3154. '83. 3586. Armour plates, producing (by rolling or otherwise) in the form of single plates — forming of iron and steel, or different qualities of metal, combined. '77. 787. 102(;. 1540. 1544. 3472. 3526. 3662. 38321 4943. '78. 84. 154. 258. 439. 1866. 2812. 5014. '79. 4866. '80. 3629. '81. 1220. 1245. 4198. '5^.1051.1409.2130. 4902. 4996. 5322. 6113. '83. 1920. 5572. general processes. '77. 660. 1878. '79. 1421. '80. 3257. '81. 738. '83. 200. hardening. See Hardening etc. straightening. See Straightening etc. Balling, ie. producing balls. See Blooms, producing etc. ; Forging etc. ; Puddling etc. ; Reducing ores etc. Balling-furnaces. See Re-heat- ing etc. Balls, blooms, ingots, etc., moving in and out of fur- naces, and supporting for hammering. '77. 1767. '81. 3381. '82. 3931. See also Re-heating etc. ; Rolling etc. vii 1S77] SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1883 Beds for casting, lining with purifying-agents. See Pig beds etc. ; Purifying iron and steel. Bessemer process, producing cast steel and fused malle- able iron by, [^including basic treatment] — See aUo Steel, cast, etc. arrangements of plant, and mounting the converter. 77. 321. 677. '79. 1683. 5302. '80. 548. '82. 80. 133. 1949. '83. 2227. 4676. See also Casting etc. ; Ingot moulds etc. conducting the process. '77. 321. 383. 677. 1689. 1935. 2432. 2437. 2836. 3425. 4422. 4613. 4920. '78. 289. 908. 1424. 3953. 3993. 4063. 4275. 4370. '79. 591.793. 1046. 1120. 1299. 1313. 1577. 1682. 1683. 1711. 1870. 2004. 2162. 2204. 2594. 3010. 3162. 3168. 3266. 3324. 3402. 3531. 3923. 4053. 4490. 4625. 4629. 5211. 5302. 5323. 5324. '80. 188. 388. 783. 952. 986. 1329. 1479. '81. 2219. '82. 1949. 4379. 5151. '8S. 2514. 3531. 4676. constructing and lining the converter and tuyeres. '77. 3449. 4422. 4920. '78. 289. 908. 2835. 3975. 4063. 4370. '79. 131. 257. 1089. 1682. 2361. 3530. 4806. 4807. 5211. 5302. 5324. '80. 388. 1479. 2024. 4285. 5168. 5355. '81. 1372. 2639. 3698. 4315. 4404. '82. 133. 1949. 2404. '83. 1509. 2227. 2504. I viii Bessemer process, etc. — cont. constructing etc. — cont. 2514. 4379. 5380. 5568. 5595. See aho Refractory materials etc. Billeting. See Piling etc. Blast, cold and hot, conveying, cooling, drying, and regu- lating — See also Hot blast, pro- ducing, conveyins: to furnace. '80, 5bl. '8^3. 3663. cooling and increasing density. '82. 5151. drying. '79. 1715. regulating. '77. 3449. '82. 514. 5134. valves for hot-blast stoves. See Hot blast, producing. Blast furnace gases, purifying and improving for use in making iron and steel. '77. 4323. '78. 522. '79. 4117. '80. 1433. '81. 2797. 3785. 5523. '82. 410. 2682. 2709. 3146. 3189. 3610. '83. 9. 2387. Blast furnaces, constructing and working — See also Blast, cold and hot etc. ; Blast furnace gases etc. ; Cupolas etc. ; Hot blast etc. ; Smelling ores etc. ; Tuyeres ; Water-tuyeres, charging-apparatus. '77. 625. 1931. '78. 2186. 2260. '82. 416. 828. 1763. 2682. '83. 1748. 3904. See also Calcining ores {In apparatus at top of blast furnace). 1877] SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1883 Blast furnaces, ^constructing and working — co7it. cinder outlet and tap-hole arrangements. ^79. 424. '83. 1332. general construction, [^includ- ing furnaces with divisions or fuel compartments]. '77. 625. 1290. 1941. '78. 132. 838. 2260. 2627. 3663. 3729. '79. 385. 983. 2156. 5324. '80. 389. 557. 2070. 2899. 4051. '81. 2171. 2486. '82. 1377. 1763. 2682. 3354. 4769. 4836. '83. 1332. 2382. 5227. 5416. 5502. removal of cinder from fur- nace. '80. 35. 2070. 3812. 4709. '81. 3544. with air chambers for heat- ing the blast. See Hot blast, producing. with calcining - apparatus upon furnace. See Cal- cining ores. Blooms, moving and support- ing. See Balls etc. Blooms, producing by miscel- laneous processes. '77. 1767. 4179. '78. 1883. 2678. '80. 3827. '81. 4196. '83. 1553. 4779. 5564. See also Forging etc. ; Reducing ores etc. Calcining ores, [includinf/ cok- ing and partly reducing preparatory to smelt- ing]— See also Ores, oxides, etc., preparing etc. in apparatus at top of blast furnace. '77. 625. 1106. '78. 2260. '80. 3321. '83. 828. 1763. 2682. 4769. '83. 5564. Calcining ores — cont. in general kilns, chambers, and heaps. '77. 482. 634. 1290. '78. 4381. 5217. '7P. 2156. 3190. '80. 1191. 1798. 2070. 2278. 3695. '81. 1865. 2797. 4218. 5122. '82. 828. 2430. 2682. '83. 1017. 3985. 5788. in throat of blast furnace itself. See Blast furnaces etc. Case-hardening. See Harden- ing etc. Casting iron and steel, with reference chiefly to solid ingots etc. — chill-casting for general purposes. See Hardening etc. chill-casting rolls of rolling mills. See Rolling etc. general processes, [ii/chtding ladles and arrangements of casting pit]. '77. 1935. 3559. '78. 189. 2062. 3612. 3819. 3953. 4296. '79. 1426. 3742. 5199. '80. 140. 548. 987. 1482. 2749. 3162. '81. 587. 1372. '82. 19. 2219. 3056. 3064. 4827. 4887. 5060. 5298. 5829. 6229. '83. 226. 953. 2514. 3072. 3585. See also Ingot moulds etc. ; Re-heating etc. in or after subjection to a non-oxidizing atmosphere or vacuum. '77. 2623. '79, 2227. '81. 2738. '82. 133. 1533. 4887. uniting molten with solid iron or steel. '77. 1540. 3425. 3472. 3526. 3662. 3832. '78. 154. 439. 2812. 5014. '79. 5193. '80, 3629. 1877] SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1883 Casting iron etc. — cant. uniting molten etc. — co)it. 4353. '81. 1220. '82. 672. 1051. 1409. 4996. 5322. 6113. '83. 1675. 1920. 5572. uniting together metal of different qualities while molten. '77. 3526. 4943. '78. 5014. '80. 4055. '81. 1220. '82, 5322. 6113. using pressure upon the liquid or solidif ying metal. '77. 129. '78. '2062. '79. 1421. 3742. 4292. 5150. '80. 140. 283. 3884. '81. 154. 488. 544. 883. 2860. '82. 3064. 6229. '83. 5360. 5690. Cast iron, melting and improv- ing, [inclndhui inciden- tally carburizing metal] — See aho Purifying iron and steel, in cupolas. See Cupolas etc. in various ways. '77. 852. 3425. 4642. '78. 1020. 1279. 1424. 2252. 2338. 3572. 4371. 5126. '79. 899. 1421. 2594. 2807. 3168. 3654. 4363. 4490. '80. 739. 1206. 2899. 3257. 3591. 3822. 5300. '81. 426. 995. 2651. 3792. '82. 4379. '83. 1553. 3989. 4140. Cast iron, producing from ores, oxides, etc. See Smelt- ing etc. Coking ores containing carbon- aceous matter. See Calcin- ing etc. Converting- vessels. See Besse- mer process etc. ; Steel, cast, etc. Corrosion, treating super- ficially and impregnating metal to prevent or cure. '77. 2051. '78. 1216. 1280. 4195. '79. 1045. 1354. 3528. '80. 3811. 5498. '81, 3304. '82. 190. 894. '83, 2710. 2991. 4139. See aho Hardening etc. electroplating. See Ahrfdg- nieift Class Electricity &c., Div. Y. enamelling. See Abridg- ment Class Moulding &c. painting. See Abridgment Class Paints &c. Corrugating or like treatment of bars, sheets, etc. '77. 2530. '79. 5258. '80. 371. '82. 93. 937. 2640. 5780. '83. 1884. 4234. Crucible furnaces. '77. 584. 634. 1013. 1518. 2220. '78, 4781. '79. 128. 2207. 4814. '80. 1255. 2486. '83, 3585. 4574. 5677. Crucibles. '77. 584. '78. 3975. 5014. '80. 3393. '81. 3154. '83. 1628. 2321. 4248. 4379. 4574. See also Refractory mate- rials etc. ; Steel, cast, etc. Cupolas, constructing, and treating metal therein to obtain cast iron — See also Blast furnaces etc. general construction of cupolas, and incidental processes. '77, 602. 612. 625. 1290. 2047. 3192. '78. 3089. '79. 3576. 3654. '80. 389. 1206. 5037. 5300, i877] SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1863 Cupolas, constructing etc -conf. general construction etc. — cant. '81. 840. 958. 1503. 2494. '82. 4011. 4836. '83. 1332. 2382. 3072. 5416. 5886. miscellaneous processes, and means of improving the metal. '77. 486. 852. 1234. '78. 3993. '79. 1299. 1833. 3010. 4629. '80. 388. 952. 5300. 5364. '81. 22. '82. 4379. '83. 9. using powdered, liquid, and gaseous fuel generally, and steam. See Tuyeres. Cutting off scrap ends and trimming bars, plates, rails, etc. '77. 2124. 2369. '79. 798. 1368. '80. 618. 2780. '81. 25. 4562. '83. 3489. 3772. Cutting up metal for piling, rolling, etc. '77. 2124. 4356. 4400. '78. 2914. 4579. '79. 1368. '80. 2633. 3272. '82. 5024. See aho Metal- breaking machines. Deoxidizing ores. See Ke- ducing etc. Fagoting. See Piling etc. Ferro-manganese. See Spie- geleisen etc. Fettling. See Puddling fur- naces etc. Fluxes. See the processes of manufacture hi which they are used. Forging and welding metal into angle - iron, bars, blooms, plates, etc., miscel- laneous improvements in — See also Blooms etc. ; Corrugating etc. ; Cutting off scrap etc. ; Cutting up metal etc. : Piling etc. : Rolling etc. ; Russian sheet -iron etc. ; Shingling etc. fluxes and agents for re- heating and welding. '77. 486. '79. 5076. '81. 72. 426. 3781. 4196. 4198. '82. 672. unclassified improvements and processes. '79. 1716. 2282. 3023. 3742. 5330. '80. 1134. 2070. 2241. 2427. 3162. 3272. 4802. '81, 544. 5192. 5634. '82. 696. 846. 4902. 5829. '83. 1675. 5729. uniting molten with solid iron or steel. See Casting etc. Hardening iron and steel — See also Tempering steel, cementation processes, [hi- cUuUnq case - hardening]. '77. 787. 1544. 3526.3832. '79. 2796. 4866. '81 107, {Appendix^ page 618). 426. 2397. 3781. 5602, {Appen- dix^ page 619). 5683. See also Steel, by ce- mentation etc. miscellaneous processes, [m- cluding chill-casting]. '77. 1540. 1878. 1953. 2354. 3425. 3670. '78. 3850. '79. 115. 1155. 1315. 2379. 2485. '80. 142. 2015. 3659. '81. 426. 1065. 1532. 3781. SUBJECT-MATTER INDE^t. [1883 Hardening iron etc. — conti miscellaneous processes — cont. '82, 3805. 5060. '83. 934. 1553. 2650. 2678. 2829. 3281. 3361. 3540. 3757. 5116. Hollow fires, constructing and using, and substitutes there- for. ''77. 117. 1849. '81. 5634. See also Re-heating etc. Homogeneous metal. See Steel, cast, etc. Hot blast, producing — See also Blast, co'd and hot etc. ; Blast furnace gases etc. in apparatus about the furnace to be heated. '77. 602. 612. 625. 1106. '80. 1354. 5037. '81. 5098. '83. 2382. 3663. 4663. in general pipe ovens and miscellaneous apparatus. '77. 321. 677. 1083. 1106. 1120. 1518. 2342. 3711. '78. 1293. 3663 '79. 4035. 4206. 4563. '80. 36. 557. 1225. 2899. '81. 1714. 3622. '82. 486. in regenerative hot-blast stoves, (and valves there- for). '77. 1083. '80. 3866. '81. 1312. 4536. 4655. 5098. 5397. '82. 1763. 2381. 2612. 2627. 3897. 6050. unclassified improvements. '78. 838. '82. 3146. 3189. '83. 2363. Ingot-iron or fused malleable iron. See Steel, cast, etc. Ingot moulds, constructing and using — See also Casting etc. groups of moulds to be filled simultaneously^ '78. 3379. 3612. 3819. 3953. '79. 3742. '80. 761. 987. '83. 2862. 5367. 5690. other moulds. '77. 2317. 3425. 3526. '78. 3379. 3612. 3953. 5014. 5334. '79. 453. 1421. 3742. 5199. '80. 140. 189. 987. 3183. 4264. 4485. 4709. '81. 883. 1750. '82. 822. 910, (Ap- 2)e7KUx, page 619). 2599. 2729. 5322. 5889. '83. 958. 1220. 1660. 5360. Ingots, casting. See Casting etc. ; Ingot m.oulds etc. Ingots, moving and supporting. See Balls etc. Ingots, retaining heat of. See Re-heating etc. Ladles for conveying molten metal. See Casting etc. Magnetic machines, separating metal and ores from other substances by. '77. 2619. '78. 1903. '79. 2617. 3190. '80. 596. 607. 2439. 2779. 4276. 4310. 4548. 5141. '81. 217. 359. 538. 1123. 1923. 2463. 2825. 4640. Malleable cast iron, producing. '77. 787. 2437. '78. 3572. 3993. '80. 987. '81. 738. 1874. 2397. '82. 3333. 4744. See also Annealing etc. ; Steel, unclassified etc. 16^7] StJBJECT-MAf TER INDEX. Malleable iron, producing — by puddling. See Puddling etc. direct from the ore without fusion. See Keducing ores etc. in a fused state, i.e. as ingot- iron. See Steel, cast, etc. unclassified processes. '77. 1413. 1518. '75. 2709. '79. 1406. 2076. 3624. 4110. '80. 987. 1400. 2899. '81. 3336. '82. 1831. 2082. 4295. Metal-breaking machines. '81. 1175. '83. 1S7. 3024. 4560. See aho Cutting up metal etc. Mill furnaces. See Re-heating furnaces etc. Ores, oxides, etc., preparing for reducing or smelting — See aho Alloys etc. ; Calcining ores ; Wet extraction etc. agglomerating with fuel, tluxes, etc., with or without heat. '77. 265. 482. 1141. 1219. 1465. 2133. 2840. 2922. 3425. '78. 4310. '80. 2070. 3827. 5288. 5364. '81. 2171. 2235. 3088. 4002. 4218. 5122. '82. 111. 2700. 3972. '83. 5296. See aho Reducing etc. dressing. '77. 1885. 2922. '79. 3190. purifying in miscellaneous ways, and obtaining oxides for use. '77. 2993. 2996. 3203. '78. 1021. 1131.4310. 4370. 4371. 4549. '79. 902. 3714. '80. 5457. '81. 4218. '82. 299. 1913. 5835. '83. m. 1657. 5788. Ores, oxides, etc., preparing etc. — cont. separating from other sub- stances by magnetic attrac- tion. See Magnetic ma- chines etc. Pig beds and moulds, form- ing. '81. 689. '82. AMI. Piling, billeting, and fagoting processes, \_inchiding con- solidating bundles of wire, etc.]. '77. 660. 4179. 4400. '78. 84. 258. 1101. 5014. '79. 4190. 5086. '80. 4353. 4802. '81. 1245. 3521. See aho Blooms etc. Puddling furnaces in general — See aho Puddling, general ; Puddling, mechanical, etc. beds and fettling therefor. '77. 283. 1767. 1849. '78. 845. '79. 4312. '80. 4031. '82. 2082. 2820. doors and door frames, and screens to protect from heat. '77. 3782. '79. 3386. 4655. '80. 4479. '81. 1012. 5731. '82. 2082. general construction. '77. 1178. 2283. 3192. 4252. 4656. 4683. 4712. '78. 846. 1242. 1881. 2483. 3396. 3534. 5314. '79. 1058. 1265. 1846. 3478. '80. 154. 429. 1146.4031.4479. 4582. 4632. 5457. '81. 1012. 1808. 3641. '82. 1399. 2082. 5764. '83. 8. 1619. 2631. 5720. Puddling, general — See aho Steel, puddled etc. general processes. '77. 486. 1742. 1935. 3192. 4642. 18?7] sUbJec*-ma^teS iisrDE:^. [i6ed Puddling, general — cont. general processes — cont. '78. 1881. '79. 271. 1870. • 3624. 4G25. 5324. '80. 1298. 2899. '82. 2820. 4539. '83. 4779. in course of producing cast steel. See Steel, cast, etc. in treating reduced metal. See Reducing ores etc. Puddling, mechanical, and using — mechanical (general) rabbles, and stationary furnaces therefor. '77. 1518. 3690. 'SO. 3822. '82. 645. '83. 3989. mechanical (i n j e c t i n g) rabbles, and stationary furnaces therefor. '77. 1518. 2137. oscillating beds and vessels, and their rabbles. '77. 2018. 2437. 4656. '79. 1846. '80. 739. '82. 1399. 3250. revolving beds and pan- shaped vesssls, and their rabbles. '77. 1518. 3537. '80. 1146. '82. 645. revolving chambers, with axes ge-nerally horizontal. '77. 383. 2437. 2836. '78. 2014. 5314. '79. 3576. 5150. '80. 739. 5457. '81. 3792. '82. 3250. '83. 3989. Purifying iron and steel, \_in- cludinq unclassified improve- ments]. '77. 486. 1083. 1234. 1413. 1689. 1767.1935. 2031. 2421. 4684. 4830. '78. 1424. 2252. 2709. 3089. 4273. '79. 271. 1045. 1120. 1698. 2076. 2204. 2243. 2314. 3010. 3402. 3714. 4212. 4625. '80. 188. 783. 2070. 2618. 2899. Purifying iron etc. — cont. 4203. 5168. 5457. '81. 761. 1322. 1361. 1644. 4577. 5257. '82. 1533. 3333. 4947. See also Cast iron, melting and improving ; Re- fined iron etc. ; and other processes of manu- facture. Purifying ores. See Calcining ores ; Ores, oxides, etc., pre- paring etc. Rabbles. See Puddling etc. Rails, producing (by rolling or otherwise) in the form of single bars — forming of iron and steel, or dilferent qualities of metal combined. '77. 3526. 4943. '78. 1101. '80. 4055. '81. 1220. general processes. '77. 957. 2174. 4537. '78. 59. 1086. '79. 306. 1362. 1421. 3608. '80. 2146. 3597. '81. 637. 731. 2171. 3549. 5051. 5644. '82. 913. 6170. hardening. See Hardening etc. straightening. See vStraight- ening etc. trimming and cutting to length. See Cutting off etc. Reducing ores, oxides, etc., without (or with partial) fusion, and formmg into balls or blooms — See also Calcining ores ; Ores, oxides, etc., preparing etc. ; Steel, direct from the ore etc. by intimately mixing with cast iron etc. '81. 2235. xiv 1877] SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1883 Reducing ores, etc. — cont, general processes. '77. 1290. 1518. 16()4. 3296. 3370. '78. 2081. '79. 3190. 5150. '80. 1798. 3827. 5288. 5457. '81. 2219. 3088. 3792. 5197. '82. 1913. 2700. 3352. 4974. '8S. 4140. 5564. in chambers attached to steel - melting furnaces. iSVe Steel, cast, etc. Refined iron, producing, and refineries therefor. '77. 852. 1234. 1664. '78. 1101. 3534. '79. 1046. 2076. 3010. 4341. 5324. '80. 188. 739. 2899. 5168. '82. 5288. '83. 5564. i^^ee aho Purifying iron and steel. Refinery. See Refined iron etc. Refractory materials used in constructing crucibles, and furnaces and vessels gene- rally, for making iron and steel. '77. 383. 700. 1701. 3192. 4422. '78. 289. 908. 2835. 3383. 3975. 4063. 4275. 4296. 4343. 4411. 4780. '79. 131. 257. 983. 1089. 1682. 1691. 1870. 2004. 2361.3030. 3489. 4806. 4807. 4904. 5302. 5324. '80. 10. 21. 388. 677. 1018. 1291.3393. 4285.4844. 5355. 5365. 5457. '81. 298. 414. 701. 840. 1720. 1768. 2639. 4384. '82. 1763. 2071. 2082. 3250. 3891.4569.6169. '83. 1220. 2382. 3160. 4379. Re-heating furnaces, and pro- cesses and substitutes therefor — See also Annealing etc. ; Balls etc. ; Hollow fires etc. ; Piling etc. Re-heating furnaces, Qic.-coiit. general, [including YQ,-\iQ'dimg in a bath of flux]. '77. 1767. 1770. 1849. 2283. 3559. 3782. 4499. 4627. 4683. 4712. '78. 845. '79. 1265. 1368. 1952. 2452. 4439. 4655. 5086. 5330. '80. 1146. 3364. 4479. '81. 185. 1012. 2753. 3641. 4196. 5634. 5742. '82. 427. 1089. 1771. 1995. 2082. 2820. 3545. 3606. 3673. 3807. 4508. 4827. 5411. 5889. '83. 552, 663. 847. 980. 3586. 3989. 4379. 5488. 5564. 5677. using fluxes except to form a bath in the furnace. See Forging etc. Rolling angle-iron, armour plates, bars, plates, rails, rods, sheets, wire, etc. — See aho Piling etc. casting and forming plain rolls, and their adjuncts. '77. 3425. 3670. 38(i8. '78. 1496. 2075. '79. 2796. 3129. 5035. '80. 2127. 5009. '81. 1750. 3549. '82. 2082. 2711. 3958. '83. 3371. communicating motion to, stopping, and reversing rolling-mills. '78. 4600. 5263. '79. 715. 2108. '80. 3736. '.^7. 358. 4842. 5611. '82. 1365. 1844. 6170. corrugating machines and processes. See Corrugating etc. general rolling and finish- ing processes, [including grooved rolls, guides, lifts, and working trains of rolls]. '77. 800.2174. 2598. 2887. 3083. 3543. 3723. XV 1877j SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1883 Rolling angle-iron, etc. — cnnt. general rolling etc. — cont. 4356. 4425. 4537. 4627. '78. 59. 300. 657. 1086. 1216. 1625. 1891. 2024. 2041. 2075. 2754. 2914, 3928. 4201. 4600. 4681. 4897. 5263. '79. 306. 715. 1332. 1354. 1362. 1368. 2354. 2411. 2436. 3023. 3082. 3189. 3608. 3973. 4110. 4190. 4403. 4808. 4963. '80. 30. 371. 1597. 2070. 2146. 2633. 3012. 3023. 3597. 3736. 4001. 4472. 4769. 5045. 5305. '81. 170. 358. 637. 731. 908. 1088. 1748. 2171. 2998. 3060. 3549. 3956. 4842. 5051. 5611. 5644. 5742. '82. 913. 1365. 1771. 1844. 1995. 2316. 2729. 3256. 3606. 3673. 3933. 4216. 4624. 5449. 6170. '83. 203. 374. 1066. 1142. 1304. 1487. 1678. 1763. 2443. 2583. 2590. 2608. 2992. 3065. 3142. 3385. 3519. 4604. 4623. 4933. 5643. See also Straightening etc. Rolling mills. See Rolling angle-iron etc. Russian sheet- iron, producing metal resembling. '78. 1216. '79. 1354. Scrap furnaces. See Re-heating furnaces etc. Scrap iron, obtaining from waste plated metal. '77. 1346. '78. 1348. 2851. '79. 4700. 4879. '80. 4259. '81. '82, 111, 1576. 4400. Scrap iron, washing and screening. '79. 902. Shingling and squeezing machines and processes. '77. 1767. '78. 2678. See also Blooms, pro- ducing etc. Smelting ores, oxides, etc., to produce cast iron — See also Alloys etc. ; Blast furnaces etc. ; Ores, oxides, etc., pre- paring etc. ; Tuyeres ; Water tuyeres, general processes. '77. 265. 1290. 1465. 1518. 1767. 2133. 2996. 4642. 4830. '78. 2081. 4371. '79. 271. 899. 1421. 1698. 1844. 2004. 2076. 3190. 3241. 3324. 3660. 4093. 4363. 4629. 5324. '80. 36. 1255. 2070. 2618. 2899. 4496. 5168. 5364. 5457. '81. 22. 569. 995. 2171. 3651. 5122. '82. 1763. 1831. 1913. 2071. 2682. 3253. 3354. 4379. 4986. '83, 5296. 5452. using powdered, liquid, and gaseous fuel generally, and steam, for heating, purifying, etc. See Tuyeres. Spiegeleisen and ferro-man- ganese, producing. '77. 2677. 4272. '81. 2219. '82. 620. See also Alloys etc. Squeezers. See Shingling etc. Steel, by cementation of malle- able iron or soft steel without fusion, producing. '77, 2432. 3789. 4613. '79, 1877] SUBJECT-MATTER INI5eX. [1883 Steel, by cementation etc -cont. 1258. 4141. '80. 189. 3364. '81. 738. 2959. 5683. '83. 1203. 2862. See also Hardening etc. Steel, cast, [including homo- geneous metal and fused malleable iron] , pro- ducing — by the Bessemer process. See Bessemer process etc. by other processes of blow- ing gaseous agents upon or through molten iron in furnaces and converting- vessels, and supplemental treatment. 77. 911. 1518. 1767. 1935. 2137. 2432. 3396. 4830. '78. 2115. 4370. '79. 1299. 1421. 1682. 2076. 2101. 2243. 2594. 3168. 4363. 5324. '80. 2618. 3096. 4247. 4496. 4527. 5168. '81. 1372. '82. 1399. 2082. 3864. 4295. '83. 3531. 4676. 5212. 5849. by treating metal, ore, etc., in crucibles, and meltirg- pots. '77. 584. 1124. 2623. 3425. 3789. 4642. '78. 1101. 1424. 5126. '79. 793. 4141. 4341. 4821. 4988. 5155. '80. 189. 1400. 2899. 5167. '52. 1644. 2219. '83. 1660. See also Crucible fur- naces ; Refractory materials etc. by treating metal, ore, etc., in open-hearth furnaces and other apparatus, some- times with injection of gaseous agents. '77. 369. 911. 1290. 1413. 1518. 1664. 1935. 1953. 2031. 2437. 2836. 3370. 3425. Steel, cast, etc. — cont. by treating metal etc. — conf. 4613. 4642. '78. 289. 908. 1424. 2115. 2252. 2338. 2709. 3993. '79. 591. 793. 1046. 1079. 1120. 1178. 1258. 1299. 1682. 1711. 1844. 1852. 1870. 2004. 2005. 2101. 2162. 2204. 2243. 2501. 2807. 3010. 3190. 3266. 3324- 3531. 3624. 4341. 4625. 5324. '80. 188. 388. 952. 986. 1836. 2618. 2899. 3822. 4051. 4527. 5168. 5300. 5390. 5457. '81. 154. 2171. 2219. 2235. 2651. 3088. 3792. 4922. 5'z57. '82. 177. 1399. 1763. 1831. 1913. 2071. 2082. 2820. 3250. 3352. 4295. '83, 200. 1157- 4676. 4779. 5564. 5849. See oho Steel-melting furnaces etc. Steel, direct from the ore, pro- ducing — with fusion. See Steel, cast, etc. without fusion. '77. 1290. 1664. '80. 3827. '81. 2235. '82. 4974. '83. 4140. Steel, puddled, producing. '77. 1124. 1234. 2437. '78. 3993. '80. 5457. ^ . See also Puddling etc. Steel, unclassified processes of producing and improving. '77. 1413, 1953. 2137. '78. 3993. '79. 1045. '80. 1400. 1709. '81. 426. '82. 4295. 4744. '83. 200. 934. 1553. 1860. 4139. 5212. See also Malleable cast iron etc. 1877] SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX. [1883 Steel-melting furnace^, open- hearth and miscellaneous, construction of. '77. 383. 1013. 1290. 1518. 3370. 4920. '78. 289. 908. 2115. 36(33. 3975. 4063. 4097. '7P. 131. 257. 1258. 1421. 1682. 1852. 3654. 4363. 4439. 5302. 'SO. 37. 1012. 1146. 1206. 2899. 3096. 4051. 4247. 5194. 5436. 5457. '81. 154. 1012. 1036. 2651. 3792. 4922. 5731. '82. 1763. 1831. 2071. 2082. 2820. 3250. 3352. 3563. 5344. Farnaces for hpatlnq melt- ing-poU are, erdnded. See also liefractory mate- rials etc. ; Steel, cast, etc. Straightening and finishing bars,plates.rails,etc. '77. 112. 531 4425. '76\ 1559. 2005. 4201. 4600. 4898. '79. 1062. '80. 142. 618. 2490. 2780. 3493. '81. 1379. 5644. '82. 2316. 3429. 5145. '83. 1225. 1398. 5876. Tempering steel. '77. 531. 1680. 3524. 4610. '78. 557. 1253. 3513. 3513-. 3850. 3911. 4936. '79. 1315. 3956. '80. 162. 2015. 2482. 3300. '81. 107, {Append}. paqe 618). 426. 1065. 1532. .3781. 4831. '82. 104. 229. 253. 696. 932. 2212. 3805. 5060. '83. 975. 1304. 1900. 3300. 3898. 4139. 5287. See also Annealing etc. ; Hardening etc. Tuyeres — See also Blast, cold and hot etc. compound ; and general use of gaseous, liquid, and powdered fuel and steam in blast furnaces and cupolas. '77. 630. 1518. 1767. 2258. 4830. '78. 1157. 1293, 3663. '79. 983. 1421. 1844. 2076. 2383. 3324. 3660. 4093. 4650. 5323. 5324. '80. 2618. 2899. 3695. 4051. '81. 1036. 1386. 1503. 1714. 2171. 2486. 3393. 3622. 3785. 4577. '82. 829. 2682. 4769. '83. 4886. cooled by water. See Water- 1 tuyeres. ! miscellaneous. '77. 1941. I 3449. '79. 1079. 1182. '81. i 3(;98. '82. 10. '83. 3160. j 4681. of Bessemer converters. See Bessemer process etc. Twyers. See Tuyeres. I i Water-tuyeres. '77. 756. 1106. I 2258. 3449. '78. 2229. 2984. '79. 774. '80. 557. '83. 4779. Welding. See Forging etc. I Wet extraction of iron from I the ore. '77. 1116. '82. 3336. ; '82. 1913. i I Wrought iron, producing. See j Forging etc. ; Malleable iron , i producing. 18*77] NAME INDEX. [1883 NAME INDEX. The names in italics are those of persons by whom inventions have been communicated to the applicants for Letters Patent. Abbott, J '77. 2018. 4656 '79. 1846 Abel, C. D '78. 132. 1424 2186. 2627. '79. 115. 3608 '80. 36. 557. 1298. 1354 '81. 3651. 3781. '82. 672 777. 4400. '83. 5643. Acister, A. J '81. 5644 Adair, A '83. 747 Adams, T '81. 2753 Adamson, D '81. 544 Addie, James '82. 829 „ John '82. 829 Adelsmlnl, G. d' '80. 21 Adie, P '79. 3714 Aitken, H. '80. 4055. '82. 2682 E '77. 1013 '79. 2227. '82. 1533 Alexander, A '78. 84 E. P '79. 3386 '83. 3989 J 7.9. 4117 \S0, 1433. 3785. 'S^^ 3610. A Iyer, C. '83. 4663 Allan, H. W '77. 2133 Allen, R '82. 3250 „ W. D '79. 2452 AUis, T. V '83. 1066 Allport, C. J '80. 3183 '81. 488 Alma, A. C. d' '81. 2486 Althans, E. F. '79. 2361. 3489 Andre, E...:79. 1698. '80. 677 Andrew, H. H '82. 1995 Api)leby, C. J '8(1. 35 I Armitage, A '83. 934 Arnold, A '82, 2212 Arthur, J '83. 2387 W. ...'83. 4139. 4140 Asbevh, Ostham, Eichen, & Co. '77. 4627 Ashworth,E...'7<^. 1253. 3513 '79. 4403. '80. 3659 G...'7e^ a. A 77. 4252 Groth, L. A. '80. 3884. '81. 908 '83. 2710 Guetat, L '81. 3336 Gussander, A. F '79. 3190 Gustm, A. J. '80. 618 G 11 teJioffn ungsh u tte Actle n - Verem fiir Bergbav und Hiltten-hetrleh... ':79. 3324 Gutensohn,A '79. 4879 '80. 4259. '81. 3772 Jlaarmamt, L , '80. 10 Hackney, W '78. 4097 ' '82. 5344 Haddan, H.J. ..78. 1020. 5334 '80. 2146. '81. 72. 1379 4002. '82. 2071. '5^. 1304 1763. 2631. Hadfield, R. ...77. 911. 3868 '83. 200 Halcomb, C. H '81. 5051 Haldeman, J '80. 1709 Ifaldenian, J. '80. 4353 Hale, E '79. 1852 Hall, C. E '81. 2463 Halh T. G '80. 4051 Halstead, 1 77. 3670 ILmulton, M. J. 77. 3396 R. H. '80. 1298 Hampton, T. '78. 258. '80. 5167 '82. 3056 Handley, E '81. 2252 Hansen, J. B '83. 5287 R. A '83. 5287 R. B '82. 104 Hanswirth, F., cf- Ki'qyfer. '81. 3781 Hardingham, G. G. M. '5,5. 2583. 5502 Harkness, W. '78. 5314 xxiii 1877] NAME INDEX. [1883 Harmet, E. ..:79. 1089. 3162 '81. 5257. '83. 3361 Harmet, H. G '79. 591 Harmet, H. G '80. 952 Harries, H '82. 6169 Harris, J '77. 3723 Harris, W. E '5^. 2711 Hart. B. W 77. 1885 Hartley, J '81. 4655 Harvey, A '77. 369 E. W '77. 369 T. F '^7. 5098 W '77. 369 Hasl-m, U. '82. 6170 Hastings. E. B '81. 211 Hatton, G-. '77. 2874. '83 4676 Hauhold, a H '80. 5009 Hauenschikl H. '81. 1768 Haurie, Y. C ....'81. 3622 Hay, R '78. 4600 Healey, B. D '82. 2430 Hegeler, E. C. '79. 4206 Helmholtz, 0 '78. 2252 Henderson, A. C '81. 731 W '79. 983 Henderson. W. M. '82. 133 Herbert, C '80. 4769 Herreshoff, J. B. E. '83. 1332 Hermer. F '80. 2241 Hess, B '83. 2321 Hewitt, W '80. 4358 Hickman, A '79. 2156 Hicks, G. H '81. 2959 Hill, J '80. 3597 „ J. C '78. 2914 „ R. A '80. 4798 Hills, C. H '78. 1021 „ H '78. 1021 Hipkins, D '77. 3690 Hirst, J '83. 1487 „ J. W '83. 1487 Hohhs & Co., W. '83. 3519 Hoerder Berg in e r k s iind. Huetten-rerein ...'79. 4490 Hoey, D. a '78. 2984 HoJhrooh, J. E '81. 277 Holden, E, '80, 3591/57. 3641 '83. 5720 Holley, A. L '80. 2024 HoUey, A. L '81. 4404 HoUis, T '79. 424 Hollway, J. ...'77. 265. 1465 1935. '78. 1131- 4370 4371. 4549. Holt, E '80. 4031 Hope, W '79. 1421. 4363 Hopkins, J '78. 2100 Horsfall, J '79. 1^9> Houchin, J. R '81. 1808 W '81. 1808 Howden, J '83. 8 Howell, M.A...'81. 56U2, (Ap- IDend'ix.page 619). '83. 1203 Howells, L....' '79. 1045 Howes, S, '80. 4310 Howson, R. ...'77. 383. 1953 2836. '79. 1046 Hoyle, H '83. 3898 Hnggett, J. A '81. 154 Hughes, A '57. 358 „ ' W. W '80. 4496 Hulse, W. W '83. 3772 Hunt, B....'77. 3396. '78. 300 5014. '79. 5330 „ E '81. 2825 Huntley, B. R '57. 1012 Hutchinson, E '79. 2354 Hyde, R. H. '83. 2829 IhriUjger, G.'79, 3654. '50. 1206 Imray, J. '75. 2041. '79. 3266 '80. 739. 2241. '57. 2219 '82. 19. 6170. '83. 1619 3160. 4379. Ingram, G '75. 2483 H. J '75. 2483 Jackson, W. F '82. 80 James, C '77. 3621 „ E. '77. 2234. '57. 2252 James, T '82. 19 Jaumam, A '50, 5364 XXIV 1877] KAME INDEX. [1883 Jenkins, E. „:82. 1507. 2289 Jenkins, E '83, 3038 Jenkins, J '79. 4476 Jenkins, W. R '78. 2024 Jensen, P. ...'79. 1120. 2005 4212. '81. 2738. 4577 4842. '82. 427. Johnson, B -J 82. 910, {Appendix, page 619) J. H '77. 1234 1770. 2840. 3537. 3543 4943. '78. 3850. '79. 1833 3023. 4563. '80. 154. 429 1146. 4353. '81. 25. 1036 1220. 1322. '82. 133. 6113 Jones, C '80. UT2 „ E. F '81. 3544 „ H '80. 4031 „ I '50. 2793 „ J. ..'78. 4273. '80. 4582 „ J. A '82. 5889 „ J. D '80. 4472 „ T. E '79. 899 „ V. W '79. 2807 Jordan, T '79. 3129 Joseph, D. '79. 3010. '80. 188 „ K. '79. 3010. '80. 188 Josephs, G '83. 3489 JuUen, H. G '81. 72 JidUen,A '79. 3266 Justice, P.M... '50. 1018. 2024 5364. '82. 4508 „ P. S '77. 1664 '79. 4206. '80. 3827. 5288 Kagenbusch, J. P. ...'77. 2996 Kammerich, G '83, 1884 Keith, N. S '77. 1346 Kellett, W. H '75. 4936 Kennard, H. J '82. 4827 Kerpehj, A. von '50. 1018 Kerr, R. H '77. 2996 Kesseler, C '50. 3300 Kidd, J. H. ..:79. 3660. 4093 King, F. J '50. 607 King, J '5i. 2825 King, J. T. '75. 1279. '79. 1178 1354. '50. 2127. '82. 4947 '83. 4779. Kirk, P '81. 637. '82. 913 Kitson, J. H '81. 4562 Kloenne, A '77. 4323 Knaudt, A '79. 5258 Knowles, J '77. 3670 Knox, a. W '75. 154 Krafft, L '77. 2432 Krapp, A '77. 1689. 4920 '75. 3089. '79. 2005 „ F. A '81. 2860 '82. 3064 Krupp, F. A '83. 1675 Kilpfer, Hanswirth, F., d\ '81. 3781 Kilrten, H. C. '77. 3711 Laffitte, J. '82. 672 Laffitte, J. J '79. 5076 Lake, H. H '81. 414. 4536 '83. 1203. 2650. 5690 „ W. R '77. 112. 129 531. 1106. 1124. 1941 2031. 2124. 2369. 3083 4356. '75. 1216. 1625 2115. 4898. '79. 1426 1844. 3241. 3324. '50. 1291. 1329. 1479. 1798 2427. 3023. 4051. 4310 4844. '81. 958. 1175. 1808 4196. 4198. 5197. 5683 '82. 4624. '83. 1748. 3038 3300. 4560. 4886. 5788. Lancaster, R... '50. 1836. 4527 Landreth,C '82. 5134 Langlade, J. E. A. B. de. '78. 1881 Larue, J '81. 1088. 3956 La Sala, P. P. de. ,..'83. 3663 Launag, F. '79. 4141 „ L '79. 4141 Laurent, P. JL F, .,.'79. 1844 Lauth, B.C. '77. 4943 NAME INDEX. [1883 Laval, G. de '79, 5199 Law, A '83. 3038 Law, H '80. 162 „ J '80. 162 Leighs, A. L. S '82. 4902 Leishman, G. A '8:2. 4947 Letcher, E. J '80. 4802 Leceqae, C. '82, 5288 Levick, G...,...'?7. 2174. 4537 Lewis, F. E 7/. 852 „ T '78. 845 „ W.T '79. 271 Lewthwaite, J '83. 1553 Leyshon, G '79. 2411 Lindberg, L. M '80. 3096 Lishman, T '82. 2082 Lister, C. '80. 3866. '82. 2612 Livet, F '78. 1242 Lloyd, F. H '77. .3449 „ J '81. 4315 „ S '81. 2797 Lockerbie, T '80. 5436 Lones, E '80. 3597 „ J. ..'50. 3591. 3641 '83. 5720 Zoy?^, J. C. '81. 4536 Longbottom, B '77. 1120 Longsdon, A... .'77. 1689. 4920 '75. 3089. 2860. '82. 3064. Lorenz, W. '79. 115 Love, G '81. 185> 1361 Lowry,G 75. 1157 Lahens.J. '79. 3478 Lysaght, J '77, 3621 McCandless, D..,:77. 112. 129 2124 McCosh, A. K '79. 4117 '50. 1433. '51. 3785 '82, 3610. McBougall, L S '83. 1017 3985 Mace, C '83, 3300 MacEachran, D '50. 2779 4548. '81, 359. 1923 McKechnie, D '50. 4485 McLaren, J '83. 3281 Maclean, A. H '83, 5116 JlIcNalr, W. '75. 1020 Main, K '77. 482 MaUtra, E '77. 3537 Maliphant, C '75. 2502 Malthy.A '79. 1354 ManUs, P '5^. 4886 Manico, E. C '79, 4625 Alarm, W '75. 3396 Marhs. AL M '83, 1304 Alarrel Bros '82. 6113 Marshall, G '79, 774: Mai'tin, C„,'81. 3088. '82. 177 Martin, E. P '79. 2501 „ H '83, 552 „ J '83. 552 Martin, L. J. '79. 1299 P. E '81. 2219 T '82, 10 Martin, W '5^. 552 Maskrey, A. J '82, 894 Mason, J '77. 2993. 3203 '75. 4310 „ S '5^. 787 Massicks, H '81. 1312 Mathemn, G '75. 4898 MaUJdessen. E. W.,,,'79. 4206 Maybery,J '77. 1178 Meatyard, E. B '5^. 5690 Mecliwart, A '75. 4681 Mechwart, A '79. 1332 Alechenheim. L. N. de,:77. 3192 Mellor, J. S. '77. 1680 Menden (£* Schioerte Eisen- industrie" Co, .,.'79, 3973 Merlet,L '79, 4212 Mewburn, J. C '79, 1258 2383 Middleton, J. P '83, 5849 .mgnon, J, B. J. '79. 4563 Miller, T '83. 3371 Mills, B. J. B '75. 2024 '79. 5086. '50. 30. 5457 '83, 3585. 3586. Milward, V '83, 1900 Miliary, E, '50. 5045 1877] NAME INDEX. [1883 Jfhies du Rhiny Soc. Anon, de>^. '77. 2137 Mines et Usines du Nord et de VEst de la France. '79. 3608 Minns, H.R '80. 5305 Moir, R. M '80. 783 Moller, G. H. '77. 1106 „ W. '77. 1106 Moncur, J '82. 3897 Monthlanc, Comte C. de. '79. 2383. '81. 4577 Morgan, T '80. 21 „ W '79. 1045 Morgans, M. G '81. 1532 W. ...'81. 995. 1532 .Voro, F '80. 1482 Morris, R. T '78. 4431 W '82. 4216 Mor.^e, C. B '80. 3162 Morton, A '78. 838 MuUer, F. C. G '8S. 953 Muller, T.N '82. 2219 Murdock, W. M '8S. 2227 5380 Mure, A...'5i. 3381. '82. 3931 Murphy, A. L '81. 2998 Nawrocki, G. W. von '77. 2677.4627. 7P.3189. 3654 '80. 1206. 3736. '8S. 226 1884. 4604. Naylor, W '83. 3531 Neale, J '79. 2617 Neilson, A '82. 4769 W '77. 3296 Nes, C. M, '77. 1234 Neuendahl, L. Yon,,. '83. 5227 Neuray, T '82. 3933 Nevegold, F '78. 300 Neviil, W. H '77. 4613 '80. 3272. 3864 New, A. J '79, 3030 Newlove, R. R '79. 774 Newton, H. E ,'80. 5045 'S3, 4248 Newton, W. E '78. 2014 NichoUs, T '80. 4001 NicJiolSy G. H '83. 1332 W. H '83. 1332 Nicolaus, E '83. 2710 Noad, J '78. 1101. 3729 Nobel, A '79. 2314 Nurse; G '78. 3331 Ogle, P. J '82. 2700 Onions, C. H '80, 3748 Omnn, F '79. 1120 Of^se, E. W. M '81. 731 Sauve, H.J. '77. 2432 Schaeffer, G '75. 1903 Scliaeffer, G '50. 596 Scheibler, C '81. 298 Scheibler, C '82. 5835 Schemniann, E '79. 3923 Schmidt, J. '50. 3736 Schmidt Bros '81. 4842 83. 4604 xxviii 1877] j^ame index. [1883 Schnekler, H. E. A.. ,'7 8. 2014 Scholes, W '80. 2015 Schoning, P. L. T. von. '83. 5296 Schulte, H. A '82. Ill Schulze-Berge, H. ...'77. 4684 Scott, a '82. 620 „ J '80. 189 „ J. C '77. 2047 „ M '78. 2062 Scriven, C '83. 1398 mniot, A. M. G. .,,'82. 1913 Segiim, A. '77. 1770. '78. 3850 Seligman,J '83. 3489 Sendeij, W, E '81. 1322 Sepulchre, A '77. 1941 Sharp, H '79. 4292 Shaw, D '78. 1625 Shedlock, J. J '80. 5498 Sheehan, T '77. 3789 '83. 2862 Sheldon, J '83. 1678 J. T '78. 846 Shenton, J '78. 1891 Shepard, E '83. 1748 Sherman, J.E '77. 2031 Siegfried, A. H. '8i. 761 Siegler, B '78. 2851 Siemens, C. W. '77. 1540. 3370 '79, 5150. '81. 883. 2651 3792. '83, 663. Siemens, F '83. 5677 Sill, a B '82. 3256 Simmons, C '79. 1952 Simonds, G, F '77. 531 Smtzeuich, II. II. C. '80. 2146 Skurray, S. J. C. ,,,'79. 2485 Smith, C. E '79. 1716 „ D '83. 4623 „ J '80. 3597 „ T. H '77. 800 „ T. J 75. 4681 „ W. H 77. 787 Smyth, S. R. '77. 1767. 4830 '79. 2076. '83. 5452 Snelus, G. J '79. 3530 '83. 980 Snow, C. A. '82. 3256 Sobbe, G. A, von '77, 3711 Soc. Anon, des Mines du Rhin. '77. 2137 Soc. Anon, des Mmes et U sines du Nord et de I'Est de la France '79. 3608 Soc. Francais des Aciers. '79, 1258 Soidages, L. de '82. 2071 Southan, T '80, 1798 Sowden, A '81. 3393 D '81. 3393 M '81. 3393 Spence,D '78. 1625 Spence, W '83. 2363 Spencer, J. W. '79. 4866. 5193 '83. 1920 Springmann, H '80. 3257 Stein, S '79, 3241 Stephens, W. A '71f. 1106 Stevens, C. R '81, 1714 Stewart, A '83. 2382 Stiff, W. C '81. 5192 Stockmann, C. '77. 2677 Stone, n.,:80. 2070. '81, 2171 Storer, J. J.... '77. 2258. 2283 Stubblebine, W..,,'80, 154. 429 Summerhill, J '77. 4499 Sumner, W '78. 657 Sutherland, W. S. ,,,'82, 38(;4 W. T. .„'82. 3908 Swain, J '77. 625. '83. 9 Sweet, W. A '79. 1426 Sykes, J '80. 2482 Talbot, B '79. 3576 Tasker, S. P. M '79, 2436 Taylor, T '80. 30 Taylor, W. H. O '78. 3379 3612. 3819. 3953 Thieblemont, J, B. 0. '83. 5564 Thi oilier, J. AI. A, .,.'79. 1844 Tholander, H. '81. 2738 Thomas, D. '78, 2115. '79. 3030 4312. '80. 1012 Thomavs, S. '77. 2234. '79. 3030 4312 '80. 1012 XXIX 1877] NAME INDEX. ri883 Thomas, S. G '77. 4422 '75. 289. 908. 2835. 8975 4063. '79. 131. 257. 1079 1313. 1711. 2162. 3531 5302. '80. 388. 389. 4285 '81. 4384. '82. 1949. '83. 5849. Thomlinson, W '83. 747 Thompson, D '82. 190 E '82. 645 W. H '82. 190 W.P '79. 2101 2207. '81, 761. 2397 Thomson, A. C '82. 4769 „ F. W '83. 3898 Thorneycroft, J. B....'<^i. 689 Tmn, J. ...'77. 3723. '82. 2711 Tooth, ^Y. H '78. 1559 Tottpji, E. a '80. 2127 Toussaint, J '77. 584. 634 '82. 4836 Tranfield,J '81. 4831 Tucker, A. E '81. 2639 Tweedy, J '83. 1398 Uehmann, H. '81. 22 illsmann, H '82. 3891 Underwood, G '77. 2922 Fa//o?i, F '83. 4379 Yaughan,E. P. H. ...'77. 4252 G . E '79. 3923 Veremigte Koenigs ayid Laura- huette '79. 4806. 4807 Yernon, C. '80. 3591. '81. 3641 '5.5. 5720 Vleeh, G. H. van '80. 4051 Waddington, J '77. 1120 Wailes, J. ......'75. 3612. 3819 J ^ '5^^ 5344 Waibridge, lk, lS, \ ':77\ 1346 Waldenstrom, E. H....'75. 657 Walker, B. '77. 602. '82. 5024 '55. 5729 Walher, D. H.... '82. 4974 Walker, F. W '81. 587 Walker, H. '81. 3698 Walters, G '81. 995 Wanklyn, J. A '82. 2709 Wardle, T. '80. 3866. '82. 2612 Warren, D '80. 5194 J '50. 5194 WaterjSeld, W. H. ...'75. 4343 Waterhouse, J. C. .,:83. 1628 Webb, G '80. 140. 142 Wedekind, H...'50. 1191. 3393 5355. '81. 1768 Wells, G '77. 3789 Wenger, A. F '5^ 2439 Wemtrom, W. '80. 3023 Werdermann, R '77. 4642 Westwood, A '75. 1941 Wetter, J '82. 5288 Wheeldon, F. R '77. 4400 Wieeler, E '75. 5014 '79. 3023. 5330. '81. 1220 While, J. M '79. 1362 Whiteley, H. J '82. 4744 Whiteman,W. T '81. 3088 '82. 177 Whitley, J '79. 3742 '5^. 1771 N '5.5. .3898 Whitwell, W '81. 5,397 Whyte, D '81. 538 Wilding, S. P '80. 618 Wilke, A '77. 2887 Wilks, M '79. 1046. 2594 3168 Willans, J. G... '77. 3425 '79. 4439. '82. 4379 W. H '77. 3425 Willford, G. W '75. 2229 '79. 1155. '83. 2678 Williams, J '75. 4431 J. S '81. 5742 P '82. 2404 R. P '77. 957 „ S '50. 3295 XXX 1877] I^AME INDEX. [1883 Williams, T 77. 2070 „ W '78, 2914 '79. 1058 Williamson, T '78. 1086 '80. 37 „ W. S. ../rr. 1931 '80. 4632 Wilmsmann, W '79. 4963 Wilmsmann, W. '82. 427 Wilson, A... '77. 612. 677. 1026 3472. '80. 4264. '82. 2130 3429. 4697. „ G...7r. 1878. '78. 1866 „ H '79. 4035 „ J. H...'7P. 4341. 4988 5155. '80. 1400. '81. 1644 E. P '80. 1255 B^i^.swi, i?. P '83. 2631 Winby, F. C '77. 4537 Windhausen, F. '81. 3622 Wirth, F '78. 4381. 4897 '80. 5009. '5;?. 93 Wise, W. L '78. 3663 '80. 3321. 4247. 3336 Wollheim, L...'78. 2186. '50. 36 Wood, A '82. 3805 Wood, a. R '7P. 385 „ M '82. 3805 „ S '82. 3805 Woodrufie, H '82. 253 Woods, E '77. 728 „ G 77. 728 Wright, J...77. 2342. '83. 1657 Wrightson, T '80. 2749 '83. 3904 TFiir^e;2&6r(/er, '79. 2243 IFz^r^ ^. ,..'81. 4218 Wylie, A. C '80. 5436 F«^;i, iV...7P. 3386. '80. 1354 Fa^e.s, F '82. 4996 Yates, J.. .77. 3526. '78. 2229 Yeomans, C , '81. 5634 ForA:, L. D '83. 5502 Young, J 7^7. 630 „ W. 75. 522. '82. 1377 Younger, A '78. 1086 Zweighergh^ E, von ..,.'81, 908 I XXXI ERRATUM. The price stated at the foot of each abridgment for A.D. 1877 should be deleted^ as the price of all printed Specifications is now Eightpence. MANUFACTURE OF mOK AND STEEL. 1877. A.D. 1877, January 9, No. 112. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication from David McCanclless.) — Straightening rails or bars. After being cut to length, the redhot rail is delivered lying " on the edges of the head and flange upon a horizontal plane " consisting of a series of rolls," whereby it is straightened laterally," and in that position it receives the " proper " vertical curvature " for causing it to cool in a straight line, " by forcing it laterally against a curved line of stops " by means of two head blocks which are jointed to the piston rods of hydraulic or other cylinders. The said stops or shoulders lie between the several rolls, and may be movable vertically by the aid of a rock shaft, cams, and arms to elevate them (and the head blocks) into position^ and afterwards depress them to clear the way for removing the treated rail along a series of guide rails to the cooling-bed. To vary the curvature of the line of stops to suit different rails, the respective stops are adjustable lengthwise on their arms by the aid of slots and bolts. Also the face-plates of the stops are pivoted horizontally, so that they may adjust themselves angularly to the flanges of different rails. The series of parallel plain rolls employed is regulated to preserve a horizontal plane by making the bearings of the rolls vertically adjustable, and the rolls are only driven to bring the rail to the proper position for treatment. The rolls are arranged beside the saw carriage in the rail mill. \_Printed^ ^d. Draioing.'] \ P 6154—1000-4/91 Wt 22373 D & S. A 2 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1877, January 10.— No. 129. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication from David McCandless.) — Compressing ingots during casting. In casting Bessemer ingots, the molten metal passes down a vertical sprue into the bottom of the flask, which is thus filled. The flask has a strong tightly -clamped cover with a vent hole for the escape of air and gases from the metal, a plug being afterwards driven into the vent. The sprue also has a cover, which is fixed in its place by the aid of pivot lugs, an arch, and an adjusting-screw, after the metal has been poured in and sand or loam has been shovelled into the top of the sprue. By means of a pipe communicating with a boiler and fitted with a stop- cock, steam is now introduced into the top of the flask and fills the space above the molten metal. Thereupon the cock is again closed, and the initial pressure of the steam is immediately and enormously increased by the intense heat of the molten metal, which superheats the steam. Thus the metal is compressed into a solid and homogenous ingot. The steam forms an elastic medium into which the pent-up gases of the metal can pass, thus differing from a piston or plunger. Sometimes a group of flasks is employed. \_Printed^ 6c?. DraioingJ] A.D. 1877, January 20.— No. 265. HOLLW AY, John. — Production of metals or alloys. By a process similar to that to which the inventor's prior Specifications Nos. 1446 and 3314, A.D. 1876, relate, metallic compounds, including specific qualities of metals or alloys other than spiegeleisen or ferro-manganese, may be produced, and metalliferous substances in powder or otherwise difficult of reduction be utilized. Thus chrome iron ore (and sometimes additional iron ore), fluxes, and sufficient coal or other car- bonaceous materials to make a sound coke, including bitumen (pitch or other bituminous matter) if needful, may be pulverized or disintegrated, washed or otherwise purified if required, and well mixed together. The mixture, when coked, is smelted (in blast furnaces), alone or with suitable metalliferous substances, fluxes, and sometimes ordinary coke, to produce f erro-chromium or chromeisen. By using in the mixture substances containing manganese, chromium, and iron, an alloy of these metals may be MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 3 obtained. Residues and metalliferous substances may be likewise utilized in making pig iron. In order to be sound, the metallic coke produced in the process must contain more carbon than will sufB.ce to smelt the metalliferous substances in the coke : hence additional metalliferous substances should be generally smelted therewith to obtain economy. Also the process is specially adapted for producing metallic compounds or alloys of iron and titanium, tungsten, nickel, etc. Such oxides as those of chromium, titanium, cerium, manganese, etc., resist hot carbonic oxide, but are " reducible by intimate contact with " carbon or with metallic iron and carbon " The materials employed are mixed in proportions varying with their com- position and with the products desired. Sometimes the mixture is pressed into blocks with the aid of binding-materials and introduced into the smelting-furnace without being previously coked. \_Printed^ ^d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, January 23.— No. 283. FISHER, Alfred Francis John. — {Provisional protection only.) — Puddling furnaces. The bottom plate of the furnace is cast with a continuous hole or holes, passing any suitable number of times across the cast iron forming the plate ; or the plate may be divided into parts which are thus treated. The holes are used as waterways, the water being regulated according to the heat which the plate receives. The waterways may be made by sand cores passed through from side to side of the bottom, and stopped by plugs or by wrought-iron tubular elbows or bends, or by moulding <;ross or connecting cores within the plate. Such bottoms are rendered more enduring by being left to expand and contract without restraint by the unequal heat applied to them." Sometimes wrought-iron rods may be laid in the mould, above or below the cores, to strengthen the plate ; or " may be placed ^' in addition across the plate in the direction of the waterways." [Printed, 2d. No Draivirigs.'] A.D. 1877, January 25.— No. 321. COOPER, Arthur. — Utilizing the heat escaping from Bessemer steel converters. 4 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Air, for combustion in cupola or other melting or heating furnaces, may be passed through ranges or coils of pipes, placed either outside or inside the stack, flue, or hood through which the flame or heated gases from the converter pass : thus, the air employed in the converter might be heated. The pipes may be arranged in chambers communicating with the stack, the damper of which may be closed after the converting operation to prevent the entrance of cold air. The pipes may be provided with inlet, outlet, and relief valves. Again, the air may be made to impinge on the pipes, while the flame and heated gases pass through them. Also chambers or flues, built within a casing and so arranged as to intercept the flame and gases, may be substituted for the pipes. Or the flame and gases may first be passed through the apparatus employed to heat the same, and afterwards the air be passed through to take up heat therefrom. Water, steam, or other elements may be likewise heated for various purposes. [Printed, 6d. DrawingJ] A.D. 1877, January 29.— No. 369. HARYEY, William, HARYEY, Ernest William, and HARYEY, Alfred. — Manufacture of soft steel or ingot iron. Preferably into a highly-heated Siemens' regenerative open- hearth steel-melting furnace (or other regenerative gas or reverberatory flat-bottomed furnace capable of melting wrought iron) there is charged pig iron containing (or with sufficient spiegeleisen to make up) 1*5 per cent, of manganese. The decarburization of the bath of metal is now commenced by introducing 10 per cent, of haematite ore, more ore being added, if needful, to reduce the carbon to from -60 to '75 per cent, (which is indicated by a cooled sample of the metal withstand- ing a blow on an anvil without fracture). Thereupon, from 30 to 40 per cent, of malleable or wrought iron or soft steel is gradually added to dilute the carbon in the bath, the added metal being generally melted by the heat on the banks of the furnace without being pushed into the bath, and being useful for thinning the thick slag on the surface of the bath. Mean- time the flame decarburizes, the result being that the bath will now contain '15 or even less of carbon. A little more ore may MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 5 be added if it be found that the bath will still reduce it. After- wards a full heat is maintained for a time, so that the flame may- burn out a little more carbon if possible. More soft wrought iron (up to 30 per cent, or more) is now added to further reduce the carbon to '06 or -07, if a product containing -10 per cent, or less of carbon be required. Finally lime is thrown in to keep the slag fluid, and there is subsequently added a little ferro- manganese (containing not less than 70 per cent, of manganese) in fragments. The furnace is soon afterwards tapped. The bath is rabbled as required to ensure uniformity. The claims include the charging of pig iron in the proportion of from 40 to 50 per cent, of the complete charge, exclusive of the ore ; also reducing the proportion of f erro-manganese, added before tapping, to as little as '1 per cent, of the whole charge, exclusive of ore, (this being sufficient owing to the manganese introduced at first). The materials employed are selected with reference to the degree of purity and working properties required in the product, one quality of which is suitable for producing wire having a low electrical resistance. Swedish charcoal and Nos. 1 and 3 Bessemer haematite or equivalent pig iron may be used in different cases. The metal added may comprise various descriptions of scrap, old, or other wrought iron or steel, containing in some cases very little or only a trace of impurities (including carbon). Products are obtainable possessing great tensile strength, ductility, and toughness. [Printed, 6d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, January 29.— No. 383. GODFREY, Samuel, and HOWSON, Richard.— Revolving furnaces. As improvements upon the inventors' prior Specification, No. 4414, A.D. 1875, a steam jet may be used to produce the requisite pressure, (gas holders being rendered unnecessary), and is so arranged that the steam mixed with air passes through the incandescent fuel in a gas generator, whereby the steam is decomposed. An internal circulation of steam, instead of water, may be used to protect the burners or tuyeres of revolving furnaces ; danger of explosion from leakage of water being avoided. The waste gases issuing from the furnace are directed upwards into a chamber containing a series of pipes to be 6 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. traversed by a blast of air, which is thus heated on its way to meet and burn the gas at the burner. These improvements apply to furnaces mounted on trunnions and revolving at an angle ; and to horizontally-revolving furnaces, having a burner at each end, or a burner at one end only and an exit for the waste gases at the other. Revolving furnaces may be lined with a mixture of oxide of iron in powder and Portland or other hydraulic cement, in which mixture lumps of oxide of iron are embedded while it is in a plastic state in the furnace. The mass sets hard and is then ready for use. Besides the uses to which the prior Specification relates, such revolving furnaces may be employed for other purposes where an intimate mixture or agitation of heated materials is required^ as for roasting ores. To lessen the consumption of the purer kinds of pig iron used for the Bessemer process, some commoner pig iron may be refined or purified by puddling or partial puddling in revolving furnaces, and then be added to and incorporated with the ordinary charge of the Bessemer converter. \_Prhitedj 6d. Draioingl A.D. 1877, February 5.— No. 482. MAIN, Robert. — Preparing finely-divided iron ores or residuary oxides for smelting. The ores or oxides are to be calcined in admixture with generally a very much larger quantity of blackband, clayband, or other ironstone and the necessary proportion of coal. During calcination (for instance, in open heaps, open hearths, or running kilns) the ore or oxide, being raised to a high temperature, becomes agglutinated and formed into lumps suitable for charging with the calcined ironstone into the blast furnace. " Purple ^' ore " or like oxide thus also becomes freed from adhering water^ and much of the sulphur, arsenic, and copper present is volatilized, so that a better quality of iron will be obtained. IFriuted, id. No Draioings.'] A.D. 1877, February 5.--No. 486. DRAKE, William. — Manufacture of iron, steel, and other metals. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 7 A compound is to be mixed with the melted metal in the furnace to improve its quality. The compound may consist of one-fourth part by weight of charcoal and bullock's blood, respectively, with one part of baryta, the latter being scoured with acids to remove dirt and impurities and subsequently calcined and pulverized. The compound may be used in a liquid or moist state (water being added), or in the state of powder, in which case the blood is calcined or dried by heat and pulverized. A charge of iron or steel may be thus treated in the puddling furnace or cupola. In welding steel etc., a little of the powdered compound applied to the metal will facilitate the weld, or baryta, pulverized and freed from impurities, may be employed. [Printedj 2d. No Drawings.^ A.D. 1877, February 7.— No. 531. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication from George F. Simonds.) — Tempering and straightening or bringing to form saws and other articles. The saw or other article having been hardened is clamped between two discs or formers, which are capable of rotating in the tempering- oven, and the whole is maintained at the desired temperature until the saw etc. takes a permanent set to the required shape. A distributor is arranged longitudinally above the firebox to direct the heat to the sides of the oven. Tiie oven is provided with a blower, and the discs or formers are perforated and channeled to form air passages to assist in the even distribution of heat. \_Printed^ ^d. Drawing.] A.D. 1877, February 12.— No. 584. TOUSSAINT, Joseph. — Crucibles or melting-pots and furnaces therefor. The melting-apparatus described is intended for changing " cast iron into soft iron and then into steel." The crucible is preferably conical from bottom to top : its bottom is rounded, its base is half the diameter of its upper part, and its height about double this diameter. One or more spouts or nozzles lead from its bottom to the outside of the furnace wall, for running off the molten metal when desired. The spout may be 8 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. moulded -with the pot, or as a separate article and be attached thereto. In moulding, pressure is applied to expel water and close up the pores of the composition employed. The crucible is suspended or held in place in a furnace by means of projecting bricks (of the same composition), set at an angle at intervals in the furnace, so that the fire may play on all external parts of the crucible, which has a well-fitting cover. Sometimes the crucible may be supported on a foot within the furnace. \_Printed, Ad, No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1877, February 14.— No. 602. WALKER, Benjamin, and PFLAUM, John Frederick Augustus. — Cupolas, and heating the blast therefor. Tuyere boxes are arranged round the lower part of the cupola. Each box has two tuyere holes, one (which is placed near the top of the box) being used to admit the blast into the furnace when much metal is to be melted, and the other (placed near the bottom of the box) when but a small quantity of metal is melted. The hole not in use for the time being is plugged. Thus, some coke is saved " every time the cupola is charged for the small quantity." In the upper part of the cupola above the charging-door may be formed a firebrick chamber, containing descending vertical pipes. There are inner and outer pipes, communicating with one another at the bottom and with separate ring pipes at the top, so that the blast, which is introduced into one ring pipe and passes from the other ring pipe to the tuyere boxes, becomes heated in traversing tiie vertical pipes, the latter receiving heat from the flame of the cupola. Sometimes the chamber may be placed on one side of the cupola, and two cupolas may be then connected to it, and also (J'Pip^s employed. The chamber may be provided with a firegrate for heating the pipes at first. [P7'infed, Sd. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, February 14.~-No. 612. WILSON, Alexander. — Utilizing the waste heat of cupola furnaces by heating the blast therefor. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 9 An extended heating- surface is presented to the waste gases of combustion on their way to the chimney. An annular cast- iron chamber, having a central opening for the ascent of the gases, is fitted within the top of the cupola, and is divided horizontally into an upper compartment communicating with the blast engine, and a lower compartment communicating with the tuyeres. Two sets of pipes, pendent from the upper and lower compartments respectively, are arranged one inside the other and intercommunicate, so that the blast descends through the inner pipes and ascends through the outer, around which the gases circulate. Moreover the pipes, instead of being pendent, may be supported upon a brick cone which projects from the inner face of the cupola a little above the charging- door, a central hole and vertical flues in the cone allowing the gases to freely circulate around the heating-apparatus above. In this case a set of vertical pipes may connect an upper and a lower tubular ring, the blast passing down one pipe and up another. An annular cylindrical chamber may replace the lower ring. Coupling - collars in connection with nozzles facilitate the removal and replacement of pipes. As a further modification, "the air-heating passages may consist of one or " more corrugated tubular castings, with or without a central flue" for the ascent of the gases. Ra,dial walls may divide the casting vertically into compartments, which may intercom- municate at the top and bottom alternately. For small cupolas the inventor uses " a circular dome-shaped hollow casting having ^' a flanged base-plate, which rests upon the top of the cupola " and contains holes for the ascent of the gases. The bottom of the apparatus consists of a semi-spherical casting, upright pipes connecting the two castings together. This cupola is crov/ned with a wrought-iron hood, fitted with a damper to regulate the draught. In another case, a set of pendent siphon pipes may connect two chambers which rest on the top of the cupola. Again, air passages in brick may be built up within the cupola. They may consist of intercommunicating annular chambers, or may run vertically or helically. Transverse metal connecting pipes may cross the central flue through which the gases ascend. A pair of cupolas, worked together, may communicate laterally above the feeding-door with a common chamber containing the air-heating apparatus, which preferably consists of siphon-shaped 10 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. pipes, placed inverted instead of pendent. From this chamber the gases ma}^ pass onwards to a distant chimney. [Prhited^ Sd. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, February 15.— No. 625. SWAIN, JosiAH. — Cupolas and blast furnaces. 1. Chambers for the passage and heating of the blast of air are formed " behind or within the linings or walls of the furnace," the air tending to preserve the same. The chambers are formed around ^' the linings or inner shell of the furnace and the tuyeres " or tuyere pipes and the slag box or other parts of the furnace." The inner shell may consist of metal rings, replacable when worn out, horizontal partitions dividing the space between the inner and outer shells into chambers, so intercommunicating that the air is brought into contact with the inner shell to abstract heat therefrom. Cool air may be allowed to escape " around the " mouth of the tuyere nozzle and into the furnace," thus dispensing with water tuyeres. Sometimes different chambers may be separately supplied with cool air. 2. To cause the charge to be somewhat heated or roasted before descending into the furnace, its mouth is provided with a cage, which consists of an inner and an outer part, both perforated, slotted, or formed of bars. An annular space between the two parts receives the charge of metal or ore (and limestone). To discharge the same into the furnace the inner part may be lowered or the outer part raised, or both, the two parts being separately suspended. Fuel may enter the furnace through the central passage in the inner cage. 3. At the upper part of the furnace, ovens may be formed for heating the charge of metal or ore. They may slope towards and communicate at their inner ends with the furnace. The passage of flames or heated gases through the ovens is regulated by dampers or doors, and flues lead back from the outer ends of the ovens into the top of the furnace. 4. In ''close top " blast furnaces, the " bell " may be formed " with a central opening which is surrounded by a second hopper " in which the charge or part of the charge of fuel is placed.'^ The bell resembles a truncated cone, and to it is fixed a cylinder upon the upper end of which is fixed the second or upper hopper. The passage through the cylinder is closed by a valve. The ore MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 11 and limestone (and some fuel) are placed in the lower hopper surrounding the bell, and are discharged into the furnace by- lowering the bell as usual. The main charge of fuel is discharged from the upper hopper by raising the valve, and falls centrally into the furnace. [^Printed ^ GcZ. Drawings,'] A.D. 1877, February 15.--No. 630. YOUNG, James, the younger. — {Letters Patent void for want of final Specification. ) — Smelting-f urnaces. In furnaces for smelting ores, steam may be blown through tuyeres arranged in the lower part of the furnace. The steam draws in and mixes with air, and the two are dispersed amongst the ignited fuel, a high temperature and economy of fuel being sought. [Printed J 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, February 15.— No. 634. TOUSSAINT, Joseph. — Furnaces, especially for melting, ^' roasting, and annealing metals and minerals." The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 584, A.D. 1877, which relates to crucible apparatus for making steel. The inventor now claims the construction of a pit structure " below the level of the ground, to which structure air is free to " enter at its lower part to supply the fire or furnace which is at the upper part with said air for supporting combustion and for burning, melting, drying, or heating articles or material ^' placed in said furnace above the fire, or in the fire, or in the flues leading therefrom." The depth below the firegrate may be 30 feet, more or less : " the greater the depth the stronger and more rapid will be the column of air " which supplies the fire, the usual high chimney and blowing-apparatus being dispensed with. The fire and heat may act directly upon crucibles or other " containers," particularly such crucibles as the prior Specification relates to. There is a cleaning-door at the level of the grate, and a firing-door about 2 feet higher up. The heat from the fire when cone-shaped crucibles are used always finds itself " contracted against the sides when ascending to the top of the ^* crucible, and gives to it greater heat. The space above the top 12 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " of the crucible enables the heat to be kept on the top," where the heat is slightly greater than at the sides, " because it is " lighter and concentrated by the opposition of the narrow " passage in the cover " with which the furnace may be provided. A descending outlet flue may check the flow of the gases leaving the furnace, pressure being thus produced on the metal under operation. Four or six ordinary crucibles may be placed in the furnace. [Printed^ M. No Draivings.] A.D. 1877, February 17.— No. 660. PLIMSOLL, Henry Davidson. — (Provisional j^rotection only.) — Formation of a fabric or structure by interlacing metal bars or rods. A fabric of the following construction " may be used for ships' armour without further preparation, or by welding or rolling together two or more such fabrics a single plate of " great strength and tenacity is produced." Two sets of corrugated bars are employed. One half of the first set are arranged in parallel rows at intervals apart with their corruga- tions upwards and downwards. Across these bars are laid the whole of the second set, the corrugations of the latter resting in or interlocking with those of the former. Upon the second set are then laid the remaining half of the first set, " each one " being placed intermediate of these already in position." Thus the bars of the first set are alternately over and under those of the second, between which straight or slightly- corrugated bars are now introduced, being passed alternately over and under the bars of the first set, to unite and lock the whole fabric together. [Printed, 2d. No Drcnoings.'] A.D. 1877, February 19.— No. 677. WILSON, Alexander. — {Provisional protection only.) — Utiliz- ing the waste heat discharged into the chimneys or flues of Bessemer converters by heating the blast therefor (or for cupola and other furnaces). Air-heating apparatus, described in the inventor's prior Pro- visional Specification No. 612, A.D. 1877, may be placed in the chimney into which the air and volatile substances are discharged MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 13 from the converter, the apparatus communicating with the blast engine and with the hollow trunnion of the converter (or with the cupola). The heating-apparatus may be modified, while preferably retaining a large surface and least interrupting the discharge from the converter. lPri7itedj 2d. No Draioings.'] A.D. 1877, February 20.— No. 700. DUDGrEON, Alexander. — Application of asbestos for lining furnaces. As a lining for furnaces, cupolas, crucibles, or apparatus for fusing metals," the following preparation might be used. Asbestos is ground (without clay or earthy matter) and mixed " in a solution of silicate of potash, silicate of soda, stannate of " soda, or other chemical substance possessing similar properties.'* The composition is moulded into bricks, tiles, or other forms, and dried and burnt up to a high temperature, thus producing a fire-resisting compound of asbestos and silicates. [_Pri7ited, 6d. Dravnng,'] A.D. 1877, February 22.— No. 728. WOODS, G-EORGE, and WOODS, Edwin. — Annealing wire. The annealing-pot or retort, is kept at a uniform, moderate heat, and is bricked round, and made with a fireplace and internal flue round which are placed the coils of wire, introduced and withdrawn through sliding doors by a lifter which is preferably formed of two pieces of iron or steel of horse-shoe shape and joined at the top and bottom. [Printed, 6d, DrawiJig.'] A.D. 1877, February 24.— No. 756. PliUM, Thomas William. — Tuyeres. 1. ater-tuyeres are constructed with external and internal tubes as usual, closed at the nose end, but at the outer end only " partially closed, with or without a closing piece having sight " holes for examination." Sometimes the tuyere is made " in " tY\'o jointed pieces in length," so that the nose-piece can be replaced. The inventor uses a sheet-metal " lining or spreader 14 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. for holding water against the top and conducting water to the nose end and down the sides" of the tuyere, the lining being inserted between the two tubes and being provided with bridge-pieces to bear upon the inner tube. The lining is curved to form a confined water-space between it and the inside of the outer tube, a water-supply pipe being attached to the lining. For flushing and removing any deposit, the lining may be slightly moved to and fro, or withdrawn and replaced. 2. When varying pressure of blast is required in a tuyere or gun," there is inserted a dividing-nozzle having a trumpet- shaped end, by which the force of blast round the outside of the nozzle is checked, while the blast passes through the nozzle at its full pressure. \_Printed, 6d. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, February 26.— No. 787. SMITH, Wade Hampton. — Making armour plates. Purified meial, made in acccordance with the inventor's prior Specifications No. 2815, A.D. 1874, and No. 217, A.D. 1875, is preferably employed. The armour plates are made of homogeneous or analogous metals, various degrees of hardness or softness being produced in the same plate. A cast-steel ingot, plate, or slab, containing from 0*3 to 2*0 per cent, or more of carbon, is treated to remove carbon and produce " in parts a metal in softness and ductility " equal to the best malleable iron, the other parts retaining the original hardness." A cast-iron plate may be likewise treated to reduce its carbon and produce a soft plate." A mild cast- steel or malleable-iron ingot, plate, or slab, containing from O'O to 0*3 per cent, of carbon, is submitted to a carburizing process " to give it in the desired parts the requisite hardness to resist the penetration " of shot. Metallic oxides form the softening- agent preferred, and wood-charcoal the hardening-agent. These operations may take place in a furnace, having an airtight chamber to contain the plate or ingot in a perpendicular position, while between the plate and the walls of the chamber a space or spaces are left to receive the agent employed. In other furnaces, the plate may be placed horizontally. [Printed^ 6d. Drawing.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 15 A.D. 1877, February 28.— No. 800. BROWNHILL, William, junior, and SMITH, Thomas Henry. — (^Provisional i^rotection only.) — Rolling and finishing regular or irregular angle, channel, and other sections of iron or steel. The system of rolling, to which the inventors' prior Specifi- cation No. 3368, A.D. 1875, relates, may be somewhat utilized for the present invention. The inventors " purpose reducing the pile to a strip or bar of " the required thickness and finish on the edges, an operation done with unusual rapidity, as the strip when rolled is still in " a highly heated condition, which " is utilized by at once " pointing or shaping the strip so formed, and sending it " through angular grooved roils," thus " converting the strip " technically into angle iron." Sometimes, for large strong sections, " the ordinary process of rolling the pile or bloom to a flat bar may be pursued, as in working large bodies of iron the workable heat is longer retained, so that after rolling the " pile or bloom flat by the two roll principle, the flat bar will " still retain sufficient heat to pass through shaping rolls to " give to it the desired angular form." Great length and great diversity of size and shape may be imparted to the angle-iron produced. By altering the shape of the finishing grooved rolls, channel or other sections may be likewise rolled. Also flat bars or strips may be re-heated and converted into angle iron. \_Printech 2d. No Dravniigs.'] A.D. 1877, March 2.— No. 852. BUTLER, Jacob, and LEWIS, Frederic Edwin. — Utilizing waste cast iron in the manufacture of iron. Waste cast iron is treated, with or without iron ores and fluxes, in a blast furnace, cupola, air furnace, refinery, or like furnace, and the resulting molten metal is run into shallow iron pans or moulds, the bottoms of which are covered with a layer of carbonaceous matter, with or without some salt, and which also contain from 15 to 18 parts of scrap tin plate, freed from tin, for every 240 parts of melted cast iron. The molten metal takes up or dissolves the tin plate, with ebullition, and scum forms on the surface. Afterwards a stream of water is passed over the metal until sufficiently cool to handle. Such metal is 16 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. equal to " best plate metal." The pans may be replaced by a shallow moulder's ladle, in which case the resulting molten product may be conveyed to a puddling-furnace and will produce excellent puddled iron. [^Printed^ Ad. No Drawings,'] A.D. 1877, March 7.— No. 911. HADFIELD, Robert.— Manufacture of steel. Haematite or other ore, free from phosphorus and sulphur, may be smelted in a blast furnace, and, to save re-melting, the molten metal is run direct therefrom into any suitable, pre- ferably a Bessemer, converter, wherein it is blown and treated as usual, to greatly purify it. Thence the metal is run into any suitable, preferably a Siemens-Martin, furnace, wherein it is retained for a time variable according to the quality of steel required. The metal is entirely under icontrol, so that any superfluous carbon or other impurities may be thoroughly eliminated, and a superior steel obtained, while time, fuel, and labour are economized. Sometimes pig iron may be melted in a eupola or air furnace and run into the converter. [PrhHed^ Ad. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, March 9.— No. 957. WILLIAMS, Richard Pkice. — (Letters Patent void for w.artt of final Specif cation.) — Railway rails. Instead of plunging rails, made in accordance with the prior Specification No. 2065, A.D. 1876, while red hot into a tank of liquid, thay are subjected to the actijn of steam for some hours in a closed chamber, ia which they are piled. The chamber may be an iron truck moving on rails, for running it out of the way and then admitting steam. Other rails may be likewise treated. Steel rails, containing not more than 0*3 per cent, of carbon, by being subjected to superheated steam (the great heat of the rails contributing to the superheating of the steam) become toughened or indurated and less liable to rust. [Printed, 2d. No Draioings.] A.D. 1877, March 14.— No. 1013. AITKEN, RussEL. — Furnaces for melting steel etc. Within the body of the furnace and around or in close MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " proximity to the bed upon which the steel " is melted, there is formed a trench or hollow, filled with gas-yielding coily matter, to v/hich, when fully ignited, air is supplied at the top, the entry of air beneath it being prevented. " The gas distilled from the fuel is burnt by the air forced into the furnace to ^' mix with it, and an intense heat is developed. At the end of " the operation the residuum is drawn out." The firebricks composing the furnace are durable notwithstanding the heat, as the "ash of the fuel is not disturbed/oy the blast or bro Light into contact with the more highly heated parts of the ^' furnace." The air employed ma.y be heated by the products of combustion or otherwise. Drawings show different arrange- ments of furnaces, in which fuel trenches and beds, hearths, or pots for the metal are arranged under one or more arches or under a dome. In one case the trenches surround a rising and falling platform, which carries melting-pots. [Prhited^ Cxi. D miring.'] A.D. 1877, March 14.— No. 1026. WILSON, Alexander. — Manufacturing armour plates. Toughness may be imparted to the backs of hard wrought or cast steel armour plates to increase their power of resistance, by placing the plate on a layer of charcoal in a cast-iron box and then filling the space round the edges of the plate for a height of, say, 12 inches with gannister, the bottom surface of the plate and its edges to the height aforesaid having been previ^nisly coated with graphite to protect this part of the plate from change. Above the gannister, oxide of iron or other decar- burizing-agent is applied both round the edges and on the face of the plate. The box is then covered and luted, and is heated in a,n annealing-oven sufficiently long for the decarburization and toughening of the upper part of the plate to be effected, which is followed by gradual cooling. If desired, both faces of the plate may be decarburized to any given depth, while the central part remains hard. The annealing-oven may have fireplaces at its opposite ends, and the heat is reverberated by an arched roof into the ce:itral space, wherein four or more of the boxes may be placed. Serpentine flues beneath and leading from the central space to a chimney secure a proper circulation of the heated gases. The 18 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. boxes ma}^ be arranged in tbe oven one above another with intervening firebrick supports, the cbarging-opening being afterwards bricked up. The temperature employed may vary say, from 1500° to 2000° Fahr. \_Prmted, Qd. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, March 17.— No. 1083. BROMILOW, John. — Regenerative heating-apparatu?, and purification of iron. A stove, for heating air or combustible gas for blast furnaces or other purposes, contains pipes or tubes, through which the air (or gas) is forced, and which may be constructed of silica, clay, etc., and lined with malleable-iron tubes to prevent leakage ; or, if the air be under great pressure, cast-iron pipes may be used. The pipes are supported in horizontal positions by trans- verse vertical walls in a brickwork chamber, which is divided into two compartments (intercommunicating at the bottom) by a longitudinal vertical wall. The stove is worked on the regenerative system by means of valves and flues. Gases are ignited at the top of and pass down through one compartment, and then rise up through the other, the current of gases beirg subsequently reversed. Regenerative chambers w^ith chequered brickwork may be arranged in connection with the flues. Some • times the stove may contain vertical pipes and horizontal com- partments. An arrangement of flue valves, for reversing currents of gases and air for combustion and directing them through passages or regenerative chambers, comprises, " in the case of each set of " four passages, two pairs of valve seats ; and a single duplex " conical or spherical valve acts for each pair of seats, closing " downwards against the bottom valve seat when lowered, and " upwards against the top one when raised." The valves may be suspended by chains from the opposite ends of a two-armed lever, which is connected to a weighted lever to keep the raised valve against the upper valve seat, the valves being reversed by turning over the weighted lever. In the stove described, the suspending chains are led over pulleys to a single-armed lever. ^' The flues, com-municating with the furnace " or stove, " pro- ceed from between the valve seats. The space above the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 19 upper seats communicates with the gas or air inlet, whilst the space below the lower se.its communicates with the chimnoy." The air and gas heating stoves may be applied to processes for removing phosphorus and other impurities from molten iron (prior to its conversion into steel) by injecting into the metal strongly-heated ga=^eous mixtures of hydrocarbons or powdered coal, or both, and air, the proportions of which are regulated, by the aid of valves and a chamber for developing some com- " bustion," to form a neutral, reducing, or oxidizing atmosphere in an ignited state. The invention also relates to an arrangement of regenera ive chambers for steel-making and other furnaces. [Printed^ Sd. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, March 20.— No. 1106. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communicat'ion from George Henry Aloller, W'dUaiii Mailer, and William Alexander Stephens.) — Treating ores. Tiie ore may be charged by means of shoots into a roasting- oven, where it is desulphurized and otherwise purified in a thin layer. The oven rests on hollow supports above a blast furnace, the gases from the upper part of which pass through the supports into the oven, air entering round the bottom of the latter to aid in the combustion. The oven has a scraper or partition to separate successive charges of ore placed therein, and a door gives access for stirring up the contents and removing debris. A central trap or hinged door allows the redhot roasted ore to pass through the bottom of the oven into the top of the blast furnace, which has a corresponding door, while the space between the oven and blast furnace enables fuel and limestone for smelting to be charged into the latter. Around the base of the blast furnace are arranged dome- shaped or reverberating heaters," having a combustion chamber for burning coal by the aid of a blast entering below the fire, while another blast pipe passes in coils around and within the combustion chamber and into an exit duct, so that a hot blast is obtained. By the aid of a conical deflector with a central opening and a communicating duct, the hot air blast and the gases of combustion from the heater meet together. " The gases " take fire " and an expansion of volume occurs, but their return 20 MAiSTTFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. is checked by the deflector and the forward movement of the blast is continued to the tuyere. The tuyere is protected by a coil of water pipe, carried closely round it and so arranged that the water is presented first at the front of the tuyere and then circulates around it in a backward direction. The heaters and deflectors may be dispensed with, and the blast be heated in coils of pipe, placed in chambers above the roasting-oven and heated by the waste products of combustion from the latter. The hot blast pipe should be led down inside the casing of the furnace to the tuyere. Various regulating- valves are fitted to the apparatus. \_Pri7ited, 6d. Drmoiiig.'] A.D. 1877, March 21.— No. 1116. BRAIN, "William Blanch. — Separating iron (and other metals) from their ores. Electric batteries maybe constructed with "triple or multiple " elements according to the nature of the metals to be sepa- " rated from their ores." Thus, the outer element of a cell may be a wrought-iron vessel, within which is placed a porous pot (or a flannel or equivalent bag, saturated with paraffin wax), and within this is placed a like pot (or bag) smaller but equal in depth. The inner pot contains a plate or other form of carbon, and also an oxidizing-agent, such as a mixture of nitric, sulphuric, and chromic acids, or of chlorate of potash and hydrochloric acid. The space between the two pots contains red or brown haematite iron oxide, and hydrochloric acid or " chloride of ammonia " or both, the acid being thus incor- porated with the ore. The vessel outside this pot contains water, with or without acids or chlorides. Metallic connections are secured to the carbon and the iron vessel. " On applying a " connection to the middle element of iron" ore, with which may be mixed pieces of carbon to increase the conductivity, a current of electricity passes. Provision may be made for draw- ing off the chloride of iron, after which there is added " a fresh " supply of hydrochloric acid and ammonia, and so on." Heat may be applied to the cells to increase the action. For working under pressure, the ceils may be sealed down with non-con- ducting materials, tubes being provided to admit acid, and valves MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 21 to regulate the pressure. Again, the battery may be made of old scrap iron, placed within a wood vessel, and having the porous pots inside the scrap. More than a triple element may be made by using additional porous pots or diaphragms, and " ores of iron or other metals of higher or lower electro- " negative or positive characters incorporated with suitable acids." [^Printed, 4:d. No Drawings.] A.D. 1877, March 21.— No. 1120. WADDINdTON, Joseppi, and LONGBOTTOM, Benjamin.— (^Prvovisional protection only.) — Blast. Consists in the application of an air blast which has been used, as the cooling-medium in an engine condenser, for blowing smith's forges, cupola furnaces, etc., or for ventilation. [Printed^ 2d. No Draivings.] , A.D. 1877, March 21.— No. 1124. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication from Stephen Barker.) — (Provisio7ial protection oidy.) — Manufacture of steel. The bottom of a puddling-furnace is prepared by melting wruught-iron scrap, and the sides by lining with "pulverized " fossiliferous and magnetic iron ore (or with shady and other " ores)." When the lining and bottom are set, 10 per cent, of slag or roll scale and (for every 400 lbs. of iron to be puddled) about 200 lbs. of Carter cold-blast charcoal pig metal, 50 of Eagle ditto, 25 of Pottsdale ditto, and 50 of Embreeville and of Unaka ditto, respectively, (or equivalent pig metals) are intro- duced. Three pounds of pulverized magnetic iron ore are mixed with the metal when melted, and afterwards, when it begins to boil, some black oxide of manganese, carbonate of soda, pulverized oyster shells, common salt, and soda ash are added. The temperature is kept lower than for " making " puddle iron for wrought-iron purposes." The metal is worked and made into puddle balls, which are hammered (with re- heating) into bars, to be cut up and melted in a crucible with some oxide of manganese, salt, and oyster shells. The shells produce a fine flux, and the iron boils longer, casts 22 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. off impurities, and gives a fine grade of steel. Wood ashes may replace the shells. \_Printed^ 2cL No Drmmugs.'] A.D. 1877, March 22.— No. 1141. BREWER, Edward Griffith. — (A commuuicatio7i from Marie Anne Charles de Bussy,) — (^Provisional j^'^^otection only,) — Agglomeration of pulverulent iron ores. In preparing pulverulent ores or burnt pyrites, particularly " purple ore," for the blast furnace, to avoid the disintegration of the bricks of ore etc. shortly after their introduction into the furnace, the bricks are to be previously burnt at a red heat, and the binding-material employed must impart sufficient consistency for handling, while melting or at least softening when heated. Lime forms a fusible compound with peroxide of iron and may be used alone, in place of an equivalent proportion of limestone in the furnace. A mixture of lime and clay or hydraulic cement is suitable, if containing sufficient silica to make it fusible. Magnesium limes " are preferred, and fine quartz sand may be added. Coal dust or like matter may be also used to partially reduce the oxide of iron, and manganese oxides or other ore substance to be employed in the blast furnace may form part of the mixture. The mixture is moulded, dried, and burnt in kihis like common bricks. [Frinted, 2d. No Draunngs,] A.D. 1877, March 26.— No. 1178. CADDICK, David, and MAYBERY, Joseph. — Puddling, heating, melting, and other furnaces (including hollow fires). The invention relates to the combustion chambers, which act as gas producers, and is described with reference to drawings of a puddling-f urnace. Also " there may be several furnace beds " arranged round one such producer, a throat therefrom being provided for each of them." The invention is also applicable " to ' hollow fire ' furnaces, whereby the ordinary ' hollow fires ' are superseded." The combustion chamber is constructed of firebrick, enclosed in a double or inner and outer iron casing. Air enters or is forced into the space between the two casings, and, becoming MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 23 heated by contact with the inner casing, passes through passages into the combustion chamber. Some passages lead into the chamber on a level with the fuel, or into a closed ashpit below the firegrate, and the air thus entering burns the fuel to produce inflammable gases, while other passages terminate above the fuel, and the air thus entering mixes with the said gases and produces flame, which passes from the upper part of the combustion chamber through a large throat into the bed part of the furnace and acts on the metal therein. Valves regulate the supply of air. The outer casing contains sight-holes for observation and for clearing the said passages. The air checks the radiation of heat from the combustion chamber. \_Printed, Qd. Draw'riig.'] A.D. 1877, March 28.— No. 1219. BALD, John Heath. — Preparing residual and other finely- divided oxides of iron for treatment. The oxides are thoroughly mixed with lime, adding a propor- tion of water beyond that required to slake the lime, unless the oxides contain sufficient moisture. The mass is spread and dried on a floor, which should be heated to about 200° F., v/hile in contact with an atmosphere of carbonic acid gas ; or it is preferred to break the dried mass into pieces and afterwards subject them to the action of carbonic acid gas (obtainable from the products of combustion used for heating the floor). Thus " the caustic lime is converted into carbonate of lime, and the " mass is rendered sufficiently hard " for treatment, as in a blast furnace^ \_Pri)ited, 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, March 28.— No. 1234. JOHNSON, John Henry. — {A communkation from Charles Motier Nes.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. " Magnetic silicide of iron ore " m.ay be employed to remove phosphorus and other impurities from iron. "Silicon plate metal" may be produced in an "ordinary " run-out," provided with water tuyeres for throwing a blast on to the fuel and metal, the run-out being charged with coke and 24 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. one ton of pig iron. From one-fifth to one-third of a ton of magnetic silicide of iron ore (pulverized, and also stamped to prevent it from being blown away) is mixed with, the coke or placed in the pot of the run-out when the metal is nearly melted. The product will be free from phosphorus. Strong metal for castings etc. may be obtained by melting ordinary pig iron with some 25 per cent, of silicon plate metal in a cupola, the cinder being tapped off through a special outlet before the metal. " To produce silicon plate metal having the qualities or " properties of wrought or bar steel, a suitable puddling furnace " is employed : the metal having been partially decarbonized in " the refinery soon comes to nature ; it is then placed under the " hammer and drawn out into bars : this metal can also be " converted into wrought steel or iron by the Bessemer or other process. [Printed, Ad. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, April 3.— No. 1290. GOKMAN, William. — Furnaces, and manufacture of iron and steel. Coal (or wood or other carbonaceous matter) may be treated in an upright main chamber, having a charging- valve at the top. Air (by preference highly heated) is passed in at the top and down through the mass of coal, so that any hydrogen gas and sulphur present are burnt and produce heat for expelling volatile matters, which (including sulphur) are more effectually removed than usual. Coal is supplied at intervals at the top and the coke produced may be removed at the bottom, above which level the gases are withdrawn, the chamber being deep enough to ensure that the oxygen of the air is converted into carbonic oxide. Thus the solid and gaseous parts of the coal are obtained for separate use. Again, all the combustible parts of the coal may be converted into permanent gases, suitable for reducing ores or for heating regenerative or other furnaces (without depositing tar or carbon, if conveyed to a distance). In this latter case a deep chamber is provided, so that, by supplying air at the bottom, carbonic oxide may be produced (by means of a partial coai- bustion of the solid carbon by the air ascending through the coke) and mixes with the gases descending from the upper part MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 25 of the chamber. The said chamber may be connected to another upright chamber for reducing ores, the gases pass- ing from near the bottom of the former to near that of the latter chamber, and ascending amongst the ores therein. Thence the gases may pass to other chambers for calcining ores, heating air, or other purposes. Sometimes ores and flux, such as limestone, may be treated in the chamber with the coal, the reduced ores, flux, and coke being removed to a blast furnace or refining-hearth. Also blast-furnace gases may be employed for reducing or calcining. In the latter case, the gases are completely burnt and the apparatus may be open at the top like a limekiln. The gases may be introduced through an annular flue and connected openings, and air for combustion through bottom doors or otherwise. Ores may be charged first into a calcining-chamber, next into a reducing-chamber, and afterwards into a smelting furnace or hearth. The top of a blast furnace may be " adapted for coking the " coal used by providing outlets for the gases produced' at such " a depth from the top as to permit of the coal being coked, in " the manner above referred to. These outlets or ports open " into an annular chamber surrounding the exterior of the " furnace : this chamber may be carried up to the top of the " furnace and it may also be divided by upright walls into a " series of chambers corresponding to the number of outlets." The coal, ore, and flux are charged into the main compartment top of the furnace as usual, and air is blown down through the s'^ame. The resulting gases unite with those arising from the blast introduced at the tuyeres, and pass away through the annular •'Wamber. Sometimes the ores and flux, or part thereof, may be ^^charged into the annular chamber, wherein heating and reduc- tion then take place, before they pass into the " barrel " of the ^furnace. A modified furnace for fusing metal has side cVhambers, into which the metal is charged, and in which the gfases are burnt by air supplied through additional tuyeres to 'rheat the metal. When this furnace is used for smelting ore '^^{without melting metal), the said air supply is cut oSe. The ^central chamber is charged with fuel and sometimes with metal o:r ore. The hot reducing-gases may be led from the blast f jirnace into contiguous chambers, wherein the ores are reduced prK'>r to passing into the said annular chamber, and to further utilize the same gases they may be revived by passing through 26 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. heated coke (to convert the carbonic acid present into carbonic oxide) and then used for heating reverberatory furnaces. Reducing-chambers may be combined with puddling or steel- producing furnaces, so that the reduced ores are conveyed direct to the latter. To produce iron or steel direct from the ore, coking and reducing chambers are placed at a higher level than a working or fusing hearth, and, when the ores are reduced and the coal coked, they descend to the hearth in such a way that the reduced ores are surrounded by hot coke, upon which jets of air are projected to produce heat for " welding or smelt- " ing the reduced ores so as to produce iron, steely iron, steel, or cast iron." The arrangement of coking and ore chambers may be modified, and sometimxcs the fuel, ores, and flux are charged into the same chambers and throughout treated together, there being a subjacent hearth to receive the materials from the chambers. Sometimes gases from the coking or reducing chambers are injected into the tops of blast furnaces or coking- chambers by a jet of air to produce heat by combustion. This allows of non-bituminous coal, coke, or wood being advan- tageously used in such blast furnaces or chambers as above referred to. \_Printecl, lOd. Draioings.'] A.D. 1877, April 6.— No. 1346. WALBRIDGE, Wells David. — (A communication from^^ Nathaniel Shepard Keith.) — Recovering for use the iron o^!^ scrap tm plate. The iron may be obtained free from tin by the followin^^^-, method of separating the tin from the scraps of tin plate. The^ scraps, in a separated and extended condition, are conveyed^^ through an electrolysing-bath in a vat or tank by means of an^ endless-chain conveyer or some substitute therefor, a cage or"'*, basket, revolving or not, being used for small scraps. The baf^j'ji preferably consists of a solution of caustic and nitrate of sod^-^ or potash, or of caustic soda and chloride of sodium, and should^*^' not attack the iron of the scraps. A current of electricity f ron^^ a battery is passed through the bath, the endless chain and the^ scraps acting as the anode, and the vat, if formed of iron d' j. equivalent conducting-substance, as the cathode ; or me/,;'^] plates may be suspended in the bath on both sides of the cL ain, MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 27 with or without a division plate between the entering and receding portions of the chain, to act as the cathode. The bath ' is heated preferably to about its boiling point by externally heating the vat, or by immersing a coil of steam pipe therein. During the immersion of the scraps, (the duration of which is determined by the speed of continuous or intermittent move- ment of the chain), the tin is dissolved, and the iron, cleansed from the tin^ is removed as the chain raises it above the vat. Sometimes the scraps may be immersed in the vat by means of I a rack or frame, which after a time is withdrawn therefrom. I The claims are limited with reference to what has been previously : proposed or done of a somewhat analogous character. \_Prmted, 6d. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, April 11.— No. 1413. BELL, Isaac Lowthian. — Manufacture of iron and steel. Melted cast iron is intimately mixed with melted oxide of iron in a furnace or vessel, in which they are maintained at a " suitable temperature, such that no rapid separation of the carbon from the metal takes place, whilst the phosphorus for " the most part passes from the metal to the oxide ; which having thus become contaminated is removed from the metal, " either before the cast iron is by the separation of carbon " converted into steel or wrought iron," or else before the latter is welded or fused. The oxide may be separated from the steel or wrought iron by compressing the latter, or by immersing it in an easily-fusible compound, such as a silicate of lime and alumina with or without an alkali. Afterwards the metal may be brought to a welding-heat or melted into ingots in suitable furnaces. The operation of purifying the metal from phosphorus may take place in a revolving puddling-f urnace. The moderate tempera- ture preferred is that at which metal is run in an iron foundry. The oxide of iron employed may consist of ores, slags, or other products, frequently containing or together with silica or other earthy substance, but without very much sulphur or phosphorus. [Printed^ M. No Drawing s.] A.D. 1877, April 14.— No. 1465. HOLLWAY, John.— Metallic silicides. A metallic coke, intended for the manufacture of silicides of 28 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. metals and silicides of metallic alloys, may be made by a process similar to that to which the inventor's prior Specifications Nos. 1446 and 3314, A.D. 1876, and No. 265, A.D. 1877, relate. To produce a silicide of iron and manganese, small or powdered ferrous and manganiferous ores or other substances, coal and sometimes bitumen, and additional silicious substances, when needful, are washed or otherwise purified, if desired, and mixed together. The coking of the mixture will produce a coke which on smelting will yield the said silicide, provided the silica is in excess of the alkaline and earthy bases. The excess of carbon in the coke and the intimate admixture effect the reduction of the silica and the production of the silicide. The coke may be smelted with or without additional metalliferous and silicious substances and ordinary coke. Other silicides may be likewise produced. The mixture employed is sometimes formed into lumps and introduced into the blast furnace without being previously coked. [Printed^ M. No Draimngs.'] A.D. 1877, April 19.— No. 1518. FRYKMAN, Axel Oabriel. — Manufacture of iron and steel. Impure iron (including pig iron, iron ores, slags or similar ferruginous compounds, or other combinations or mixtures containing iron and constituents detrimental to the use of the metal for manufacturing purposes) may be purified, refined, and converted into malleable iron or steel, either in a puddling or like furnace in which balls are produced, or upon a sole or hearth in any furnace having a high temperature for producing the converted metal in a state of fusion. The operations include the introduction, preferably by injection through hollow rakes or tuyeres, of compressed air, gases, and volatile and non- volatile agents of an oxidizing, deoxidizing, carburetting, and purifying character, according to requirements. " If manganeous, or titaneous, or silicious, or carbonaceous iron or steel is required," agents containing these or corresponding matters are introduced in a pulverized or granular state. Ferro- manganese, spiegeleisen, etc. may be employed, as well as iron ore, slag, and scrap iron and steel in the course of treatment. The furnaces are provided with a heat producer " or a gas generator, in the former of which ''a complete or regulated MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 29 combustion " of fuel is effected to produce an oxidizing, neutral, or reducing flame, to be utilized in a fire-room." In the latter, combustible gases are generated and are afterwards burnt in passing through a flue to a fire-room. A hot blast is employed and an intense heat is economically obtainable. Heating and melting furnaces are described. One furnace comprises a heat-producer, combined with a vertical melting fire-room," which is provided at the top with a charging- hopper and exit flues, and which communicates at the bottom with a reservoir for the molten matters. A separate hcnt- producer is attached to this reservoir, and the gases of this combustion " also enter the fire-room. A blast-heating appa- ratus may be heated by gases leaving the fire-room. Again, a heat- producer may be combined with an inclined or a ^' hori- zontal fire-room," which latter according to a drawing appears to contain crucibles. Another furnace has a gas generator, combined with a vertical shaft or fire-room of the shape of a cupola. Gas is supplied to a belt flue, communicating with the shaft by radial flues, while blast pipes supply air for combustion, which takes place in front of the tuyeres in the shaft. Thus the melting of matters charged into the top of the shaft is effected by the complete combustion of gaseous fuel by means of a hot blast. The intense heat produced and the clearness " and gradual utilization of the heated ascending gases qualify the furnace for various purposes. Thus, any ferruginous compound may be melted with or without other matters, e.g.^ iron ore, pig iron, and scrap iron or steel can be melted sometimes with car- bonaceous matter to produce malleable iron or steel, or a ferru- ginous compound for subsequent treatment or conversion. The metal fused in these furnaces may undergo some refining treatment in the receptacles thereof, and afterwards separation of slag may take place in a ladle, in which the metal is conveyed to the puddling or other furnace. A puddling-machine employed comprises a steam or com- " pressed air cylinder, with its piston rod in direct connection " with the rake, and mounted upon a movable frame at each or any front of the puddling furnace. One end of this frame is pivotted upon a centre placed underneath the hole through ^' which the rake is introduced into the furnace, while the other or free end is carried upon wheels moving in a segmental p ath described from the said centre : " or the frame may be 30 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. mounted upon a vertical shaft or bearings above the said hole. By moving or radiating the outer part of this frame in regard ^' to the furnace, all the radial positions required for working ^' the iron " in every part of the puddling-chamber by the rake can be obtained, the length of stroke being modifiable. The fixed air or steam supply pipes may communicate with the cylinder by hose or pipes with movable joints, or preferably through stuffing-boxes arranged on the centre line of the motion of the frame. Rakes for injecting consist of a hollow shaft, one end of which has a tuyere, and the other end a guiding arrangement. The latter comprises a fork piece or spanner, carrying a cross guide- piece with holes in the ends, through which is passed a rod forming a continuation of a swinging and guiding beam. The beam is suspended by a universal joint, fixed to a cross framing in the roof, the tuyeres being thus kept vertical. The rakes are suspended by chains, and worked by hand or machinery. There is an inlet for air, gases, etc., which may be conveyed to the rakes through hose or pipes with universal joints, and the rakes may have two ways " for simultaneously introducing gases and air to effect combustion in the molten metal. The lower face of the tuyere may be " grooved or channelled crosswise for " the horizontal or inclined escape of the introduced gases," etc. The puddling-f urnace may comprise a gas generator, a fire- room, and a blast-heatmg apparatus. The fire-room consists of a hearth with vault and sides, built upon a framework which is supported by pillars. The firebridge, which extends all round the hearth, is made in segmental parts and cooled by water jets. The hearth, which is cooled by water, is made to rotate and to descend, in order to facilitate working and discharging the metal. One or more puddling-machines are provided to work rabbles for stirring the molten mass on the hearth, and there is a con- stant rabble " to keep the sides and adjacent parts of the bottom free from adhering matters. The converted iron may be made into several balls. To produce one ball, flat tools are moved by a screw from the circumference towards the centre of the hearth, while the latter rotates, so that the metal will be forced towards and form a ball at the centre. In the process of obtaining a fused product, the metal may be treated on the hearth of a furnace as in a Bessemer con7erter^ by introducing compressed air, with the additional use of MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 31 re-agents. In refining or converting oxidized compounds of iron, reducing-agents are employed. Sometimes the furnace may be charged first with fused pig iron and next with fused iron ore, the latter floating upon the former. Agents are now introduced to reduce the iron contained in the iron ore into small particles, which descend into the pig iron and assimilate therewith, forming iron or steel. The latter may be run out into moulds, or by lowering the temperature formed into balls. Sometimes furnaces like Bessemer converters are employed, with additional tuyeres for introducing agents above the molten metal to govern the process and, raise the heat by combustion. Or two converters may be used for a preliminary and a supplementary refining respectively. Cheaper pig iron than usual can be thus employed. Reducing-agents may be introduced into molten steel or iron to deprive it of oxidizing gases or matters in order to render it dense or free from honeycomb, thus improving it for casting. The blast-heating apparatus referred to may have two accumulating belt pipes, communicating with each other by the pipes used for heating the blast with the aid of short pipes, while india-rubber or leather pipes compensate for expansion. The blast (which passes through the pipes) and the heating-gases travel in opposite directions, and there are only small spaces between the pipes, any of which can be changed without disturbing the whole system, regulati'ig- valves shutting off the communications as required. The heating is efficient and uniform, and ''by means of the " perforated plate applied in the middle of every pipe the " radiated heat is employed." The heat is better transferred by the oblong form of the pipes. The apparatus may have one long or several short compartments. IPrintedj Is. DraioingsJ] A.D. 1877, April 20.— No. 1540. SIEMENS, Charles William.— Preparing and combining iron and steel in forms to resist great pressure or shock. For armour plates, metals of different tempers might be com- bined by pouring the harder metal, while fluid, upon the milder metal. To produce plates consisting of several alternate layers of these different metals, several parallel plates of the more 32 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. ductile metal are placed in the mould into which the harder metal is poured. By applying a gas flame, the plates may be heated sufficiently to prevent the harder metal from cracking as it sets, this risk being also diminished by dividing the plates by cross-cuts or deep incisions. The great resisting-power of plates, formed by hammering or rolling such ingots or slabs, may be increased by hardening the surface of the finished plate by subjecting it while red hot to the action of a spray of water. [Printed, Gd. Draivings.'] A.D. 1877, April 20.— No. 1544. ELLIS, John Devonshire. — {Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of armour and other plates and bars. To harden the surfaces, the plates or bars are first made of soft iron, with or without more steely metal on one or both surfaces, and are afterwards placed in a converting-furnace and treated with charcoal or other material to cement the surfaces. [Printed, 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, April 28.— No. 1664. JUSTICE, Philip Syng. — {A communication from Charles- Meredith Dupuy.) — Production of wrought iron and steel direct from the ore. Preferably the richer iron ores, after removing earthy matter and mechanically-mixed impurities as far as convenient, are pulverized and mixed with carbonaceous matters, fluxes, and other pulverized substances, including charcoal, washed cokes, purified coal dust, chlorides (preferably of sodium) ^ alkalies, soda, lime, aluminous clay, manganese oxide, spie- geleisen, f erro-manganese, and cast-iron turnings or filings, the carbonaceous matters being regulated according as steel or iron is required, and the fluxes selected (with reference to an analysis of the ore) to remove impurities and to form with the gangue of the ore " a non-flowing slag or cinder, which, remaining where it is formed throughout the charge, " effectually envelopes or glazes and protects " the particles of reduced metal and prevents the wasting and deleterious action of the flame. The mixture employed is charged into annular canisters, consisting of an inner and an outer thin MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 33 sheet iron or steel cylinder with an intervening annular space, which is closed at the bottom and top by annular discs. Both cylinders and the top disc are perforated for the escape of gases from the mixture within. Other canisters may be used, provided the walls are not far apart, so that the heat can readily and thoroughly permeate the contents. The charged canisters are preferably placed on a layer of cokes in a regenerative and reverberatory gas furnace, in which a reducing- flame is maintained ; and the moderate heat is gradually raised while the ore is being reduced. The canisters are exposed to heat on all sides, and the layer of cokes assists the operation. Each canister protects and transmits the heat to its contents, and the whole gradually sinks down in a pasty state into a cake, which is exposed for a short time to a welding-heat, and then withdrawn and squeezed, hammered, or rolled to press out the cinder and unite the particles of the mass of metal. To produce larger balls or blooms, two or three cakes may be placed one upon another, so as to unite together, before being withdrawn from the furnace. By transferring a cake ^' and working it directly into the open hearth steel furnace, the re-heating of the metal is " saved, and any remaining portion of impurities may be *' removed, whilst the metallic iron remaining will be found " of the highest purity and can be changed into the best class of steel." Also the charged canisters can be worked in a puddling-furnace for several hours, after which pig iron is introduced to form a bath for the canisters and contents, and, when they are properly combined by heat and working, they are taken to the hammer or forge fire, wrought iron or steel being produced. Again, the cakes in their white-hot condition may be sunk into a charcoal forge or " run-out fire " with charcoal, and the mass of metal be greatly purified. \_Printed, 6cZ. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, April 30.— No. 1680. MELLOU, James Samuel. — Hardening or tempering springs. Relates to presses for bending the plates of springs, and to means for hardening them whilst in the press, thus preventing warping and twisting. The presses can be arranged to take more than one plate at a time, and may be fitted with detachable P 0]-4 B 34 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. faces of various shapes and sections. Hydraulic or other power as well as screws may be used for bending the plates. [Printed, 6cL Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, May 1.— No. 1689. LONGSDON, Alfred. — (^A communication from Alfred Krupp.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. Fluid pig iron is to be freed from impurities, such as silicon, phosphorus, and sulphur, by the action of basic iron oxides or manganese oxides, pig iron containing manganese being preferred. The presence of a substantial percentage of manganese enables nearly all the phosphorus to be eliminated, as well as the silicon and sulphur, provided the pig is not very impure ; and until these (as well as the manganese) have been removed from the pig iron, the carbon present will remain unattacked. Thus, if the action be stopped directly bubbles due to gaseous oxides of carbon begin to appear, a purified metal containing all the carbon of the pig iron may be obtained. The pig iron for treatment may be run preferably into a movable furnace, revolving or oscillating horizontally or on an inclined plane, or into a furnace with a fixed hearth, the bottom and walls of which are lined or fettled with iron oxides or man- ganese oxides containing as little silica as possible. Some iron and manganese oxides should also be raised to a cherry-red heat on the basic hearth of the furnace before the pig iron is introduced. Purification having taken place, the metal is tapped out, and its separation from slag may be effected while it is running along channels to another furnace for further treatment ; or, if the metal is tapped into a ladle, it may be run out through the bottom of the ladle, leaving the slag in the latter. The purified metal may now be treated in a steel-melting furnace with an " acid hearth," or in a puddling or other furnace, to decarburize and convert it into iron or steel. In using this metal for the Bessemer process, it may be melted with " highly " silicised or manganised pig iron," or with appropriate mixtures containing manganese and silicon. [Printed^ No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 2.— No. 1701. ROBBINS, Edwin. — (^Provisional protection only.) — Refractory materials for furnaces etc. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AKD STEEL. 35 Manganese, with or without admixture, may be used as a liquid wash, employed for lining of hearths, interiors of " furnaces, melting and other vessels. Anthracite or mineral " charcoal, stone-coal, or shulm " will aid vitrification, and cause the mass to better withstand expansion and contraction on heating and cooling. In making Dinas bricks etc., the inventor requires " about four per cent, only of silicate, Jersey or Cornwall china stone, " with or without lime," and uses the silicate and other vitri- fiable materials," utilizing refuse of potteries, brick-fields, etc. If the materials are too vitreous, more sand or the like is added. If great pressure be employed in the manufacture less flux is used. Farinaceous or other viscous mucilage may be employed. In connection with the making of firebrick, the use of the following refractory and binding or fluxing materials is referred to : — quartz, silex, pottery, soluble silicate, Cornwall china stone, Jersey china stone, Middleton Hill stone, felspar, fluorspar, alkalies, pulverized glass, iron ore, pumice-stone, boracic acid, sandstone, millstone grit, fire-stone, gannister, silica, etc., slate, fire and other clays and fired clay articles, potters' saggers, salt- glazed wares and such as made from Dorset and Devon clays, earthenware, china and parian, broken pitchers, glazed or not glazed (all these having been fired up to a white heat), silicate of soda or potassa, or silicate with a small percentage of lime, Portland cement, plaster of Paris, oxide of zinc, or magnesite with its chloride, sulphate of lime or of baryta, argillaceous carbonate or caustic lime. [Fri7itedj Qd, No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 4.— No. 1742. CLAY, William. — (Provisional protection 07i/i/.)— Puddling. The pig iron is puddled to such a degree as to work out all or nearly all the carbon in the charge, and a quantity of refined pig or cast iron in a molten or granulated form and having a known quantity of carbon is then worked in so as to re-carbonize the charge with the exact quantity required for each degree of hardness or temper. "When wrought iron only is required, refined cast or other iron in a finely-divided state together with a proportion of oxide of iron or iron ore is thrown into the furnace when the iron is about ready for balling. [Printed^ 2d, No Drawings.'] B 2 BG MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1877, May 7.— No. 1767. SMYTH, Samuel Richard.— Manufacture of iron and steel. 1. As improvements upon the prior Specifications No. 3840, A.D. 1874, and No. 3353, A.D. 1875, the metal receiver may be provided with two boxes or chambers, one on each side, for introducing the requisite compounds. The orifices, in which the descending pipes or tuyeres are fixed when used, being con- nected to the chambers, are made in the sides of the receiver, and are inclined towards its bottom for more efPectually dis- charging the compounds when a comparatively low pressure of blast is used. The pipes are of varying lengths, some inclining towards one end of the receiver and some towards the other, so that the blasts may cross each other if desired. Again, the pipes being dispensed with, the compounds may be introduced through the orifices or channels. The charging-aperture of the receiver is placed at its end and a charging -trough is employed. The top of a receiver has a blow-off outlet. The tapping-hole is at the end of the receiver, and slagging-holes are provided. 2. The heater and generator are provided with dome tops to give space for a constant supply of heated air and saturated blast, respectively, under pressure. In combination therewith are cylindrical tanks for holding the compounds, these tanks being severally heated by a vertical steam pipe. 3. Round the dam of the vacuum furnace is applied a circular chamber or belt, for supplying the purifying-agents, and pro- vided with openings, pipes, or tuyeres in communication with the dam. A pipe leads from the generator to the circular chamber. These arrangements may be applied to blast, cupola, air, or other melting-furnaces, when the compounds are em- ployed for purifying, refining, or converting iron into steel therein, a domed dam being erected in front of any existing smelting-furnace to receive the metal therefrom for such treat- ment. 4. First, a mixture of muriatic acid and a hydrocarbon such as wood naphtha, next petroleum in quantity sufficient for the slag to become liquid enough from the intense heat produced, and afterwards caustic leys mixed with caustic soda or potash and reduced to the greatest possible strength may be successively introduced in purifying and refining different kinds of iron in the metal receiver, including Cleveland and Lincolnshire iron ; the quantities of the agents and periods of application varying MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 37 with the pressure of the accompanying blast and with the impurities present and kind of iron required, as indicated by examples. 5. In the heating, annealing, puddling, and balling furnaces, the inventor forms " the hearths and furnaces of an oblong " shape " to obtain increased space for the metal, while allow- ing of a form of ladle bottom which will secure economy of fuel and not unduly increase the width of the framework. For moving a heavy ball of incandescent metal, the movable truck ladle bottom is run into and out of the furnace by hydraulic power, self-acting gear connecting the hydraulic drawing-out cylinder with the ladle bottom. The cylinder is fixed in a pit behind the furnace and the ladle bottom is run into a pit in front of it. The latter pit has a movable iron cover, and above it is an hydraulic cylinder, provided with grippers for raising the ball from the ladle bottom and transporting it else- where. 6. The squeezing-press is provided with a third cyli^ider, the arrangement being such that the large ram has a cylinder on each side. Thus, three rams are employed with water-supply pipes and valves to provide for their working separately or together. Increase of speed may be attained in the movement of the large ram, which is drawn back by the side cylinders. The improvements allow of squeezing and operating " on the " mass of iron under treatment on all its external parts at " one operation without re-heating with perfect equality of " pressure." \_Printecl^ lOcL Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 7.— No. 1770. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (^1 commumcation from Auguste Seguin.) — Furnaces. In a furnace, described with reference to drawings, gaseous fuel is burnt by heated air in a combustion chamber, and the heated products pass through a flue to a welding-furnace with refractory sole, whence they pass to a re-heating furnace. A channel is provided between the welding and re-heating fur- naces for running off scoriae. These furnaces are also separated by a hanging bridge, and access is obtained to them by separate doors, the whole being encased in sheet iron strengthened by 38 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. angle-irons. By burning fuel in accordance with this invention, a white welding-heat is obtainable. [Printed J QcL Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, May 12.— No. 1849. DAVIS, David. — Furnaces, especially for the manufacture of coke and charcoal tin bars." For the " hollow fire," the inventor substitutes a furnace for burning anthracite or bituminous coal in lieu of coke, and having a closed fire -chamber with doors for cleaning the fire- bars. Blast is supplied to the grate, and branch pipes pass through the top of the furnace for conveying blast to aid com- bustion of the gases on entering the body of the furnace, or for admitting steam (from a boiler heated by the waste heat of the furnace). Steam is also introduced into the neck of the furnace to assist the blast. The firebridge is hollow, and the furnace is provided with cooling-boxes. The hammermen's staffs are introduced through apertures, fitted with doors, at the sides of the furnace. A cast-iron bottom, somewhat higher at the centre than at the sides, is employed, whereby all the slag and iron " dropping from the iron whilst in a state of fusion would be " saved and then tapped out, making " a superior fettling for puddling - furnaces. There are " stoves for annealing the " stamps." Air circulates in the open space under the body of the furnace, and a stream of water is directed under the same to keep the bottom cool. The general arrangement of the furnace shown in drawings resembles that of a reverberatory furnace, and the improvements are applicable to balling-furnaces. [Printed J 6d. Drcming.'] A.D. 1877, May 14.— No. 1878. WILSON, George. — Manufacture of armour plates. An ingot of mild steel is hammered, pressed, or rolled into a plate, which (after re-heating or not) is plunged hot into water or other fluid and left therein until cold. Thus, there is effected the toughening of armour plates, composed of thick massive slabs of forged mild steel. To immerse the plate, it " is placed "on to a moveable carriage, which is run on to a platform " supported by a hydraulic lift and is by the lift lowered into a tank, through which a constant stream of water " may flow. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 39 Or an overhead crane with chains or other raising and lowering apparatus may be used. \_Printed^ 4:d. Draioing.'] A.D. 1877, May 14.— No. 1885. HART, Benjamin Woolley. — (^Provisional protection only.) — Preparing oxide of iron and other ores thereof. The ore is crushed, and the associated mineral impurities are mechanically separated from the ore by " the process analogous to that usually known as ^jigging'; but in machines wherein air is the medium employed for the separation which takes place according to the respective specific gravities of the " minerals associated." The ore thus purified is treated in a blast or other furnace to obtain iron or steel. [^Printed, 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 17.— No. 1931. WILLIAMSON, William Shepherd. — Blast furnaces. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 4409, A.D. 1876. As another method of preventing the charge being deflected towards the wall of the furnace, when charging furnaces closed at the top by means of a conical valve or bell within a circular orifice formed in a conically-shaped fixed metal top, the inventor now employs " two conically shaped tops arranged one above the other at a distance apart." The upper top may be sustained by a metal ring, secured to the flanch of the lower top. The space between the two tops forms an annular passage through which the furnace gases may flow into an exit flue. The conical valve is fitted to the central " opening in the upper top," and is lowered into the space between the two tops to admit the charge into the furnace. The charge falls principally upon the sloping surface of the " lower top, which deflects " it towards the centre and better distributes it, thus rendering the working of the furnace more like that of an open top furnace. The central Openings in the two tops are by preference made proportionately larger than usual. \_Printedj 6d. Di^awing.'] A.D. 1877, May 17.— 1935. HOLLWAY, John.— Manufacture of iron and steel. In utilizing iron ores containing phosphorus for producing 40 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. steel and the better qualities of iron, the molten metal from the smelting or re-melting furnace is treated by a direct and con- tinuous operation, or repetition of operations, to eliminate phosphorus and other impurities, the process including the removal and reinstatement of carbon and silicon, the replace- ment of silicon by carbon, and the conversion of the metal into steel. In dephosphorizing etc., carbon is introduced to " permit " of the metal being maintained at almost the lowest tempera- " ture consistent with complete fluidity, so that sufficient " oxidizing slag would be produced and caused to pass upwards " through the metal in order to carry off phosphoric acid and phosphates formed by oxidation ; operating on the metal in " shallow receptacles or in a thin stream, and drawing off the " slag directly it comes to the surface of the metal, thus pre- " venting it retaking phosphorus from the slag." By repetition thorough purification may be effected, the molten metal running by gravitation from one apparatus to another, while handling and re-melting are avoided. The agents employed (which in different cases may be added while solid or molten to the molten metal, be introduced by means of a blast, or be used for lining the apparatus) may include air, nitrogen, carbonic oxide, carbonic acid or other gases, superheated steam, carbon, carbonaceous materials, hydro- carbons, oxides and other slag-producing materials, including oxides of iron, manganese, and titanium, carbonates of man- ganese and iron, metallic silicides, including silicides of iron and of iron and manganese, spiegeleisen, ferro-manganese, " metals, " alloys, metalliferous and other substances " including oxidiz- ing-substances, — silicious materials and cast iron or steel being also suitable for use in making the apparatus. In dephosphor- izing, the accompanying slag should be basic. The apparatus employed may comprise channels, reservoirs or pockets, a shallow and an ordinary Bessemer converter, a Siemens-Martin furnace, puddling-furnace, and refinery, these furnaces, or the processes conducted therein, being modified to suit the invention. The channels may be open or closed, and be heated by the combustion of gases or otherwise, if needful. Appliances may be provided for agitating or puddling the metal in the channels or reservoirs. To eliminate gases from partially or wholly decarburized steel or iron in order to obtain castings free from blow-holes, the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 41 metal may be run in a thin stream over a large surface into moulds simply heated or containing liquid slag, and the metal be then cooled very gradually from the bottom upwards, so as to facilitate the escape of disengaged gases. Also the metal may be accumulated and kept fluid in a reservoir containing liquid slag, gases and air be exhausted from the reservoir if needful, and the metal be tapped from near the bottom. IPrintedj 6d, No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 17.— No. 1941. LAKE, William Robert. — (A commnnicatlott from Armand Sepulchre.) — Construction of blast furnaces. To facilitate the construction, by making " all the courses of " a furnace with a small number of patterns of bricks, at the " same time obviating the necessity for cutting them " to obtain impervious joints, a series of about 20 special patterns or models of bricks are employed. Their dimensions should fulfil the following conditions : — " The length of the interior arc of the bricks should be a divisor of the number " 3*14159, " so " as to allow all the circumferences to be made with a whole or " integral number of bricks ; " the " length of the bricks should be a multiple of the difference of the radii of two consecutive " courses ;" and "the angles of the bricks should be multiples " of each other, in order to effect the crossing of the joints of " two successive rows of the same course." Dimensions of bricks are given. The crossing of all the joints in every direction, and throughout the succession of courses, is attained. [Printed^ 6cZ. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, May 18.— No. 1953. HOWSON, Richard. — {Provisional protection oidy.) — Manu f acture and treatment of mild steel or homogeneous iron. 1. In a revolving puddling-furnace, preferably constructed in accordance with the prior Specifications No. 4414, A.D. 1875, and No. 383, A.D. 1877, pig iron is puddled at a generally lower temperature than usual and with an intermittent flame. The revolving barrel having been previously heated, the puddling is begun with little or no flame. The silicon, phosphorus, and carbon in the iron are gradually oxidized by the fettling, an increase of temperature resulting. When the metal commences 42 MANUFACTUKE OF lEON AND STEEL. to boil, flame should play upon it, and, in the end, the heat is somewhat increased. Thus most of the impurities are removed, but the metal purposely retains from one tenth to five-tenths per cent, of phosphorus, and may retain some carbon, which however should be low in proportion as the phosphorus is high, and to eliminate which the ball of metal produced may remain in the furnace to allow of the oxidation of the carbon by the cinder ; or, the ball may be kept hot in a bath of comparatively- pure cinder in a separate furnace. Balls thus produced are afterwards converted into a cheap, strong, and malleable mild phosphoric steel by melting them with spiegeleisen or f erro- manganese, and sometimes pig iron, in a Siemens or other furnace, inferior pig iron being thus substituted for more expensive kinds. The balls may be squeezed or hammered to remove the contained cinder, before being taken to the melting-furnace. Sometimes the " blooms " are allowed to cool, and are broken into pieces to be assorted according to the quantity of phos- phorus present and the quality of steel which they will respectively produce. Again, by keeping the temperature low, the puddled metal may be obtained in a number of balls, or in a granulated state, which is best if the metal is to be melted direct without hammering or squeezing. 2. To confer additional strength, articles made of the phos- phoric steel may be plunged into water when they leave the hammer, rolls, or mould, and before they get cold, the inventor having found that such steel when plunged redhot into water does not harden in the same way as ordinary steel, but acquires increase of tenacity and resistance to flexure with diminished elasticity. \_Printed^ M. No Draivings.'] A.D. 1877, May 24.— No. 2018. aiDLOW, Thomas, and ABBOTT, James.— Furnaces. An oscillating, rocking, or vibrating motion is to be imparted to a puddling or like furnace, consisting of a firegrate, hearth, and accessories in one piece. The furnace generally may be of usual construction, but with a strong supporting-framework which passes beneath it, and it is free to oscillate on subjacent bearings near its centre. The neck or connection with the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 43 chimney is formed with a convex end-piece, fitting into a concave recess in the chimney, to make a tight joint during the oscillation, which may be communicated by a connecting-^rod or otherwise. Sometimes the neck is hinged to the furnace and slides in and out of the chimney. Also the direction of oscillation may be varied, " the axis of oscillation being either " longitudinal or vertical," and the furnace may be otherwise supported or suspended. In puddling, the oscillation is com- menced when the pig iron in the hearth is about half melted (the melting being aided by allowing the furnace to stand in an inclined position with the metal on a higher level than the firegrate). The motion of the furnace exposes a large surface of molten metal to the heated gases. When the metal becomes pasty a workman assists the balling of the iron by a rabble or like appliance, the continued oscillation greatly aiding the balling. [Printed J M. Drawing.'] A.D, 1877, May 24.— No. 2031. LAKE, William Robert. — (^A communication from John Edwin Sherman.) — {^Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. Iron is to be treated with iodine and with bromine, in each case in connection with chlorine, to prevent its being cold short and red short, respectively. When the metal in a Siemens-Martin furnace commences to expand to a boil, or when it is ready to receive the *'speigel," there are added 400 grains of iodide of sodium and of bromide of sodium, respectively, 800 of chloride of ammonia," and 200 of sulphuret of antimony for each ton of metal. Thus the fluidity of the metal^ is increased, and good ingots will be obtained although much inferior iron be employed. A mixture of the said ingredients with common salt may be placed in an iron box, which is depressed by means of an iron rod to the bottom of the molten metal. Other iodides, bromides, and chlorides may be used, as well as free iodine. [Printed^ 2d. No Draivings.'] A.D. 1877, May 25.— No. 2047. SCOTT, James Cuthbert. — (Provisional -protection only.) — Cupola furnaces. 44 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A chamber, into which the molten metal flows and from which it is tapped as required, may be constructed beneath the ordinary bed of the furnace. The bottom of the cupola is formed as an arch, beyond which it is continued downward so as to constitute a chamber," a pillar supporting the crown of the arch, which is perforated for the molten metal to run through into the chamber. [Printech 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 26.— No. 2051. BOWER, George. — Protection of metallic surfaces from atmo- spheric and other influences. A protective film or coating is to be formed upon the surfaces of iron or steel articles by the oxidizing action, at an elevated temperature, of air or oxygen, or both. From a dull to a bright red heat is the temperature preferred. The retort, chamber, or other apparatus in which the action takes place may be externally heated, or a heated current of the oxidizing-agent may be used. [Printed J id. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, May 28.— No. 2070. WILLIAMS, Thomas. — Annealing boxes and furnaces. The furnaces are constructed with cast-iron or brick floor partitions, upon which the boxes can be wheeled or rolled (preferably on spherical rollers in grooves in the surfaces of the partitions). The partitions are at intervals between short brick pillars, which are arranged with spaces between them for the passage of products of combustion from a set of bottom flues up to and over the boxes, the latter being introduced into the furnace from either side. The bottom flues are con- " tinuous to enable part of the products of combustion to " travel along them, from whence they rise at intervals to near " the top of the furnace at the back, and re-unite with those " which have pass 3d over the tops of the boxes " before escaping to the chimney. The heat of the boxes and surround- ing brickwork assists in completely burning the gases. The firebars are preferably formed of bent wrought-iron tubes, through which heated air for combustion is directed into the closed ashpit, one leg of the tube being extended to the outside MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 45 of the furnace, while the other is bent downwards. The passing air also cools the tubes. A tall bridge is fitted " at the back of " the bars to form a kind of gas chamber at the upper part " of the fire-box and in a passage behind the bridge leading to " the flues." The arrangements permit of great heat being obtained. Sometimes ordinary firebars may be used with an open ashpit, or water may be passed through the bars. The boxes, in which the plates are annealed, are of cast iron, with a thicker bottoni than sides, and with grooves beneath for the said rollers, (or the boxes may have plain bottoms and be introduced into the furnace in the usual manner). The bottom of the box has an exterior ledge, to receive a four-sided outer wall casing in connection with an outer lid, the intervening spaces being filled with sand. Thus, an unvarying tem-perature can be maintained within the box. [Prijitedj Qd. Dmioing.'] A.D. 1877, May 31.— No. 2124. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from David McCandless.) — Cutting rails or bars. To construct an efficient " cold saw " machine, free from injurious vibration, for cutting through cold metal, particularly Bessemer steel rails, by means of a smooth steel disc saw running at a high speed, on a massive bed-plate are fixed vertical housings, supported by webs or braces and containing two journal boxes, which are connected rigidly together by a heavy arch or cross piece, the whole being preferably cast in one, and the arch leaving room for an arbor and its pulley. The arbor is journalled in both boxes with the pulley between them, the saw and a counter-wheel being outside the housings at opposite ends. Passing down through the top plates of the housings and through (or into) the boxes are two screws, to which motion is communicated by bevelled gear wheels in connection with a horizontal shaft, whereon are two diiferent- sized sets of fast and loose pulleys, respectively intended for depressing the boxes and saw while the latter makes the cut, and for subsequently raising them at a higher velocity ready for another cut. An adjustable counter- weight is utilized in supporting the boxes by means of a lever attached to a shaft, which has cranks, furnished with anti-friction wheels, and 46 MANUFACTUBE OF IRON AND STEEL. bearing upward against two lifting-rods beneath the boxes. A powerful adjustable vice with jaws grips and supports the rail where the strain is greatest. Guide rolls, having collars which bear against the web of the rail, and a plain supporting- roller determine the horizontal position of the rail at right angles to the saw. The saw arbor, when raised, may be about level with the axis of the engine band wheel, so that the belt becomes tightened as the cut is made. In connection with the cutting of defective rails into " short " lengths," gauging-mechanism is described which also assists in steadying the rail against vibration. [Planted, 6cZ. Draiving.'] A.D. 1877, June 1.— No. 2133. ALLAN, Henry William. — Treating powdery or granular iron ores or oxides. Soapmakers' waste, containing lime and soda, (or a mixture of caustic or carbonate of soda and of lime) is passed through a pug-mill in admixture with sufficient clay to form coherent bricks, which are dried in a stove. Similar bricks are formed of clay and the iron ore or oxide, or the latter and suitable carbonaceous matter may be made into bricks, which are coked. The ore bricks and " waste " bricks may be charged into a cupola furnace with fuel, preferably a mixture of coal and coke, and with sandstone, slag, or other fluxes to increase the fusibility. Cast-iron scrap should also be melted with the ore, and a quantity kept lying in the bottom of the furnace to maintain a high temperature. [Printed^ No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1877, June 1.— No. 2137. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — {A communicatmi from La Societe Ati07iyme des Mines da RJi'm.) — Furnaces. For treating cast iron, steel, and analogous substances, there may be used a furnace, " in which a current of well determined " chemical character is substituted for the direct action of the " flames as in reverberatory furnaces, and in which the greater " part of the hand labor is replaced by machine power." The furnace resembles a cylinder or truncated cone set on its base, MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 47 and comprises a grate, air chambers, blower, and air inlet and heating pipes, with a hearth. The furnace is closed and the flames do not traverse it, the matters for treatm_ent being spread in a thin layer on the hearth and receiving heat by transmission. A rotating hollow shaft, supported in a central footstep bearing and projecting through a stuffing-box in the furnace roof, carries radiating perforated pipes, by which a forced current from a gas holder or the atmosphere is directed upon the surface of the matters for treatment, while rakes, also attached to the shaft, have teeth so arranged as to travel in different circular paths, " whereby an intimate working and " mixing of the melted matters " are effected. The said current on its way to the shaft is passed through coiled or serpentine pipes, which are exposed to the flames. The charge is introduced through a hopper in the roof, and a scraper, when lowered, collects the matters and discharges them at a doorway. The current leaving the furnace may convey vapours to a con- denser. The current acts chemically according to its composition, air, carburetted hydrogen, and steam having different effects. The construction of the furnace, which can be used for calcining or reducing, may be simplified by replacing the injection pipes by tuyeres traversing the sides. The hearth may be modified when the substance treated is liquid or easily fusible. [Printed, Sd. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, June 4.— No. 2174. LE VICK, George. — {Provisional protection only.) — Rolling rails for tramways and other railways. In rolling a flat-footed rail with a central web supporting a head which is grooved along its upper surface, the latter forming the table of the rail, the inventor produces the groove (which receives the flanges of the wheels) by first rolling a flange or lip projecting at right angles from the web, and afterwards bending it round to form part of the head according to a drawing. Double-headed rails may be likewise produced. [Printed, id, Dravjing.] A.D. 1877, June 7.— No. 2220. FOLEY, James. — {Provisional protection only.) — " Furnaces for " smelting metals, such as brass, malleable iron, cast iron, or stee^" 48 MANUFACTURE OF lEON AND STEEL. A base-plate is pro^dded with a flange, removable in sections, and carries a ring or flange, having feet or supports to raise it slightly above the base-plate. Upon the ring is built a prefer- ably vertical cylindrical furnace, having an outside cylindrical casing, which rests on the base-plate and forms an air chamber round the furnace. Into this chamber, which is covered, a pipe supplies a blast of air. The latter in descending becomes heated by contact with the brickwork of the furnace, passes under the said ring, and enters the bottom of the furnace, which the waste gases leave by an outlet at the top. The furnace " requires no " fire-bars ; the fuel is first fed in at the top, the pot or crucible containing the metal is then inserted, after which more fuel is " added." Sections of the flange of the base-plate may be removed to give air (when the blast is not in use), ignite the fuel, or remove spilt metal. [Printed, 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, June 8.— No. 2234. JAMES, Edward, and THOMAS, Samuel.— Furnaces for annealing metal plates etc. More or less horizontal flues run the whole length of the oven or furnace underneath the " seige " or bottom, while com- municating vertical openings or up-cast flues pass through the bottom. The flame or heat traverses the horizontal flues, and is then brought over and through a perforated bridge at that end of the oven, in which the boxes containing the articles to be annealed are placed, and on its way back over the tops of the boxes and the said bottom, the smoke and spent portion of the flame or heat is met by the hot air and flame arising from the vertical openings, whereby complete combustion is obtained. At the said bridge end of the oven, air may be admitted to assist the combustion. The flame or heat, passing under, over, and around the boxes, imparts a uniform heat, and lessens the risk of damage to the boxes and of imperfect annealing of their contents. \_Printedj 6rZ. Drawi7ig.'\ A.D. 1877, June 9.— No. 2258. STORER, Jacob Jones. — {Letters Patent void for want affinal Specification.) — Powdered fuel ; tuyeres. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 49 The fuel is delivered through tuyeres, preferably flattened. Tuyeres for hot air are provided with a " water back " for cooling. [Prmted, 2d. No Drawings,'] A.D. 1877, June 12.— No. 2283. STORER, Jacob Jones. — {Letters Patent void for want of Final Sjjecifcation,) — Furnaces for puddling, heating, melting, roasting, etc. Particularly to adapt such furnaces for the combustion of pulverized fuel, they are constructed with "continuously curved " internal surfaces at the roof and sides," except at the working doors ; also with small fireboxes or gas generators for the primary heating of the furnace and the ignition of the pulverized fuel ; and also with a low and broad opening over " the flue " bridge," and an opening in the rear wall for injecting the fuel. The roof of the furnace over the flue bridge has a metal box or bosh, to be supplied with water to prevent rapid burning at that point. Also " water boshes " are provided to prevent excessive consumption of the fettling or lining. Hot-blast pipes may supply heated air in connection with the pulverized fuel. The invention is not applicable to blast and other vertical furnaces. [Printed, 2d, No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, June 14.— No. 2317. PASHLEY, George. — Moulds for casting steel ingots etc. The mould consists of a case made in one or more parts, and a lining in two or more parts, cottars, cottar bolts, or the like passing through the case and pressing on the lining so as to bring together the parts of the lining and make a tight joint which will not leak. The faces of the lining joints may be plain, or be tongued and grooved or otherwise ribbed and recessed, so as to form a secure joint when pressed together. The exterior of the lining next to the case may be ribbed or plain. Sometimes the lining is flanged at its upper end to rest on the case, which may contain holes to admit air or water to cool the lining, the case and lining being constructed of cast iron or other material. Ingots cast in these moulds can be readily released. \_Printedj Qd, Draioing.'] 50 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1877, June 15.— No. 2342. WRIGHT, Joseph.— Blast for blast furnaces, heating. The Specification describes a feedwater-heater for steam generators, which is also stated to be applicable to heating blast by exhaust steam. [Printed^ 6d. Dravmig.l A.D. 1877, June 16.— No. 2354. BUXTON, James.— Hardening files. In the water tank are placed a fixed iron plate and also a movable one, the two plates being connected by parallel links. The plates carry toothed copper jaws, which hold the files so that the water can circulate freely. The jaws are closed by weighted levers and opened by a treadle. Two or more sets of jaws may be placed in the tank and used in succession. \_Printedj Qd. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, June 18.— No. 2369. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from George Holmes Perkins.) — Cutting, trimming, or shearing sheet metal. Three rollers and a drum are mounted on a frame, and around them is passed an endless apron or belt, the tension of which is regulated by the bearings of one or two of the rollers being made adjustable. Another drum is mounted adjustably, so as to be movable to or from the first -mentioned drum. Each drum is split, or constructed of two hollow shells, sleeves, or cylinders, fitted on their supporting shaft with screw threads sojas to be capable of advancing to or receding from each other, in order to vary the width of the drum for cutting plates of different widths, the drums being provided with circular or band cutters ; or the arrangement of the cutters may be varied. A "feed " chute, which consists of a table or board mounted on an axis " and arranged diagonally," has its lower end adjacent to the apron at a point between one roller and the first drum, and adapted to be presented to the apron at various angles, the plate to be cut being introduced between the drum and the apron, and fed onward by the movement thereof. On a pivoted arm is journalled a shouldered wheel, which partly projects into the space above the chute and is forced towards it by a spring. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 51 A table is located above one roller and hinged to the chute. The apron firmly holds the plate as it is cut, while the feeding- arrangements guide it true to the apron. The bearings are arranged to allow of the removal of the drums and rollers. As regards a second portion of the invention, rocking motions are imparted to a shaft, mounted on a frame, by the aid of a cam and spring. The forward ends of pivoted slides rest on an in- clined table, and to these ends there are adjustably secured fingers. "When the latter have made a- half return, a swinging gate opens, and a sheet of metal, placed on another table which is located above the fingers, will fall and be directed to the first-mentioned table and under a roller against another gate, which, being firmly held closed by the action of a cam etc., arrests the sheet. A rod advances, and its shouldered end engages with an elbow lever, so as to force in a pin and consequently a spring to press the sheet against the opposite side piece of the first table, it being thus placed square or true for being cut. The setting-spring and its pin are combined with a carrier-rod and standard. Rapid feeding of the sheets can be effected, without buckling, for cutting either of their sides. [Printed, Sd. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, June 22.— No. 2421. BAKER, William. — (^Provisional protection only.) — Purifying cast iron. Molten cast iron, either in the blast furnace or other melting- apparatus, or preferably before being decarburized by the action of air as in the Bessemer process, may be purified from phosphorus by carbonic acid being injected into or brought in contact with the metal. [Printed, 2d. No Drawings.] A.D. 1877, June 22.— No. 2432. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from Leon Krafft and Hijppolyte Mien /S'azi^;e.)— Manufacture of steel. " Bessemer, Martin, or other metal produced by refining with ^' the oxygen of the air, or by refining by reaction," may be transformed into fine steel by keeping the metal ''for some " hours at cherry-red in a medium filled with coal or fuel, 52 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. ^' over which passes slowly a current of nitrogen, oxide of " carbon, and different carbonated hydrogens." Wood-charcoal, peat coke, or other vegetable matters may be dried and heated to about 120° Fahr. in a hydrocarburet, such as heavy oil of schist, which is absorbed. Alternate layers are formed with bars of the metal, and the whole, enclosed in a vessel or retort, is heated to cherry-red. " Oxide of carbon " and ammonia are generated, so that the metal is immersed in gases most suited for converting it into fine steel. The gases may be replenished by a current traversing the apparatus. The product may be melted into cast steel of the first quality. The transformation of the metal into true steel may be also effected in the converter at the end of the Bessemer process by introducing a current of oxide of carbon gas, mixed or not with proto or bicarbonated hydrogen gas." Or these gases may be passed over Bessemer ingots at a temperature of 1100° to 1475°. Also, the decarburization of cast iron (fused in a converter, at a red heat in retorts) may be effected by carbonic acid alone or mixed with air. Thus the carbonic acid becomes converted into oxide of carbon, so that, if the current be passed through a set of retorts or compartments, alternately containing cast iron and Bessemer metal, the gas will be alternately con- verted from carbonic acid into oxide of carbon and back again into carbonic acid, while all the metal is transformed into steel. The invention includes the transformation of puddled steel into fine steel. Gases from blast, Siemens', and other furnaces may be used for heating the apparatus employed and transforming the metal- The products of combustion of the fireplace which heats the apparatus may be likewise utilized, free oxygen in the gases being removed by passing them over red-hot charcoal. Gases obtained by the calcination of limestone may be also employed. If the gases are not sufficiently azotized, bones may be distilled " either mixed with peat or separately by directing thereon the " ammoniacal gases produced in the cementing boxes," in which the transformation of the metal may take place. A supply of oxide of carbon and carbonic acid may be conveyed from some distance below the mouth of a blast furnace to a cementing- furnace, which is "arched in cast iron," and divided into an upper and a lower chamber by a cast-iron plate. The gases pass through several flues into the upper chamber, which contains MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. 53 the Bessemer metal, and in which liquid hydrocarburet becomes vaporized and combines with the gases, the Bessemer metal being thus transformed into steel. Thence the gases pass through other flues into the lower chamber, where they are burnt by the admission of air to heat the upper chamber. [Printed^ Qd. Drawing.'] ^ A.D. 1877, June 22.— No. 2437. GJERS, John. — Manufacture of iron and steel. As improvements upon the inventor's prior Specification No. 3440, A.D. 1867, he now employs a revolving (or oscillating) vessel or chamber, the iron shell of which has a permanent lining of refractory material and an inner lining or fettling. The vessel, which may be of an oblong cylindrical form, has at one end a large charging-door wherein is a small escape hole for the products of combustion, and at the other' end a small inlet in connection with a pipe and regulating- valve for admitting a blast of highly-heated air. There are also separate tapping-holes for metal and slag. The fettling may be formed of rich oxides of iron (like a rotary puddling-furnace), but ^' a metallized or approximately metallized fettling " is generally preferred: or sometimes "an interior entirely composed of " metallic iron or steel " may be used. To form the metallized fettling, iron ore preferably containing manganese or mixed with an ore thereof, charcoal or pulverized coke, Portland cement, and sometimes a lime flux are together formed into bricks (which will set when dry) for lining the vessel. Fuel is then placed in it and the blast turned on, so that a full red heat may be maintained until the fettling is more or less metallized. Molten grey crude iron, for instance Cleveland pig iron con- taining phosphorus, is then introduced, the fuel having been previously burnt out. As the vessel revolves, the oxidizing- atmosphere within it oxidizes the fettling as it rises above the bath of metal, and the thus oxidized fettling acts upon the bath of metal as it descends beneath it ; whereby the silicon and phosphorus and more slowly the carbon in the metal are oxidized, a slag of " silicate of phosphide of iron" being formed. The requisite heat is kept up by the heated blast and by the chemical reactions described. The blast should only suffice to keep the fettling oxidized and to burn the carbonic oxide 54 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. escaping from the bath, which moreover feeds upon and appro- priates some of the metallic iron in the metallized fettling. To produce crude steel metal," the action is continued until the silicon, phosphorus, and other impurities are mostly or wholly removed, and the carbon is reduced to about 2 per cent., whereupon the crude steel may be transferred to an open-hearth reverberatory gas furnace and its decarburization completed by known means ; or it may be transferred to a Bessemer converter and its decarburization, in admixture with other substances, such as pig iron free from phosphorus but rich in carbon and silicon, be completed by the Bessemer process ; or it may be run into castings, particularly for making malleable castings by cemen- tation. To produce malleable steel, the action is further continued until the carbon is reduced nearly to the point required ; where- upon the blast is shut off and the revolving is checked or stopped. The bath, after having reduced the oxidized surface beneath it, will now rest and feed on a surface of metallic iron until it becomes sufficiently soft and malleable, whereupon (or after adding a little ferro -manganese or analogous substance) the metal is tapped out. To produce " an ordinary iron puddle ball " or a puddle steel ball," the action is still further continued while the metal forms itself into a ball, which, by shutting off the blast, is protected from oxidation until it is ready for withdrawal. [Printed^ Scl. Draioings.'] A.D. 1877, June 28.-~No. 2499. BUTLER, Arthur Alexander Ladislaus. — Annealing-pots. To distribute the metal so that the pot is thickest and strongest at the top, where most exposed to heat, and tapers from the top downwards, the inventor employs a cast-iron mould, which is formed of two or three symmetrical parts, joining each other in a vertical plane. One part is fixed to the base-plate of the mould, and the others are movable but capable of being secured to the fixed part (as by hinged staples and buttons) during the casting-process. A sand core is placed concentrically in the axis of the mould, and the pot is cast in an inverted position by pouring molten cast iron into the space between the core and the mould and above the core. Air and MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL 55 vapour may escape from the core through a central perforated tube and hole in the base-plate. On subsequently removing the movable parts of the moulds, the pot may be lifted off the core. IPrinteclj 6cZ. Draioings.'] A.D. 1877, June 30.— No. 2530. FOX, Samson. — Corrugating plates. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 1097, A.D. 1877, which relates to the construction of tubes and plates for the internal flues and fireboxes of steam boilers. For corrugating heated iron plates, the inventor employs a top and a bottom roll, the bearings of which latter can receive a vertical movement in the housings from a system of levers and links actuated by steam, hydraulic, or other power. Both rolls have annular grooves and projections formed on their peripheries, the projections of one roll being opposite to the grooves pf the other, and an undulating space being left between the two rolls, so as to draw the corrugations out of the thickness of the metal The rolls, which are generally both driven, are preferably made in sections or rings of chilled cold-blast iron fixed upon an axle. A supplementary supporting or guiding roll is provided. Again, the corrugations may be produced by a swaging or squeezing process between the corrugated vertical faces of a strong fixed column and of a horizontal slide, to which is imparted a reciprocating motion (to and from the column, according to a drawing). The iron plates employed should have fibre in the directions of the width and length of the plate. Some metals, such as copper, may be corrugated cold. Methods of corrugating tubes are described at length. [Printed, 6d. Draynngs.'] A.D. 1877, July 5.— No. 2598. BRASIER, EDWARD.^Gauging sheet metal in rolling. As the sheet is passed through between two rollers, any variation in its thickness may cause the top roller to rise im- perceptibly and raise a beam with it. The beam gives motion to a series of compound levers, so arranged that the pointer of an indicator at once gives notice of the extra thickness. [Printedj ^d, Draioing.'] 56 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1877, July 7.— No. 2619. BOLTON, Francis John. — Separation of iron and minerals containing iron from intermixed substances. In using a magnetic separator, if the material treated be finely divided, the force of gravity may not suffice to cause the non- magnetic particles to disengage themselves from the magnets. The inventor therefore applies steam, air, or water to remove the non-magnetic particles, but not so violently as to overcome the adhesion of the magnetic particles. Or a shaking or jigging motion might be imparted to the separator. A grooved form of electromagnet might be used to increase the attracting surfaces, and the magnetic particles might be disengaged by means of a reversed current of electricity. \_Printedj Ad. No Draivings.'] A.D. 1877, July 7.— No. 2623. BOURNE, John. — Treatment of steel and other metals preparatory to casting. To obtain sound castings, the gases, by which honeycombing is produced, are to be extracted from the metal by exposing the latter, preferably in a state of minute subdivision, to the action of a vacuum. Thus, the molten metal may run through perforations in a fireclay block into a tall exhausted cylinder, the gases being sucked away by an exhausting-machine from the resulting " metallic rain." Again, a melting-crucible may contain a perforated horizontal division plate, the metal as it melts flowing drop by drop through the perforations into the bottom of the crucible. A cover is luted on the crucible, and a vacuum is maintained in the latter by a pipe leading to an exhauster, whereby the gases are sucked away as the metal melts. The mould may, but need not, be placed within the exhausted vessel, and the metal, if too cold after the exhausting treat- ment, may be re- heated before being cast. [Frinted^ Ad, No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, July 11.— No. 2677. VON NAWROCKI, Gerard Wenzeslaus. — communication from Caspar Stochmann.) — Manufacture of ferro-manganese in the blast furnace. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 57 The smelting is to be effected with so large a proportion of limestone (or " Ca 0 Mg 0 + AL O3 + alkaline earths ") that a slag is produced, in which the oxygen of all the bases (exclusive of Mn 0 and Fe 0 ") is greater in quantity than the oxygen of the silica, and in this case from 75 to 100 per ^ cent, of the manganese contained in the charge may be reduced t and pass into the ferro-manganese. Various investigations I leading up to the invention are described at length. [PiHiited, 6d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, July 16.— No. 2732. BELLUOMINI, Feancesco. — (Provisional protection only.) — Annealing iron plates, i Refractory clay cases are to be substituted for the cast-iron |l)oxes in which the plates are usually annealed. The former material costs little and better withstands the fire. Covers are fitted airtight upon the cases by means of clay. [^Printed^ 2d. No Draioings.l A.D. 1877, July 25.— No. 2836. HOWSON, Richard.— Manufacture of iron and steel. The use in the processes of puddling and refining in " revolving furnaces of dry oxides in conjunction with inter- mittent flame " is claimed, furnaces constructed in accordance with the prior Specifications No. 4414, A.D. 1875, and No. 383, A D. 1877, being preferred. The usual oxides in powder (and fluxes) may be gradually added so as to become thoroughly incorporated with the molten pig iron in the revolving furnace. Thus the charge becomes cooler and thick and pasty, and much ebullition is avoided in the ensuing escape of gases. The source of heat may be shut off, the combustion of the im- purities in the iron by the oxygen of the oxides producing sufficient heat in the metal. If a gas flame be used, the gas may be shut off, but the accompanying blast of air be continued to contribute to the refining action. When the iron becomes formed into grains, the heat may be increased for balling up the metal ; or it may be removed from the furnace in a granular state ; or may be melted, or be kept melted, by sufficient heat and poured out of the furnace. Sometimes the oxides may be charged into the furnace before or with the 58 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. metal, the object in each case being to incorporate the unmelted oxides with the melted metal. The process comprises (1), complete puddling to produce metal, containing little or no carbon, and capable of use as wrought iron or for melting into steel with pig iron by known processes ; (2), " incomplete puddling or refining " to produce metal, containing sufficient carbon to preserve fluidity under a moderately-high temperature, and capable of conversion into steel by decarburization. Both products may be used in the Bessemer process in accordance with the secondly-mentioned prior Specification. Oxides in a dry state have been used in supplementary small quantities for puddling, but not as a principal agent. [Printedj Ad. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, July 25.— No. 2840. JOHNSON, John Henry. — {A communication from Jules Cahen.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — Preparation of iron ores or compounds for the production of iron or steel. Pulverulent or granular ores, and in particular residues of " roasted iron pyrites, may be agglomerated without the addi- " tion of any foreign substances," when they " contain a certain " proportion of silex, alumina, or other mineral substance, well adapted to facilitate their agglomeration." For this purpose the materials in a dry or pasty state are moulded into blocks, which, after desiccation, are burnt or heated at an elevated temperature in an oxidizing-atmosphere, a compact material being thus produced. \_Printed^ 2d. No Draiuings.'] A.D. 1877, July 27.— No. 2874. HATTON, George. — Annealing-furnaces. The trolley, which forms the movable bottom of the furnace and carries the annealing-pots, is kept cool and not enclosed in the furnace, whilst the latter is kept airtight. For this purpose the iron frame of the trolly is provided at the bottom with a beaded flange, which " engages in a metal groove formed in a curb plate supporting the inner walls of the furnace," sand being packed between the flange and groove to exclude air. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 59 !;, j ;The doors close on to firebrick blocks on the top of the trolly, .level with the furnace floor, and a current of air passes beneath the trolly. To distribute the flame in the annealing-chamber and prevent burning the tops of the pots, the flame, after passing over the firebridge, has to enter the chamber in divided streams through openings in a perforated wall, which is built for the purpose. [Printed^ M. Drawing,'] A.D. 1877, July 28.— No. 2887. WILKE, August.— Rolling sheet iron. Of seven wrought-iron rollers, three upper rollers revolve opposite four lower rollers, and the sheet iron, first taken along by the two outer rollers, is passed automatically through the series. By two or three passes the bucklings and creases are compressed and the metal is flattened, and, owing to the different bends which take place, it is freed from scales through their '' being broken up by the bends." To suit the thickness of the metal, the upper roller system is lowered, and the long teeth of the driving-wheels are so arranged that they are continually in f?ear during the elevation and lowering of the upper roller rrame. The number of rollers may be varied. For rolling very ^ide sheet iron, each roller may be provided with a counter ^oller to prevent its flexion. [Printed, 6d. Drawings.'] I A.D. 1877, July 31.— No. 2922. TNDERWOOD, aEORGE.— Treatment of iron ores. The ores, after being reduced to sizes suitable for classify- mg, and passing through trommels or other apparatus prepara- tory to washing same in machines so arranged that by specific , gravity the mineral is separated from the free sihca and other earthy impurities," are mixed with manganese, lime, or other ementmg or fluxing ingredient (either in powder or mixed with qmd). The mixture, or the ore by itself, is compressed in jioulds to form blocks, easily portable and better for smeltin^- urposes. ^ [Printed, 2d, No Drawings.] 60 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL A.D. 1877, August 6.— No. 2993. MASON, James. — Preparing residues from the production of sulphuric acid for making iron and steel. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 2984, A.D. 1877, which relates to separating certain compounds of copper from cupreous iron pyrites by the action of air and water. To render " directly available for the production of iron or ''steel" in a blast or any other furnace, certain residues, result- ing from the burning of cupreous iron pyrites (either crude or previously treated in accordance with the prior Specification) in the manufacture of sulphuric acid, may (without previous pulverization or disintegration) be subjected to the action of a solvent, such as water or water acidulated by hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, to extract the compounds of copper which have been rendered soluble bv burning, and may be afterwards calcined to expel the residual sulphur, leaving the residues "in " their undivided condition " for use. \_Printedy 2d. No Draiolngs.'] A.D. 1877, August 7.— No. 2996. KAGENBUSCH, John Peter, and KERR, Robert Henry. — (^Provisional protection only.) — Separating metals, found in minerals and slags at iron and other mines and works, from silicates, aluminates, sulphur, and other impurities. The inventors roast the mineral "with one quarter of its " weight of coal, throw it red hot into cold water twice, then " use the ordinary fluxes," with one ounce of sulphate of copper and of zinc, respectively, per pound of mineral, in order to create electricity, with additional flux, say, carbonate of soda, to liquefy the mass. Metal will then be produced in either crucibles or furnaces. ^ [Printed, 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, August 13.~No. 3083. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication from William Bansen.) — Rolling wire. Wire of small gauge is led through a guide box to a set of three grooved rollers, arranged at angles of 120 degrees to each MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL.. 61 other. The rollers have a tendency to force the wire to the centre of the space formed by their grooves, so that wiyq of smaller gauge than usual can be rolled, and also the wire is less injured in strength and texture. The wire, leaving the rolls, is forced thereby through a die having the same gauge as the space between the rolls, whereby any irregularity is removed from the wire. The rollers are driven by power applied to one of them. . For wire of larger gauge, a set of four grooved rollers, arranged at an angle of 90 degrees to each other, may be used. IPrinted, 6d. Draioing.'] A.D. 1877, August 22.— No. 3192. GEDGE, William Edward. — (A communication from Louis Nicolas de MecJcenheim.) — Puddling. The iron is melted in one compartment or furnace and the puddling takes place in another. Different arrangements of melting and puddling furnaces may be employed in combination. The melting of the metal (or ore) mixed with fuel may take place in a blast, refinery, or cupola furnace, a kind of rectangular melting cupola with tuyeres at each end in one case being built beneath the roof of the puddling-f urnace according to a drawing. The superabundant gases of the blast or cupola furnace may be used to heat one or several puddling-furnaces, which, however, may have supplementary fireplaces. The gases may leave the cupola through numerous small fireclay tubes, in order that the flames may become quickly extinguished in passing there- through, and thence the gases are led through pipes to the puddling-f urnace to be re-ignited. Or the latter may be heated by the direct flame of a melting-furnace, and form part of the same. Hot blast may be used, or, with a fireplace having bars, a current of air may be drawn in by the chimney ; a gas generator is some-times employed. Different kinds of fuel may be used, including coke and raw fuel, charcoal, and dry wood. The melting-furnace may be so placed that the metal may be run therefrom into the puddling-f urnace through a fixed or movable iron trough, lined with clay and lime, or it may be transferred from one furnace to the other by means of a vessel^ movable on rails and a lift. A reverberatory furnace may con- tain a melting-chamber a few inches above the puddiing-chamberi 62 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. with a trough to lead the molten metal on to the hearth. A puddling-f urnace may have two working doors on one side, thus " preventing current of cold air." Air may be made to circulate beneath the puddling-chamber by the aid of draught tubes with regulators. The claims extend to the use (in con- structing the apparatus employed) "in the form of bricks, or of " beton or concrete, of magnesium products previously calcined and pulverised, with addition of boracic acid or of a mixture " of alum, chloride of lime, and chlorhydric acid." \_Prmted, lOcl. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, August 23.— No. 3203. MASON, James. — Preparing residues from the production of sulphuric acid for making iron and steel. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 2984, A.D. 1877, which relates to separating certain compounds of copper from cupreous iron pyrites by the action of air and water. To render directly available for the production of iron or " steel " in a blast or any other furnace, certain residues, resulting from the burning of cupreous iron pyrites (either crude or previously treated in accordance with the prior invention) in the manufacture of sulphuric acid, may (without previous pulverization or disintegration) be subjected to the action of a solvent, such as water or water acidulated by hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, to extract the compounds of copper which have been rendered soluble by burning. The residues are afterwards calcined, preferably at a low temperature, alone or in con- junction with salt, to render soluble the residual compounds of copper which are thereupon extracted ; and the residues are then further calcined to expel the residual sulphur, leaving the residue in its undivided condition " for use. \_P7'lntecl^ Ad. No Draicings.] A.D. 1877, August 30.— No. 3296. NEILSON, Walter. — {Provisional protection only.) — Manufac- ture of iron. To produce iron direct from the ore in a gas furnace, the ores (preferably raw) are pulverized, and, if deficient in carbonaceous matter, are mixed with carbon in proportion to their character. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 6B An oxiclizing-flame raises the temperature of the ores on the hearth or like receptacle of the furnace, so that their oxygen is " taken up both by the combustion of the carbonic oxide and " the carbon," leaving a mass of malleable iron, which may be shingled and rolled. Hammer or mill scale or other artificial oxides may be likewise treated. [Printed, 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, September 5.— No. 3370. SIEMENS, Charles William. — Manufacture of iron and steel. Conveniently by means of a Carr's disintegrator, provided with several feeding-belts or Jacob's ladders, there may be prepared a crushed intimate mixture or "batch" of rich iron ore or oxide, of fluxes, such as lime, alumina, manganese, and soda, or of ironstone containing these substances, and of reducing- agents, such as anthracite or coke. Upon the silica bottom of a regenerative steel-melting furnace there may be spread from 1 to 2 cwt. of crushed anthracite or coke ; over which 3, 4, or more tons of "batch" are gradually charged to a considerable thickness. The doors being closed, intense surface heat acts for several hours, whereby a thick skin of compact metallic iron is formed, with some slag which protects the metal against oxidation and sulphurization. Pig metal is now introduced, and, upon melting, dissolves the skin of metallic iron and produces a metallic bath. The bath gradually incorporates with itself the " batch," excepting the reducing-agent, which volatilizes, and the earthy matters, which form a slag, and the latter if excessive may be withdrawn through the doors. If the bath contains too much carbon, raw ore or oxide or scrap wrought metal may be introduced. Afterwards spiegeleisen or ferro-manganese is added and the metal tapped out. Silicon iron may be added shortly before the spiegeleisen to produce sound castings. Sometimes light iron or steel scrap may be used with the batch, and so may granulated pig metal, in which case further pig metal need not be added. To produce a pure wrought iron, the said metallic iron skin may be removed by hooks, and passed through rolls to separate much of the intermixed cinder. The resulting rough plate may 64 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. be cut into small pieces, which are transferred to charcoal hearths or hollow fires to be massed together and hammered and rolled into merchant bars etc. Or the rough plate will form a suitable material for producing cast sfceel. Other skins 'are likewise obtained from the furnace. The steel-melting process may be modified by using batch," preferably mixed with light iron or steel scrap, in such propor- tion only as to form a protective lining for the bottom of the furnace, and making up the charge mainly with pig metal and large scrap, such as broken rails. If the rails contain phos- phorus, the mixture employed should yield a metal with -2 or •25 per cent, of phosphorus, and (after adding the ferro-man- ganese) with from -75 to 1*0 of metallic manganese but not more than "2 of carbon. In the regenerative furnace employed, the two pairs of regenerative chambers may be placed behind the bed and com- municate with the melting- chamber by separate throats for the heated air and gas. According to drawings, all the throats open into the melting-chamber on one side, the throats for air being above those for gas, while on the opposite side of the chamber there are three doors and tapping-holes. [Printed, Qd. Dratving.'] A.D. 1877, September 6.— No. 3396. HUNT, Bristow. — (A communicatioji from Marh John Hamilton.) — "Direct conversion of iron ores and metallic iron." The bottom of the converter employed is covered with a thin layer of ignited fuel, over which is spread the ore, washed and broken to about the size of road metal. After a gentle air blast has caused the fuel to burn to flame, streams of carbonic oxide (with its associated gases from a generator) and of air pass into chambers, where they mix, and whence they pass together through tuyeres into the converter. The said flame causes their combustion, an intense heat, sufficient to melt malleable iron, being generated, and thus the ore is fused. Instead of placing fuel in the converter, the gases may be ignited at its mouth, and also the ore may be melted in a separate furnace. After fusion, reduction is effected by the continued flow of carbonic oxide through the molten mass, with the aid of powdered carbonaceous matter carried in by this gas, MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 65 the air being shut off. After reduction, ^' fluxing " is effected by introducing powdered or gaseous fluxes, which may be carried in by the air blast or carbonic oxide. Chlorine or chloride of sodium may remove phosphorus or sulphur. To maintain the heat, the air and carbonic oxide may be again introduced together, and the resulting carbonic acid may carry onwards the fluxes. Sometimes limestone is mixed with the ore in charging the converter. After the fluxing, the movable converter is turned to allow the cinder or slag to flow out, and, when replaced vertically, a stream of air or carbonic acid is sent through the metal to remove any carbon. Finally, the metal can be carburized to any desired degree (to produce steel) by introducing a determined weight of powdered carbon with car- bonic oxide flowing for a definite time, after which the metal is poured out. Or the carburization may be effected by intro- ducing molten spiegeleisen or other highly-carburized iron. By an analogous process, scrap iron or pigf metal may be con- verted into steel, the fusing-flame in this case containing an excess of carbonic oxide to check waste of metal by oxidation. The invention applies to the removal of phosphorus or sulphur from the molten metal before carburization, in making steel by the ordinary process. Again, a permanent converter may be employed, from which the slag cannot be removed until the iron is tapped out as from a blast furnace, the tap-hole being pro- vided with a wedged cover. A movable converter, capable of revolving on its axis, has a wrought-iron shell and a most refractory lining. One of its hollow trunnions communicates between an annular pipe and a gas purifier, and the other between a like pipe and a blast main. Branch pipes lead from the respective annular pipes to mixing- chambers within boxes, fixed to a plate at the base of the con- verter in close proximity to the tuyeres, which are luted air- tight in sockets. A carbon receiver communicates with the gas blast pipe by branch pipes connected to the upper and lower parts of the receiver, respectively, and a flux receiver likewise communicates with the air blast pipe : in each case the pipe leading into the upper part of the receiver terminates in a per- forated nozzle. Gaseous fluxes may be put into a gas receiver similarly placed to the flux receiver. A modified movable con- verter is oblong, and has the tuyeres in the sides. Motion may be communicated to it by means of cog-wheels in connection P 6154 G 66 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. with inner and outer rings, the latter resting on anti-friction rollers. An oblong permanent or fixed converter has side tuyeres, and two tap-holes when it is large, the bottom sloping to the tap-holes. There are charging-openings (to be afterwards closed) and an exit aperture for the gases. The apparatus is provided with various branch and connecting pipes and cocks, the pipes, where needful, being arranged to permit of the move- ment of the converter. The valves of the gas and air blast pipes may be operated by arms in connection with an arrange- ment of three hydraulic cylinders, pistons, rods, various com- municating pipes with cocks, and an index arm showing the oiftent of opening of the valve. A gas purifier, which com- municates with the generator and converter, respectively, is divided into two parts by an inverted conical bottom, the lower part being the cinder trap into which pieces of the fuel too large to float in the gaseous atmosphere in the purifier will fall," a short pipe with a cock connecting the upper and lower parts. The generator is cylindrical and has an ashpit. A feeding- device includes a steam or hydraulic cylinder, having a piston rod in connection with a piston in a second cylinder, into which the fuel is charged through an aperture. A pipe, to equalize pressure, connects this cylinder with the interior of a gas-tight valve box, while the conical bottom of the cylinder communi- cates with the atmosphere by another pipe. A poker passes through a stuffing-box into the conical part to loosen the fuel therein. The valve box and the hollow valve within it are cooled by the circulation of water. Pipes or tuyeres, leading from the main blast pipe, enter the lower part of the generator, while another pipe leads from the upper part to the purifier. Other pipes connect the ashpit with the blast pipe and the atmosphere, respectively. A ring is supported by girders, which also support the grate-bars. A wedge-shaped hollow valve is fitted to the ring, and is closed when the ashpit is to be cleaned out, this valve being operated by a wheel and hollow valve rod having screw threads thereon. To clear the grate, a poker has a lateral motion and passes through a hollow stopper, which is packed like a stuffing-box and revolves around its axis in a fixed case. By the aid of the apparatus described and cocks on various pipes, the charging of the generator with fuel (coke, charcoal, dried wood, or coal) is effected without communication MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. G7 being established with the atmosphere, and the ashpit is freed from gases before opening the cleaning-out door. [Printed, Is. 2d. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, September 11.— No. 3425. WILLANS, Jacob GtEoghegan, and WILLANS, William Henry. — Manufacture of iron and steel. 1. G-ranular iron ore or oxide is to be prepared for smelting by mixing it, when moist, with pulverized uncalcined aluminous mineral (preferably dry lithomarge) and moulding the mixture into bricks or lumps, which are dried and frequently calcined before being charged into the blast furnace. 2. To produce compound ingots, molten steel or iron may be poured into a metallic mould, and, when the metal has in cooling become solidified around the interior of the mould to a desired thickness, the still fluid central portion is run out. While the hollow casting thus obtained is hot, some other kind of molten steel or iron or other metal is poured into the part from which the fluid portion was removed. Ingots to be rolled into bars may be formed in a round mould, 2 feet long and 4 inches in diameter. After the metal first introduced has solidified to the desired thickness, the remaining fluid metal is poured out by inverting the mould (which is mounted on an axis), and, when replaced, the other metal is poured into it. The mould is preferably open at both ends, a plate being fixed to its bottom, and is slightly tapered to prevent the hollow casting from falling out when the mould is inverted. To check oxidation, a small piece of coal may be thrown into the hot hollow casting to evolve reducing-gases. In making rolls for rolling metals the middle of the mould for producing the body of the roll may consist of a cast-iron cylinder, into which molten hard steel or cast iron is first poured, and, when this has solidified to the desired thickness, the fluid portion is run off. The bottom of the hot casting having rf)een broken open, the middle of the mould is now placed between the \ upper and lower parts of the mould, in which the necks of the rolls are respectively cast, and molten tough cast iron is poured in. To harden steel, it might be embedded while hot in carbon a - C30US matters to which water or other liquid is applied, tlio P 6154 C 2 68 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. resulting cooling being less rapid than that caused by immersion in water. 3. To obtain advantageous contact and adhesion between the different materials in making cast steel from cast-iron granules mixed with iron ore or oxide. The granules are to be super- ficially oxidized by moisture and air, then moistened with water in which chemicals (including stilts or oxides of alloying- substances) may be suspended or dissolved, and afterwards coated with the pulverized ore or oxide by agitating them together in a pug-mill or revolving barrel. 4. In making cast iron or steel ingots, castings, or granules for subsequent use, molten steel, iron, or cast iron may be introduced into a heated vessel, and cast iron, hard steel, or metallic alloy be added and mixed therewith by wholly or partially revolving the vessel, so as to agitate its contents and obtain more homogeneous products. The fluid metal from a Bessemer converter may be run into a neighbouring cylindrical vessel, constructed and heated like a Danks' or Crampton's puddling-f urnace, and thickly lined with gannister. If the ferro -manganese or other admixture was not introduced into the converter, it is now added preferably in a melted state. A neutral slag should cover the fluid metal, and the vesseHs revolved to effect the mixing. [Printed J 4d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, September 13.— No. 3449. LLOYD, Francis Henry. — Tuyeresf or blast and other furnaces. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 3833, A.D. 1874. 1. The nozzle or part of the tuyere exposed to most heat is formed of thin cast steel or wrought ii^on, of malleable cast iron^ or of other refractory metal or alloy, and is connected to the other part or body of the tuyere by casting. The nozzle may be placed in a sand or other mould, and the body be formed and connected to the nozzle by pouring molten cast iron or steel into the mould. Or the nozzle and body may be made sepa- rately, and afterwards be joined by running molten cast iron into angular grooves or depressions formed in the nozzle and body to receive it. Sometimes a cast-iron collar is riveted, screwed, or otherwise fitted into the i nozzle, and the body is MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 69 then cast upon the nozzle and collar. The modes of connection will effect water-tight junctions between the different parts, and provisionals made for the circulation of water, as by embedding a coil in the nose of the tuyere. Preferably, water may be made to circulate in a screw-like passage in the nozzle, by making the body and inner portion of such passage apart from the nozzle, inserting the said screw-like part in the nozzle, and jBxing it in its place by casting the body on the nozzle. Also tuyeres may be formed in which the water space in the nozzle is divided into two parts for determining the circulation of water, by forming the nozzle and body separately and with grooves to receive a connecting ring of metal which is cast therein. The invention is applicable to tuyeres generally, including those constructed in accordance with the prior Specification. Again, permanent cores of refractory material may be substituted for water spaces, solid tuyeres coming within the scope of the invention. Parts of the tuyeres may be made of fireclay or other refractory composition. A dry tuyere " of a cupola may have a fireclay nozzle, which is sup- ported or strengthened within and without by casting a cast-iron base thereon. A somewhat analogous tuyere of a Bessemer con- verter has an axial strengthening-core extending from end to end of the tuyere. 2. To limit the quantity of blast issuing from the nozzles of tuyeres and, if needful, to divide and direct the blast, con- tracting pieces or diaphragms of a slightly-conical tubular figure are fitted inside the nozzles. The front of the diaphragm may have a single contracted or a star-like opening, or a series of openings, suitable to the purpose required. The diaphragm is easily slid in and out and changed, giving great command over the blast. ^Printed, lOd. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, September 14.— No. 3472. WILSON, Alexander. — Manufacture of armour plates. As improvements upon the inventor's prior Specification, No. 4746, A.D. 1876. In making hard-faced armour plates, two wrought-iron or soft steel backing plates " are put edgewise in a furnace with a " X core " of gannister or other refractory material between them, the upper part of the core forming a 70 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. covering to the space between the plates, and the lower a wall dividing? this space into two spaces or moulds, through which heated gases are passed until the exposed surfaces of the plates become so hot as to ensure a perfect union with the molten metal (steel) to be afterwards poured into the moulds to form the compound plates required. Sometimes the backing-plates may be fixed on a bogie," which moves on rails and will form a false bottom to a furnace. On withdrawing one bogie from the furnace after the molten metal has been poured into the moulds, another bogie and plates may be introduced to be heated and receive molten metal. A gas re-heating furnace is preferred, and may communicate by side passages with regene- rators. Slabs or firebricks are introduced to form the ends of the moulds. Again, the molten metal may be run on to a backing-pkte, while sufficiently hot after rolling to dispense with re-heating. In this case a cast-iron mould may be employed, either horizontally, diagonally, or vertically, and the metal be poured from a travelling ladle or from a spout con- taining two or more holes for distributing the molten metal over the plate. The backing-plate, after leaving the rolls and being straightened, may be pushed by an hydraulic ram into a horizontally-placed mould, which is then, by means of a quadrant and a steam or hydraulic racking cylinder, tilted up into a vertical position to receive the molten metal. The mould is made in sections easy of disconnection from the plate, and available for different lengths, and thicknesses of plates. Facility and economy result from this invention. [Prr/ited, Hd. Drawijigs.] A.D. 1877, September 19.— -No. 3524. ^mM COOKE, William Thomas. — {Provisional protection only,)-^, Cooling or tempering springs. To prevent warping of the plates of laminated springs while cooling, they are inserted in a grooved die or holder in the bosh, the groove be^'ng made to the form of the plate, which is thus held firmly while cooling. [Printed^ 2d. No Drcmiyigs,'] A.D. 1877, September 19.— No. 3526. YATES, James. — Manufacture of ingots, plates, and blocks. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 71 The prior Specifications No. 1028, A.D. 1876, and No. 3472, A,D. 1877, are referred to. '' Cast ingots, plates, or blocks of iron or steel" may be carburized or decarburized, partially or entirely, while cooling in the moulds, of which there may be three kinds. (1) Car- burizing-moulds, which or the linings of which are constructed of carbon or carbonaceous substances for imparting carbon to the metal. (2) Decarburizing-moulds, which or the linings of which are constructed of an oxide such as of iron, or of plates or bricks of iron or low steel or other substance which will extract carbon. (3) Mixed moulds, partly carburizing and partly decarburizing in their properties. The top of the mould is made to press upon the metal cast therein. Sometimes a plate of cast or wrought iron or steel, or a combination plate, either forms the bottom of the mould or is placed therein, or else is placed at the top of the mould, the ingots being pre- ferably cast horizontally. In casting plates and .blocks in accordance with the first-mentioned prior Specification, these moulds may be employed ''to enable the varying strata to retain " their per-centage of carbon or to have it increased or " diminished." Again, in casting two or more plates together in accordance with the secondly-mentioned prior Specification, the cores or divisions within the moulds, as well as the moulds them- selves, may be constructed in accordance with the present inven- tion. The ingots, plates, or blocks, which are either afterwards rolled, stamped, or pressed, or else used without further treat- ment, may be employed for armour and other plates, rails, etc. [Printed^ Ad. No Draiuings.] A.D. 1877, September 20.— No. 3537. JOHNSON, John Henry.— (.1 communicatian from Emile MaUtra.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — Furnaces. The invention is particularly applicable to metallurgical furnaces having a rotating sole or hearth, and, by removing the " portable furnace" described, access can be readily obtained to the hearth or cylinder for repairs, also, by withdrawing the furnace, the distance between itself and the cylinder can be regulated under the expansion from heat, so as to check the passage of cold air between the two, while preventing contact of their surfaces. The said "furnace" is mounted on a carriage 72 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. formed of girders, connected together and provided with four travelling wheels at their ends, while a fifth wheel is supported centrally a little above the ground, and serves as a pivot for changing the direction in which the furnace is travelling, by raising it on blocks or wedges. The furnace comprises fire- places, separated by a low wall on the central girder. An inclined arch extends from front to back, where the external wall, forming a bridge, is provided with a cylindrical opening for the passage of the gases of combustion. {^Printed^ 2d. No Drawings.^ ^ A.D. 1877, September 20.— No. 3543. ■ JOHNSON, John Henry. — (.4 communication from Constant Roy.) — Rolling metals. A universal rolling-mill, specially adapted for square, round, or other small iron bars comprises rolls placed in tiers one above another, with guides for automatically conducting the bar from one pair of rolls to another. The train may consist of eight pairs of horizontal grooved rolls, arranged in two parallel series of four pairs of rolls one over the other. There are ad jus ting- wedges with screws at the sides. Motion is imparted in the required direction and at the requisite angular speed, according to the elongation of the passing bar, by toothed gear- ing mounted between two standards, lower pinions transmitting motion to the upper rolls. The heated bar is first passed through a guide and between one top pair of rolls, which reduce it and change its form, say, from a square to an oval section. The issuing oval bar is iaid flat, " and requires to be twisted to an angle of 90° in order to " be presented on edge to the grooves " of the other top pair of rolls. This torsion is imparted by a guide, provided on the entering side with a projection, in which is "an oval aperture " arranged horizontally " to receive the bar. Behind the pro- jection, a cylindrical piece of metal has an oval aperture for the passage of the bar. This aperture is enlarged at the entrance and shaped internally like a helix, whereby torsion is imparted to the bar, which issues from this guide "turned upon its edge" and is thus presented to the other top pair of rolls. The angle of torsion may be adjusted by screws which effect a turning of the cylindrical piece. From the last-mentioned rolls, which MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 73 may change the section back to a smaller square, the bar is conducted by two grooved or recessed guides in a semicircular course to the next lower pair of rolls. A third or intermediate guide, which may assist the bar, is supported by one of the rolls and will move if ithe bar issues from the top pair more slowly than it is drawn in by the pair below, a counterweight bringing this guide back into position after the bar has passed. Thus the bar is conducted through the train. Spaces are provided between the pairs of rolls and the guides to prevent a breakage, should the^ bar fail to enter a guide. Also forks are placed midway between the two series of pairs of rolls, and the contact of a deviating bar will cause them to transmit motion to a guard, with which the j&rst-mentioned guide is provided, and which thereupon descends and divides the bar. [Frinted^ 6d. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, September 21. -No. 3559. CAMMELL, Bernard Edward, and DUFFIELD, James.— Treating cast steel or other ingots preparatory to hammering or rolling. To dispense with re-heating, the hot ingots (immediately on removal from the moulds) are to be buried in some air-exclud- ing pulverized substance, which is a bad conductor of heat, such as charcoal, in order to equalize the heat throughout the mass by its passage from the hotter interior towards the exterior of the ingots, which, after being left for, say, 15 minutes, may be withdrawn and hammered or rolled. Ingots may be thus treated in an iron box, chamber, or rectangular vessel with or without partitions, or in a pit, and a number of ingots may be packed close together. The chamber (which may be lined with re- fractory material) may be mounted on wheels for transport, or the ingots may be carried to and from it by cranes. A stationary ingot box or pit may be placed between the moulds and the rolling-mill. Thus, celerity in the conversion of ingots into rails etc. may be attained. [Printed J Sd. Draioings.] A.D. 1877, September 27. No. 3621. LYSAGHT, John, and JAMES, Christopher. — Annealing- furnaces. 74 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A series of annealing chambers may be ranged in twcr " parallel rows, with a longitudinal flue between the rows and a transverse flue at each end." Each chamber contains boxes or ovens, in Avhich the sheets etc. are annealed, and which rest on supports with intervening spaces to allow the heat to act upon the bottom of the boxes. The boxes pass through the outer walls of the chambers to allow of their being charged and emptied. At the end of one row of chambers is a furnace. When the boxes in one or two of the chambers at the proximate end of this row have been charged, " fire is started in the fur- " nace ; and the heat passes into the end chamber" and thence into the next, whence it escapes through flues to the chimney. " At the end of each annealing chamber where the heated " gases enter it, is a combustion chamber separated from the " body of the annealing chamber by a partition wall, and the heat passes from " the other end of this " annealing chamber " by openings at the bottom into the next combustion chamber, and rising up passes into the body of the annealing chamber " over the top of the partition wall." ''When the boxes in the " first chamber have been sufficiently heated, the heat passing through the combustion chamber of the second annealing " chamber will be sufficient to ignite coal. Fuel is then admitted into this combustion chamber," and the fire in the furnace is allowed to gradually die away. The heat also is allowed to pass from the second annealing chamber into the third," and through others to the chimney, the fire being made to advance from one annealing chamber to another, and the process going on continuously from one chamber to another. Dampers etc. control the course of the heat. IPrinfed, 6d, Drawings,'] A.D. 1877, October 1.— No. 3662. ELLIS, John Devonshire. — Manufacture of armour plates. Around the edges of a wrought-iron plate there may be fixed a wrought-iron frame to enclose molten steel, which is poured on to the surface of the plate, so as to fill the enclosure to the depth or thickness required, after the plate and frame have been raised to a welding-heat. The plate is then allowed to " cool, so that the steel and iron composing the same may become welded, and it is afterwards rolled into an armour MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 75 plate." Sometimes wrought-iron bars may be fitted into the frame, so as to divide the enclosure and intersect the steel in the finished plate. \^Prmted^ ^d. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, October 2.— No. 3670. KNOWLES, John, PICKUP, Jaimes, and HALSTEAD, Isaac. — Chilling castings (including rolls). Rolls for rolling bar iron and other castings, requiring hard surfaces, may be made in boxes, bolted together and surrounded by a dish of water. " The application of a metal plate to the side or sides of the casting to be chilled" is claimed. " This ^' metal plate is surrounded by a dish of water which extracts and conveys the heat from the castings." Methods of casting grate bars are described. The surface of the metal plate, with which the molten metal comes into contact when poured into the mould, is greased with tallow or other fatty substa'nce. [Pri)ited, 6d. Draimng.'] A.D. 1877, October 4.— No. 3690. HIPKINSj David. — {Provisional protection only.) — Puddling- machinery. When applied to a double puddling-furnace, duplicate mechanism for working two different rabbles is placed on opposite sides of a horizontal toothed wheel turning on a vertical shaft, the machinery being mainly situated on the top of the furnace. " In a strong socket in the bed plate, near the circum- " ference of the toothed wheel," a " hollow vertical axis works. " This axis carries the inclined bracket, from the top of which the rod is suspended which gives motion to the rabble." The bracket receives a slow oscillating motion from a rod, connected to a crank pin on the upper side of the toothed wheel. " In the hollow axis carrying the bracket a solid axis works freely," and supports a " crank plate, on the under side of which is a " pinion which engages with the toothed wheel." This plate carries a pin, "which gives motion to a connecting rod jointed " to the rod suspended from the bracket and giving motion to " the rabble." The rabble receives " the required raking motion combined with a slow traversing motion." {^Printed 2d, No Dravnngs.'] 76 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1877, October 6.— No. 3711. BARLOW, Henry Bernoulli. — (A communication from Gustave Adolf von Sohbe^ and Huhert Caspar Kiirten.) — Blast- heating apparatus. To increase the surfaces for absorbing-and giving off heat, the pipes employed in warming air for blast furnaces may be pro- vided with inside and outside ribs. A drawing also shows a coupling box connection of two pipes." [Printed, C)d. Draioing.] A.D. 1877, October 8.— No. 3723. TINN, JosEPPi, and HARRIS, John. — {Provisional protection only.) — Rolling and planishing sheet iron or other metals. Three high rolls or cylinders of equal diameters, working in ^' contact, and placed parallel and horizontally one above another ^' between " housings or standards, are made solid or hollow, with equal or unequal bores throughout, and provided with spray water pipes inside, when hollow," for cooling them to prevent undue expansion, maintain their true contour, and pre- serve their polished surface. The outer surface of the rolls may be likewise cooled by water. The middle and top rolls ^' are worked by friction." For operating on thin sheets, "the " centre roll should be turned slightly concave," but for strong " singles," all the rolls should be turned parallel. These rolls cannot " cross or get outj^of their true position." [Pointed, 2d. No Dravmigs.] A.D. 1877, October 12.—No. 3782. EDWARDS, Jonathan. — (Provisional ptrotection only.) — Doors of puddling, heating, mill, and like furnaces. 1. To fasten the sliding doors of such furnaces without using wedges, " a lever fastening, consisting of three sides of a " rectangular frame," is jointed to the front of the door frame. The free ends of the two shorter sides of the fastening ^' carry pivots or centres, which turn in open bearings made in brackets " at the front of the door frame," while the other ends are con- nected together by the longer side of the fastening, which constitutes a handle for moving it. The said free ends are formed into cam-like ends, eccentric to the pivots. When the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 77 fastening is brought into a horizontal position, the cam-like ends bear against the door and hold it firmly against its frame. The door is released by raising the fastening into a nearly vertical position, in which it is held by a lever catch on one side of the door frame . 2. The front of the stopper, by which the rabble-hole in the door of a puddling-f urnace is closed, may be made "of a plate " having at its back a small chamber," which fits closely in the rabble-hole and is filled with fireclay. Thus the edge of this hole is protected from the heat, so that it will better resist the wearing-action of the rabble during puddling. The stopper may be made to slide and swivel on a peg above the stopper hole, for enabling it to rest on a support on the front of the door, thereby leaving the hole clear for the rabble. " The outer edges of the metal block fixed around the inside " of the rabble-hole may have inclined or bevelled edges," and against the latter there fit closely the correspondingly- inclined edges of " the fire clay lining bricks which are situated around " the said block." \_Printed^ 2d. No Drawings.] A.D. 1877, October 12.— No. 3789. SHEEHAN, Thomas, and WELLS, George.— (Prot;^>^ona^ protection only.) — Manufacture of steel. Applying the prior invention of Specification No. 3202, A.D. 1873, (or, less advantageously, the prior invention of Specification No. 1454, A.D. 1872), wrought iron may be wholly or partially steelified by exposing it to the heat of a furnace while embedded in a compound consisting preferably of common salt, carbonate of soda (or sal soda), sulphate of soda, charcoal, and black oxide of manganese, in a box or chamber with layers of raw limestone above and below, separated from the compound by perforated plates. The steelified iron is converted into " cast or other " steel " of good quality by melting it in a crucible, with a flux if needful, and adding oxide of manganese, quicklime, and borax to sufficiently decarburize the metal. Liferior iron may be employed. [Printed^ 2d. No Draimngs,'] 78 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1877, October 16.— No, 3832. BROWNE, Alexander. — (A communication from the Forges Company of Chatillon and Commentry.) — Armour plates. Any desired part of the plate may be hardened, and " consequently in a single block, without any superposition of layers," there may be a hard front and a soft back, pre- *' serving at same time all its flexibility." To obtain this " result, is incorporated, either at the surface or inside the " plates," which maybe of iron or soft steel, " a certain quantity *' of hard cast or chilled iron or other analogous alloys," such as spiegeleisen and carburet alloys of iron with titanium, " chrome," manganese, etc., or some very hard cast steel. The incorporation is l)ased on " the direct cementation of the iron by the melted " cast iron," etc. Ingots of cast iron may be introduced into cavities formed in juxtaposition in the front of the plate, which is afterwards raised to a white heat ; whereupon the ingots rapidly melt and dissolve a portion of the plate in contact with them, a superior steel surface being thus obtainable. The cavities may be differently arranged, and gutters may be formed transversely or otherwise in the plate " to receive the ingots. " To harden the interior of the plate, holes must be " pierced alternately through the plate from the two sides " thereof." During the said heating, which may take place in a gas or reverberatory furnace or furnace with a movable bed, earth, sand, or a special covering is employed to exclude air, and the plate is protected from the action of the heat, where not required. After the process described, the plate is " submitted to the hardening operation in the ordinary manner, taking advantage ^' of its heated state for leveling its hard surface " by hammering or rolling* [Printed^ 6d. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, October 19.— No. 3868. HADFIELD, Robert. — Decarburizing or annealing and soften- ing portions of steel, iron, or other metal articles. The articles, which include rolls for rolling-mills, are first made or cast " throughout of as hard a temper as it is desired the hardest portions thereof should ultimately remain." Afterwards such parts of the article as are to retain their MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 79 {)rimary hardness are subjected to a blast of very cold air, or preferably are immersed in a current of intensely-cold water, while the other parts, which require to be softened, are exposed to the requisite heat for annealing or reducing the carbon present in any desired ratio, the process admitting of the soft- ness being graduated. [Printed^ id. No Drawings.'} A.D. 1877, November 8.— No. 4179. CARMONT, William Haselwood. — Manufacture of iron and steel. " Steel scrap is piled in the ordinary manner, and steel or iron turnings are combined therewith." During the subsequent heating of the pile in a furnace, part of the steel or iron " turnings becomes oxidised and runs through the mass, thereby causing a flux that welds the steel scrap together." The flux also partly decarburizes this scrap. The resulting bloom or slab can be rolled or forged, or several of them can be piled together for forgings " which possess the strength and polish of steel with the ductility of iron." A modification consists in " piling " steel scrap with wrought-iron scrap and combining therewith steel or iron fcurnings." By varying the proportion of the turnings to the scrap, either iron or mild steel may be produced. [Printed, 2d. No Drawings.] A.D. 1877, November 14.— No. 43^2. YAUG-HAN, Edward Primerose Howard. — (.4 communication from Carl Adolf Grobe.) — Furnaces. The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of puddling or melting furnaces, relates to evolving combustible gases from fuel by means of the waste heat of the furnace, and converting the residual coke into combustible gas which is mixed with the above-mentioned gases, the mixture of gases being burnt to heat the furnace. [Printed, Qd. Draiving.} A.D. 1877, November 15.— No. 4272. ELLIS, John Devonshire. — (Provisional protection only.)— Manufacture of ferro-manganese and spiegeleisen. 80 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. To remove carbon as completely as possible, the ferro- manganese or spiegeleisen, surrounded by oxide of iron, is kept at a red heat in a furnace. [Printed, 2d. No Drawings,] A.D. 1877, November 19.~No. 4323. PIEPER, Carl. — (A communication from August Kloenne.) — Purifying blast-furnace gases. A scrubber, described with reference to the purification of coal gas, is also particularly useful for purifying blast-furnace gases from smoke and dust. In this case the gas is preferably passed downward through the layers of gravel or coke, which should be kept thin to reduce the pressure of the gas as little as possible. The dust etc. will be washed out of the gas by the water employed, and removed through openings at the bottom of the apparatus. But little water being used, the gas is but slightly cooled thereby. In the scrubber described, the coke (or gravel) rests on inclined grates, hurdles, or sieves, arranged one above another, so that the coke tends to slide down them. But the grates being inclined alternately to the right and left and their lower ends terminating at some distance from an opposite wall, the layer of coke on each grate rests partly upon that at the top of the grate beneath and partly against the wall, whereby the sliding down is prevented until, by opening a valve at the bottom of the lowest grate, the coke thereon is discharged. There is a reservoir at the top of the scrubber for introducing fresh coke without much loss of gas. Or, instead of the charging and discharging taking place at intervals, a slowly-rotating creeper or conveyer" may be employed in each case. The incline of the grates may be regulated by providing them with hinges, and their arrangement may be varied ; they may receive a shaking, tilting, or other motion. Sometimes four grates, forming **a funnel or inverted frustrated pyramid," may be used in combination with an upright pyramid, consisting of four grates, or a polygonal form may be adopted. [Printed, 6d, Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, November 20.— No. 4356. LAKE, William Robert, — {A communication from George Joseph (7a2x?i/;6ZL)~Reducing metal bars. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 81 Successive pairs of pressure rolls, grooved to receive the bars and actuated by mechanism, are employed. The pressing- devices " consist of a reciprocating sash operated by the driving " shaft of the machine ; arms pivoted to the fixed frame of the " machine, and having at or near their outer ends a pin and slob or equivalent loose connection with said sash ; .and " grooved pressure rolls rigid with the inner ends of the said " arms. These arms and rollers are arranged in pairs, and are " so shaped that the movement of the sash in one direction " causes them to close upon the bars and compress the same,' the reverse movement releasing the bars. "The successive " pairs are arranged with regularly decreasing intervals between " the rollers of each pair, so that the bars may be reduced " gradually." For turning cylindrical bars on their axes as they pass through the machine, guides, placed between the successive pairs of rollers, may consist of "an outer obliquely " slotted tube and an inner movable tube, having a pin project " ing through the said slot and a spring for holding the bars." For turning bars of square or polygonal section, a grooved or channelled box forms a guide, " the channel being helical, so as to give the bars a quarter turn in passing from one pair of " rolls to another." For propelling cylindrical bars through the machine, there may be employed a longitudinally-recipro eating rod, extending from end to end of it, operated by the reciprocating sash, and " provided at proper intervals with " fingers for engaging with the pins of the guide tubes." For polygonal bars, there may be used " a similar reciprocating rod^ " carrying fingers which have bevelled tips, and a spring and " link connection that allows them to yield when moving away " from the discharge end of the machine." The rolls may be arranged in vertical or horizontal series. The bars are forced tlirough a channel leading to the rolls, after having been cut into lengths by machinery which is described. The forward ends of the bars "are presented to the largest part of the " grooves in the first pair of rolls : as the rolls are turned," the bars are subjected to their action. Various devices may be modified, and are applicable to other rolling-machines. A device for feeding through the turning-guides is "arranged to yield " in moving backward through said guides in case of encounter- :* ing any obstacle." The cutting into lengths may be effected by means of two S2 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. horizontally-operating and two vertically-operating cutters, one of each being stationary. The metal bars are delivered to the cutters by a feed carriage, which is advanced by a feeding-lever and connections. A cam on a rotating shaft horizontally vibrates the lever and operates it vertically somewhat, causing it to press on the advancing metal bar. Another cam advances the horizontally-acting moving cutter, which has a cutting-edge and is placed opposite the like stationary cutter, while a third cam operates the vertically-acting moving cutter opposite the stationary one. The latter cutters form shears to completely sevor each length of bar when partly severed by the former cutters, the cuts being in a line. Backward motion is effected by replacing-springs. [Prmted, 6(1 . Drawmgs.~\ | A.D. 1877, November 22.— No. 4400. 1 WHEELDON, Frederick Richard, and FORD, Benjamin. — Utilizing old double-headed or flange-bottomed rails. The centre web of the rails, whilst cold, is to be cut out longitudinally in long or short pieces, to prevent waste of metal from the burning of the web, when the rails are only split down the middle and placed in the furnace in order that the metal may be again worked up. The centre pieces so obtained may be used in piling or cross-piling to produce an improved quality of iron, or may be at once rolled into bar, hoop, or other iron. The said pieces are preferably cut out by "a longitudinal punch " working in, through, or between suitable dies or steelings." In a shearing-machine described with reference to drawings, a central cutter [the punch] descends between two side cutters [the dies] and cuts out a given length of the web of the rail, which is afterwards advanced by hand ready for another cut* To prevent any burr produced by the cutting from wedging itself between the side cutters, one of them is hinged and with- drawn between the cuts by means of a knuckle-joint and cam. In another machine, a central cutter entirely removes a portion of the web at each stroke. [Pri7ited^ Qd. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, November 23.— No. 4422. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — Manufacture of steel, and lining Bessemer converters. MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 83 Certain refractory coherent and durable basic linings, con- taining but comparatively little silica, may be employed for Bessemer converters, in order that the percentage of silica in the converter cinder may approximate to that in puddling- f urnace cinder, in which case pig iron containing considerable phosphorus may be converted into steel or ingot iron con- taining little phosphorus, the phosphorus being eliminated in the slag (sometimes with much sulphur). Limestone, magnesian limestone, or chalk (preferably alumin- ous) is finely ground and intimately mixed with about 10 per cent, of its weight of a solution of silicate of soda (or of potash) and a little water to form a; pasty mass, which may be rammed round the converter like a gannister lining, or may be first made into bricks. The bricks should be thoroughly dried, but not fired, before being used to line the converter, and they are set in a basic cement. Alumina, oxide of iron, and silica, when present in the limestone or chalk, act as cementing-materials, but their proportion must be restricted to avoid fusibility of the lining and, in the case of silica, to prevent impeding the. slag from becoming basic. Magnesia may replace the limestone. Alumina, as in the form of emery, with the silicate of soda and 5 or 10 per cent, of clay, may be used either as highly-fired bricks or for ramming. The tuyeres should be made of similar basic materials. The basic slag, containing phosphorus, is preferably removed from the purified metal before adding spiegeleisen or its equiva- lent. This may take place in the receiving-ladle, which should also have a basic lining. Calcined plaster of Paris, burnt lime, bauxite, and a little graphite or coke dust might be used in different linings. [Printed, 4d. No Draivings.'] A.D. 1877, November 24.— No. 4425. FARMER, John. — Rolling, straightening, and finishing metal bars. A rolling-machine may have a ''pair of improved (edge '' running) rolling and pressing, angled," slueing, or oblique rollers, mounted over each other, with the hot or cold metal bar ^' fed or rolled in between them, nearly parallel to their axis " and in the same vertical plane through these when in their 84 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " central position, and rolling truly parallel with each other, so as " only to roll or turn the bar " without giving it any f eeding-in, or end forward or back motion, which is given by the slueing or oscillation of their shafts or axes in opposite angular directions on a vertical axis at right angles to and through the centre ^' line of the rollers in a transverse plane, the rate or velocity of this end or friction-angled or screw-revolving motion in- " creasing in proportion to that of the angles off the said " vertical plane." Each roller is fixed in the middle of its strong ^' shaft, mounted in bushed screw cover bearings at the adjacent upper and lower parts of their carrying frames or housings, made preferably in a hollow cylindrical form, " strengthened with ribs and longitudinal feathers inside, and truly turned on the outside web to fit the internal barrel part of the outer main frame ; also preferably made cylindrical and strengthened by end and other flanges and longitudinal feathers, with openings through its sides for feeding in the bars," and for getting at the working parts, all carried on and within this frame, ''which is portable or self contained, and firmly secured to a suitable strong foundation, preferably " with the tangential f eeding-in part between the rollers near ^' the level of the floor, where the new or improved fixed or non^ " moving f eeding-in table would be secured to the sides of the " outer frame and to the foundation or blocks in the mill floor, " with its upper surface at the finishing delivery side, set b^ " screw setting-up pinching screws and wedges, exactly level or " in a tangential line with the rolHng periphery of the under ^' roller, and the feeding-in plate rather lower to allow of a ^' slight eccentric action of the rear or unstraightened part of the bar" in the act of being rolled. ''The outer main ^' cylindrical frame is fitted and secured to a strong bottom " or sole-plate, fitted with a ring turned on the upper edge, preferably with antifriction rollers for supporting the internal " hollow swivelling frame or housing of the lower roller and its " axle, the ring being raised and lowered by pinching screws through the bottom from the outside." The under roller is actuated from a shaft carried in journal " bush bearings below its axle in the hollow housing, through " spur wheels on the shaft and axle at one side, and through a " bevel wheel on the shaft at the other gearing into a corres- ponding wheel on the upper end of a vertical shaft, all MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 85 " within the hollow housing below the roller, and carried in " journal bush bearings in the centre of the bottom end of the housing frame" and lower centre of the sole-plate. The upper roller is actuated by an equivalent "inverted arrange- ment of shafts and gearing above the roller and within and above its housing, fitted and swivelling within the upper part " of the main outer frame," which is fitted above with a strong top or cover frame carrying the inner end of the upper hori- zontal driving-shaft, the arrangement being preferably such that the " rolling and straightening rollers may revolve at the " same surface rate, but in opposite directions." The upper housing of the upper roller is carried and raised and lowered through a turned rim or grooved ring or segmental brackets, secured to its upper end, all swivelling or revolving on a carrying and pressing non-revolving ring fitted with groove and feather in the upper cover or end of the outer frame, the non- revolving ring being carried by "screw spindles working in deep " nuts in the ring and in fixed journal bearings in the upper end " cover so as to be actuated simultaneously by spur wheels on " their upper ends," for " raising or lowering the upper housing " and angular acting roller, in whichever position they may be " swivelling or set to give the desired pressure on the bar" being rolled. The " lower and upper housings with their rollers and driving " gear are bored and fitted so as to swivel and rise and fall " steadily within the outer frame, as stated, equally and simul- " taneously in opposite directions by deep segmental spur wheels " on one side near the middle, opposite a recess in the outer " frame, through which screws or worms on transverse shafts " work, carried in bearing brackets on the outside of the " frame, and preferably lying at an angle, so that the actuating " side of the threads or screws work parallel to the teeth of the " segmental wheels " of the housings, the two shafts being geared and actuated by one vertical shaft and bevel wheels at their outer ends, the arrangements being completed V' to turn " the lower and upper housings and their rollers equally to any ' reverse angle required to give the rate of feed or longitudinal " traverse desired to the bar " in either direction between the the rollers. The " up-and-down movement of the upper housing " and its reverse angular position or action are indicated by a " pointer in connection with horizontal division lines and angular 86 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Yertical lines, which show the height and angle of the housing. The rolling-surfaces or circumferences of the swivelling rollers, which are preferably made of chilled hard iron, smoothly turned or ground and polished, are ^'slightly rounded on the entering side, but parallel or cylindrical beyond this, with rounded edges " at the back, so as to bear smoothly on the bar and straighten it to the very end. There may be formed and fitted hollow gun-metal, chilled cast-iron, or other removable ^' and adjustable steadying metal guides in slides on the fixed table between the rollers and on each side of, and made segmental to near the size of, the bar " being rolled, " and with perforations through the segmental face for allowing jets of water to be forced through from the hollow chamber on to the hot surface of the roller and part of the bar " being rolled." The holders or slides of these water- jet guides are set out and in to suit the size of bar by screws passed out through recesses formed in the sides of the outer frame, for actuating them in such a manner as to thoroughly steady the bar without gripping or causing friction. Additional guides are also described. In this machine the longitudinal forward and backward f rictional screw action of the bars is easily got in both directions with the arrangement of stationary table described, and, as the under roller sustains nearly the whole weight of the bars, the table does not get out of order as the movable tables do. Although the vertical arrangement of this machine is preferred, it could be ranged horizontally or at a slight angle with the outer framing." A modified arrangement of vertical edge-running rollers for straightening short parallel bars includes making the rollers nearly as wide as the length of the bars, and mounting them in their housings to swivel on a vertical axis near their entering end, and in swivelling the housings within the outer frame by mechanism described. Yarious additional and modified contrivances and machines are described, including machines with disc rolls. [Printed^ Is, 2d. Draivings.'} A.D. 1877, November 29.— No. 4499. CAMPBELL, David, and 8UMMERHILL, James.—'' Heating furnaces used in the manufacture of iron and steel." MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND STEEL. 87 The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of a reverber- atory furnace, relates to arrangements for burning the fuel and supplying heated aii- thereto. [Printed J M. Dravnng.'] A.D. 1877, December 1.— No. 4537. LEVICK, GrEOEGE, and WINBY, Frederick Charles. — Rolling rails for tramways and other railways. In rolling a flat-footed rail with a central web supporting a head which is grooved along its upper surface, the latter forming the table of the rail, the inventors produce the groove (which receives the flanges of the wheels) by first rolling a flange or lip projecting at right angles from the web, and afterwards bending it round to form part of the head according to a drawing. Double-headed rails may be likewise produced, as well as a " footless rail." \_Printed, 6c?. Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, December 5.— No. 4610.. BATEMAN, William Frederick. — Tempering wire. Cards having hard points and soft crowns are made from hardened and tempered steel wire by softening the wire at intervals while entering the card-setting machine at that por^ tion where the crown will be formed. A gas burner is adjustably carried by the short end of a hinged lever, the long end of which is oscillated by a tappet on the driving-shaft^ The flame is thus brought intermittently in contact with the wire as it enters the machine, thereby heating and softening it at those places. Soft wire may also be hardened and tempered at intervals, or the teeth of soft wire cards hardened and tempered in position, by means of a hot plate, flame, &c., and an oil or other bath. [Printed, Qd. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, December 5.-~No. 4613. NEVILL, William Henry. — "Manufacture of cast steel." Metal made by the ordinary Siemens or Bessemer process, after being forged, rolled, and brought to the required size and 88 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. form, is submitted to a recarbonizing process" in closed cast or wrought iron, fireclay, or other vessels. " The carbonizing materials may be the ordinary substances used in the cement - " ing process as at present carried on." The covers project beyond the sides of the box for firmly wedging them, the in- terstices being afterwards filled with wet clay or other material Thus, by reversing the usual order in which the processes of conversion and fusion are carried on," a high quality of steel may be obtained at reduced cost. [Printedj 2d. No Drawings.^ A.D. 1877, December 6.— No. 4627. VON NAWROCKI, Gerard Wenzeslaus. — (A commmiica- tionfrom Ashechy Osthaus^ EicJcen^ and Company.) — Production of very thin iron and steel wire. To overcome the difficulty of too rapid cooling in rolling the wire, there may be employed an " oven " (which according to Drawings resembles a reverberatory furnace with down flues at the opposite end to the firegrate), wherein bundles of wire can be heated. The heated bundles are successively placed on a drum, fitted within the furnace upon a vertical shaft, and capable of being lowered into a recess in the hearth to receive the bundle. After it has been raised again, the end of the wire is by means of tongs pulled out through the front of the oven and guided into a pair of rolls immediately in front of it." The rolling unwinds the wire off the drum. The drum and shaft are hollow and cooled by the circulation of water. [Printed^ 6rZ. Drawing. '\ A.D. 1877, December 7.— No. 4642. WERDERMANN, Richard. — (A communication from Ludovic Boblique.) — (Provinional protection only.) — ^' Phosphoretted iron." Iron ore may be smelted with a phosphate, such as of lime, and sufficient silica to form a fusible slag. The phosphoric acid is " reduced together with the oxide of iron." The product is iron containing a percentage of phosphorus, which varies with the quantity and quality of the phosphate employed, and with the composition of the slag. When silica is present therein in MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. excess, all the phosphorus passes into the iron, which may con- tain up to 25 per cent, of phosphorus. Thus iron with a definite percentage of phosphorus may be obtained from suitable pro- portions of ores and phosphates, or by melting pig iron with phosphuret of iron. The iron richest in phosphorus crystallizes in needles, and is porous and very brittle. Iron with not ex- ceeding 12 per cent, of phosphorus resembles hard or white cast > iron. With less than 4 per cent., the metal has a fine grain. These raw products also contain some " silica and carbon." They are, therefore, melted and treated in a reverberatory fur- nace or in crucibles with non-silicious refining-fluxes, preferably mixtures of alumina with lime, magnesia, baryta, strontia, and the like, peroxide of iron, cryolite or fluoride of calcium, chloride of sodium, and carbonate of soda ; oxidation by con tact with air being checked. Yery hard metal, resembling steel, is obtainable. To produce iron containing very little phosphorus, the phos- phor pig iron is refined, preferably in a puddling-furnace, the quantity of oxide of iron in the flux being increased. Much of the phosphorus is oxidized and passes as phosphate of iron into the slag. By puddling, the phosphorus may be reduced to Olo or 0-1 per cent., giving a metal well suited for rails, axle bearings, etc. The metal, being very sonorous, may be used for bells, and it is also suitable for forming permanent magnets. IFrinted^ 2d. No Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, December 8.— No. 4656. aiDLOW, Thomas, and ABBOTT, James.— Puddling-fur- naces. As improvements upon the inventor's prior Specification No. 2018, A.D. 1877, the vibrating, rocking, or oscillating fur- nace is to be constructed with openings, thfough which com- bustible gases and air may be admitted, together or separately into the furnace and ignited. The burning gases act on the metal, and no firegrate is required. The pipes or tubes for conveying the gases and air may be connected to the furnace by sliding, rocking, or other joints, so as to allow the passages to be kept tight while the furnace is moving. The furnace, when of large size, and whether heated by solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel, may have two or more movable or flexible necks, or one neck 90 MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. with internal divisions, leading to the chimney. The neck or necks may be fitted with regulating- dampers. The bridge of the furnace between the firegrate and the hearth, or the ends of the hearth, against which the molten metal is thrown by the motion, may be constructed hollow for the circulation of water or other cooling-medium. Bridges and other parts of furnaces exposed to great heat may be thus constructed. The bridge is formed of a hollow metal casing, surrounded by brickwork. By means of a perfo- rated pipe in the casing, jets of water axe thrown against the internal top and sides of the bridge. The resulting steam passes through openings into the furnace and mingles with the pro- ducts of combustion. Any water, not converted into steam, runs into the ashpit. [Pj'ijited, CkI. Drav'lng.'] A.D. 1877, December 10.— No. 4683. BROWNE, Alexander. — {A communication from Edouard Fahre.) — " Apparatus for heating air in reheating, puddling, " and other similar furnaces." The heating-apparatus, which is exhibited in drawings of a reverberatory furnace, is placed beneath its sole, and the use of the heated air for combustion economizes fuel. The cooling of the sole does not appear to be an object in view. [Printed^ Qd. Drawings.^ A.D. 1877, December 10.— No. 4684. SCHULZE-BERGE, Hermann, and BARNSTORF, Julius. — Dephosphorization of iron, steel, and similar metals. Molten iron, including pig iron and ingot metal, such as Bessemer and Martin steel, may be dephosphorized (and the sulphur and silicon also eliminated, while the carbon present in the metal is left) by 'the action of haloid salts (chlorides, bromides, iodides, fluorides, and cyanides) of the alkaline earthy metals, fluorides being preferred for removing silicon. Chloride of calcium, mixed with some chloride of barium and fluoride of calcium, may be employed, and haloid salts of the alkaline metals, the earthy metals, or the heavy metals may be added to give greater fusibility. The purification MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 91 may take place in a heated fixed or movable vessel, lined with a refractory mortar to resist the attack of the haloid salts and products of decomposition, lime, magnesia, graphite, coke, and like bodies bound with clay being suitable. The vessel is covered, and non-oxidizing gases may be employed to drive out air, as an oxidizing-agent must not be present during the process. Fused haloid salts may be introduced in fine subdivision by means of valves, or narrow tuyeres, pipes, or slits, placed at the bottom or sides of the vessel, so that the salts may become intimately mixed with the molten metal therein. A second vessel is employed for fusing the haloid salts, as by the utilization of the heat of molten blast- furnace slag, which, according to a drawing, circulates in an apparatus surrounding this vessel. A third vessel or strong closed receiver is employed, whence the fused salts are driven through a conduit into the vessel containing the molten metal by dry and compressed air or other gas which cannot oxydize the alkaline earthy metals." Pig iron thus dephosphorized may be converted into steel or wrought iron by any known method. The engendered haloid salts of the iron are volatile " and only become solidified " in an additional receiver, the invention including the " recovery of the volatilized iron in the " state of protochloride " or oxide. An upper and a lower vessel may be used for receiving the fused salts and for purify- ing the metal. Again, different furnaces may be employed. A Siemens rotary furnace, after being brought to a white heat, may be separated from the regenerators and is closed, when charged with the molten metal and haloid salts, air being excluded. The intimate and continuous mixing produced by " the rotation of the furnace may be obtained in fixed furnaces by the agitation of the fluid masses by means of special apparatuses. The same action is also produced when the fluid " iron filters through a somewhat thick layer of dephosphor- " izing agents, or falls through it in fine subdivision." The value . of secondary products obtained in the process may sensibly .diminish its cost. [Printed^ 10 J. ■Drawings.'] A.D. 1877, December 11.— No. 4712. DEELEY, Frank, and GARBETT, 3 on^, {^Provisional MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. protfction only.) — Puddling, heating, and other furnaces for the manufacture of iron and steel. The invention relates to passing part of the gaseous matter leaving the furnace a second time through the same, whereby any unburnt fuel contained in it is utilized. \_Prinfe(U 2(1. No Drawings.~\ A.D. 1877, December 19.— No. 4830. SMYTH, SaxMUEL Richard. — Manufacture of iron and steel. As improvements upon the prior Specifications No. 3840, A.D. 1874, and No. 1767, A.D. 1877, there is substituted a hood or cap made of iron plates for the domed top " of the metal receiver. The hood, which is lined with refractory material and fastened hermetically to the receiver, has a blow-off outlet for waste gases with a pressure relief valve or weighted lever, the issuing flame being directed for viewing it to ascertain the state of the metal under treatment. Waste is lessened owing to the particles of metal driven up by the blast being caught by the hood and returned to the receiver. The position and height of the chambers for supplying the compounds may be regulated, and they are sometimes so placed that the orifices or channels reach only to the surface of the metal in the receiver, instead of directing the blast into the body of the metal. Semicircular or semi-oval chambers may be used. The chambers may sometimes form a belt round the receiver, and for the channels may be substituted a series of continuous openings for introducing the blast in sheets, the arrangements being adapted to either high or low pressure operations. To obtain a greater depth of metal, the bottom of the receiver is internally made narrower and more semicircular in form, and the number of slagging-holes may be increased and be placed at different levels if desired. [Prhited, 6d. Drawing.'] A.D. 1877, December 28.-~No. 4920. LONGSDON, Ali^red. — (.4 coinmiinication from Alfred Krupp.) — Combined reverberatory and Bessemer furnace. ^ For treating the charge as in a reverberatory furnace, and blow- ing air through it as in a Bessemer converter alternately, the body proper of the furnace can revolve on its longitudinal axis, and MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 93 is provided with Bessemer tuyeres on one narrow side of its " oval section." A Siemens regenerator (or other arrangement) may be used for re-heating. When the furnace is horizontal. the heating gases flow alternately on one side of the furnace " from apertures of the regenerator chambers into orifices of the apparatus proper, and after having passed through the " same they pass off through openings on the same or opposite " side of the apparatus, and there re-enter the regenerator chambers on that side." When the furnace is turned vertically, the inlet valve of the blast is opened by an eccentric " during this rotation, and air is admitted into the tuyere " chambers by a pipe, and then through tuyeres into the fluid '* metal." The furnace is sustained by rings which rest on friction rollers, one of the said rollers and the ring forming the pinion and wheel, whereby the furnace is rotated." The axle of the pinion roller carries a worm wheel at its other end in gear with worm driven from " a prime mover ; or spur- wheel or other gearing may be used. Charging and discharging of the furnace are effected through a mouth opposite the tuyeres : this mouth is closed by door during heating. The " furnace proper is mounted on a carriage," so as to be easily replaced by another. The re-heating of the charge takes place on a flat hearth, and no part of the charge is left in the apparatus after tapping." In the vertical position, the Bessemer process can proceed without injury to the regenerator " chambers, as they are shut off from the furnace proper by the " openings thereto being closed through the position of the furnace'^r by special doors." One gas-heating apparatus may be combined with two furnaces, one being at work while the other is under repair. Thus the Bessemer process may be carried on with pig iron which works " too cold " in the ordinary converter, the re- heating and air-blowing taking place alternately. Also much steel or wrought-iron scrap may be added to the pig iron, and a " dead " melted metal be obtained by re -heating after the Bessemer process, the physical and chemical properties of Bessemer metal being improved by the aid of suitable additions. The combined furnace may also resemble ' ' an ordinary Bessemer converter, but flattened, and with a broad opening or mouth " through which" heating is effected by injecting pulverized coal or by other means. Air passes into " tuyere chambers 94 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. " extending over the full width of the converter, and from there " into the tuyeres. Sometimes a narrower mouth is employed and double bottoms ; then when the Bessemer process takes " place both bottoms receive (separated from one another) air " through both converter trunnions, but in turning the apparatus ^' into the horizontal position for re-heating," the " air in the " lower bottom is self-actingly replaced by lighting gas injected " under pressure by steam." \_Printed, Sd. Drav'ings.'] A.D. 1877, December 31. —No. 4943. JOHNSON, John Henry. — {A communication from Bernard Charles Lauth.) — {Provisional protection only.) — " Manufacture of ingots, slabs, or blooms." To produce compound ingots, composed of different metals, or different qualities or grades of a metal like Steel, the mould employed is divided by fusible diaphragms into two or more cells, which are to be simultaneously filled with different molten metals (or qualities of metal). The sheet-metal diaphragms employed should be "so thin and of such degree of fusibility as to become practically fused by and assimilated with " the different metals to permit a perfect union thereof, but sufficiently durable to prevent them from becoming commingled to any great extent while fluid. Rails with hard durable heads may be made from such ingots. Armour plates may be likewise produced. \_P7^intedj 2d. No Draioings.] 1878. A.D. 1878, January 4.— No. 59. BRADSHAW, Joseph Betts.— Rolling mills. For rolling bars, rails, and hoops (hoop iron) in much greater lengths than usual with economy (including a saving as regards labour, time, and the waste of crop ends), — the inventor arranges '4n one line three sets of rolls, all of which are MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND 8TEEL. 95 coupled together." Two of the sets are " bolting rolls, and may be two or three high according to " requirements. The third set, which is in the middle between the two sets of bolting rolls, are strand rolls and are in all cases two high only ; a spindle being used to connect the other two rolls of the two sets of bolting rolls when these are used three high." All these rolls have various grooves, but these strand rolls do not complete the operations of ordinary strand rolls ; they only commence these operations by one passage between them of the billets produced by the sets of bolting-rolls. A second set of strand rolls, for completing the operations by repeated passages, is placed in front of the first set. Additional or larger furnaces provide the two sets of bolting-rolls with sufficient heated piles, which are also made much larger than usual. This causes " the bar on reaching the second set of strand rolls to be of " considerable length ; and in order to enable these rolls to " complete their operations " before the bar has cooled too much, and to enable them to receive without hindrance to the bolting rolls the additional bars produced by two sets of these rolls," they are " to be driven at about double the speed of the first set." To "provide for the increase in length of the bar in the second set of strand rolls, a channel or gutter is formed " to accommodate the metal and permit it " to pass back beneath ^' the first train of rolls," thus "admitting of the rolls being ^' more conveniently placed." A twisted carrier or guide of angular section may be provided, so that the bar in passing along it from one set of strand rolls to the other becomes reversed in position, that is, the top surface becomes the bottom. A straight guide is also sometimes employed. " In the same " line with the second set of strand rolls, and coupled with *' them, are the finishing rolls " for use when required. By placing all the roughened grooves on the slow-speeded rolls, chilled rolls may be used for the liigh- speeded strand rolls. The size of the bolting-rolls and first set of strand rolls may be increased to admit of a larger pile being used. By lengthening the bolting-rolls and providing additional grooves, the first set of strand rolls could be dispensed with ; or the arrangement could be otherwise modified. The scrapers for removing scale, employed with finishing- rolls in rolling hoops, may be adopted in producing larger bars and work in combination with a pair of small side rollers for 96 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL, keeping the sides of the bar true and square, these rollers being closed together on to the bar, after it has been inserted betweeen the rolls, by means of a wedge and lever." The side rollers may be used without scrapers. Long lengths of hoops from the finishing-rolls may be laid between forks or spikes mounted on endless chains, so that the lengths may be carried aside and to the shears. \_I)raivings.'\ A.D. 1878, January 7.~-No. 84. ALEXANDER, Andrew. — {Provlsiotml protection only.) — Armour plates. In producing armour plates composed of different qualities of metal (iron and steel), the invention consists in rolling out each part of the plate separately thus putting the full amount of " work required to give toughness both on the hard and soft material, then piling them " with " marginal bars of soft or " weldable material ranged on all edges of the hard inner material " (which, however, may also be weldable) so as to " fill up the space between the outer plates, and then heating " and rolling to such an extent only as will suffice to weld" the said bars to the outer plates and form an envelope for the inner hard material. [No Drawinys.'] ,A.D. 1878, January 10.— No. 132. ABEL, Charles Denton. — {A commimication from John F. Bennett.') — {Provisional protection only.) — Blast furnaces. In an improved furnace " the inner walls constitute substan- tially two frustrums of cones, placed base to base, the lower one resting its smaller end upon the foundation or hearth, and extending upward Ae -third the height of the furnace, or to the point of greatest area in cross section," whence the upper cone rises the rest of the height. The inner diameter at the base or hearth is preferably two-fifteenths of the height of the furnace, and the area in cross section at the belly or point of " greatest diameter is not less than twice nor greater than three " times the area at the base. The area of the throat is by ^' preference the same as of the base, but may be increased by MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 97 one-half when desired." The area of the charging-opening, (provided with a bell), may be half that of the throat. The tuyeres may be fixed above the base at one -fifteenth the height of the furnace. The higher the tuyeres, if a sufficient heat be main- tained below, the more productive will be the furnace, for the zone of fusion will be increased. The dimensions of the base provide for a larger zone of fusion, and the heat from the same is correspondingly increased." The tuyeres project into the furnace, preferably " until their nozzles reach an imaginary circle, which will divide the area at that cross section into two " equal parts." Thus the walls are less subjected to destructive action and particles of carbon settle thereon. The accumulating carbon forms a lining, resembling plumbago, on the lower part of the furnace, and undergoes renewal as it becomes worn. There is also free passage for "the molten metal and slags through the space between the nozzles, which is always kept clear by the action " of the blast." In such a furnace the gases tend tg ascend through the body of the charge and permeate the whole mass, which result is also favoured by the even distribution of the charge simultaneously effected. The invention secures a freer action of the furnace. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1878, January 12.— No. 154. KNOX, George Walter. — Ingots or blooms for armour plates etc. Steel ingots or blooms may be cast with internal bonds or cores of wrought iron or other suitable metal, by placing the latter in the mould and running molten steel over and around them, so as to become cemented or united thereto. The cores may con- sist of bars, plates, wires, etc., which may be used in the form of a skeleton or network. The ingot produced " after any " necessary working" may be used by itself, or be welded to other plates of iron or steel ; or it may be cast upon and thereby united to a foundation plate, to which the cores may be previously fixed. The resulting plate may be subjected to the usual processes for strengthening and finishing. The cores maybe of wrought iron, when a high steel is to be cast around them, but of high steel when a low steel is to be cast. [Drawing.l P 6154 D 98 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1878, January 15.— No, 189. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from William Faivcett.) — Casting-ladle. The ladle is of the ordinary shape^ with nearly- vertical sides flared outwardly at the top, and, by means of an inner wall, a vertical conduit is formed in the side. The conduit opens into the ladle near the bottom, and has an outlet lip at the top. When the ladle is tilted, the purer and denser metal passes from its bottom up the conduit and is discharged, while the lighter metal and scoria remain floating in the ladle. In using a ladle shaped like a ram's horn or curved trumpet as previously proposed, the metal while being poured through the smaller end becomes chilled, which by the present invention is avoided. [Draioing.'] A.D. 1878. January 19.— No. 258. HAMPTON, Thomas.— Armour plates. The invention combines " two distinct processes ; the first consisting in the method of building up or construction of the plate for the purpose of obtaining a quality of steel " possessing great toughness ; the second process consisting in case-hardening or recarbonizing the surface or a part of the surface of plates so constructed.'' Steel ingots may be hammered or squeezed and rolled into slabs or plates, a pile of which, when heated, may be welded together by rolling, hammering, squeezing, or the like. If 'desirable, such plates " may be again piled, heated, and welded together until the " requisite thickness or strength is attained." Thereupon the case-hardening process takes place, after which, " to further " increase the density of the steel," the plates may be again rolled, hammered, or squeezed. [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1878, January 22,— No. 289. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — Manufacture of steel and iron The inventor refers to his prior and subsequent Specifications No. 4422, A.D. 1877, and 908, A.D. 1878. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 99 In making steel and ingot iron by the Bessemer process or by the Siemens-Martin or similar open-hearth processes, phosphorus is to be removed from the metal by means of highly-basic slags. Pig iron containing much phosphorus may be employed, and expensive alloys of manganese, such as f erro-manganese, may be dispensed with. The Bessemer converter is lined with a refractory basic substance (preferably very highly fired bricks, prepared from magnesian limestone mixed with a little highly-aluminous limestone or clay), and, in conjunction with the use of this lining, a basic substance is added to the metal in the converter. Pieces of newly- burnt lime, often nearly equal in weight to the silicon contained in the charge of molten metal, may be thrown into the converter before the said metal is run into it. After the metal has been blown " for some time, preferably a molten mixture of oxide of iron and lime (fused in a basic-lined cupola or air furnace) is introduced, and the blow is finished, for very phosphoretic metal, the total basic addition should generally be not less than four times the weight of the said silicon. A little oxide of manganese may be used. If the slag is not removed before adding the " spiegel," the latter should be introduced in red hot lumps, or, if molten, should pass through as little slag as possible. For open-hearth processes, the interior of the furnace or those parts which come in contact with the molten metal and slag are formed of a refractory basic substance, preferably the above-mentioned bricks ; or finely-ground highly-magnesian limestone, mixed with about 8 or 10 p. c. of its weight of a solution of silicate of soda, may be rammed round the bottom of the furnace to form the hearth. This magnesian limestone may be replaced by aluminous limestone, not containing sufficient aluminia or oxide of iron to render it fusible, nor much silica. When silica bricks are used for other parts of the furnace, they should be separated from the basic materials by a layer of plumbago bricks or other non-fluxing refractory material. Lime or limestone and oxide of iron are added at intervals in con ducting the process to maintain a highly-basic slag (or sufficient oxide of iron may be present in the charge). Other substances, including salt and carbonate and nitrate of soda, might be added to form the basic slags. [No Drawings.] P 6154 D 2 100 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1878, January 23.— No. 300. HUNT, Bristow. — (A communication from Frederick Neve- gold.) — Rolling-mills. To roll hoop and band iron (say, 1 inch by tV^^i of an inch) direct from a billet or pile (say, 2J inches square) at one pass, there may be used " a series of vertical grooved edging rolls and horizontal tongued and grooved flattening rolls, the size of the opening formed by the grooves in the rolls gradually " diminishing from one end of the machine to the other, so that the draft" shall be uniform and continuous, the pile being reduced alternately on its flat sides and its edges until it forms a thin strip. Three pairs of horizontal rolls may be placed at the rear end of the machine, and two other pairs may alternate with three pairs of vertical rolls, but the arrangement is variable. " The grooves of the vertical rolls are in line with each other, but the grooves of the upper horizontal roll are in line with the collars on the lower horizontal roll, and the said horizontal rolls are provided with collars and grooves of varying widths " so that, by sliding the housings of these rolls on the foundation " plates," strips of different sizes may be rolled. The vertical rolls may be likewise adapted by moving them from and towards each other by means of adjusting-bolts, used in connection with the bearings for the necks of the rolls. A box or guide leads the strip from one pair of rolls to the next, the guiding being effected by a top bar and adjustable side strips at the ends of the box. The top bar is hung to a transverse " rod on the box and bears upon the strip at two points." Thus excessive friction on the strip is avoided. The box is rigidly carried at either end by a rest bar on the housing adjacent to that end, and, to allow for longitudinal expansion and contraction from varying heat, the box is made in sections sliding longitudinally on each other. All the rolls are driven from one countershaft, motion being imparted to a pair of horizontal rolls and to one or two pairs of vertical rolls as follows : — A bevel- wheel on the countershaft " gears into a bevil pinion on a shaft which carries a clutch, ^' the latter engaging with a clutch on the shaft of one of the horizontal rolls and which shaft is geared to the shaft of the " other horizontal roll by cog wheels. The clutch on the bevil pinion shaft carries a cog wheel which gears into pinions MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 101 carried by shafts provided with bevil wheels which gear into bevil pinions carried by the shafts of the pairs of vertical " rolls on either side of the pair of horizontal rolls, the hubs of " the last-mentioned bevil wheels being made with slots adapted to feathers on their shafts, so that they may be moved to " and fro thereon as the rolls are moved from and towards " each other, for the purpose herein-before mentioned. When but one pair of vertical rolls is to be driven from the said bevil pinion shaft one of the said feathered shafts and its " connections is dispensed with.'' [Drmrhiri.'] IA.D. 1878, February 2.~No. 439. OX, Samuel. — ^^Producing compound steel ingots. ' Ingots, applicable in the manufacture of armour plates and of various articles, may be formed of steel, partly of a hard temper and partly of a softer temper, by employing a mould containing a plate-iron or steel diaphragm or partition, and simultaneously pouring two different kinds of steel into the two compartments of the mould. " The two kinds of melted steel are thus kept separated from one another, and they each unite and adhere ^' to the central partition or diaphragm and form one solid " ingot," which may be subsequently forged or rolled. Some- times more than one diaphragm and more than two different tempers of metal may be employed. The mould is grooved to receive the diaphragm, which may be about one- tenth of the thickness of the ingot, and the surfaces of which should be thoroughly cleaned. ^ [_No Dravnnf/s.~\ m A.D..1878, February 8.— No. 522. TOUNG, William. — Treatment of gases from blast furnaces •3tc. For removing solid and vaporous matters in suspension, the ■yases (by the aid of a fan or other device) may be passed : ihrough one or more valves so constructed as to divide them ( nto a ''a thin stream or sheet," which on issuing impinges i Lgainst a margin or plate placed opposite the edges of the ' ' valve : " while it is cleaned, by its own action or otherwise, to j ceep the passages clear. The \ alve may comprise a concave or 10^ MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. mushroom-shaped metal sheet, turned perfectly true round its edge and fixed upon a central spindle or guide rod. It rests within the valve chamber upon a seating likewise truly turned. Around the seating and at a short distance therefrom, there is a conical ring or short tube, extending above the valve opening and perforated below the level of the opening. The gases raise the valve, escape in a thin stream over the valve seat, and flow against the concentric ring ; through the perforations in which they pass, while the solid matters are precipitated. Again, a valve may be employed provided with slots in a surrounding ring or tube, rods being fixed at a short distance from the slots. Tongues, projecting from the valve, pass through the slots and bear against the rods, where suspended matters become deposited. Cleaning is effected by the rising and falling of the tongues. Also a valve may have perforated plates and conical pins, the gases lifting the plates off the pins and escaping through the perforations, which are afterwards cleared by the pins when the plates fall thereon. Or a kind of sluice valve actuated by a gas holder " may be used. A shower of water or other fluid may be employed to entangle and wash away finely-divided suspended matters, the valve being also capable of modification to form a scrubber and purifier. A.D. 1878, February 9.— No. 557. CLARK, Alexander Mklvillk. — {A communication from uhroacL) — (Provisional protectioyi only.) — Tempering scale for the use of tool-makers and others. A coloured scale, exhibiting the tints assumed by polished steel during the process of tempering, has the names of various tools inscribed at the colours corresponding to those to which the tools should be tempered. \_No Draiclngs.'] A.D. 1878, February 16.— No. 657. WALDENSTROM, Eric Hugo, and SUMNER, William.— Machinery for rolling metal." Machinery is described for rolling hollow cylinders or other articles on mandrels. l_Draivings,'] MANUFACTUKE OF IKON AND STEEL. 108 A.D. 1878, March l.—No. 838. I MORTON, ALEXx^DEn.—(Frovisio)ial protection o?iZi/.)— Blast furnaces and apparatus connected therewith. 1. Blast furnaces may have " a surrounding circular passage or passages, at about (or above) half way between the ordinary j " tuyers and the top of the charge," and communicating with i the interior of the furnace by slots or holes through the brick- I work or casing, so that " the more non-combustible gases or " other products of combustion" may pass out of the furnace and through a chimney into the atmosphere, while " the purer and more combustible gases generated in the upper portion of the charge " are conveyed to heaters etc. as usual, or may (after withdrawal from the space above the charge) be if' returned into the lower incandescent materials of the same or a similar furnace" by a blowing-machine or by the injecting "lateral action " of the air blast itself. ;^ 2. "The draft or the velocity of the gases from the upper portion of blast furnaces " through the heaters etc. to the j'itmosphere may be increased by using a " steam blast " (as in ocomotive engines). The exhaust steam from the blowing- imgine may pass through a pipe, "ending in an upright nozzle, ' and surrounded by a short upright chimney of the form ' generally known for increasing the lateral action of fluids." The chimney "converges quickly towards a throat, and then i ' diverges slowly." Flues lead from the heaters to the lower I converging end of the chimney. Also the said non -combustible I cases may be led to the chimney. Again, a large fan blower i nay act in the main or other flues to accelerate the passage of I he gases through the heaters. ' 3. The invention also relates to the construction of a gauge V indicator for registering the velocity of the draught in tha iues, or that of the air blast through the heaters. I [iVb Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1878, March 2.--No. 845. jiJADDICK, Daniel Richard, and LEWIS, Thomas.- Fur- aces for puddling, melting, or heating iron etc. ; The bottom of the chamber, in which the metal is operatea n, may be formed double or as a box, divided into compart- 104 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. ments. Air is passed through the latter and cools the said bottom, while itself becoming heated for use in burning the fuel. Passages may also communicate with a chamber in the firebridge for the circulation of air therein to aid in keeping the bridge cool. The invention also relates further to the arrangements for combustion. [Draiuing.l A.D. 1878, March 2.— No. 846. SHELDON, James Tpiomas. — Furnaces for heating and melting metals. The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of a puddling- furnace, relates to arrangements for the combustion of the fuel and the heating of air therefor. l_D)xivnngs.'] A.D. 1878, March 6.— No. 908. THOMAS, Sidney G-ilchrist. — Manufacture of iron and steel. As improvements upon the inventor's prior Specifications No. 4422, A.D. 1877, and No. 289, A.D. 1878, he now employs other basic mixtures for lining Bessemer converters and open- hearth steel-melting furnaces. Alumina and silica, when present in certain proportions in limestone (particularly mag- nesian limestone), or intimately mixed therewith as in the form of clay, aluminous shale, or aluminous blast-furnace slag, impart (after sufficient exposure to intense heat) strength and cohesiveness to form a satisfactory lining. A little magnesia may be employed, or magnesia or its carbonate may replace the limestone. From 3 to 4^ p. c. of alumina, 6 to 8 or 9 of silica, and 1 to 2 of oxide of iron generally ''represent the limits " for the most favorable proportions of binding material in a " good lining material before calcination." The finely -ground and moistened lining-material is moulded into bricks under pressure. The bricks are dried slowly, and then fired for a considerable time at an intense white heat. The temperature should suffice to cause all the alumina and silica to combine with lime and magnesia. The kiln should preferably have a down draught, and the basic bricks be separated from the MAXUFAOTCJRE OF IRON AND STEEL. 105 silicious floor by a neutral material like talc or steatite. The bricks should be kept dry, and, if they soon become tender, contain insufficient binding -material. Bessemer converters may be lined with these bricks, set in a basic cement of magnesian limestone and silicate of soda solution. The converter bottom may be partly formed of basic bricks ; or it may be entirely rammed with the basic material herein described or with the mixture of magnesian limestone and silicate of soda solution. Bessemer tuyeres may be formed ^of the same material as the bricks, and used either simply dried I or fired at a high temperature. 1 The hearths and sometimes other parts of open-hearth fur- naces may be lined with the basic bricks, or with the basic material, the flame being in the latter case allowed to play long enough for the formation of silicates and aluminates of lime and magnesia to secure a compact lining before the charge is introduced. The furnace may conveniently have a hearth mounted on a carriage for removal and replacement by a fresh hearth. Other materials, which might be added in forming the basic linings, include ore-furnace copper slag, hydraulic cements, ^natural silicates of magnesia, and borax. Carbonate of baryta might replace the limestone. The basic linings are used in conjunction with basic additions 'for forming basic slags. [No Drav'tngH.'] A.D. 1878, March 14.— No. 1020. EADDAN, Herbert John. — (^1 communication from Samuel Thomas Owens and William. McNair.) — Furnaces for treating I* metals and ores." ! The invention, which is described with reference to drawings ()f " a heating and puddling furnace," relates to arrangements :or burning the fuel in such a manner as to drive off the sulphur present without its injuring the iron under treatment, and to i )btain either an oxidizing or a deoxidizing flame, in which latter j ;ase there will be an excess of carbon in the products of j ' combustion in the reducing chamber and the iron will be I ' carbonized thereby." [Drawing.'] 106 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1878, March 14.— No. 1021. HILLS, Henry, and HILLS, Charles Henry. — Treatment of calcined cupreous pyrites. The inventors claim the application of a jigging or water- dressing process to "the separation of unburnt sulphides and kernal copper from calcined cupreous pyrites, and thus " rendering a large proportion of the oxide of iron residue of " such pyrites available for direct smelting in ordinary blast " furnaces." The calcined pyrites may be crushed and screened, using a mesh of from ^ to f of an inch. After separation of i the dust from the crushed ore by a fine screen, the ore may be lixiviated with weak muriatic or sulphuric acid, or with hot water alone, to remove soluble salts of copper and iron ; after which jigging may take place to separate by gravity the bulk of the kernal copper formed in calcination and the unburnt sul- phides from the rest of the ore. Roasting or chloridization and further lixiviation may subsequently take place. The larger sizes of the crushed ore ("which are not obtainable in the usual copper-extraction process) are available as iron ore for smelting in blast furnaces, while the remainder can be used for fettling etc. The treatment applies to cupreous pyrites rich in iron and sulphur and but little silicious. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1878, March 19.— No. 1086. WILLIAMSON, Thomas, and YOUNGER, Alexander.— (Provisional p7'otectio7i only.) — Rolling iron and steel. For rolling rails, angles, beams, and bars, the usual reversing- rolls are " replaced by a series of pairs of rolls arranged in a " continuous line or row." The rolls have strong housings placed as close together as practicable, and, where the metal is first led between the rolls, a number of them are "disposed in " pairs alternately horizontal and vertical," the remainder " being in pairs continuously horizontal." The heated bloom or ingot slides down an inclined way to the first pair of rolls, and by the successive pairs is gradually reduced to the cross- section required, the rolls being grooved so as to effect this, and guides being provided to lead the metal into the grooves. The | MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 107 different rolls are driven by means of gearing at peripheral velocities corresponding to the increasing, length of the metal. Machinery is also described for rolling and shaping axles, crank-pins, etc. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1878, March 19,— No. 1101. J; NO AD, James.— Manufacture of iron and steel, j ; Heaps or beds of wrought-iron and steel scrap in small thin [tpieces are kept moistened with water or a saline solution until I the metal is converted into hydrated oxide of iron (sometimes ! with the aid of galvanic action, the ends of conducting- wires from ( a battery being buried among the metal at each end of the heap). ' The dried heap is afterwards passed between rolls to separate remaining metal (to be used again) from the oxide, which is ! then reduced to fine powder by millstones. I The powdered oxide is placed at the bottom of a crucible jiwith cast iron over it, using 1 oz. of oxide to 1 lb. of iron Containing 1 p. c. of phosphorus. On heating, the iron melts l and is acted on by the oxide, and the metal is cast into I ingot moulds. The ingots obtained are re-melted with iron or steel scrap to produce steel. To cheaply produce a mild steel, an equal weight of lime may be mixed with the oxide in producing cast ingots as above Jescribed. The ingots are piled -with scrap metal," being 'V placed in the midst of the pile or bundle ; and this is heated 'in a furnace" and then hammered and welded. The j resulting slab is re-heated and rolled into rails, j In refining iron, the hearth or bed of the furnace may 'be j ined or covered with the said powdered oxide so that the I'nelted metal comes into contact with it, the refining being I jonducted as usual and being followed by puddling, j \_No Drawings,] I A.D. 1878, March 21.— No. 1131. i'lOLLWAY, John. — Separation of metalliferous substances [ rom pyrites. " A slag rich in iron, from which metallic iron can be r obtained," is produced in treating pyrites or pyrites residues, j ^ith or without other metalliferous substances or slag-producing 108 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. materials, in eitlier a fixed furnace, such as a modification of " the ordinary blast furnace and the Bessemer converter, or a " modified Bessemer," air being driven in at or near the bottom of the furnace. Molten sulphide of iron may be first run into the furnace, and afterwards the pyrites or sulphides etc. are introduced. Part of the sulphur is driven oif as free sulphur and the resulting sulphides are burnt by the air driven in, thereby generating the heat for continuing the operation. Oxide of iron is also produced from the iron of the pyrites and forms a liquid slag with the addition of silicious or other materials, if needed, the slag to be of such a gravity that any accompanying copper regulus will, when no longer agitated, collect beneath it. The slag is withdrawn at intervals when saturated with oxide of iron. \_No Drawhigs.l A.D. 1878, March 23.— No. 1157. LOWRY, George. — (Provisional protextion only.) — Arrange- ments for burning hydrocarbons or liquid fuel. Exhaust steam issuing from nozzles acts as an ejector to draw in air, the combined steam and air passing through a tuyere which may be formed with small holes through it. The tuyere becomes heated by the furnace, and the mixed steam and air is ignited on issuing from it, and is partly burned. Instead of mixing the steam and air they may pass separately, some of the holes in the tuyere being reserved for the air supply. Means are provided for supplying liquid fuel to the tuyere, which fuel becomes volatilized when discharged and burns with the exhaust steam and air. [iVo Dr awing A.D. 1878, March 27.— No. 1216. LAKE, William Robert. — {A comniunicatlon from Charles James Eames.') — Finishing or forming a surface upon sheet iron. A black or blue-black glossy film or coating, which resists corrosion and can be planished by rolling or hammering, may be produced by subjecting previously-cleansed iron sheets, while heated and before final rolling, to the action, first, of a solid, liquid, vaporous, or gaseous carbonaceous material, and, secondly. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 109 of steam at the temperature of incandescent solid matter. The sheets may be arranged, with spaces between them, within a closed casing just heated to redness ; a jet of highly-heated vapour of petroleum or naphtha (with or without some steam) is then introduced, and a carburizing action takes place. After- wards the said vapour is succeeded by incandescent steam alone for about 20 or 30 minutes ; a longer period may produce a brittle coating of magnetic oxide, not susceptible of being polished. Subsequently a planished surface is obtained by heating and rolling piles of three sheets, the relative positions of which are interchanged at intervals to ensure uniform planishing. The mottled surface of Russia sheet iron may be imparted by using hammers with tesselated faces as now practised. \_No Drawing s.l^ A.D. 1878, March 2y.--No. 1242. LIVET, Fountain. — Furnaces. Beyond the melting-chamber of a smelting or puddling " furnace and across the draught," the crown arch is lowered down to a certain distance below the bridge ; " and this down- " ward part of the crown flue is rounded," and its lower face in the flue over the expansion chamber " shown in a drawing is horizontal to" the bridge, so that the heat may uniformly pass nearer the object to be melted or heated. The invention also relates to the jfirebars of the furnace. [^Drawings.l A.D. 1878, March 30.— No. 1253. ASHWORTH, George, ASHWORTH, Robert, and ASHWORTH, Elijah.—'^ Tempering wire." The invention relates mainly to the manufacture of metallic brushes. In the Provisional Specification a continuous process for tempering wire is described which subsequently formed the subject-matter of Specification No. 3513, A.D. 1878. [JDraioing.'] A.D. 1878, April 1.— No. 1279. KING-, John Thomson. — {A communication from Samuel A. Ford.) — Conversion of non-chilling iron into chilling iron. 110 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. To effect this conversion or to increase the depth of chill in light chilling iron," the patentee subjects " a charge of the *' melted metal to the action of an air blast for a limited time " only," say, from 1 to 6 minutes, preferably in a Bessemer con- verter, the blow being cut off either immediately before or immediately after the appearance of the carbon flame " and before the disappearance of the silicon flame." Thus comparatively-cheap hot-blast iron, high in silicon, may be prepared for and utilized in making chill castings etc., in place of using cold-blast charcoal chilling iron, low in silicon. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1878, April 1.— No. 1280. BOWER, GrEORGE, and BOWER, Anthony Spencer. — Pro- tecting iron and steel from corrosion. A protective surface film or coating of oxide or oxides of iron is to be formed upon the metal by the action at an elevated temperature of carbonic anhydride, preferably produced by the combustion of carbonic oxide, which may be burnt to furnish heat for the process. The metal is advantageously coated slightly with sesquioxide of iron or rust before being exposed to the carbonic anhydride. The process may be modified by first using carbonic oxide with an excess of air to form a coating of sesquioxide on the metal, and afterwards employing carbonic oxide alone to reduce the sesquioxide to magnetic or black oxide. The " operations may be continued " as often as necessary, according to the thickness " of film required. INo Drawings,'] A.D. 1878, April 2.—No. 1293. BENSON, Martin. — (A communication from Silas Covel Salisbury.) — Hot blast for metallurgical furnaces, and heating furnaces by gas. To dispense with blowing-machinery and obtain other ad- vantages, the patentee applies " the joint action of superheated " steam, hot air, a heating furnace, and an injector." A blast oven is employed with vertical retorts, set in parallel rows and resting on boxes, which transmit the blast from one retort to the next. Part of the waste heat in the oven may be used to MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. Ill heat the feed air, by passing the air through a hot pipe to an injector at the inlet end of another pipe, whence it enters the retorts at any desired velocity or pressure. Steam, highly super- heated in coils of pipe in the oven, is discharged into the steam nozzle of the injector, so that a highly-heated current of air and probably decomposed steam passes through the tuyeres of the furnace to urge the fire and adds fuel as well. A gate and throttle control the pressure of the blast. The steam " enters " the injector at two points in rear aiid in front of the main " cone," to produce a double blast " more effective than a single one. Waste heat may also heat the boiler employed. This hot blast " may be employed to draw the hot gases down from " the top of the cupelo." The invention also relates to the manufacture of gas from oils, a drawing of a puddling-f urnace being shown fitted with arrangements for burning the gaseous fuel. \_Draivings,'] A.D. 1878, April 4.— No. 1348. EDMUNDS, Henry, junior. — (Provisional protection only,) — Utilizing scrap or waste from tin and terne plate and other manufactures. A rotating cylinder or drum is fitted with a cage, which is packed with the scrap to be utilized, while a central chamber contains ignited fuel. On applying rapid rotary motion, an in- draught of air to the fuel is maintained. The heat generated fuses the coating-metal of the scrap, and the fused metal is dis- charged by the accompanying centrifugal action into the casing of the apparatus, leaving the iron in a clean state to be worked up again into plates. Sometimes a regulated heat is supplied from an adjacent stove. [No Drawings,} A.D. 1878, April 10,— No. 1424. ABEL, Charles Denton. — {A communication from Tliomaa Schoenherger Blair.) — (Provisional protection only.) — Treatment of pig iron. From molten pig iron in a reverberatory furnace (stationary or rotative), oxide of iron will "remove the silicon, sulphur, 112. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " and phosphorus to a large extent, before diminishing the " carbon to any great degree," the action being regulated to prevent such a diminution as would render the metal pasty. To re-carburize the metal, a mixture of finely-divided charcoal or like carbonaceous matter with pasty or adhesive carbonaceous matter, such as coal tar or pitch, and with a little prussiate of potash or analogous substance, may be formed into balls, having a core of previously-treated metal so that the ball may sink into the bath of metal, which rapidly absorbs carbon, and may afterwards be again treated with the oxide. Or the " refining " may be carried further by running the metal, after treatment with the oxide in the furnace, into a vessel containing more of the oxide or other oxidizing-agents, which will reduce the proportion of carbon as desired. The refined metal " may be used in making steel in the open- hearth furnace or crucibles, and therein suitably furnishes carbon for fusing iron sponge. When rich in carbon, it is applicable in different steel-making processes as a carburizer, dispensing with spiegeleisen. It may be used in the Bessemer process when there is an excess of silicon in the charge ; also for puddling (especially mechanical) ; in the charcoal bloomery ; and in making castings. Other oxidizing-agents may replace oxide of iron. [No Drawings.] A.D. 1878, April 15.— No. 1496. CtREY, John David. — Bearings for rolls of rolling-mills etc. To obtain less expensive and more durable bearings than those of brass, the inventor produces an iron or other mefcal casting, having a hollow of greater radius than that of the roll shaft, places it at a suitable distance from but concentric with the neck or shaft of the roll (or another shaft " of the same diameter), and fills the space between the casting and shaft with molten spelter, which runs to the exact size and shape of the neck of the roll " and is kept in position by projections on the casting. Instead of spelter, " a composition of spelter and tin or of spelter and antimony " may be used. Or the said casting may be dispensed with by using " only a casting of spelter or of antimony, or of a composition of both." [Drawing.'] MANUFAGTtJRE OF IRON AND STEEL. 113 A.D. 1878, April 17.— JNo. J 559. TOOTH, William Henry. — Straightening rails. A series of rolls may be fixed in a frame and driven hy gearing. There may be three lower rolls and two upper rolls, which work in a slot with suitable bearings opposite the spaces between the lower rolls. Screws raise and depress the upper rolls, and adjust them so that the rails passed between the rolls may come out straight. The rolls are grooved to hold the rails upright. For passing the rails through sideways, no grooves are required. [Drait'ings.] A.D. 1878, April 23.— No. 1625. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from David Shaio and David Spetice.) — Machinery for rolling wire. The patentee claims a ^' series of rolls arranged in pairs, each pair having two intermeshing gear wheels, in combination with " a shaft " and its gear wheels, which are adapted by their various sizes to impart an increase of speed successively *^ to the respective sets of rolls operated by them, and which alternately engage with the gear wheel upon the axis of the upper roll of one pair and with the lower one of the aforesaid two intermeshing gear wheels of the next pair," the second pair rotating reversely to the first, and an increase of speed of the successive pairs being desirable to take up the " slack " caused by the elongation of the metal during rolling, while undue sudden bending of the wire is avoidable. Sometimes the first set has an upper auxiliary roll to provide an additional groove, through which the wire is first passed. [Drawing,'] A.D. 1878, May 9.~-No. 1866. WILSON, George. — (Provisional protection only.) — Armour plates. Armour plates may be made " by uniting a face of steel with an iron backing by soldering the two together by tin, zinc, " spelter^ bronze, or such like." [iV^o Drawings.'] 114 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1878, May 10.— No. 1881. PRICE, AsTLEY Paston.— -(^ communication from Jean Emile Arthur B. de Langlade.) — Improvements connected with puddling. The claim is for " puddling with the employment of gas " obtained from coal, or gas obtained from combustibles " charged with hydro-carburetted products, in gas furnaces in " which the waste heat is employed" to heat the air or gas, or both, prior to combustion, the gas being washed and cooled on leaving the gas generator. The washing removes the hydro- carburetted condensable products and carburetted dust, thus preventing the overheating of the furnace by hydro-carburetted products evolved from fresh fuel, and ensuring a uniform composition of the gas. Also ebullition due to carbonaceous particles becoming mixed with the oxidized slag will be avoided, together with the consequent obstruction of the passages between the puddling-chamber and chimney. The deposition of soot and tar in the gas passages will be also checked, and the advantages of using gas for puddling may be secured. The washing is effected by jets, spray, or sheets of water, while the gas is traversing passages leading to the furnace. [ Drawing.'] A.D. 1878, May 10.— No. 1883. ROG-ERS, John Henry. — Working-up shearings or other pieces of iron or steel. The shearings or other thin pieces are compressed into blocks, which, alone or with other pieces of the metal, are re-heated (with avoidance of oxidation) and consolidated by a steam hammer or other compresser. Thus a ton of remanu- factured metal " may be obtained from 23 cwt. of shearings. The compression of the shearings may take place in a box or mould, forming a support for a steam cylinder which is provided with a hammer to work in the box, the latter standing upon an anvil. The box has a wrought-iron door, which is hung upon hinges and is secured in its place by cross-bars and screws. The box is lined with steel plates to lessen wear. By repeated blows the contents of the box are beaten down as far as possible, and the resulting block is removed to a reheating- furnace. Hydraulic pressure may replace that of steam. \_Drawing,'\ MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 115 A.D. 1878, May lO.—No. 1891. SHENTON, James.— Equalizing the temperature of rolls for rolling metals and lubricating the journals thereof. To lessen the difference in temperature of different parts of . the rolls and check consequent breakages, hot water, steam, or ^ an equivalent may be applied, instead of cold water, to the ; journals or necks of the rolls to reduce their temperature (particularly in large rolls for rolling sheets) : thus also less oil, ^ grease, or equivalent lubricant will suffice. Modes of providmg I a supply of hot water and steam are described, small pipes ' conducting the moisture or steam to the rolls. l^Draiving,'] A.D. 1878, May 11.— No. 1903. ( SCHAEFFER, Gottlob. — Apparatus for cleaning grain, i The object of this invention is to remove screws, wire, tacks, { shoe pins, or other pieces of iron, which find their way into I grain, during thrashing or other operations. Two or more rows of steel magnets are arranged in pairs extending across and between the two end brackets of a cast- j iron frame, one row being of south polarity and the opposite \ row of north ; the lower ends of the magnets are connected to a cast-iron tie-bar, extending between the brackets. The magnetic poles project through a sloping board, and, the grain being caused to pass slowly down the board, the pieces of iron are seized by the magnets and, by stopping the supply of corn, can be readily removed therefrom ; or the magnets may hang over the sloping board. Electromagnets may be used instead of permanent magnets. {^Drawing.'] A.D. 1878, May 15.— No. 1941. • WESTWOOD, Augustus.— Tuyeres for smiths' fires. The blast passes through a lateral pipe into an annular chamber formed in the body of the tuyere by a tubular diaphragm, and is split by a projection into two currents, which by another projection are caused to converge through an aperture into the interior of the tube, whence the blast issues into the fire through a central oblong aperture in a dome-shaped cover, cemented or otherwise attached to the body. The whole 118 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. chamber becoming very hot, the blast is heated and the tem- perature of the fire raised. The aperture in the cover is kept free from dust by a rod worked by a lever, and the interior of the chamber is cleared by withdrawing a sliding bottom. A modification with a long channel provided with several oblong outlets is adapted for heating lengths of metal. [Drawing,'] A.D. 1878, May 18.~No. 2005. FOX, Samuel. — Straightening rails and bars. Upon a massive frame, the rail (or bar) is laid between two pairs of abutments, which prevent it (as a whole) moving laterally. The frame has upon it a ram or slide having a short stroke to-and-fro at right angles to the rail and actuated by an eccentric or otherwise. This ram passes beneath the rail and between the abutments, and it carries two wedges one on either side of the rail ; the wedges can be raised and lowered, and when either of them is lowered the transverse movement of the ram brings it into contact with the rail, which thus receives the set required ; or the wedges may operate through the intervention of a block adapted to the size and form of the rail. " The ^' wedges are connected by links with the opposite ends of a " lever having its fulcrum in the middle, so that one wedge rises out of the way as the other is brought down to operate " on the rail. A hand-rail enables the workman to control the wadges in any position in which he may need to stand, whilst the rail is moved on progressively, so as to bring each part into position to be straightened. The hand-rail is carried along the machine parallel to the rail to be straightened ; "it is fixed " upon arms on an axis which is coupled with the lever " controlling the wedges." In place of moving the rail longitudinally by manual labour as the straightening proceeds, it may rest upon carrying-rollers which can be set in motion in either direction. Also, to aid the workman, a feeler may come into contact with the part of the rail "between the abutments ; and in connection with the feeler " there is an indicator which points ont the direction and the " amount of any bend." The machine may be made double-acting, so that the rails " may be straightened on flat and on edge on opposite sides of MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 117 the machine ; two straighteners working'' at the same time. The rails may be automatically carried from one side of the machine to the other by carrier chains, [Drau'iitgs.l A.D. 1878, May 20.— No. 2014. NEWTON, William Edward. — (A communication from Henri Eugene AdoJphe Schneider.) — Rotary piiddling-furnaces. The apparatus comprises a firebox, rotary puddling-chamber, smoke-box, and arrangements for actuating the moving parts. The firebox has a cylindrical metal casing, and the flame issues through a large cylindrical opening, which contains a firebridge with a water-chamber protected by oxide of iron and firebrick, a lateral aperture giving access for repairs. The said opening has a hollow metal ring, containing water to cool and protect from heat the brick arch above the firebridge. To the said ring are attached other rings, including a renewable one which is worn by the friction of the end of the rotary chamber. Air is admitted by different passages, including one in the roof above the bridge to obtain an oxidizing-current. Air is forced in beneath the grate, and is so supplied at the feeding and stoking apertures as to prevent the escape of smoke or gas around the doors. The rotary chamber has a double envelope for the circulation of water, and is fettled with oxide of iron. As regards this circulation, the chamber is surrounded by an annular bar or rail, which is grooved on its periphery and is pierced at the bottom of the groove with holes communicating with the double envelope. In the groove fits a collar, which is fixed to lugs projecting from the main framing, and is packed to make a water-tight joint with the rail. Following the movement of the chamber the rail will slide over the collar, which water enters and passes through the holes into the envelope. As regards the connection of the interior and exterior envelopes the ends of the " interior drum " are formed in one circular piece with rabbeted edges and arranged to bear against the skin of the second envelope," the joint being outside the furnace and away from the flames. There is attached a metal ring renewable when worn by rubbing against the corresponding rings of the firebox and smoke-box respectively. The charge 118 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. may be divided into two or more balls by constructing the chamber with one or more interiorly -projecting transverse partitions, which are hollow and communicate with the water space in the envelope. The chamber is rotated by a double cylinder steam engine, having no dead centre, and acting through gearing upon a large toothed wheel around the chamber. Alternative gearing may be provided to vary the speed of rotation by the aid of a clutch. Endway motion of the chamber is prevented, thrust rings being employed on the axles of the supporting rollers. To give access to the rotary chamber, the smoke-box, (which leads toa chimney and through which water circulates), is pivoted on a horizontal axle, carrying a toothed pinion in gear with a rack secured to the plunger rod of an hydraulic pump, (or other power may be used). There are a door and a spy-hole, and a screw adjusts the distance of the smoke-box from the rotary chamber. \_Drawing»'] A.D. 1878, May 21.— No. 2024. MILLS, Benjamin Joseph Barnard. — {A commimicatio7i from William Rees Jenkins^ junior.') — Rolling-mills. " A continuous rolling mill, having all the rolls arranged in " the same position (a horizontal position preferred) which will *' act to compress the iron alternately at right angles and to roll " down the fins formed by one pair of rolls against solid and " unbroken surfaces of the pass in the next pair without the use of twisting guides," may be thus constructed : — The bed- plate is large enough to receive all the housings, and has on each side a longitudinal raised bearing, upon which the standards forming the housings are supported. Upon the standards are secured caps, extending across the spaces between the standards. The standards and caps have various flanges, and the former have feet. At one end the journals of the rolls are extended beyond the housings for gearing the two rolls of each pair together and connecting the different pairs to operating-gear The upper roll of the first pair is " of a general convex " projecting form, while the lower roll is of a general concave form." At the centres of the two rolls there are flat surfaces fitting together, while on each side of these surfaces the convex MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 119 roll is bevelled inwardly, and the concave roll outwardly to the same extent. Beyond these portions the rolls (for rolling rods) may be made on one side with angular indented surfaces and on the other with concave curved surfaces, thus forming two passes, one of a lozenge shape and the other elliptical. The longer axes of the passes diverge outwardly in an upward " direction at an angle of about 45°, while the shorter axes cross the longer at right angles." The rolls of the second pair are reversed, the upper roll being concave and the lower convex, and thus " the inclination of the passes is reversed," the longer axes being inclined inwardly in an upward direction at the said angle. These passes are also somewhat smaller, to reduce the size of the iron. The different pairs are similarly arranged throughout the train with the longer axes of the passes in opposite positions alternately, so that fins formed on the iron in one pass are rolled down and the metal compressed in the opposite direction in the succeeding pass. " The rolls setting " one into the other on inclined lines " require no means for longitudinal adjustment. The rolls have two sets of passes for economy, but only one set is used at a time, the passes in one line being preferably of elliptical and lozenge shape alternately. Guides convey the iron between the rolls. Each guide at its receiving-end is bevelled to an edge and fits immediately upon the lower roll, the forms of the guides being suited to the passes of the rolls. The guides are provided with plates forming straight passages, and have central supporting bars in connection with the standards. The first pair of rolls is actuated through the driving-shaft, bevel-wheels, and a countershaft, and the second pair through a countershaft so geared to the counter- shaft of the first pair as to give it increased speed. The third pair is actuated like the first pair, using such bevelled wheels as to give it greater speed than the second pair, and the fourth pair is actuated through a countershaft geared to the countershaft of the third pair. l^Dravnngs.l A.D. 1878, May 22.— No. 2041. IMRAY, John. — (A communication from Wilhehn Bansen.) — Rolling wire. As improvements upon the prior Specification No. 3083i 120 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A,D. 1877, two sets of three rolls may be arranged in the same framing, one set somewhat in advance of the other and by preference in an inverted position, so as to enable the two sets to be brought near together, and to alter the positions of the working surfaces of the rollers. Both sets being driven by gearing, the wire is led through a guide to the first set of rollers, which subject it to a preparatory drawing, and from which it passes through a second guide to the second set of rollers, and is by them drawn down to the requisite gauge. To impart polish, the wire issuing from these rollers is passed through a finishing- die. In the four-roller arrangement, instead of all being arranged with their axes in one plane, one pair of rollers is arranged sufficiently in advance of the other set that their axles and couplings are clear of each other, so that " both sets can be driven by gearing," a guide leading the wire from the first to the second pair of rollers. Thus wire- rolling trains are constructed with six and four disc-shaped rollers, respectively. Wire of rectangular section can be produced of any desired dimensions by means of one set of rollers by regulating the gauge to which each pair is set, the axles of the rollers being mounted in sliding bearings, adjustable by screws or wedges. Also only half the usual number of rollers are needed for rolling cylindrical wire of different gauges, since one pair of ^' rollers is employed permanently for reducing the wire in one dimension to about the gauge required," before it passes to the second pair of rollers, the peripheries of which have semi- " circular grooves which, in meeting, form the circular die of the required gauge, and which consequently alone have to be changed for a different gauge." [Dratriftg.'] A.D. 1878, May 23.— No. 2062. SOOTT, Michael.— Casting steel. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 4425, A.D. 1876, which relates to the same general subject. To obtain sound castings, closed moulds may be used having passages in which plungers operate to cut off the runners, in- " ternally close their apertures, and compress the metal in the moulds," the plungers being advanced by a wedge moved by MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 121 hydraulic pressure. Two straight ingot moulds may be placed at an inclination, with a wedge between them (according to a drawing) to push apart the two plungers, the ends of which may carry rollers to diminish the friction from contact with the wedge. Again, "the ram of the hydraulic cylinder may be " linked to the middle joint of a toggle, the ends of which " are jointed to the plungers." To resist strains, the cylinder and also the moulds are secured to a block in which the plungers are fitted. A like arrangement may be applied in the case of ingots for armour plates etc. For casting a wide plate, several sets of plungers may act side by side. For running steel from a furnace, in front thereof there may be mounted a ladle, " having trunnions working in bearings at " sufficient height from the ground to command under it a " revolving spout," and capable of being canted by worm gear. The ladle may have its side next the furnace flattened and with a projecting lip. Its opposite side is mora rounded, and has a plug over the centre on which the said spout revolves, A hinged spout, extending from the tap-hole of the furnace, rests on the lip of the ladle. On rails beneath this spout there may run slag trucks, having two sets of trunnions for use in tipping out slag and metal, respectively. The ladle, having been heated by gas flames while inverted, receives the metal from the furnace in an inclined position. To reject approaching slag, " the ladle is canted farther, so that its projecting lip " escapes from under the furnace spout " and the slag runs into the truck below. On raising the plug, the metal flows from the ladle into the revolving spout and thence into moulds. If there be a risk of " a cold set in the ladle," it can be rapidly canted backwards to run its contents into the slag truck. For running steel from a converter, the ladle may rest by its trunnions (provided with worm gear) in bearings at the end of a girder frame, the latter being mounted by horizontal and vertical axes so that the ladle, which is counterbalanced, can sweep round horizontally and also be raised and lowered. The raising may be effected by an hydraulic cylinder, " mounted on " trunnions on the revolving frame of the girder ; and its ram " is linked to the girder." The ladle has on one side of its centre a projecting lip and on the other a plug, which is thus removed from the direct stream of metal entering by the lip. As the converter is gradually emptied, the ladle is lowered to 122 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. suit the gradual depression of the mouth of the converter. Afterwards the sweep of the ladle will bring its plug directly over a revolving spout or a mould. The inventor does not claim " the use of a compressing plunger of smaller area than the section of the mould applied in an open-ended mould or in a mould closed after being " charged with the molten metal," nor generally " the compression of metal cast in a mould by the use of a plunger or piston " fitting the mould and pressing on the whole area of its section." \_Dr (livings,] A.D, 1878, May 23.--No, 2075. GREY, John David, and DAVIES, Isaac— -Cast-iron chilled rolls. To prevent breakages, practically maintain the original and desired dimensions of the roll while at work, render it more durable, and save much lubricant, — the inventors form the roll with a concentric and practically-uniform hole throughout its length, and ' generally pass water or air through the hole to cool the roll while in use and diminish expansion and contraction. It is preferred to cast the roll on end with a wrought-iron pipe previously placed in the centre of the mould or chill, the molten metal being introduced at the bottom of the mould. The pipe is rammed full of sand, or cold water is run through it, to prevent its collapsing during the process of casting, which results in the pipe becoming firmly embedded in the roll. l^Draioing.'] A.D. 1878, May 24. —No. 2081. COUPER, James, the younger, and DOBBIE, Robert.-- {Letters Patent void for loant of final Specification.) — Manufac- ture of iron. In a blast, reverberatory, or. other furnace, oxides of iron, especially the residue of pyrites or blue billy," may be treated ^' to produce metallic iron therefrom, either with or with- " out an admixture of pig iron" or other iron. With 100 lbs. of the oxide there may be mixed either from 5 to 10 p. c. of the chlorides of the alkalies or earths (chloride of sodium MATS^UFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 123 preferred) and 22 p. c. of carbon, or else from 5 to 10 p. c. of the sulphates, sulphites, or sulphides of the alkalies or earths and 25 p. c. of carbon. The dry mixture may be charged into the furnace at once, or be previously moistened with a liquid like water and formed into lumps. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1878, May 25.~-No. 2100. HOPKINS, John. — Annealing-pots. The inventor makes the top and sides of one plate, but the " top or roof is bent to a domed or curved form on a mould by hammering or otherwise pressed or shaped." This form strengthens the pot and resists heat. The ends are simply welded on at the joints to the top and sides. He also makes " the sides and ends of one plate bent to the " required form, and the top of a separate plate carefully bent " on a mould by hammering or otherwise formed." A{terwards the top is " placed in the pot and carefully welded all round." In this case the hollow formed by the peculiar shape of the top is filled with sand, or an equivalent, ^' to prevent the top drop- " ping by reason of great heat " and to preserve the upper plates in the pot from injury. l^Dravnng.'] A.D. 1878, May 27.— No. 2115. LAKE, William Robert. — {A commuiiication from David Thomas.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. To readily produce a soft, pure, homogeneous iron, resembling Norway iron, and a strong, pure, homogeneous steel, similar to crucible steel, suitable proportions of wrought and cast iron are to be melted with charcoal or other carbonaceous fuel, and a very hot air current (preferably heated to 3500^ or 4000° F.) is passed for, say, from 15 to 45 minutes through the molten mass, into which chemicals are introduced. A furnace may be employed placed on posts, and surrounded by a casing so that an annular space is left through which the products of com- bustion from the top of the furnace descend. Thus the furnace is kept very warm and the outer air is prevented from entering it. The hot-air blast is produced as desired, the hot annular 124 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. space being preferably utilized for heating the air by arranging within it a winding pipe connected to two series of tuyeres leading into the furnace. The charge comes under the influence of the hot blast from the upper tuyeres, melts, and falls, en- countering the blast from the lower tuyeres. The latter blast intensifies the heat of the molten bath and increases its fluidity. The tuyeres have slides for introducing the chemicals employed, such as concentrated lye, soda-ash, manganese, and salt. For making iron, about 1 oz. of each may be used to 100 lbs. of metal, and for making steel, a larger quantity of lye and manganese. There may be a third, still lower, series of tuyeres. [Xo I)r(fwhigs.~\ A.D. 1878, May 31.— No. 2186. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (A commumcation from Leonhard Wollheim.) — {Provisional protection only.) — Apparatus for closing the throats of and introducing the charges into blast furnaces etc. The cover to the throat of the furnace prevents almost entirely the escape of gas through the throat, partly by not raising the cover while the " furnace is working and partly by providing a packino-, such as a water joint, between the cover and casing of the throat. On the upper part of the cover there is a charging-box, whence the charges pass through a passage into the furnace, the passage having a closing slide or flap. The charging-box has a cover or slide to prevent the escape of gas when the passage is opened. More than one charging-box may- be used, or they may be dispensed with by suitably contriving the usual charging-trucks to take their place. To spread the charge uniformly over the area of the furnace throat, a horizontal rotary motion round the axis of the furnace may be imparted to the cover and charging- passage, by providing the cover with rollers which run in a circular path. Also the mechanism for turning the cover may simultaneously effect the opening of the flap of the passage more or less, and the introduction of each fresh charge may commence at a different section of the area of the throat. The furnace gases may be taken off at the circum- ference of the throat, or by a central escape pipe, if provision be made for-the same in the apparatus described. \^Drawing,'\ f MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 125 A.D. 1878, June 4.— No. 2229. YATES, Joseph, and WILLFORD, George William,— Water-tuyeres, For securing the loose nozzles to the bodies of water-tuyeres, the body and nozzle may be formed with angular, circular, or other projections and recesses, where they are joined together, the one fitting into the other, to make an airtight and water- tight joint. The nozzle may be made with three flanges or stays, connecting the outer and inner case. The nozzle and body may be secured together by three bolts. By unscrewing the nuts which secure the bolts, the nozzle when worn may be withdrawn with the bolts attached, and the ilatter can be fitted to a new nozzle which then replaces the worn one. In dispensing with bolts, a projecting socket may be formed on the nozzle for screwing it on to the body of the tuyere. Instead of an ordinary screw thread, one strong projecting thread can be formed on the body and a corresponding recessed thread in the projecting socket of the nozzle, which is then secured by turning it one i revolution. Red lead or other packing can be used in making the joint between the nozzle and body. In constructing a tuyere with a loose nozzle designed to ensure a constant flow of water to and from the nozzle, tubes might be used to connect the nozzle to the body and to convey the water to the nozzle. [Dra}ri7ifj.~\ A.D. 1878, June 6.— No. 2252. ' HELMHOLTZ, Otto.— Purifying cast iron. The inventor claims conducting in a suitable furnace a " stream of molten cinder above and against a stream of molten '[^ metal, and utilizing the counter current for the purification " of the pig iron from phosphorus and silicon : " utilizing the • fettling to obtain a cinder stream of varying composition from beginning to end, produced by varying the constitution of the " fettling in the same direction, so gradually supplying oxides ; " of iron, manganese, lime, or other alkaline earths " to form alkaline silicates with the silicon : " leading the stream of iron " over a bottom which varies in different parts, re-acting chemically or not re-acting, viz.^ varying between carbon " and oxides of iron, or lime, magnesia, clay," or mixtures 126 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. thereof. Thus the amount of carbon in the iron may be increased or diminished, and pulverized iron oxides may be mixed with the purified stream of metal when the latter is to be used in the Siemens -Martin process. Purification may take place in a reverberatory furnace having inlet and outlet openings for the metal and cinder. The hearth has a number of transverse dams, so arranged that the fluid mass must flow by serpentine channels from one end of the furnace to the other. The dams are placed on metal hearth plates to form the channels, which receive the fettling. Various parts of the furnace may be cooled by water or air. [Draioings.'] A.D. 1878, June 6.— No. 2260. FERRIE, William. — Blast furnaces. The coal employed in the furnace may be coked so as to utilize the furnace gases or part thereof, whilst the coke is supplied to the furnace in a heated state, without involving difficulties in construction and in repairs. The top of the furnace may be arched over, and several vertical retorts of cast iron or refractory material are " erected in a circle round the " top in chambers or spaces formed in brickwork and heated by the furnace gases, which are led through such spaces " in an ignited state. The retorts are charged at the top, and " the coke is discharged through doors at their lower ends " and passes thence through doors in the furnace roof into the " furnace, the ore and limestone being supplied into the furnace " by the same " or separate doors. Thus the retorts are separated from the main furnace by a space through which the coke passes. Sometimes the ore and limestone may be put into the retorts as well as the coal, being preferably placed therein beneath the latter. Girders and plates or frames form part of the erection at the top of the furnace. Various flues are provided for leading the furnace gases to the spaces around the retorts, and elsewhere to be otherwise utilized. There are inlets for air to burn the gases for heating the retorts. A chimney, having a regulating-damper, may be placed on the centre of the arch of the furnace. To facilitate the smelting operation, air may also be admitted to promote combustion of the gases at the top of the materials in the furnace, the pro- ducts of combustion escaping by the chimney. The vapours and MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 127 gases from the coking-retorts are led into condensing-apparatus so as to collect the tarry products, and the gases may be utilized in the furnace or otherwise. \_Drawing.'] A.D. 1878, June 12.— No. 2338. DOWNlNGr, John Perry, Executor of John Perry Downing. — Making steel and refining iron. In producing steel from pig iron or iron ore by one direct " process," high and varying degrees of heat are employed whereby the injurious matters are more or less volatilized, and certain ingredients are added, the operation being varied according to the quality of iron under treatment and that of the steel required. A furnace (such as a puddling-furnace, cupola, or crucible), containing, say, 1 ton of Cleveland pig iron, from 1 to 3 p. c. of tap cinder, and about 1 cwt. of sponge or scrap iron, is run with the iron," etc., for '''about ■ *' half an hour after melting time to a very high degree of I " heat." Refuse is then tapped off, and 1 to 3 p. c. of oxide of iron or ore, 1 to 3 pounds of black oxide or similar I manganese compound, and half a pound of sal-ammoniac are added, sometimes with stirring. " The furnace is then run again " for about half an hour to a higher temperature/' and 1 cwt. of spiegeleisen is added. After stirring, but without puddling or boiling, the steel is run into ingots. For " the refinement and purification of iron," about 1 ton of Cleveland or other low-class iron may be melted with from 1 to 3 cwt. of Indian, Greek, or similar iron : then " the heat *' is increased and the liquid allowed to remain in the furnace " for from one and a half to two hours ; " whereupon it is " run off into ingots to be subsequently hammered," etc., or used for castings. ^ [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1878, June 22.-~No. 2483. INGRAM, Henry Joseph, and INGRAM, George. — {Provisional 2^^'(^tection 07ily.) — Improvements applicable to puddling and other reverberatory furnaces. I The invention relates to a method of heating furnaces. i [No Draivings.'] 128 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1878, June 24.— No. 2502. BE VAN, David, and MALIPHANT, Charles.— (Provisional protection only.) — Annealing iron and steel. /Two or more furnaces are placed ''at the sides of the heating chamber (thus heating both sides equally), instead of one at " the end," thereby " securing room for more pots." There is used " a separate vault or chamber to heat the pots containing " the iron (gradually up to a certain degree) before removing " them to the principal chamber " for further heating, and they may be gradually cooled in an outer chamber. " Trains, slightly " inclined," may " carry the pots on cars or rollers into the " annealing chambers," each pot pushing forward the preceding one. The gradual heating allows (cheaper) cast-iron pots to be used. '' Doors to chambers are fitted in frames, are made air- tight," and lifted by pidleys or otherwise. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1878, July 1.— No. 2627. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (^4 communication from John F. Be7t7iett.) — Blast furnaces. ' In an improved furnace " the inner walls constitute substan- " tially two frustrums of cones, placed base to base, the lower " one resting its lower end upon the foundation or hearth, and extending upward from one-sixth to one-third the height of the furnace, or to the point of greatest area in cross sec- " tion," whence the upper cone rises the rest of the height. The inner diameter at the base or hearth is preferably two- fifteenths of the height of the furnace, and " the area in cross section at the belly is not less than twice nor greater than four " times the area at the base. The area of the throat is, by preference the same as the base, but may be increased by one- half when desired." The area of the charging- opening, pro- vided with a bell, may be half that of the throat. The tuyeres may be fixed above the base at one-fifteenth the height of the furnace. The higher the tuyeres, if a sufficient heat be main- tained below, the more productive will be the furnace, for the zone of fusion will be increased. The dimensions of the base provide for a larger zone of fusion, " and the heat from the same is correspondingly increased." The tuyeres project into the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 129 furnace, preferably ''until their nozzles reach an imaginary circle, which will divide the area at that cross section into two equal " parts." Thus the walls are less subjected to destructive action and particles of carbon settle thereon. The accumulating carbon forms a lining, resembling plumbago, on the lower part of the furnace and undergoes I'enewal as it becomes worn. There is also free passage for " the molten metal and slags " through the space between the nozzles, which is always kept clear by the action of the blast." In such a furnace the gases tend to ascend through the body of the charge and permeate the whole mass, which result is also favoured by the even distribution of the charge simultaneously eifected. The invention secures a freer action of the furnace. The dimensions given may be somewhat varied, or the furnace may approximate to a cylinder. \_Drawing.'\ A.D. 1878, July l.-No. 2678. BUTLER, Joseph. — Compression of scrap for the manufacture of charcoal bars etc. The present invention is distinguished from other instances of compression, the prior Specifications No. 132, A.D. 1854, (which relates to compressing scrap by hydraulic pressure), and No. 3211, A.D. 1875, (which relates to compressing brass, copper, etc., preparatory to melting), being referred to. To convert charcoal iron (or coke iron) shearings into charcoal iron (or coke iron) bars, a bundle of the shearings (of about I cwt.) is, while cold, gradually compressed into a block, and afterwards two or more blocks, while hot, are compressed together with perfect welding into a bloom, which with or with- out re-heating may be rolled into a bar. To effect the compression, the bundle of shearings is placed in a box, and there is provided a head, which " by the power of " a screw and double-purchase gear, worked by fast and loose '' pulley or small engine, drives the bundle into the press chamber and there becomes at rest and forms one of the walls " of the chamber ; or a small hydraulic ram may push the head along. Two hydraulic rams are now applied, one from each side, to reduce the bundle to the required width, and then a ram beneath applies the final pressure. Afterwards, by the action of levers P 6154 E 130 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. and rods, the hinged bottom of the box is let down and the block is driven out of the machine down an incline. The hydraulic pressure is obtained from a steam accumulator worked direct or by gear, the pump being charged with linseed or rape oil, which by its reverse motion acted upon by the receding head" drawn " back by the screw causes the three hydraulic rams to retire simultaneously." " The machine can be used for shingling puddled balls of any weight or width required," solid edges being obtainable and subsequent waste in the collars of the rolls being avoided. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1878, July 6.— No. 2709. PETTITT, Edwin.— Manufacture of iron. Molten iron is treated to prevent the crystallization of the mass and to cause it to form fibrous iron, by blowing dry powdered foreign materials into the molten metal until the mass is fit to be transferred to moulds to solidify, or to be balled up for squeezing or hammering. A blast of air acts as a stirrer of the molten metal and carrier of the materials into it, the " interposition of films of foreign matter between and around the crystals or as a filmy coating to the cells, of which crystals and cells the mass of metal consists," changing the character of the iron, while the accompanying chemical action removes impurities. All kinds or mixtures of iron may be converted ^ into fibrous iron or steel or steely iron, according to its " quality" and the materials employed, which may vary from ^ to 5 or 6 p. c. of the weight of the iron in different cases. Glass or glassy slag, feldspar, roll scales, hammer slag, iron ore or oxide, protoxide of manganese, anthracite coal, and soda-ash are materials specified. A vitrified glass or slag, without metallic oxides, is used to produce pure iron, and the latter may be then rendered harder or steely by the admixture of spiegeleisen or other iron. The powdered materials may pass from a hopper into a chamber communicating with a blast pipe, which may terminate in a nozzle of fireclay or salt glaze ware, with one or more outlets. = [Drawing. 1 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 131 A.D. 1878, July 9.— No. 2754. BEDSON, George. — Rolling wire, rods, etc. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 1935, A.D. 1862, which relates to the same general subject. The inventor employs "a series of rollers with axes on the same plane and provided with grooves for operating " simul- taneously on two or more wires etc., which are turned over ^' and conducted from one pair of rollers to another by inter- vening spiral guides," the latter being bolted to tables upon which the guides may be made to slide, so as to be brought opposite to different grooves in turn. Thus when one pair of grooves is worn, a second pair may be brought into use. The successive pairs of rollers (which are driven at increasing speeds by the aid of bevel- wheels with appropriate numbers of teeth) roll the metal under operation from one section to another, e.g,^ diamond, oval, or square, until the last pair imparts the finished shape. Owing to the partial turning of the metal by the guides, ''cold edges are presented to successive rollings." [^Dravmig .'] A.D. 1878, July 13.— -No. 2812. FOX, Samuel. — Casting and treating steel ingots and plates. The inventor's prior Specification No. 439, A.D. 1878, is referred to. To produce ingots or plates, formed partly of one quality or degree of hardness and partly of another, a partition is fitted into the mould employed. One part of the mould is then filled with melted steel of one quality, and immediately this has set the partition is removed and steel of the other quality is poured nto the vacant space. The highly-heated steel already in the imould unites perfectly with the melted steel coming into contact with it. The partition occupies an upright position in the mould, so that the joint or union between the two qualities of steel may be vertical, and thus, any air bubbles or surface impurities will not interfere with the soundness of the joint throughout. The partition is formed in separate parts and tapered, and is supported at the back by springs, so that whilst fitting closely in the mould it may be readily withdrawn. In making armour plates of two qualities of steel, after casting, the plate is first rolled while hot and afterwards further P 6154 E 2 132 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. reduced by repeated cold rollings, which harden it and improve its resisting power. During the latter process the metal may be annealed at intervals. \_Drawmg.^ A.D. 1878, July 16.~No. 2835. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — (Provisional protection only.) — — Bessemer converters. The tuyeres and bottoms of Bessemer converters and some- times the entire lining of the converters are made of nearly-pure silica (sandstone, sand, or gannister), the particles being cemented together by a solution of alkaline silicate (preferably silicate of soda) sometimes with a little fireclay. To make tuyeres, an intimate mixture of the materials employed is rammed into a tuyere mould, in which the rods to form the blast passages have been previously placed. The ramming may be effected by a strong plate, loosely fitting the mould and perforated for the passage of the rods. Apparatus for applying pressure is provided. The tuyere is afterwards dried and fired. Again, the whole bottom may be made by ramming the mixture round a number of slightly-tapered rods corresponding to the desired blast passages. In this case the bottom plate is perforated with holes corresponding to the blast passages, and through each hole a short length of metal pipe is driven, the blast being thus led well into the passages. The substitution of perforated bottoms for separate tuyeres is not claimed. A similar but thinner mixture may be used as a slurry an as a cement when silica bricks are employed for linings. \No Drawings."] A.D. 1878, July 17.— No. 2851. SIEGLER, Berenth. — Utilizing waste tinned plates etc. Iron scraps obtained in the following manner may be worked up into iron in the usual way : — Tinned iron scraps etc. are treated with muriatic (or other) acid until the tin is dissolved, leaving the residual iron scraps. The iron in the solution may be precipitated in the form of Prussian blue by means of prussiate of potash, preferably adding a little liquid ammonia. [No Drawing 8 J\ )t I MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 133 A.D. 1878, July 22.— No. 2914. PILLINER, Alfred Colerick, HILL, James Charles, and WILLIAMS, William. — Rolling rail ends and old rails into billets and bars. As an improvement upon the inventors' prior Specification No. 4986, A.D. 1876, in place of fixing the shear blades upon " the rolls, " the inventors mount them upon other rolls or drums with separate spindles or axes. Upon the neck of " one " roll is mounted a spur-wheel, which gears with a spur- wheel upon one of the spindles of the shears. " The shears " then revolve in the opposite direction to the rolls and consequently are able to take the flattened rail from the side on which it is delivered by the rolls. " Or in the same standards as the rolls may be mounted a spindle, above and in gear with the upper roll, and then the upper roll and spindle carry the shear blades. Again, for this spindle may be sub- stituted a grooved roll, so that the rolls are then three high " and the shearing blades are then carried upon the 4ower and the middle roll." The claims include the machinery for flattening or reducing the heads and flanges of the rails, then dividing the web longitudinally, and afterwards rolling the resulting pieces on edge, the shearing being effected by rotary shears as the metal is returning from the back to the front of the rolls. [Drawing.] A.D. 1878, July 27.— No. 2984. HOEY, David GIeorge. — Tuyeres for blast furnaces. The ordinary water coil pipe is covered with the cast-irop or other covering on the outside only, and is made open to inspection in the interior by leaving a space, within which is an inner tube to receive the nose pipe for conveying the blast into the furnace. The space between the coil pipe and inner tube is left open at the back, and, in the event of the tuyere becoming burnt, the water instead of entering the furnace is forced backwards by the blast into the atmosphere. Into the said space a small water pipe is introduced above the inner tube to cool the nose of the tuyere (and any other point requiring extra cooling). The coil pipe may be "made of a flattened form ' against the outer covering " to increase the cooling-surface. 134 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. The water introduced by the small pipe runs off freely at the back of the tuyere. [Draiving.'] A.D. 1878, August 3.— No. 3089. LONGrSDON, Alfred. — {A commuyiicat'mi from Alfred Krupjo.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. Iron may be purified from manganese, silicon, sulphur, and phosphorus by melting it with basal oxides of iron, and some- times oxides of manganese and limestone, in a high shaft furnace, which is lined with iron ore, bauxite, magnesia, coal, slate, or other base ; or which is provided with double walls and a water jacket, and has a hearth lined with basal or neutral material. Also, fluid iron from a blast furnace may be purified by passing it through a furnace, filled with coke and oxides as aforesaid. It is desirable to move " the proper smelting space into a higher part of the shaft furnace by means of main tuyeres " situated high up, so that the fluid materials travel a greater way together " and interact as much as possible, " one or several rows of tuyeres, for re-heating the already fluid iron " and to keep it fluid," being employed. The ore may be used in the form of briquettes by coking it with coal. The furnace may have a portable fore hearth, lined with carbon to prevent decarburization of the metal therein, which may be preserved from the action of the slag by a separating overflow arrangement for the latter. The furnace may be constructed in stories or tiers, in descending through which the purification of the metal gradually proceeds. The " lower shaft " may form " the fore " hearth of the upper shaft," and may receive fresh ore and coke, and the slag of the lower shaft may be used as or like ore for the upper shaft. The fluid metal can be conveyed in the fore hearth to other furnaces for further treatment, and is very suitable for puddling. The metal, being almost free from manganese and silicon, will not attack the hearth of the puddling-f urnace in the usual manner. [^Drawing.'] A.D. 1878, August 23.— No. 3331. NURSE, George. — {Provisional protection only,) — Preparing iron plates for coating with tin etc. MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. 135 By first drying or cold rolling, plates for tining etc. can be annealed at a lower temperature, one annealing is sufficient, and a portion of the scale is burnt off. [No Drawings.^ A.D. 1878, August 27.— No. 3379. TAYLOR, William Henry Osborne. — (Provisional protection only.) — Casting steel ingots. Closed or open horizontal moulds are employed, from which the ingots may be removed with greater facility than from ordinary vertical moulds. The liquid metal is treated with manganese, or manganese and silicon, or otherwise as well known, to prevent its boiling up in the mould and becoming unsound when set. Also the metal may be slightly cooled to render it less liable to boil, by running it through a long trough into the mould. Several moulds may be arranged parallel to one another in a frame. Or a long iron trough or frame may be employed, wherein the moulds are formed or lined with tiles, slabs, etc. of baked clay. The trough is divided into separate moulds of any desired length by transverse tiles or blocks, which should contain an opening or passage to allow the molten steel to run into and fill all the moulds simul- taneously. The frame or trough is provided with trunnions for turning it over and tipping out the ingots, and the trough may be triangular or V-shaped in cross-section, or quad- rangular but rather wider at top than at bottom. Again, by clamping the cover on the mould, it may be transported else where in an inverted position and the body of the mould be subsequently lifted off, leaving the ingot on the cover. The moulds may be shaped according to the articles to be made from the ingots to save labour in fashioning, sand being some- times employed. [_No Drawings.} A.D. 1878, August 27.— No. 3383. EDWARDS, Henry. — Manufacture of firebricks etc. Fire-ware goods, as capable of resisting heat as Dinas fire- bricks, may be made by calcining flint stones in a kiln, crushing the calcined flint, and grinding and mixing the crushed flint with nearly-clear lime water in a pan wherein edge-runners 136 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. revolve. The flint need not be ground to powder, lumps as large as filberts being permissible for the firebricks, but finer grinding is requisite for crucibles etc. The resulting plastic composition is moulded, dried and baked. The lime should not exceed 3 p.c. of the mixture, as it is only used to make the composition plastic and binding, and enable the moulded articles to be baked hard in the kiln. [No Drawings^] A.D. 1878, August 28.— No. 3396. REDFERN, George Frederick. — {A communication from William Mann,') — Puddling and other reverberatory furnaces. The improvements include providing a coking-chamber, whence the fuel is pushed into the fire-chamber and keeps up a live fire, so as to ignite the smoke and air together. The gas generated in the coking- chamber mixes with hot air and is converted into flame. " Nearly all the sulphur in the coal is driven off in a gaseous state, and thus sulphurous acid mingling with the air over the fire is at once driven off " before it can attack the iron in the melting chamber. By " thus protecting the iron from the action of the sulphur, a " finer and better grade or quality of iron is produced, both " with regard to tensile strength and fibre, and is particularly suitable for making steel and fine sheet iron." [^Drawing.l A.D. 1878, September 5.— No. 3513. ASHWORTH, George, and ASHWORTH, Elijah.— Treat- ment of wire. Wire for cards, brushes, or other uses is hardened and tempered, by being passed through a smokeless flame produced, say, by a row of Bunsen burners and then immediately plunged in an oil or other bath without contact with the air. The process is continuous, the wire being ^ound from one set of coils to another at any desired speed, and passing in the interim (preferably in a straight line and guided by supports) through the heating-flame and cooling-bath. The bath is perforated at the ends for the passage of the wires, the end nearest the flame being protected by a plate. The holes in this end of the cistern are larger than the wire and allow the cooling-medium MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 137 to flow out and fall between the cistern and the protecting plate, thereby filling this space and protecting the wires from the air. The flame is steadied by a shield and its length or breadth may be regulated. A tension arrangement consisting of rows of pins, or guides and metal cylinders through or over which the wire passes, is applied to the receiving-side of the apparatus. For annealing purposes the use of the tempering-flame may be dispensed with, and the hot wire simply passed into the bath, which contains oil, water, lime-water, or other suitable liquid. This method is applicable for annealing wire used in the manufacture of needles. A.D. 1878, No. 3513.^^ Disclaimer and Memorandum of Alteration to the Specification of the preceding invention, filed February 20, A.D. 1885, by George Ashworth and Elijah Ashworth. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1878, September 6.— No. 3534. EVANS, William. — (Provisional protection only.) — Furnaces. A melting and refining chamber is placed between, and separated by bridges from, a puddling-chamber and the fire- place of the furnace. The refining-ch.imber is placed higher than the puddling-chamber and the reverberatory arch of the furnace is correspondingly inclined, the flame passing over the refining to reach the puddling chamber. Jets of air, introduced by pipes passing through the crown of the arch, may be projected on to the surface of the melted iron in the refining- chamber in order to refine it. The air mixes with the gaseous products from the fireplace, promotes their combustion, and produces an intense heat. Also jets of steam may be used. After the metal has been refined, it runs through a passage into the puddling- chamber to be puddled as usual. While one charge is being puddled, a second is melted and refined. The improvements apply to single or double furnaces. \No Drawings.] A.D. 1878, September 10.— No. 3572. DRAKE, William. — Manufacture of iron and steel. The invention consists in refining and making malleable 138 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " iron direct from the cupola, by mixing the compound," to which the inventor's prior Specification No. 486, A.D. 1877, relates, " with old wrought scrap iron, or Bessemer or other " steel, intermixed with the pig metal sufficiently smelted to " amalgamate and become malleable when drawn out of the " furnace for cast-iron malleable purposes ; and also in mixing " metal made by the same compound with scrap iron or steel " to be run down an inclined step channel into a puddling " furnace and then puddled." \_No Draio'uigs.'] A.D. 1878, September 12.— No. 3612. TAYLOR, William Henry Osborne, and WAILES, John. — {^Provisional protection only.) — Manufacturing steel ingots. In rear of the horizontal moulds employed, to which the prior Specification No. 3379, A.D. 1878, relates, are fitted ways for a travelling trough, which " is bent at right angles at its " forward end to form a spout parallel to the moulds " for delivering the molten metal into them. This gutter runs under and receives a continuous supply of metal from a stationary gutter, while presenting its discharging-mouth to the moulds in succession. By thus filling the moulds from the top in a broad stream, the boiling of the metal and the cutting of the moulds by the falling metal are prevented. The moulds consist of open metal troughs, and by inserting an arched block or tile therein, the metal poured in will be divided up to form two ingots." The inventors place " trans verseiv of these moulds and near their " opposite ends, cross bars of iron fitted with rough hooks or studs at equal distances apart and so arranged as to enter the " several moulds and bed into the molten metal." After the metal has set, a travelling crane raises the bars together with the ingots, but, owing to the strain on the latter, they break '4n the line of the block or tile and the ingots will then hang " perpendicularly in the air " ready for delivery, and thus labour is saved. Again, a double ingot may be cast in two moulds set end to end, with clay at the joints ; and the two ingots, when lifted, will break asunder in the middle or at a point coinciding with the junction of the moulds. Sometimes a rectangular metal lifting-strap is made to embrace the ingot by being placed inside the mould, which may be recessed to receive it. [No Draivings.'] MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 139 A.D. 1878, September 17.— No. 3663. WISE, William Lloyd. — (A communication from Aristide Balthazar d Berard.) — " Gas blast furnaces." A reducing or smelting furnace " consists of two reverberatory " gas furnaces, connected together so as to form a hearth fur- nace, serving as an elaborating chamber for the re-actions " which the ores have to undergo : this portion corresponds to " the blast furnaces now in use. The sole or bed forms a '* double crucible," and is movable for repairs. On a middle " projecting portion rest the added fuel and the substances to " be reduced, contained " in a shaft or upright chamber. The metal reduced from the ore under the action of the mixed fuel and gases accumulates in the bed and is tapped o£E by either of two apertures. A grating may support the charge while a new is substituted for an old bed. The mixture of carbonic oxide and carbonated hydrogen employed is distributed by inclined tuyeres, which are supplied centrally with hot air to burn the gases. The combustion first heats the two crucibles of the bed and then converges towards the shaft. The initial pressure of the gases or a partial vacuum in the furnace caused by an exhauster aids the working, hermetically-closing doors etc.prevent - ing either inward or outward leakage. " The arches are formed of cast-iron blocks (voussoirs)," lined with firebrick and cooled externally by water. Magnesia, bauxite, or plumbago bricks can be used. The ore is subjected to the highest tempera- ture under a reducing or neutral flame. The gases are after- wards utilized for generating steam and heating the air (under pressure) for combustion. The ore, fluxes, and sufficient solid fuel to absorb the oxygen of the ore are introduced through a charging-hopper or chamber with a water joint and double- closing flaps. The brickwork air-heating apparatus contains longitudinal passages with transverse iron heating-tubes, in which the air circulates : " they are thus bedded in the masonry and protected from the action of the flame." Their open ends terminate in a closed chamber. Asbestos joints at the ends of the tubes in the chamber prevent leakage and facilitate their replacement. A supplementary firegrate may aid in raising steam and heating the air. The gas generator has a double-closing hopper and a chamber (wherein the gases are produced) with a replaceable bed and inclined blast tuyeres. A "purifying regenerator" of the gases is employed, containing 140 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. a movable bed and charged with incandescent coke mixed with lime, which raise the temperature, decompose steam, tarry- vapours, and carbonic acid, and absorb sulphurous gases, super- heated steam being also used. The claims include the method of cooling the arches of reverberatory furnaces. A special arrangement allows of repairs and the replacing of the flat " arch blocks forming the base of the construction and of their compression endwise' to counteract " shrinkage from heat. A slightly-modified arrangement applies to the second fusion of cast iron, instead of using cupolas. [Di^aivings.'] A.D. 1878, September 20.— No. 3729. NO AD, James. — (Provisional protection only.) — Smelting and other furnaces. Fuel and iron ore are fed into the top of the smelting- furnace, "but the draft, in place of being upwards," is led from the bottom of the furnace by a flue or channel sloping " somewhat downwards to a chamber ; " in which the slag and molten metal collect to be drawn off or further treated. The chamber has a chimney for producing the draught, and may have two communicating furnaces, one on each side. Tiers of openings round the sides of the furnaces may admit air for combustion at different levels. Products of the combustion of deleterious materials, like sulphur, in the fuel or ore may be withdrawn by outlets at a higher level than some of the tiers of inlet openings, in order to prevent contamination of the metal in the lowest and hottest part of the furnace. Like furnaces may be used for heating ovens or chambers in which metals are heated or melted, the heated gases from a chamber, placed as above described, rising into the oven or chamber to be heated. l_No Dravnngs.l A.D. 1878, Septemder 27.— No. 3819. TAYLOR, William Henry Osborne, and WAILES, John.— (Provisional protection only.) — Hollow ingots or castings. Molten metal is poured into a rapidly-rotating mould, and its surface assumes the paraboloidal form, becoming approximately- cylindrical if the velocity is sufficiently high. \_No Drawings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 141 A.D. 1878, September 30.— No. 3850. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A communication from Auguste Seguin.) — Tempering or increasing the power of resistance of metal articles. The heated articles are immersed, either entirely or at the parts subject to compression under the strain to be resisted, in " either sulphuric acid diluted with water, dilute hydrochloric " acid, or turpentine mixed with say about from five to six times " its volume of water." The temperature of the bath may be from 60° to 100° or even 200° Cent., and the article remains therein until its temperature sinks to that of the bath, after which it is plunged into cold water. IDraimng.'] A.D. 1878, October 4.— No. 3911. BATEMAN, Daniel. — Tempering small steel wire by machinery. Card wire is raised to a low red heat, by being drawn through a tube heated by gas jets and surrounded at a little distance by brickwork, and is delivered into a cistern filled with a cooling- medium kept at a constant temperature by cold water flowing through coils. It is next passed through clips to remove the hardening-liquid, and then over heated plates, and through a thin layer of soft packing between cisterns of cold water. The heated plates are enclosed by a metal cover, or may be replaced by a tube of similar construction to the first tube. l^No Draioings.'] A.D. 1878, October 5.— No. 3928. CLIFFORD, Ak'i HUR. — Rolling cylindrical rods or bars. Three (or more) conical rolls are mounted upon axes arranged about a common axial line. The bases of the conical rolls are more distant apart than their small ends, which are separated by a distance equal to the diameter of the rod to be made. The axes of the rolls consequently make a considerable angle with the axial line about which they are arranged. The rolls are so mounted that they can be inclined to one another at different angles, so as to manufacture rods of different sizes. They are geared together to rotate in the same direction and at the same speed, preferably by the gearing hereinafter described. 142 MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. The axes of the rolls also have such a position that they cross at a small angle the said axial line, that is, the plane in which the axis of each roll is situated crosses at a small angle the plane in which the axial line described is situated." On the end of the axis of each roll a sphere is formed ; and the shaft, by which power is transmitted to the roll, has at its end a hemispherical cup which fits the said sphere. In the said cup and at opposite points are pins or projections, and in the said sphere are slots in which the said pins engage. " The slots in the sphere are in the plane in which the axis of " the roll carrying it is situated. The said shaft and the axis of the roll are inclined to each other at a considerable angle, but the rotatory motion is readily transmitted " by the arrangement described. A mass of metal is introduced between the rotating rolls at their larger ends, and is seized by them and carried forward and delivered at the other end of the rolls in the form of a solid rod, which may be afterwards passed through a draw plate to give it a smooth surface. Cylindrical rolls may replace the conical rolls. [Drawings. ~\ A.D. 1878, October 8.— No. 3953. TAYLOR, William Henry Osborne. — Casting and handling steel ingots. Closed or open (preferably horizontal) moulds, larger in area at the top than at the bottom, are employed, so that the ingots may be removed with greater facility than from ordinary vertical moulds. To avoid unsound ingots, due to the boiling up of the molten metal, with the latter is mixed some f erro- manganese and silicious pig iron (or other compound containing silicon). Insufficient silicon to injure the steel will suffice to check boiling. In the Bessemer process it is preferred first to eliminate the silicon from the charge by blowing slowly or at a comparatively-moderate temperature, and finally to add the gilicious alloy. A long trough may be divided into moulds of any desired length by transverse fireclay tiles or blocks, which contain an opening or passage to allow the molten steel to run into and fill all the moulds simultaneously. Again, a limited length of the MANUFAOTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. 143 trough may be lined with loam or other bad conductor of heat, which will keep the portion of molten metal in contact with it hotter than the rest : "a rupture of the metal will take place at these parts, and will thus divide the casting into separate " ingots." Or instead of using one long trough, open-ended moulds may be placed end to end and the joints luted with clay : " the cast ingot in cooling will then divide at the joints of " the moulds." For lifting the ingots, there may be provided rings, hooks, or analogous devices, " which being embedded in or cast with the " ingot will provide a hold for grappling irons pendent from " lifting chains." Or the moulds may have loose end pieces, to which the ingots become attached, and which serve for lifting them by the aid of staples or rings ; or there may be a central lifting- ring or loop, or end lifting-rings, through which the metal runs. Again, the mould may be formed with removable portions arranged to admit of the ingot being lifted from the mould by grippers. For casting, several horizontal moulds may be placed parallel to each other and transversely to a pair of rails, whereon the casting-ladle carriage runs. This travelling ladle, after being filled by means of troughs, is brought opposite to or over the moulds in succession for charging them. Or a travelling trough may convey the metal from a fixed trough direct to the moulds. After filling several moulds, the truck which carries the series of moulds may be shifted to bring another batch of them within range of the travelling trough. The latter is a long inclined channel, mounted on wheels and with a spout at its lower end extending at about right angles therefrom. Or the moulds may be brought on a truck successively in line with a fixed trough. Stoppers regulate the discharge of the metal. The invention is partly applicable when using vertical moulds. {^Draivings.l A.D. 1878, October 9.— No. 3975. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — Furnaces for making iron and steel, and manufacture of refractory basic materials. The inventor's prior Specifications No. 4422, A.D. 1877, and Nos. 289 and 908, A.D. 1878, are referred to. 144 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Silico-aluminous magnesian limestone, containing preferably from 5 to 7 p. c. of silica, from 1*5 to 3 of alumina, and from 1 to 3 of oxide of iron, and the more magnesia the better, may be used for lining furnaces, particularly iron and steel furnaces, when prepared as described. Aluminous non-magnesian lime stone forms an inferior substitute. Blocks of the stone, after being dried at a low heat, are gradually raised to and kept at a very intense heat for many hours, till they assume a dense, compact, hard, shrunk structure, all the silica, alumina, etc. combining with the lime and magnesia. The firing is followed by very gradual cooling, and access of cold air must be pre- vented throughout. The strong basic blocks so formed may be used with a basic cement, either with or without subsequent dressing, for lining Bessemer converters and open-hearth steel or other furnaces where basic slags are to be produced. Also the blocks may be ground with liquids to form basic cements or ramming material. The blocks might also be used ^' for the " manufacture of crucibles for steel melting, which may be cut out of the blocks before or after firing." The kiln used for the firing may be lined with lime or silica bricks, and must have a down draught ; which should be equally spread over the base of the kiln by forming a false bottom containing numerous flues. The fireplaces should suffice to produce a heat at least equal to that used in burning silica bricks, and the blocks are preferably not stacked higher than 4 feet! [No Drmvings.l A.D. 1878, October 9.— No. 3993. CORDIER, Nicolas. — Manufacture of iron and steel. The invention provides "a means of converting Bessemer *' metal, or any other metal coming from sole furnaces, into a ^' special " superfine cast iron. An ordinary, or preferably a Yoisin, cupola is employed. Coke or charcoal, previously carburetted by some hydrocarbon, is placed in the cupola with the metal, and evolves hydrogen which carries off the sulphur and other metalloids still contained in the metal, a higher temperature and a saving of time also resulting. The cast iron obtained is very suitable for making good grained iron and puddling steel." By fusing different mixtures of this cast MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 145 iron with old Bessemer rails or scraps, wheel tyres, or hoops, in the crucible and on the hearth (sole), " a SQries of fine tool and mild steels (including steel for armour plates or rails) is obtainable. To make fine steel, old rails may be pickled in a bath composed of about 1 gallon of water, 2 J lbs. of hydro- chloric acid, and 1^ lb. of sea salt, before being mixed with the cast iron and fused. Grained iron or Swedish iron can be fused |- with the special cast iron to make steel. Another manufacture is 'Hhe steel for puddling, obtained without fusion, and refined as about to be described. " An ordinary puddling-f urnace or a " gas puddler " is employed, and the special cast iron is puddled, without adding anything, to obtain a " puddling steel " or a steely iron according to the degree of decarburation. The lump of puddling- steel is shingled, rolled, pickled in the said ibath, and heated to 500° or 600° Cent., and then refined by exposure to a mixture of carbonic oxide, proto-carbonate of " hydrogen, " and ammoniacal gas, after which it is slightly hammered and can compete with cast steel. Again, when the Bessemer operation is terminated, 10 p. c. by weight of the special cast iron is fused and thrown into the converter, and the two metals are mixed by blowing, before running into ingots to j obtain a true steel by rolling or hammering. Also the special cast iron, freeing itself from carbon with facility in presence " of metallic oxides, is applicable " in manufacturing malleable cast iron. [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1878, October 14.— No. 4063. THOMAS, Sidney Oilchrist.— Manufacture of steel and iron, and production of refractory bricks. The inventor's prior Specifications Nos. 289, 908, and 3975, A.D. 1878, are referred to. 1. In producing refractory basic linings for Bessemer con- ' verters and open-hearth furnaces, to diminish the amount of silica and alumina imparted to the slag by the wear of the lining, there may be used local kinds of magnesian limestone " in which the silica and alumina together amount to less than I five per cent, though to more than two per cent, of the " whole." The lower percentage may be approached if 2 or 3 p. c. of oxide of iron be also present, and the latter may 146 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. even reach 5 p. c. in particular cases. Limestone, low in magnesia, or even chalk forms an inferior substitute. Mixtures of a nearly-pure magnesian limestone with from 3 to 5 p. c. of oxide of iron, or 3 or 4 of clay, may be also used. A very finely-ground and regular mixture or mass of the material employed is moistened and formed, preferably under great pressure, into bricks or blocks, which, after drying, are gradually heated and at length fired for many hours at a very intense white heat to produce a compact, hard, dense, shrunk structure. A kiln fired by a regenerative gas furnace will conveniently produce the intense heat required. It should have a down draught, with flue holes evenly distributed over its bottom. It may be lined with basic lime or best silica bricks, and its bottom be formed of lime bricks. The cooling must be very gradual, and access of cold air be avoided. A basic cement for the bricks may be formed by grinding some of them and mixing with a little of solution of silicate of soda. 2. In treating phosphoretic pig iron in a Bessemer converter lined with basic lime bricks, lime (with or without some oxide of iron), preferably first highly heated as by the flame of the converter, may be employed in such proportion that the slag shall contain over 40 p. c. of lime and magnesia together, under 20 of silica, and under 14 of phosphoric acid, — assuming all the phosphorus in the pig to go into the slag as phosphoric acid, and allowing for the wear of the lining. The pig should preferably contain not more than 2^ p. c. of silicon. Much of the lime (advantageously magnesian lime) is introduced before running the metal into the converter, the rest being generally added after blowing for some minutes to raise the temperature. [No Drawings.'] A.D, 1878, October 15.— No. 4097. HACKNEY, William. — Regenerative gas furnaces. According to this invention, which is illustrated by drawings of an open-hearth steel-melting furnace, a flame is obtained com- mencing only in the working chamber and directed downwards on to the matters to be heated, by introducing the gas into the chamber in one or more horizontal or inclined streams and by MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 147 directing the air downwards upon it in vertical or more steeply inclined streams. Each air-inlet port may be wider than the corresponding gas port, so that the air may lap round and partly mix with the gas, (but this is not claimed) ; or the gas ports may be wider than the air ports ; or both may be of the same width, if the air ports are sufficiently above the gas ports for the air to spread before striking the gas. Or the air (or gas) may be admitted through a transverse slit. Again, if the gas ports are high, narrow, and close together, the air may be directed I between them instead of vertically above the centre of each, or ^ the arrangement may be otherwise modified, the gas sometimes I tapping partly round the air. Thus, the flame is directed away from the roof of the furnace (and also from its sides, by making the ports narrower than the r chamber or converging towards its centre), thereby checking I waste of fuel and injury to the brickwork. IDraioingd.'} A.D. 1878, October 21.— No. 4195. I BARFF, Frederick Settle. — (Letters Patent void for want ' of final Specification.') — Protection of iron and steel surfaces, r As improvements upon the inventor's prior Specification No. 862, A.D. 1876, a protective coating or film of oxide or oxides of iron may be formed upon the surface of objects com- posed of iron or steel by submitting them to the action of super- heated steam. \^No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1878, October 22.— No. 4201. ROBERTSON, James. — Frictional screw gearing, and shaping wires, rods, etc. Skew rolls or bevel discs may be employed for drawing, rolling, straightening, and smoothing wire, rods, etc. The skew disposi- , tion of the rolls or discs produces a combined rolling and screw self-feeding forward motion on the article operated on. Motion is solely transmitted to the rolls or discs by frictional contact between their surfaces and the surface of the article. The rolls or discs are caused to revolve around the article in a revolving housing, and the article is thereby propelled forward with a longitudinal motion only. The rolls or discs have a sun and 148 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL, planet motion around the articles they roll, draw down, or " finish. Driving gear, except for giving motion to the revolving " housing, which can be simply done by a pulley and !-trap or other gear, is dispensed with." For rolling rods and wire, the skew rolls may have their axis spindles " set in eccentric adjustable bush bearings," and placed in a hollow cylindrical re- volving housing composed of two cylindrical parts, one part being keyed on a hollow spindle through which the rod being rolled passes. The eccentric bushes of the roll spindles have squares on their ends for turning round and setting the rolls to any required size of wire or rod. To keep the wire centrally between the rolls, small guides are placed inside the revolving housing, and to keep it from turning round, pairs of nipping- rolls are provided at the entering and delivering ends of the housing. A tubular guide is also provided. Instead of the skew rolls being adjustable in the revolving housing by eccentric bushes, they may be made adjustable by screws or other means. A convenient mode is "to bore out " transverse seats in a cylindrical or other shaped revolving housing in which is placed a separate sliding bush for each ro.l, and held in position by set screws or other means, or the roll " bushes may be placed on short pivot pieces and thereby be " readily set to any angle or pitch of frictional thread required." Instead of the housing revolving on necks, it may be made to revolve on a hollow centre or centres through which the article is passed, and may be of any convenient length to receive the rolls and the housing. Recesses for the rolls may be cylindi'ical or otherwise formed and with ad justing- arrangements for the rolls. Instead of skew rolls of a parallel form, bevel discs analogous in form to bevel- wheels may be set in bearings in a revolving housing. The oblique tangential impingement on the "articles or screwing forward rolling action being " obtained in the said bevel discs by having their centres " placed a little to the one side of the axis of the revolving " housing in reverse positions, and to the centres of rods " or articles being operated upon, an,d revolve in reverse " directions to each other. Where the discs in a pair are " placed in a following position to each other and revolving " in the same direction the required oblique tangential impinge- " ment on the rods is obtained by the centres or axes of both " discs being placed a little to the one side of the axis of MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 149 • the revolving housing or centre of the rod being operated upon to the same side or position of the housing axis. " Steel and hardened discs of this form by reason of the differential action of their surfaces on the rods have a " burnishing action and produce a higher " polish than parallel skew rolls. For straightening railway rails, T, angle, or other section I of bars, the inventor uses similar rolls or discs mounted in a I revolving housing and places the rail or bar in a cylindrical ! case, the rolls or discs acting on the periphery of the case \ and straightening through the intervention of the case. Three I dies may be in halves or solid, and are formed at their centres 1 to suit the cross-section of the rail or bar. These dies are cylindrically shaped externally and are kept in a central position, the rail or bar being passed through them. Three i rolls, rolling on the external surfaces of the dies, " are each I " made to press on a die so that it rolls upon and presses "it a little to the one side so that on a straight" rail J or bar being passed by the entering nipping-rolls " then increasing the heat to the full welding temperature and " rolling the pile upon or in the bed of iron turnings until the " softened surface of the pile is completely coated with the said " turnings, and then removing the coated pile from the furnace " and welding it by hammering or rolling." The pile has no bands or ties. The turnings protect the pile from the increased heat and assist in the final welding. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1879, December 16.— No. 5150. SIEMENS, Charles William. — Manufacture of iron and steel.. At the back of a rotary furnace or vessel for reducing iron.. ore or puddling iron, an annular casing may surround the 252 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. throat ; and from this casing are led " two or more pipes along and within the refractory lining of the vessel to a trunnion joint at the centre" of its front. In this joint is provided a " facing, like that of a rotating slide valve, with ports communicating with those pipes, and also with a supply " and discharge pipe connected to the trunnion.'' As the vessel revolves, water circulates, keeping the pipes themselves and the furnace throat comparatively cool and thus protecting the throat. As the cooled pipes extend ''along the interior of the " rotating vessel, a portion of the molten material solidifies on ^' them, encrusting them" with inwardly-projecting longitudinal ribs, which cause the i pasty mass to roll over on itself, thereby promoting the reducing and puddling action. To subdivide the mass into portions to form balls of convenient size, the pipes along the interior surface of the vessel have projecting bends or expansions. The material encrusts these bends and forms mounds, which divide the more or less viscid mass into separate lengths, each of which by the rolling becomes a ball. '' The ^' working door of the furnace occupies a place in its front out of the centre, clear of the trunnion, and also of the branch pipes radiating from it to the longitudinal pipes." For charging, the vessel is turned with the door above the centre ; and for withdrawing the balls, is stopped with the door under the centre. Several separate casings with circulating-pipes may replace the annular casing. To apply pressure to molten steel to check porosity and obtain sound ingots etc., a strong mould may be secured to a base block and to a cover, which has an aperture for injecting water after the mould has been charged with fluid metal, the aperture being then closed. At first the heat tends to make the water assume the spheroidal state, but as steam is generated irom it the metal becomes subjected to a high pressure, which prevents the formation of cavities in the mass. The cover has an inverted cup or bonnet, forming a bell, which dips into the fluid steel and prevents steam passing to the sides of the mould. The cover may be secured by an elastic fastening, as a steel key, or provided with a safety valve, to limit the pressure within the mould. The pressure forces fluid metal up into the narrow space between the outside of the cup and the mould, where it chills and '' stops all exit." Again, the water may be introduced in a sealed case, or other liquid or solid MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 253 substances, such as ammonium carbonates or mixture of alka- line nitrates with charcoal, arranged to generate high-tension gases or vapours without explosive action, may be used ; or a piece of wood may generate gas when pushed down by the safety-valve rod on to the hot metal, and may have a cavity, containing water, ammonium carbonate, pitch, etc., to aid in generating the pressure. "When the metal has nearly set, the fixing of the cover is eased, and the cap becomes detached from the steel casting by the pressure remaining under it. The said cup may be cooled by water to prevent its lower edge from fusing with the steel. Pressure may be likewise applied to a central mould, communicating at bottom by runners with other moulds closed at the top. No general claim is made to the compression of molten steel by subjecting it to the pressure of elastic fluid within the mould. l_Draivmgs.^ A.D. 1879, December 16.— No. 5155. WILSON, John Hays. — Converting iron into steel. To produce crucible steel, wrought iron or wrought-iron scrap may be melted with spiegeleisen or ferro-manganese, or both, and charcoal, to which may be usefully added a little borax and chlorate of potash or its chemical equivalent (including nitrates of the alkalies or alkaline earths, or " similar chlorates, chlorites, or perchlorites, iodates, iodites, or periodates, bromates, bromites, or perbromites "). Thus 46 lbs. of the scrap, 2 lbs. of spiegeleisen, ^ lb. of ferro- manganese, and 6 oz. of charcoal (or the quantities of 48, IJ, i lb., and 11 oz. respectively) may be used. \_No Dravmigs.'] A.D. 1879, December 19.— No. 5193. EYANS, John Campbell, and SPENCER, John Watson.— Compound ingots. To obtain rolled or hammered metal (axles and shafts being mentioned) without liability to sudden and complete fracture, steel ingots are cast around iron or steel cores, separately pre- pared and inserted in the moulds. Thus the cast steel forms an outer envelope, and, if a fracture occurs in the metal rolled 254 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. from ithe ingots, it will not extend beyond the limit of the outer metal. [iVo Draidngs,'] A.D. 1879, December 19.— No. 5199. DE LAYAL, Gustaf. — Casting steel ingots. To produce steel of more regular density and homogeneous, the upper part of the iron mould, cockle, or kokill " employed is provided with a ring of refractory substance and a lid for the same. Both being previously heated to whiteness, the ring is applied to the cockle, the steel poured in, the lid put on, and the whole allowed to cool. Sometimes water may be applied to the lower part • of the cockle to hasten the cooling of the steel. Thus the mass of steel is cooled gradually from the sides and bottom, and the liability to the formation of a cylindrical hollow with an oxidized surface is prevented. The heated lid of the crucible may serve as the lid of the cockle. \_Drau'ing.'] A.D. 1879, December 20.— No. 5211. DERINGr, George Edward. — Manufacture of iron and steel. Reference is made to Bessemer's prior Specification No. 1433,. A.D. 1869, and to those of the present inventor, Nos. 1682 and 4904, A.D. 1879. Cast iron, deficient in silicon and therefore apt to blow cold may be treated in a Bessemer converter, having a basic or carbonaceous lining, and worked under excess of pressure by checking the egress of the issuing gases, in accordance with the first-mentioned prior Specification (as to gannister-lined conver- ters) or otherwise ; powdered, liquid, vaporous, or gaseous combus- tible matter being sometimes injected with the air blast to further increase the temperature, and purifying-agents being sometimes used. The converter casing may be lined with basic bricks made under excessive pressure, in accordance with one of the inventor's prior Specifications, and a flat disc of like material, traversing laterally the mouth of the converter, backed with iron, and regulated by a screw or lever adjustment, may be interposed to check the issuing gases for working the converter under a pressure of from 1 J to 2 atmospheres. If a carbonaceous lining be used, residual carbon may afterwards be removed from MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 255 the metal by "blowing" in a silicious-lined converter, in accordance with the other prior Specification of the inventor. Excess of pressure in the converter, which in this case may have a silicious lining, or injection of combustible matter, or both methods together may be employed to obtain a sufficient temperature for " blowing " metal, from which the phosphorus and more or less silicon have been removed by purifying treatment, as by I. L. Bell's method of treating the molten metal by metallic oxides. The improvements are defined by means of claims. [No Drawings.'} A.D. 1879, December 24.— No. 5258. PIEPER, Carl. — (A communication from Adolf Knaudt.) — Corrugating plates. In a machine wherein straight plates may be corrugated by an upper and a lower roller, the plates in passing between the corrugating-rollers are guided by lateral rollers, which are journalled in carriages or slides, capable of moving on or between inclined guides. Thus the lateral rollers, in being adjusted closer to the upper corrugating-roller, will at the same time be raised, so as to adapt the machine for bending as well as corrugating. The invention also relates to the bearings of the upper roller, adapting it for corrugating tubes. \_Draioing.'\ A.D. 1879, December 29.— No. 5302. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — Manufacture of steel and ingot iron. Reference is made to the inventor's prior Specifications Nos. 289 and 908, A.D. 1878, and Nos. 1313 and 1711, A.D. 1879. A mixture of lime in small pieces with small coal and some live coals is thrown into the converter and the blast turned on to burn the coal ; thus the lime and the converter are heated. The waste heat from kilns used for burning basic bricks may be led through a main flue into the bottom of a circular lime kiln, used for burning the lime additions to be preferably introduced while hot into the converter. The gas may enter 256 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. the kiln through slits in the sides of a brickwork flue, which is carried upwards into the kiln for about 3 feet from the bottom. The kiln has a very high stack to give a sufficient draught. When slag gathers rapidly at the orifice, the nose or throat section of the basic-lined converter should be easily removable and renewable, the actual throat being about 20 inches clear inside the lining. The section may be jointed or fit loosely, being secured by swinging bolts and cottars, or supported by chains and rods from above so as to be independent of the body of the converter. With a large deep belly section, the metal need not reach the loose joint, and may be poured from an opening below the nose section, in lining which silica, bauxite, or best firebricks may be used. Intense heat is maintained in the throat and accumulation of slag is checked by introducing an air blast into the upper part of the breast of the vessel, and causing the flame to impinge against the nose (but this is not claimed). For the speedy working of the Bessemer plant, four vessels,, placed in a pit in two pairs, may be arranged at the ends of two revolving beams or turntables for alternate use and repair (but this is not claimed). Basic converter bottoms may be made wholly of rammed material or partly of bricks. The rammed bottom may be made in two sections, — an annular ring, and a conical plug fitting therein. The sections are separately and better rammed hard and dried or fired. A brick bottom may be built of basic bricks in the 'usual cast-iron ring. In the bottom plate are fixed iron rods, which correspond to the desired tuyere holes, and around which in building up the bottom spaces are left to be afterwards filled by ramming with shrunk lime and boiled tar round the rods, the latter being knocked out "after or before " coking the bottom," which should generally be at least 25 inches thick. If dolomite be dear, the calcareous basic slag (with less than 15 p. c. of silica), produced in the converter or open-hearth furnace in working the basic process, may be used in admixture with lime and boiled or Siemens' tar for forming converter bottoms ; or in admixture with lime or limestone for repairing Siemens' hearths. The mixtures should contain under 15 p. c. of silica, alumina, and oxide of iron. The slag from the converter may run into a conical slag bogie to drain ofP any iron left in the slag (but this is not MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 257 claimed). The bogie might be on the opposite end of the ladle crane to the casting ladle. White iron, with specified proportions of certain constituents, might make good (basic) steel, and some phosphoretic pig iron might replace spiegel, if a short subsequent blow be employed. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1879, December 31.— No. 5323. BULL, Henry Clay.— -Making gases for the manufacture of iron etc. Carbon is brought to an incandescent state in a chamber or oven, which air enters through a regenerating-chamber, and the heat contained in the escaping gases from the burning carbon, together with that produced by the combustion of the said gases is utilized in a second regenerating-chamber for superheating steam, which on afterwards passing through the incandescent carbon is converted into hydrogen and carbonic oxide or carbonic acid. These gases escape at a high temperature through the first-named regenerating-chamber, which abstracts heat there- from for heating the air employed to subsequently revivef y the carbon. [Di^aiving.'] A.D. 1879, December 31.~-No. 5324. BULL, Henry Clay. — Manufacture of iron and steel. The inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 5323, A.D. 1879. Oxides of iron may be reduced by carbonic oxide and hydrogen in any blast or reducing furnace or Bessemer or other converter. To reduce the oxides formed during the air or steam blow in the converter, steam is forced through incan- descent carbon and then through the molten metal, apparatus constructed in accordance with the prior Specification being preferably employed to change the steam from an oxidizing to a reducing agent. The apparatus has valves ''to separate the steam from the air." To replace the bottom of a Bessemer converter, so that it can be rammed and fitted from the outside, without cooling, — circular plates or rings are hung in the annular space between the bottom and sides of the inverted converter by means of P G154 I 258 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL rods, which are secured to the blast box and are afterwards unscrewed from the plates, the latter falling out of the mouth of the converter. A blast or reducing furnace may have a basic lining and be worked with a basic slag to prevent phosphorus, sulprhur, and silicon from passing into the iron. The basic lining may- extend from the hearth of the furnace to a short distance above the bosh. Carbonic oxide and hydrogen may be forced into the furnace, preferably through pipes placed inside the air pipes. The proportion of gas used can be regulated to vary the quantity of carbon in the metal. When working in a converter, the said reduction of the oxides formed by the blow dispenses with the use of spiegel " and ferro-manganese. " When a Siemens or similar furnace is used " as a converter," steam may be forced through the molten iron to decarburize it, a pipe preferably entering the metal through the tapping-hole of the furnace. Basic lining- bricks may be made by mixing china clay or similar substance with about 10 p.c. of lime, thoroughly burn- ing the bricks, then dipping them in a slurry made of about 70 p.c. of clay and 30 of lime, and burning them again. To make superior iron, a pure ore, such as Spanish haematite, may be slowly smelted with sufficient fuel to make grey pig which is refined in a " run out refining fire," lined with (basic) blocks of ore such as haematite. The fine metal is afterwards puddled at a high temperature, wet oxide of iron being thrown into the furnace. The claims include using a gaseous fuel in blast or reducing " furnaces in connection with a basic lining and a basic slag " to make superior iron and steel. [Drawmgs.'] A.D. 1879, December 31.— No. 5330. HUNT, Bristow. — (A communication from Elhriclge Wheeler.) —Treating iron made direct from the ore. " A ball or bloom of the Siemens' direct iron " is enveloped in a tight v/rought-iron cover and heated as much as an ordinary pile of wrought iron requires. The wrought-iron " clothing of the bloom prevents the disintegration of the latter by ^' heat," and the heated clothed bloom is afterwards reduced by MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 259 hammering or rolling or both. The metal may be made into bars to be cut into lengths for conversion into cast steel in crucibles, or may be formed into merchant or other bars of superior quality. The clothing of the bloom may be made of wrought- iron plates or bars secured together. [No Draioings.'] 1880. A.D. 1880, January 1.— No. 10. FURSTENHAGEN, Isidor . — (.4 (xnu miiui cation f rom Ludwig Haarmann.) — Basic firebricks. A thorough mixture, containing from 90 to 98 parts of raw, unburnt, ground dolomite and from 10 to 2 parts of quicklime, used however in the state of milk of lime, is formed into bricks, which are " kilned under a high temperature." The lime then amalgamates with the small percentage of silica contained in the dolomite, producing " silicated lime," which binds the particles of the dolomite. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1880, January 2.— No. 21. MORGAN, Thomas. — (A conimwucaUon from Baron Gustave cV Adehwdrd. ) — Magnesian firebricks. Hydrated magnesia is prepared by precipitating the magnesia in natural or artificial solutions of salts thereof by pure lime, " which is added in equivalent quantity." The solutions may be obtained by the action of hydrochloric acid or chlorine- residues on magnesian rocks, such as dolomite. This process- is P 6154 I 2 260 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. preferable to the employment of dolomite as a precipitant in " the place of lime," as it enables the magnesia to be obtained with a minimum of silica ; " also common dolomite, too silicious or argillaceous for employment "in a more direct " manner, is enabled to be used in the manufacture of products capable of resisting an extreme degree of heat." The pure hydrated magnesia is dried, calcined, pulverized, and moistened with some water to produce a very stiif paste, which is formed into bricks under a very high pressure in a mould. The bricks are dried and then baked at a very elevated temperature for at least 12 hours. These bricks, which will resist high tempera- tures without deterioration owing to the purity of the materials employed, may be used for lining or protecting metallurgical furnaces from heat. [No Draivhigs.] A.D. 1880, January 3.— No. 30. MILLS, Benjamin Joseph Barnard. — (A commumcation from William Henry Glover^ William Leonard Reynolds^ and Thomas Taylor.) — {Provisional protection only.) — Rolling-mills. The improvement relates to " the coupling device between " rolls of the same elevation by which one roll is made to drive " another," and consists " in supporting the coupling spindle on a spring centre spindle at each end, said centre spindle being socketed in the coupling spindle, and its end entering a centre hole in the end of the roll. This construction prevents the " ends of the coupling spindle beating against the ends of the rolls, and acts as a support to said spindle." " The position of the centre spindle may be reversed ; thus it may be socketed in the roll and its centre enter a centre hole " in the coupling spindle." The centre spindle could be applied without a spring. \_No Dravjings.'] A.D. 1880, January 5.— No. 35. APPLEBY, Charles James.— Raising, lowering, and trans- porting the slag from iron furnaces and other heavy weights. This invention, which is noticed here on account of the title. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 261 relates to apparatus employed where blocks of slag are delivered upon wagons or bogies running upon rails to a wharf or jetty, whence the wagons are lifted and carried out until they overhang the adjoining river or canal and are then lowered on to transverse rails upon the deck of a barge, which conveys them to a place for discharging the slag and brings back the empty wagons. The arrangements include a movable framework, supported upon wheels running on rails at right angles to the face of the wharf, and having rails upon which a frame travels provided with hoisting winches or crabs actuated by a revolving shaft, the rails upon which the movable frame- work runs having between them a double line of rails for the full and empty wagons, and the engine being carried at the inner end of this framework and actuating the entire apparatus. The hoisting-chains may be connected to the wagons by " rigid ^ suspended lifting frames having projections directed laterally inward in combination with corresponding plates upon the ''frames of the wagons;" or by suspended hinged lifting '' frames having projections directed laterally inward but pro- " vided with inclined guides by which the frames open out " whilst passing corresponding plates upon the frames of the '' wagons." [Draivings,^ A.D. 1880, January 5.— No. 36. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (A commiuiicaUon from Leonliard WoUheim.) — {Provisional protection only.) — Utilizing heat con- tained in metallurgical products. Heated ore, slag, metal, etc., from smelting or other furnaces, are passed into closed receptacles or chambers, and air, gas, or other fluid is made to absorb heat therefrom by being brought immediately in contact therewith inside the receptacles, or conducted through passages or flues surrounding or traversing the same. A supply of heated air or gas is thereby obtained for use in metallurgical furnaces or otherwise ; or the steam or vapour engendered, when a liquid is used to absorb the heat, may actuate steam or vapour engines employed on the works. Thus, much fuel may be saved. \^No Draivings.'} 262 MANITFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, January 5.— No. 87. WILLIAMSON, Thomas. — {Provisional protection only.) — Steel-melting and other gas-heated furnaces. To secure greater durability, in furnaces having an air and a gas regenerative chamber below each end of the furnace, there may be three vertical air flues and two vertical gas flues com- municating between the reverberatory or main chamber of the furnace and the regenerative chambers at each end. These flues extend down to the bottoms of the regenerative chambers, but the open brickwork in the latter is arranged to communi- cate with the flues at the upper parts of the chambers. Thus the heated gases passing down the flues do not beat downwards on the open brickwork, which is consequently less liable to fuse, while any fused matter passing down the flues falls to their bottoms, instead of choking the open brickwork. The outer walls of the flues partly follow the contour of the flues, so as to present almost the same thickness at all parts and to be sub- jected as uniformly as possible to- changing temperatures. Beneath the middle of the furnace there is a chamber as usual, but this chamber is availed of to lead air up under and " about the furnace bed," such air ascending through flues in the roof of the middle chamber. ^ \_No Dravjings.'] A.D. 1880, January 13.— No. 140. WEBB, George. — Casting steel and other metals. To subject molten steel to strong compression in order to obtain dense ingots without cavities ; the inventor employs moulds formed in long, narrow, strongly- united sections : and provision exists for the escape of gases from all the joints. Hydraulic presses and accompanying mechanism for receiving " and holding the ingot moulds are arranged in straight parallel " lines with railway tracks between. Suitable cars moved by " hand or otherwise on one track carry large ladles of melted steel and supply two moulds at once : ready means move each into place and give it pressure. Cars on another track carry " the ingot moulds with their contents away and bring fresh " ones" to receive molten steel. A mast, with arms and pro- visions for being raised and lowered, is located for presenting MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 263 the ladle to receive the charge of metal and for transferring it to the cars. The sections of the mould have fine surface scores, which permit gases to escape from the metal but allow " a junc- " tionon the surfaces sufficiently tight to prevent the passage " of the melted metal. The sections are held together by clamps, having peculiar locking-pieces or jibs and embracing the mould at short distances apart along its length. The clamps are held by pivots to swinging arms keyed fast on a turning mast, the foot of which fits tightly in a supporting casting, having a recess to receive liquid from a pump or accumulator in order to lift the mast etc. for removing the mould to receive the charge of steel and afterwards to the hydraulic press. A plate of wrought iron is placed in the mould below and another above the molten steel, the former to protect the mould from the entering stream of steel, and the latter (which fits closely) to check the gushing up of the metal under pressure around the set " or piece of cold metal, which is placed on the said upper plate, and also to check the transmission of heat to the set. To remove the mould and solidified ingot, the clamps are released (leaving the sections of the mould held together by slight bands) and the mould is seized by tongs attached to a swivel hanging from an overhead traveller." A jib, turning on a centre within or near each press, may be used for introducing and removing the moulds. A thin paste of dolomite mixed with water may be used for coating the interior of the mould, and by strongly compressing this paste, when nearly dry, slabs may be obtained to be placed at the bottom and top of the ingot, like the iron plates. A compound press is employed comprising in effect two hydraulic presses ; one receives steam, water, or other fluid from a boiler, accumulator, etc. ; " and by the motion of its plunger " induces a greater pressure in another mass of fluid which acts " in a second cylinder to apply a still greater pressure on the " plunger of the second press," the latter acting on the molten steel. As the metal shrinks on cooling, the pressure may use fully follow it up until a considerable thickness of metal is set. The compound press may be composed of two or more cylinders and pistons, mounted in line and connected by rods and cross- heads which are arranged for joint operation. A pipe may convey fluid under pressure to the bottom of either or both cylinders to raise the pistons under control of a valve. A supply 264 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. vessel and passage may afiFord additional fluid to that imprisoned between the first plunger and the second piston when this plunger is extremely raised, the escape being cut off by the descent of the plunger. The presses may be arranged in a scries along a single line of rails extending close to the source of metal, whence a car starts with a full ladle. A circular ar- rangement of the presses " may be employed. Fewer presses will serve by providing quickly operated means for strongly " locking the sets down in the ingot moulds and then relaxing " the force of the press and releasing the mould," which is re- placed in the press by another. A circular track with a stout broad ring carrying the moulds thereon may be used. A full ladle is brought to the level of a bridge and moved horizontally on the latter to a point over the ring or revolving platform, by which the moulds are in turn brought beneath the ladle to be filled. The "sets" used have a tapering top projecting above the mould. Two stout hinged levers formed with tapering ends receive a link. The top of the set enters a corresponding recess in the levers. The taper form allows it to be held strongly at different levels by bringing the levers more or less closely together by driving the link on more or less. The levers em- brace fixed posts, a stout nut being threaded thereon, which is rapidly turned down while the press is still acting. The elas- ticity in the levers will but slightly follow up the shrinking of the ingot. The revolving ring is firmly supported under each press. The arrangements may be further modified. An ingot, about 7 inches square and from 4 to 6 feet long, may " serve for one railway rail with a minimum wastage at the ends." \_Drmoi7igs.'] A.D. 1880, January 13.— No. 142. WEBB, George. — Straightening, finishing, and hardening rails and analogous metal bars. To obtain straight rails without injuring the structure of the metal, the sawn heated rail is fed past scrapers to remove the saw-fins and roll scales and is then received in stout clamps, which cover the thin portions of the rail, leaving the tread or upper part of the head exposed. The clamps hold the rail MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 265 during cooling quite straight, or with any slight curvature found to be required for a given pattern of rail to ensure a straight condition when cold. In a fixed framework " is mounted a shaft on which are keyed spiders, and on the rim of these spiders or open wheels are fixed, parallel to the shaft and equi-distant from it, a series of heavy longitudinal cast iron plates," on which clamps are formed to match the sides of the rail. One clamp of each pair may be firmly fixed, and the other be rigidly secured by screws or otherwise after the rail has entered the space between the clamps. " The clamps are carried in a revolving frame " turning on a horizontal axis over a tank of water," oil, or other fluid, the surface of which must be at least high enough to immerse the tread of the rail when it reaches the lowest point as the frame is revolved, the object being to greatly harden the tread by rapid cooling. If from ^ to ^ of the revolving frame be immersed, the clamps will protect the other parts of the rail from the rapid cooling and hardening. The small surface at each end of the rail should be also protected ; at one and by a movable button close to the ends of the clamps, and at the other end by a piece of rail of similar section (the clamps being longer than the rail under treatment). Instead of using a fluid, the tread of the rail may be exposed to the air, and the refrigerating influence of the fluid or air can be increased by agitation. When only clamping for uniform cooling (without hardening) is required, the frame may be enclosed so as to constitute a cylinder, and the proper balance of temperature be attained by introducing, if required, hot or cold air through an orifice in or near the shaft to circulate through the cylinder. IDrawing.] \ A.D. 1880, January 13.— No. 154 JOHNSON, John Henry.— (^1 coinmiinicatlori from William Stuhhlehine.) — Puddling, heating, and other furnaces. The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of a puddling- furnace, relates to arrangements for effecting thorough com- bustion of the gases evolved from the fuel. \Dravnng.'\ 266 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, January 14.— No. 162. LAW, Joseph, and LAW, Henry. — Hardening and tempering wire for cards. The wire from the creels is drawn by winders successively through a molten bath of tallow or other fat, a bath of molten lead or other readily-fusible metal or alloy, an oil bath having a drip vessel, and a second metal bath. Guide-pulleys attached to the bath covers (which are formed in sections, one for each wire) keep the wires immersed. Soda-ash and potash are added to the metal baths to prevent formation of scum and to facilitate the operation. The Provisional Specification states that the wires pass through slits in the sides of the baths below the level of the liquid and are maintained immersed by ribs on the covers, and that movable division plates are provided to vary the length of the metal baths. [iVo Draimngs.'] A.D. 1880, January 15.--No. 188 JOSEPH, David, and JOSEPH, Richard.— Manufacture of iron and steel. The scoria, to which the inventors' prior Specification No. 3010, A.D. 1879, relates, may be used in the following process. To remove phosphorus, sulphur, and silicon, iron is refined in a (preferably) double large refinery, in which iron ores or oxides (preferably pure and containing manganese and chromium, titanium, or tungsten) and lime, limestone, or chalk, sometimes with salt, alumina, chloride of calcium, or fluor spar, are used in addition to refinery cinder to form a bath of cinder, the blast of air from the tuyeres being forced through the cinder into the molten iron, and purification being effected by the agitation and contact produced. Sometimes substances may be forced with the blast into the cinder and molten metal. The blowing is only continued long enough for the reduction of the phosphorus and sulphur " when the refined metal is to be converted into steel in a pneumatic converter, wherein it is advantageously treated in admixture with comparatively-pure cast iron. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 267 The blowing should be continued longer when the metal is to be converted into steel in an open-hearth furnace ; wherein it is advantageous to use some comparatively pure pig iron, and also scrap and wrought iron with spiegeleisen or f erro-manganese as usual. The blowing may be still longer continued when the metal is to be subsequently removed to puddling-furnaces. The hearth of the refinery may be made of most refractory lime bricks, placed on edge, or of most infusible rough ground lime, which has been greatly heated. \_No Draimngs.~\ A.D. 1880, January 15.— No. 189. SCOTT, James.— Manufacture of steel. In making cast steel, the old crucibles or melting-pots may be employed for the blistering or cementation of iron or steel scrap, previously to melting . the same in new crucibles. Also the waste heat of melting, annealing, or other furnaces may be utilized for the process of cementation by placing the old charged crucibles in the flues of the furnaces or inside the annealing-stove, where they are kept at a high red heat for about 24 hours, if the scrap is in pieces weighing about 2 ozs. Sometimes new crucibles, charged with scrap etc., may be placed in a steel-melting furnace and, after allowing time for cementation, the heat is raised for melting. Again, the cementation and melting of the scrap may take place in a crucible, which corresponds in size and form to the ingot required, and in which the molten steel is allowed to cool, The crucible is then broken away, and the ingot obtained is hammered or rolled. Steel, varying in hardness and quality, may be made from horse-shoe scrap iron unmixed with other scrap. For hard steel, 11^ lb. of spiegeleisen and 4 oz. of " manganese ; " for medium steel, I5 lb. of spiegeleisen and 6 oz. of manganese ; and for soft steel, 1 lb. of spiegeleisen and 8 oz. of manganese may be used with 56 lb. of scrap ; the inventor fluxing with spiegeleisen and " ferro- manganese," and using a little salt as well as the charcoal for cementation. [xVo Drawings.'] 268 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, January 22.— No. 283. DAVIS, Alfred. — Casting ingots. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 129, A.D. 1877. Ingots or other castings of steel, iron, or other metal may be condensed or compressed, while molten, by the pressure of air or other elastic gas by connecting the cover or upper part of the mould to a pipe communicating with a reservoir of air or gas under pressure. The mould is firmly held down to its base, and its cover is tightly secured. After the metal has been poured into the mould and the said connection made, the pressure may be increased by quickly closing a valve on the communicating pipe and allowing the air or gas, admitted to the mould, to remain subject to the heat of the metal therein. Sometimes gas may be generated at high pressure in the reser- voir by chemical reactions or the ignition of explosives. The said pipe may be connected to a main communicating pipe by a packed trunnion joint, so that it can be turned down along with the cover of the mould : and it is twisted in several convolutions to allow of expansion without straining its joints. [Draivhig.'] A.D. 1880, January 28.— No. 371. ATKINSON, J on^.— {Provisional protection only.) — Rolling. The following description relates to making a tube or cylinder from a hot metal ring or bloom : but the three rollers and their attachments can be lifted up quite clear of the two bottom rollers, when the latter can be used for rolling " plain boiler and other plates, and by changing rolls can be " used for corrugating plates." On the top roller of a pair of rotary rollers is placed the ring? and at each side of these rollers is a grooved guide plate. To lengthen the ring, " a bar (in cross section half round) is passed " between the ring and bottom roller, being guided through by " the grooved guide plate," while the pressure put on the rollers causes a groove to be formed in the ring, and the operation is repeated until all the grooves in the guide plate have been used. Thus the ring is made grooved or wavy all along its length and is forced out lengthwise. The guide plates are then moved so MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 269 that their grooves come opposite to the projecting parts of the ring, when a flat or half-round bar is again used, and the opera- tion repeated until the desired length is obtained. To aid the lengthening and prevent increase in diameter, three rollers adjustable towards each other by screws may also bear against the ring, and are moreover used to remove the ridges formed on the latter during the lengthening operation. [No Draimngs.] A.D, 1880, January 28.--No. 388, THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — (Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. Reference is made to the inventor's prior Specifications Nos. 289 and 908, A.D. 1878, and Nos. 1313 and 1711, A.D. 1879. Preferably a special pig iron, low in silicon, and high in manganese and phosphorus, is first blown in a Besselner con- verter, fixed or tipping, with a basic lining and additions, till most or all of the silicon and carbon is removed, whereupon it is transferred to a basic- lined open-hearth furnace and the process is finished, using basic additions and, if needful, adding " the Spiegel." It may be useful to melt " the pig with lime- " stone, and preferably oxide of iron, in a lime lined cupola and then treat it in a lime lined Bessemer converter with lime " additions." In the basic Bessemer process, spiegel should be added to the pig (when poor in manganese) in the cupola, or added to the metal in the converter after the carbon flame appears or before the drop of the flame. For the basic process, the bottom or plug of the converter may be made from 28 to 35 inches thick to avoid frequent renewal. For blowing in powdered lime, the bottom plates of the blast box may slope so that the box has a triangular section, or a sloping false bottom may be used : thus, the lime is better directed into the holes without lodging in the box. Basic linings for furnaces may be made by using a mixture of lime or (preferably magnesian) limestone with sulphate of lime or of magnesia as a rammed lining, or making it into bricks and highly firing. Phosphate of lime is a useful admixture, especially for tuyeres, to check shrinkage. A 270 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. mixture of about 100 parts of limestone and 60 of salt may be sometimes used. The upper part of the converter may be lined with plumbago or coke dust mixed with fireclay pressed into bricks under great pressure. The vessel should have a wide mouth and a removable central conical stopper, which checks loss of heat and accumulation of slag, and a removable central air tuyere may burn the gases. Basic or very manganiferous blast-furnace slags with less than 30 p, c. of silica may be used, particularly if run in in a liquid state mixed with lime for the basic addition to the converter. [No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1880, January 29.— No. 389. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — {Provisional protection only.) — Furnaces for the manufacture of iron. In constructing the hearth or crucible of blast, cupola, and similar furnaces, bricks may be replaced by bars or blocks of iron or soft steel externally cooled by water. Thus the length of the furnace campaign is increased, particularly when pro- ducing spiegeleisen. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, January 30.— No. 429. JOHNSON, John Henry. — {A communication from William Stuhhlehim.) — Puddling and heating f urnaces. The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of a puddling-furnace, relates to arrangements for burning the gases evolved from the fuel, as improvements upon the prior Specification No. 154, A.D. 1880. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1880, February 7.— No. 548. GJERS, John. — (^4 cvnmunication from C. A. Caspersson.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. To avoid the heat lost in conveying molten metal from a Bessemer converter to moulds in the us.ial ladle, there may be MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 271 employed a converter ladle or f unnel," or appliance, having in the bottom a tapping-hole, at the side an opening arranged to fit the mouth of the converter, and means for fastening the funnel to the latter. When the blow is finished, the converter is partly turned and the funnel may be tightly fixed to its mouth by wedges and eyes. Then the converter is further turned into the position for emptying, whereupon the fluid metal will stand partly in the converter and partly in the funnel, the tapping hole of which is now vertical ; so that the metal can be run direct into moulds, carried on a turntable or wagons. The retention of the heat in this manner admits of pouring the metal more slowly and using smaller moulds, and sounder ingots can be obtained. The funnel has the ordinary apparatus for casting through its bottom, and its shape will depend upon the form of the con- verter mouth ; it may be made of iron plates lined with gannister. In blowing phosphoric iron, where there is much slag to be eliminated, the funnel will enable the metal to be run into the usual ladle without the slag in the converter. [Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, February 9.— No. 557. ABEL, Chaeles Denton. — (A co/nniunicatioit from John Francis Be^inett.) — {Provisional protection only.) — Blast furnaces. As improvements upon the prior Specification No. 2627, A.D. 1878, two or more tiers of tuyeres may be provided, and, if three tiers," the boshes are placed higher than usual. The diameters of the tuyeres are so proportioned that the air blown through the second tier is equal to that blown through, the lower tuyeres, and the air blown through the third tier ' is double that blown through the lower tuyeres. Hot or cold, or partly hot and partly cold, air may be used. The tuyeres are preferably of large diameter, — 4 J inches, for example, for the lower tier of 5 tuyeres passing cold air, and 6 inches for the upper tier of 6 tuyeres passing heated air. The " bustle " pipes or circular air chambers, supplying each tier, intercom- municate by pipes to equalize the weight of air delivered 272 MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND STEEL. through the upper and lower tiers, so that, should the tempera - ture of the air in either the upper or lower chamber vary, air may pass through these pipes to compensate for the resulting variation in the blast. The tuyeres may be inclined so as to deliver the air upwards. Tuyeres may be constructed with two lengths of pipe, coiled side by side, and each having its own cold water supply. Thus the circulating water has only to travel through half the usual length of pipe and is kept moderately cool, so that the tuyere is better preserved. The pipes leading to the heating-stoves are made large enough to deliver the air freely into the latter, and the pipes of the stove increase in diameter from the inlet to the outlet end in proportion to the increase in the volume of the air by acquiring heat. Also the pipes leading from the stove to the larger ends of the belly pipes " are equal in sectional area to the outlet ends of the stove pipes. Thus the lessening of the area will be effected in the belly pipe, and the pressure of the air in the air reservoir and at the large end of the belly pipe will be nearly the same ; thereby enabling the blowing-engine to deliver more air into the furnace. \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, February 11.— No. 596. CHILDS, Augustus Bryant. — (A commu7iicatwn from Gottloh Schaefer.) — Separating iron or other magnetic substances from grain. This invention is supplemental to that set forth in Specifica- tion No. 1903, A.D. 1873. The apparatus consists of standards between which rows of permanent horse-shoe magnets are placed. A layer of paste- board and a layer of white metal are placed between the magnets to prevent their direct contact with each other. The magnets are enclosed in a wooden casing. The ends of the magnets are placed on an incline at an angle of 40°, more or less, to the horizontal plane. The grain passes from a hopper, over a feeding-board, which has the poles of the magnets flush with its surface, to the millstone or crushing-rollers. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 273 The magnetic apparatus is applied to millstones, roller mills, or other machines for grinding, crushing, and cleaning grain. l^Draioing.'} A.D. 1880, February 11.— No. 607. KING, Frederick John. — Magnetic apparatus for the separa- tion of ores etc. Ores and products, either naturally magnetic, or rendered so, for instance in accordance with the inventor's prior Specifica- tions No. 2574, A.D. 1873, and No. 296, A.D. 1874, may be created. To obviate the adherence of part of the finely-divided non- magnetic substances to the magnetic machine, thus preventing perfect separation of the magnetic substances, the inventor now arranges a thin non-magnetic carrier (as of brass or zinc) for the substances treated over the poles of permanent or electromagnets, and imparts a reciprocating or other motion either to the carrier or to the poles, whereby all the p?irticles are turned over or change their position, the non -magnetic particles descending to the bottom and the magnetic portion remaining on the surface for separation by a magnetic wheel The inventor now constructs this wheel with a periphery or circumference, which is composed of iron or steel bars, placed at a suitable distance apart, parallel to the centre line or axis, and attached to a brass or other non-magnetic framework on a rotating shaft. The bars are made magnetic by contact with the poles of magnets so arranged that the bars form alternately north and south poles, the bars being notched to receive the magnets, and the interstices within the wheel being filled with non-magnetic material. The rotating wheel attracts and carries up the magnetic substances, which are brushed off into a receptacle, the non-magnetic portion being discharged without contact with the wheel. IDrav'ing.] A.D. 1880, February 12.— No. 618. WILDING, Samuel Pearce. — {A communication from Andrew Jackson Gustin.) — Treatment of rails. The rail passes direct for the finishing-rolls on to a guide 274 MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND 8TEEL. roller plate or trough, formed preferably of a base-plate with vertical and horizontal rollers. " Thence the rail enters a pair of reversible vertical carrier rollers, or upon a series of hori- " zontal rollers." Two or three successive pairs of these vertical rollers may feed forward, hold fast, reverse, and adjust the rail for cutting it into dead lengths by overhead swinging saws, or an intermediate carriage, having several reversible rolls, may carry the rail against a fixed saw. The spindles of the carrier rolls may be geared together and driven by bevel-wheels from a countershaft, which is driven by the aid of a reversible bevel- wheel clutch or preferably a friction cone clutch, actuated by a lever to feed forward, stop, or reverse. The top part of each roll is fixed on a coned shoulder of a shaft, which passes through a top bearing in a supporting-frame, so that rolls of different diameters may be used for rails of different heights, the rolls being adjustable by set-screws. " The bottom ends of the shafts are stepped also in a bearing plate. The inner " edge of the top bearing block has a raised rim, and the outer " under edge of the roll has a projecting rim downwards to " shed the water poured over the rolls " and keep out grit from the bearings, which are provided with lubricating-arrangements. The heated cut rail passes into a cambering-apparatus, to com- pensate for the curvature of unequal shrinkage when cooling and aid in producing a straight rail. Three pairs of cambering- rolls are constantly driven by gearing, so as to grip and automa- tically feed the rail through them with its head and flange resting upon the rolls. " One roll of each pair is geared together " by cog wheels of equal diameter " to give a uniform rotation to the rolls, and the two rolls of each pair are geared together. Each pair of rolls is adjustable by screws out of the line of the other pairs, to give any required camber or curvature to the passing rail. Sometimes one roll of each of the outside pairs is dispensed with. Thence the rail is delivered to the cooling- bed, made of transverse open bars, between which are placed two endless chains or wire ropes having their upper parts a little below the surface of the bars. These ropes run round drums at each end of the bed and are preferably driven by a third drum beneath. They carry sliding shoes with a projecting catch or claw, which engages with the hot rail and pushes it to either side of the bed according to the direction of travel of the rope. A riding weight or spring, applied to one of the drums, MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 275 compensates for the expansion of the rope by heat, and for any lieavy jar upon it. The ropes may be " otherwise arranged to " move slowly and in connection with the horizontal rolls " beyond the cambering machine, to automatically pick up the ^' rails " delivered therefrom and carry them at such speed that, when arrived at the end of the cooling-bed, they will be cool enough to pile. The said horizontal rolls may be driven at a high speed, and one of their ends be adjustable for inclining their axes at an angle to that of the rail, which is prevented from moving endways off the rolls by a stop. Thus, the rail may be rapidly moved at right angles to make room for follow- ing rails. The whole process is conducted automatically by the apparatus, without handling the rails. A.D. 1880, February 16.— No. 677. BONNEVILLE, Henri Adrien. — (A communication from Emil Andre.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — Refractory basic materials. A cement is formed by slaking burnt lime and " adding at " the moment of the greatest heat about one half (by weight) " of concentrated sulphuric acid." The product, sulphate of lime, if used at once, possesses highly plastic and cementing qualities, 2 p. c. sufficing to render meagre materials highly plastic and tenacious. Or gypsum could be used. Raw lime or dolomite, or magnesian limestone, which con- tains about 8 ^/^ of silica, alumina, and peroxide of iron, is " burnt in a pit furnace or reverberatory furnace at white heat, so as to slag the materials as completely as possible ; or the raw materials being too pure to be slagged," silica, alumina, or peroxide of iron is added before burning ; afterwards the whole is made into small spheroidal or rectangular bricks, which are " burnt in a pit-furnace or reverberatory furnace by " gas or direct flame, also by white heat, so as to be slagged." The burnt materials are withdrawn at a red heat and sprinkled with a little water, " to separate the slagged from the unslagged materials. After having stamped and ground the slagged " materials " and added the sulphate of lime, the mass is kneaded and pressed or stamped to form objects ^'(bricks, pipes, converter 276 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " bottoms, plugs, stamping-mass)," which " ought not to shrink, " now being fit for use without repeated burning." " The unslagged materials are manufactured by means of the " same mixture and method :" for " all such articles white heat " is not required, but only such heat as to separate the carbonic " acid." For articles " liable to shrink by heat, a basic paste may " be prepared with raw limestone or magnesian limestone in " mixture with sulphate of lime, with or without " a little fluor spar ; and these articles grow "harder by exposure to a " humid atmosphere." The basic articles are used for lining furnaces, converters, shanks, etc., especially where phosphorus, silicon, or sulphur has to be removed in making iron and steel. [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1880, February 19.— No. 739. IMRAY, John. — {A communication from Lucius Delison Chapin.) — Treatment of cast iron and conversion thereof into malleable iron. Molten pig iron, from a blast furnace or remelteJ, is treated in a preferably cylindrical or barrel-shaped converter, arranged to oscillate or revolve on a horizontal axis. Jets of air under pressure are admitted through tuyeres, opening from a box or channel, and distributed along the length of the converter. The air is supplied through the trunnions of the converter, when it has closed ends ; or otherwise through a stationary ring, which encompasses one neck of the converter and is pro- vided with air ports or passages. To supply the maximum quantity of air when the tuyeres are in their lowest position, and gradually cut it off as they approach the surface of the molten metal in the converter, ports are so arranged in connec- tion with the tuyere box that the movement of the converter causes them to be gradually closed as the tuyeres rise to the surface of the molten metal. The action of the air, in con- junction with the motion (sometimes intermitted) of the converter, causes carbon and some phosphorus, sulphur, and other impurities to be eliminated from all parts of the metal, the lining of the converter sometimes having projecting ribs to aid in producing agitation. This purifying operation is generally MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 277 stopped a little short of the point when the metal would oome to " nature." Its conversion into wrought iron may be com- pleted by continuing the rotation or oscillation and by exposure to a reverberatory flame in the same converter, and the resulting ball, which will be nearly as long as the converter, may be removed through a long side door, or the end of the converter may be removable for extracting it. A hole, to be closed by a stopper, may serve for introducing the molten metal and for judging of the process by escaping flame. A fire-chamber may open into one end of the converter, the other lend of which communicates with a chimney flue ; and the fire-chamber has a separate chimney, so that the amount of flame sent into the converter may be regulated by dampers, slides, or doors. This flame may be excluded while the purifying operation takes place ; afterwards it is admitted for converting and balling. Hot air or a hot flame of any kind or even sufficiently- heated steam may be used, if chemically fit for the work to be done by the reverberatory action. Cinder may be run off, and scrap iron, manganese or manganesian limestone, etc. may be^ intro- duced into the metal. Again, the purified metal may be trans- ferred for balling to a similar converter, but without the air supplying apparatus ; or it may be stirred and balled in a puddling-furnace by mechanical means ; or the transferrence may be to a circular tilted basin, rotating on a nearly-perpen- dicular axis, and heated by gas or heated air which is blown through a central pipe terminating in downwardlj^-bent " goose necks," or a flame may pass over the basin. The balling may be otherwise effected ; or the purified metal may be run into a sand bed and can afterwards be re-melted, more or less puddled, and then balled, in an ordinary puddling-f urnace. Molten cast iron, purified more or less according to the object in view by the operation above described, may be mixed with other iron which is introduced into the converter ; and the mixture is run into a sand bed in the state of purified pig, or exposed to reverberatory heat and used for casting by running it from the converter into moulds. Likewise superior iron may be prepared for malleable and chill castings, the purifying process being carried further than for soft castings. To obtain strong, hard, and steel-like castings, the metal is purified pretty nearl y to the extent of coming to nature, and some "fine " manganese or spiegeleisen or other high carburet of iron in 278 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. molten form " is introduced and reverberatory heat applied the tuyeres being always kept above the surface of the metal after the purification. A.D. 1880, February, 20.— No. 761. ROGERS, John Henry. — Ingot moulds. In casting small steel ingots for the manufacture of tin plate and other uses, the inventor employs ingot mould blocks, each containing two or more, say four, mould cavities, which produce ingots about 2 feet long and of about 2 cwt., and which are tapered considerably so that the ingots may readily leave them. The blocks are placed with the open ends downward over runners, which convey the molten steel into the bottoms of the cavities, the joints being rammed tight with sand and clay. A number of these blocks are connected to a central get or runner, into the top of which the steel to supply all the cavities is poured. After rising up into and filling the cavities, some of the metal may rise through a small taper passage into a small mould or receiver placed over each cavity, the escape of air and any impurities floating on the metal being thus provided for. Directly after casting, these receivers are detached from the blocks by a blow, and on lifting the blocks the ingots fall out. The central vertical get also serves as a mould ; it is a rect- angular pipe about 6 feet long, and the ingot produced in it is divided into pieces for rolling. This get is divided longitudi- nally from end to end, the joints of the two portions being made tight by ramming sand into channels formed by corresponding grooves along the abutting edges of the two portions, which are held together by rings and wedges. Each mould block may be replaced by separate moulds con- taining one cavity only, and externally shaped to fit against one another so as practically to form a mould block; and the moulds might be otherwise filled. [ Drawings,'] A.D. 1880, February 23.— No. 783. MOIR, Robert Mortimer. — communication from Julien Z)6&^.)— Eliminating phosphorus from iron etc. Reducing-gases, such as ammonia (as a source of nascent MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 279 hydrogen) or carbonic oxide, may be blown through the molten metal in a Bessemen converter, cupola, or other furnace or vessel to remove phosphorus or its compounds, thus enabling phosphoric iron to be used for making steel. The reducing-gas may be blown through the metal alternately with, or previously or subsequently to, atmospheric air. \_No Draivings,'\ A.D. 1880, March 4.-'No. 952. PITT, Sydney. — (A communication from Henri Guillaume Harmet.) — {Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — Manufacture of steel. For the recarburization of steels obtained in bulk by " modern methods," there may be employed metal, produced by re-melting scrap steel, " resulting from the manufacture," in a cupola lined with carbon bricks or basic matter. This metal is iron containing 3 or 4 p. c. of carbon, but free (from silicium and other impurities. \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, March 6.— No. 986 ROGERS, John Henry. — Utilizing shearings in making steel. Thin shearings of iron and steel, such as are produced in manufacturing tin and black plate, after being formed into compact masses or moulded blocks (in accordance with the prior Specification No. 1883, A.D. 1878), may be dissolved in a bath of molten metal in a Siemens regenerative gas or other furnace, or Bessemer converter or other sufficiently-heated vessel, in place of rail ends or similar masses of metal now likewise used in making steel. Thus a lower priced material is substituted, the time required for dissolving is reduced as the molten metal of the bath can somewhat permeate the blocks, and there is less occasion for using oxidizing material in the melting furnace. Also the steel is often of improved quality, especially when shearings from charcoal sheets are employed. I[JVo Draioings.'] 280 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, March 6.— No. 987 BESSEMER, Sir Henry, and BESSEMER, Alfred George. — Manufacture of iron ; forming castings, and ingots for sheets, plates, etc. The prior Specifications No. 114, A.D. 1863, (which includes the use of a revolving agitator), and No. 4110, A.D. 1879, are referred to. Crude or pig iron, free from phosphorus or nearly so, or dephosphorized before or during the process, may be refined in a Bessemer converter as usual until the silicon is practically removed with but little of the carbon, whereupon the desiliconized iron is run into a mixing and distributing ladle, and a little previously heated or melted spiegeleisen or ferro- manganese may sometimes be thoroughly mixed therewith, as by a revolving agitator. Castings, to be decarburized by oxide of iron etc., may be made of the metal. For casting numerous small ingots, slabs, or plates, the metal may be run from the distributing-ladle into several covered and previously-heated casting- ladles, movable on rails. Flat and thin ingots, convenient for decarburization and suitable for the subsequent manufacture of tin or black plates, may be cast by making a mould mainly in one piece capable of " making, say, one hundred ingots in as many compartments of the same mould.'' For this purpose an iron wheel may be cast of about 6 feet in diameter, formed somewhat like " a spur wheel in which the breadth of the periphery is equal to ^ • the length of the ingots to be formed, while the depth and breadth of the space between each tooth is equal to the breadth and ''thickness" of the ingot. "This wheel is mounted on a " horizontal axis, and has a ratchet wheel on the same axis, " or ratchet teeth may be formed upon the mould wheel so " that intermittent rotatory motion may be communicated to " it " by a small crank or lever. '' Two cheek plates embrace " the upper portion of the periphery, and thus close the ends " of the grooves " into which the metal is run. Several wheel moulds may be placed in a double line, the casting ladles being mounted a little above the upper side of the moulds, and being movable between the frames which support the rows of moulds. The metal runs from the ladles into channels, which extend across and above the double row of moulds, and which possess nozzles arranged in one or two MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 281 rows for the metal to flow into one or preferably two of the compartments of each set of moulds, the ratciiet move- ment being employed until all the moulds in each wheel are filled or all the metal is used. The ingots produced may be detached by a slight blow when vertically beneath the axis of the mould wheel. An internal circulation or external application of water may cool the moulds. Five tons of desiliconized metal may be easily cast by employing five ladles, each of which discharges into four small ingot moulds at one time, the metal well retaining its fluidity owing to its high state of carburation. For larger ingots (or plates), a set of ^'flat moulds, having a hollow recess equal to the size " of the intended plate and half its thickness formed on each " side, the surrounding surface being planed true," may be stacked together on edge side by side to receive the metal ; or they may be arranged in a frame by the aid of lugs or projections and links and pins so as to be held in contact while being filled and separated to remove the ingots. The " desiliconized cast iron ingots " or castings ar,e next decarburized by embedding them in oxide of iron, manganese, or other metallic oxides or substances which will remove car- bon. Movable boxes may be employed as for making malleable iron castings ; or decarburization may take place in externally- heated horizontal retorts or chambers, or in a long low-roofed reverberatory furnace wherein the ingots are protected from the flame ; but vertical tubes or retorts are preferably used in accordance with the secondly-mentioned prior Specification. The decarburized ingots of malleable iron " so produced may be cleansed by friction ia a revolving box or pickled in acid, and then rolled into plates, sheets, &c. \_Draicmg.] A.D. 1880, March 9.— No. 1012. THOMAS, Samuel, and THOMAS, Bavii).— (Provisional protection only.) — Furnaces for making " hard steel, soft steel, " and homogeneous iron." The sides, front, and back are constructed of water boshes, connected together for the passage of currents of cold water. At one end is a space for fuel, and at the other is a chamber, 282 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " heated from the flues of the furnace," and containing pipes, " through which a blast of hot air is forced ; the blast entering the furnace at the sides, end, and top." A cold blast is sup- plied beneath the firebars of the fuel chamber. The top of the furnace is arched in with firebrick, and the walls are of fire- brick enclosed in cast-iron plates, which are bolted together and have openings closed by doors or cover plates. Jets of water play upon the under side of cast-iron plates forming the bottom of the furnace. The furnace is lined with powdered flint, upon which is placed scrap iron and pig iron in suitable " proportions to make hard steel or fine grain iron and pig iron to make soft steel." [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, March 9.— No. 1018. JUSTICE, Philip Middleton. — (A coiiwiunication from Anton von Kerpely.) — {Provisional protection 0/2/^.)— Basic bricks and furnace linings The prior Specifications Nos. 908 and 4780, A.D. 1878, are referred to. Lime (preferably dolomitic) is slowly mixed with pyroligne- ous acid and water, using, say, 25 cubic centimetres of wood vinegar and of water and 112 grammes of lime. This plastic material may be used for binding lime or dolomite, but is pre- ferably mixed with powdered dolomite or limestone which has been treated with hydrochloric acid. The prepared material, sometimes mixed with uncalcined dolomite, may be formed into bricks, which, after pressure and drying, are fired at an intense white heat for some hours. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1880, March 16.— No. 1134, CHAPMAN, Thomas Watson.— Forges. The forge may be used in combination with a bench, both being supported on the same table, the various tools being operated by the forge mechanism. For brazing or welding large surfaces the forge is constructed with a second tuyere connected by a tube with the main blast MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 283 pipe, and provided with a valve ; the second tuyere may be used interchangeably with a longitudinal slotted nozzle for spreading the blast in a wider stream. For supplying an under hot air blast a hollow box with a central tuyere opening or openings, furnished with a plug, worked by a rocking handle, is provided. When the plug is raised ashes or dirt can escape from the bottom opening, and on the upper part of the plug is a stud or picker for clearing the nozzle of the tuyere. The pricker may be applied to the ordinary side nozzles. A hole is drilled through the casing of the tuyere in a line with the opening, and through this hole passes a pin which can be pushed forward so as to clear the tuyere, but which is ordinarily held back by a spiral spring. \_Dravmigs.'] A.D. 1880, March 17.— No. 1146. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A commiuticat'wn from Charles Pernot.) — (Pi'ovisional protection only.) — Furnaces. ' Furnaces, including steel-melting, puddling, dephosphorizing, re-heating, and annealing furnaces, are so constructed that all parts of the same can be remoted for repairs even while the furnace is working. Firebricks, fireclay, or other refractory materials, composing its different parts, are supported or re- tained by a skeleton framework of iron or ofcher metal built up in parts or sections, according to the shape and purpose of the furnace, so that each section is removable by a crane or other appliance, a corresponding duplicate of the part removed being exchanged b}^ the latter. A furnace on Pernot's system may be composed of a hearth with its framed cover and several framed sections of flues. The hearth is mounted on rollers travelling upon an inclined plate or racer on a carriage, so as to be capable of rotation. Vertical conduits communicating with the flues are provided at each end of the furnace for the passage of air and gas, and regenerators are arranged beneath. Flues conduct the air and gas, and dis- charge them on to the hearth perpendicularly to the sole through I openings in the cover of the hearth. The cover is supported by fixed brackets, and may be constructed in several pieces for 284 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. independent removal. The cover and flues are provided with chains and rings, attached to the framework, to facilitate re- moval by cranes or other apparatus, which may form an integral part of the furnace. At one side of the cover is a charging-door. A saving of cost is effected in different ways. \_No Draimngs.'] A.D. 1880, March 19.— No. 1191. WEDEKIND, Hermann. — {A communication from Herrman Escherich,) — Continuous-action gas kilns. The improvements partly relate to the prior Specification No. 4381, A.D. 1878. Annealing-pots containing malleable cast iron may be heated, and sundry ores be roasted To more equally distribute the combustible gases and more rapidly mix the same with the air, the gases are supplied in fine jets, issuing at right angles to the direction of the current of the air supply to the firing-chambers of the kiln and to its longitudinal axis. The gas may issue from vertical gas pipes, proportioned in number to the width of the firing-chamber, and also from small openings in both the side walls into which gas pipes can be built. Movable vertical gas pipes may be supplied with gas from below ; or through aper- tures left in the roof and lined with earthenware or preferably with porcelain tubes. Those tubes are made with trumpet " mouths and turned down flanges or lips, which are let into " sand joints, in order that they may set themselves to any " accidental rise or fall in the roof of the kiln." A conical regulating- valve fits the trumpet mouth. When gas in excess is supplied to produce a reducing-flame, in order to prevent the residue of the gas escaping unburnt, air is admitted through the gas pipes by opening valves communicating with the atmosphere at suitable periods of the working. The gases are led through channels made in the walls of the kiln, to take up heat prior to combustion. The kiln may comprise a series of parallel chambers so as to constitute a continuous and endless passage. Each chamber communicates with the two adjacent chambers by a pair of passages, placed at the opposite ends of the chambers, and so controlled by dampers that either air, gases, or products of combustion may be led in any direction through the kiln ; also particular portions of the kiln can be MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 285 temporarily disconnected. To facilitate charging and dis- charging and the use of firing-chambers of little height, a movable hearth or floor may be employed. On the latter may be set up gas pipes, channels communicating by an iron tube with the vertical gas pipes and with the gas conduits respec- tively. Two bent tubes, united by an inverted U'^^^P^^ pip^? may be employed for conducting the gas into the pipes set upon the movable hearth. [Drawing.] A.D. 1880, March 20.— No.* 1206. VON NAWROCKI, Geeard Wexzeslaus. — (A communication from Gustav Ihrugger.) — Cupola furnaces for smelting pig metal and wrought iron. As improvements upon the prior Specification No. 3654, A.D. 1879, the flames and hot gases may be further utilized bybeing con- ducted from the chamber below the cupola into other chambers, in which metal can be melted on the open hearth or in crucibles, or which serve as annealing-ovens or drying-stoves, or which may be hot-blast stoves. Sometimes heated air may be intro- duced into the said gases to effect more perfect combustion or to act as a vehicle for conveying the heat thereof. Again, separate apertures (preferably at the side of the cupola chamber, having a recess towards which its bottom slopes) may convey the gases and the liquid pig metal from the cupola into the lower chamber. Thus the combustible gases are afforded a freer passage, " so that the cupola i chamber forms as it were a gas generator for " the lower chamber, but little gas escaping through the upper open end of the cupola (which need not have a chimney and can be filled to a greater extent with fuel), and the requisite downdraught being provided by a chimney into which the products of combustion ultimately pass. Also the lower chamber may be at the side of, instead of directly beneath, the cupola. Moreover, the wrought iron may be melted in the lower chamber on a raised firebrick bench, slab, or bridge, whence it runs down on to the bed to mix with the liquid cast iron descending from the cupola. Thus, the melting and the mixing may be carried on continuously. \_Draici)ig.'] 286 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, March 22.— No. 1225. BARKER, George. — (A commim} cation front Horace L. Brooke.') — Hot-blast ovens. To facilitate renewals and secure a maximum temperature of blast, the fireplace of the oven has an arched roof in which are a series of openings extending completely across the oven, and on each side of " each opening is a bridge wall extending some " distance above the inner floor of the oven. On one side of " the oven at the top is the inlet main, from which a series of " short pipes project coinmunicating with the transverse mains, ^' which are provided with removable covers and are square or " rectangular in cross section. Dampers in the mains direct the " incoming blast into the downtake pipes, which latter commu- nicate with the lower transverse mains," vertical pipes extend ing between the upper and lower transverse mains. " The lower mains lie between the bridge walls and are provided " with thimbles or spigots, over which the lower ends of the " vertical pipes fit, where they are secured by cross pins which sustain the mains. At their upper ends the vertical pipes project 'jhro ugh holes " in the lower side of i the mains, and are retained by pins. The " top of the transverse mains being removable, ready access is afforded for calking the joints between the vertical pipes" and mains, and for removing a burnt pipe. " The downtake pipes " at their upper ends " tele- " scope on spigots or in sockets or thimbles in the mains " to provide a " slip joint " for unequal expansion. The blast may be checked by "an internal throttling thimble or neck piece " in the upper ends of the vertical pipes. The blast descends into the lower mains and rises again into the upper mains, finally issuing through " the incline and delivery pipe," the heat and flames sweeping over the system of pipes, but the " baffle walls prevent a direct play of the flames on the mains and the junctions therewith of the vertical pipes." Wrought-iron pipes are chiefly or wholly employed, reasons being assigned for preferring them to cast-iron pipes. [Draivhig,'] A.D. 1880, March 24.— No. 1255. WILSON, Riley Porter.—" Smelting ovens." To produce metals in a pure state direct from the ore MA.NUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL 287 (without the impurities which now enter into smelted iron, etc.), vertical retorts are to be externally heated to any degree required for " the treatment or smelting of the various ores, as ' " iron, steel," etc. The retorts, which preferably consist of a ! fireclay, plumbago, or like upper part and of a lined iron lower part, are arranged in an enclosed furnace in nests of two or more ; and are placed close to the opposite sides of the furnace alternately, so that the flame and heat may travel round each retort (except where it touches the brickwork of the furnace) and then pass to the smoke stack through an end flue and a return flue under the bottoms of the retorts, the furnace being ; provided with a fireplace at one end. The retorts, which are preferably oblong, may be supported upon a floor or division walls. Near theibottoms of each retort are openings, in con- nection with " branches " leading through the furnace wall, for drawing off metal and slag, respectively, into a receiver ; ' while, from near the upper end of the retort, pipes conduct gases and oxides into a condensing-chamber. These pipes may be cleaned by introducing steam. A luted cover or door may ■ close the top of the retort, or a hopper may be attached and ' be filled ready for a charge, in which case " the excessive ' " heat of the retort will heat and dry the ore preparatory to " its being dumped into the retort." \_Draimng.'\ • A.D. 1880, March 27.— No. 1291. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication from Alfred \ Braconnier.) — Refractory basic bricks. Magnesia (obtained by treating calcined natural dolomite with a solution of hydrochlorate of ammonia or of metallic I chlorides in such proportion that the lime alone is dissolved) lis dried, slightly calcined, pulverized, and then moistened to produce a somewhat stiff paste, which is formed into bricks ' in moulds, using the highest practicable pressure. The bricks i are desiccated, and then burnt for at least 12 hours in rege- i nerative kilns, constructed of magnesian bricks, and heated by ' gas to the highest temperature attainable. [ \^No Drawings.'] 288 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, March 30.— No. 1298. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (.4 commimication from Rohert 77. Hamilton and William Griffith.) — Puddling. When the iron is melted, a strong heat is kept up in the furnace until the iron has boiled for from 15 to 30 minutes, whereupon (and before the metal begins to come to nature) a mixture or com- pound of black oxide of manganese, sal soda (or muriate of soda), nitrate of soda, and bi-borate of soda (or muriate of ammonia) may be thoroughly stirred into the molten mass, and the pud- dling process is proceeded with as usual, except that slag or cinder need not be introduced at any time during the process. Also the iron comes to nature and can be balled and removed sooner than usual, a more refined, tough, and fibrous iron being obtain- able. The sulphur and other impurities are carried off by the slag, so that inferior pig will make superior iron. If desired, the mixture may be added before the boiling. Either bi-borate of soda or muriate of ammonia may be used without the other ingredients. [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1880, March 31.— No. 1329. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from Emil Pirath and Edimrd Piratli.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — Eliminating phosphorus from iron in Bessemer converters. This is effected by introducing finely-divided magnesian salt (dolomite or artificial mixtures) or soda by means of the ordinary blast, or of a separate blast entering at each side of the converter, so that the basic reagent employed becomes intimately mixed with the molten metal therein. The reagent may be placed in a covered funnel, suspended movably, con- nected by a movable pipe or hose to the blast pipe, and shaken by a cam or like arrangement to prevent the reagent from sticking in the funnel, while a throttle valve regulates the dis- charge of the reagent. Or on the blast pipe may be provided a closed pipe or cylinder, filled in the upper part with the reagent, and containing a revolving worm or screw which carries the reagent into the blast pipe in quantity regulated by the speed of the screw. The converter may be lined with firebricks, instead of basic bricks. [No Dravings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 289 A.D. 1880, April 2.— No. 1354. ABELj Charles Denton. — {A communication from Nicholas Ynqn.) — Apparatus applicable to the production of air blast. An air blast or suction is produced by heating and cooling air in travelling alternately from one enclosed space to another, f a portion escaping at each expansion, and fresh air entering during the contraction. A piston, preferably hollow and filled with a non-conductor of heat, reciprocates easily in a cylinder which has one or more delivery valves, and one or more suction \ valves. To the cylinder cover is fixed a regenerator, which com- [ prises a bent iron or copper pipe, filled with a good heat-con- [ ductor, preferably corrugated copper strips, and joined below k by passages with the bottom of the cylinder through a heating- chamber, where the air is heated like the water in a tubular boiler. At each downstroke of the piston the air is forced ; over the heater, and through the regenerating-tube, where it parts with its heat to the metal filling and contracts so that air - enters. In ascending strokes the air is drawn through the heated regenerator, and expanding, part escapes by opening one \ of the outlet valves and produces the blast. The piston, which ^ falls by its own weight, may be raised either by an engine or ! motor, either actuated separately or by part of the power i generated in the apparatus, using either the air blast or the inlet f current. In the latter method the air is preferably only admitted near the end of the down stroke. The invention is I chiefly applicable to blast furnaces and other metallurgical purposes. \ Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, AprH 6.— No. 1400. WILSON, John Hays. — Manufacture of steel, and steel and iron castings. Malleable or wrought iron, purified from phosphorus, sulphur, and silicon, and preferably that made in accordance with the prior Specifications of H.*^ C. Bull, Nos. 3624 and 5324, A.D. y 1879, may be converted into crucible steel by cementation and j processes ordinarily used, but preferably by melting it with . spiegeleisen or ferro-manganese, or both, and charcoal. Thus, I .48 lbs. of the iron, 1^ of spiegeleisen, \ of ferro-manganese, ( and 11 oz. of charcoal may be used. ' P61M. K 290 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Such iron may be also employed for making steel and iron castings. [No Di^aioings.'] A.D. 1880, April 8.— No. 1433. ALEXANDER, John, and McCOSH, Andrew Kirkwood. — Separating condensable matters from blast-furnace and other combustible gases. The apparatus described may be used for the purposes of the inventors' prior Specification No. 4117, A.D. 1879. A main, communicating with several blast furnaces, may be provided with a number of "lateral branch pipes, each of *' which terminates in a vertical pipe or trunk connected with " several subsections constituting one main section of the separating apparatus. Each main section consists of a rect- angular casing or structure of iron divided into subsections by horizontal partitions, and in each subsection hollow boxes or " partitions having cold water passing through them are placed so as to cause the gases to pass by indirect and circuitous courses through them." There are outlet pipes for collecting and drawing off the matters deposited, while the gases pass from the several subsections to a vertical trunk and thence to scrubbing-columns, whence the purified gases are led to the fan and distributing-main. The proportions of the apparatus are regulated so that the movement of the gases may be com- paratively slow to promote the deposition of condensible matters, and the directions of flow of the water through the boxes and of the gases through the intervening spaces are generally opposite to each other. Water pipes connect the boxes together, and the passages for the gases are between and alternately above and below the latter. \_Dravnng,'\ A.D. 1880, April 10.— No. 1479. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from Alfred Bracojinier.) — Manufacture of iron and sfceel. The prior Specification No. 1291, A.D. 1880, is referred to. Ordinary white pig iron to be refined should be very highly MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 291 heated in a regenerative gas reverberatory furnace. When it is^ desired to obtain products of the best quality, or to use with the pig iron either scrap or waste pieces or old rails, the patentee adds " manganesian pig iron in the proportion of from one to three per cent, of manganese in the mass." The molten iron is introduced into a Bessemer converter, with from 12 to 15 p. c. of highly-heated lime. Yery soon after the disappear- ance of the carbon, the first scoria is run off and from 8 to 10 p. c. of lime mixed with 20 of calcareous iron ore are added, " and the refining is completed by again running off the scoria " or slag and then admitting a current of gas" for several seconds, and finally adding from 3 to 8 p. c. of spiegeleisen according to the metal required. The upper part of the converter, which becomes obstructed by solidifying scoria, is made movable, like the bottom, and replaceable by another. The converter is lined and its bottom is formed of magnesian bricks, manufactured in accordance with the prior Specification. A cement of magnesia with a little clay may be used in fitting them together. The air passages are formed by makmg grooves in the bricks. \_No Draivings.] A.D. 1880, April 10.— No. 1482. BARLOW, Walter Alfred. — (A communication from Ferdi- yiand Moro.) — Casting steel or iron ingots of desired weight. The moulds are connected to a weighing-apparatus, so that the teeming may be stopped at the exact moment to obtain ingots of a given weight. The moulds may stand upon bottom plates, and these upon (J or saddle irons, which are screwed on to a ground plate common to several moulds, room being thus left for introducing weighing-apparatus below the moulds. The frame of a lever balance "is by means of four plungers sus- " pended in four hydraulic cylinders," the latter being fastened upon a plate resembling a shovel, the handle of which as it " were is a bar, formed as toothed rack guided in frame " and capable of being moved back and forward by a pinion. On the back of this rack are screwed fast the standard for the balance and a small hydraulic pump in connection with the cylinders. P 6154. K 2 292 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. The other parts resemble those of a common lever balance. By the forward movement the slanting face of the shovel comes to rest against a slanting bottom plate (shown beneath the mould). By working the pump the balance and mould are raised, and the weight of the mould is noted. To this weight that of the desired ingot is added on the scale beam, and the metal is teemed until the beam rises. Hydraulic pressure may replace the rack and pinion, or a lever arrangement may be used for raising the apparatus. If the moulds are stationary, the weigh- ing apparatus must be movable from mould to mould. A shield may protect the apparatus and attendant from a spatter- ing of the metal. Other weighing arrangements may be used, the mould being held by the bottom or sides for being raised. A.D. 1880, April 19.— No, 1597. BERRY, Albert, — Rolling-mills. To convey the bloom or billet from the first pair or set of rolls to the second, and to any beyond the second, — tbere may be employed a hollow box, trough, or pipe, which is twisted or contains a twisted or rifled groove to turn the bar or billet laterally one-fourth part of a revolution in passing from one pair of rolls to the next, the billet being long enough to reach from one pair to the other and being forced through the trough by the first pair. To this pair is fitted a pipe, which is secured to a cramp bar by an eye-bolt, and the front end of which is tapered where it enters the trough. The back end of the latter has wings or projections for securing it to the cramp bar. The parts of the trough are held together by set-screws and a clip, so that it can be taken to pieces. A hollow guard, which is likewise secured, is curved at its front end to fit the second pair of rolls and shaped at its back to receive the front of the trough. A modified trough is hinged, for opening it to extract the billet in case it chokes the trough. Also the interior of the trough may be angular in cross section instead of rectangular, being shaped to suit the billet to be passed through it and delivered automatically to the pair of rolls in front of it. \_Draivlngs.'\ MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 298 A.D. 1880, April 26.— No. 1709. HALDEMAN, John. — {Provisional protection not allowed.) — « Treatment of steel. Steel, in bars or scrap, is to be heated in a furnace sufficiently to practically decarbonize the steel, allowing the material to ^* cool gradually, the result being a metal of great strength and ductility." [No Draynngs."] A.D. 1880, May l.—No. 1798. LAKE, William Robert. — (A commimlcation from Thomas Southan.) — Calcining and deoxidizing ores," etc. Pulverized or granulated ore or oxide of iron, intermixed with about 15 p. c. of fine charcoal for its reduction, may be intro- duced, by means of a hopper or otherwise, into the top retort of a set (or sets) of preferably cylindrical retorts, heated io red- ness in a chamber ; wherein, according to a drawing, the retorts are arranged horizontally. Each retort contains a conveyer, such as a shaft with spiral projections revolving in proximity to the inner surface of the retort, to cause the charge within it to travel gradully from one end of the retort to the other and the particles to change their relative places and be continuously intermixed, so that the whole may be subjected to the same temperature. Beneath the top retort there may be a middle and a bottom retort, wherein the charge is successively and likewise treated as it descends from retort to retort, air being excluded. From the bottom and generally hottest retort, the now reduced ore or metallic iron passes into and through a series of cooling-cylinders, also provided with conveyers and arranged within a water tank, the top cylinder communicating with the bottom retort, and the alternate ends of the retorts and cylinders of each set communicating with each other by passages. The bottom cylinder communicates by a passage with a water trough, and the water forms a hydraulic seal to exclude air from the cylinders. The gas generated in the retorts has a greater tension than the atmosphere, so that the outflow of the :same will prevent the inflow of air, this result being aided by ^' devices." Sometimes a single retort may be employed. Other 294 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. carbonaceous matter, such as sawdust, may replace charcoal ; or carbonic oxide gas can be used, as it possesses at a high tempe- rature the power of reducing the oxides of iron and other metals. The reducing-gas (which may also consist of carbonic oxide and nitrogen principally, such as is produced by a Siemens producer) may be admitted into the retorts by tubes or other devices for bring it into intimate contact with the ore. \_Draicing,'] A.D. 1880, May 5.— No. 1836. LANCASTER, Robeet. — (Provisional j^rotection only.) — Fus- ing iron ores and scrap iron or steel." The inventor manufactures iron and steel direct from the ores by treating them with ordinary or highly superheated steam*" The ores and limestone or other caustic base are treated in a closed melting-furnace or cupola ; and the steam^ being passed through the mass, is brought " into intimate con- " nection with the ores and base that will fuse the ores into " liquid iron or steel ; scrap iron or scrap steel may be similarly " treated ; and such iron or steel, whether used from the ore or otherwise, may be then further manipulated into other solid and marketable forms " by known processes. [No Drav'ings.'] A.D. 1880, May 18.— No. 2015. SCHOLES, William. — Hardening and tempering steel. Steel wire passes from a reel through a bed of asbestos, slag- wool, wire scale, sand or other silica, or heated charcoal, either separately or in combination with the other materials, or a tube heated to the required temperature ; a pan containing granu- lated matter, preferably sand, which is heated, as by a subjacent fire, may be used. Next the wire, without exposure to the air, is passed through a small thin tube of heat-conducting material, immersed in water or other cold body at a suitable temperature for hardening or stiffening the wire ; the cold body may be con- tained in a trough or outer and larger tube. If the wire be now too hard, it ma}^ be tempered by passing it through another bed of heated granulated material or by other means, a lower tem- perature than that of the first bed being here used. The wire MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 295 is not scaled or otherwise damaged. Small wire may be fed continuously ; to allow strong wire to remain longer in the heat- ing and cooling chambers, the block, winder, or reel, on to which the wire is wound, may receive an intermittent rotary motion adjustable to suit various thicknesses of wire and produce a regular temper or stiffness throughout. \_Drawing.'] A.D. 1880, May 18.— No. 2024. JUSTICE, Philip Middleton. — (A communication from Alexander Lyman Holley.) — Bessemer converters. ^ To facilitate repairing the lining of the shell of the converter, the shell is to be constructed readily detachable from the trunnion ring or from that part of the trunnion ring which " carries the trunnions and blast pipe," so that it can be re- moved and replaced without disturbing the trunnions. This may be effected by constructing the trunnions and a frame or " ring connecting them independently of the shell." The ring may be of forged or cast iron or steel. " The whole or Jialf of " the ring, the trunnion, and a part of the air pipe " may be cast in one piece and strengthened by a wrought-iron lining. The shell is made rather smaller in diameter than the ring, so as to readily slip into the latter and leave an intervening space to allow for the distortion of the shell by heat. The shell may be secured to the ring by brackets, cottar bolts, wedges, or other- wise. The bottom of the converter preferably having been first removed, the shell may be hoisted out of the ring or pulled out laterally, but it is preferred to lower it on a car. A hydraulic lift under the converter may lower the shell upon the car, or may raise the car up to the shell and lower both together. Any form of hoist, lift, or crane may be used. The shell may be conveyed away to be repaired (and for this purpose may be lifted into a mounted trunnion ring), while it is replaced by a repaired shell. [Draiving.] A.D. 1880, May 21.— No. 2070. STONE, Robert. — Extracting metals from their ores, aiirotection onhf.) — Separating iron from animal charcoal, sugar, and saccharine liquids. The charcoal, or sugar, or syrup is passed slowly across a magnet or a series of magnets ; one or more magnets are sup- ported within a box ; the particles of iron collect on the poles of the magnets as the charcoal, sugar, or syrup passes across them. In another form of apparatus, tapered magnetized bars, of triangular cross-section, are arranged together in a conical form, so as to have an adjustable space between each bar. The charcoal, for instance, is passed through these spaces and the iron particles collect on the edges of the bars. The back of the bars may be of a curved hollow form . In another form of apparatus, a series of parallel bar magnets 306 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. are bound together in a framing with sufficient space between the bars to allow the material under treatment to pass. [No Drawings.] A.D. 1880, July 7.— No. 2780. EICHARDS, Edward Windsor, and GODFEEY, Samuel.— Straightening rails, bars, etc., and other treatment thereof. Rails etc. may be straightened or curved in two directions at right angles to one another (or straightened in one direction and curved in the other) by a series of upper and lower horizontal rolls and a series of vertical rolls, so acting that the rail is, during one passage through the machine, operated upon first by the rolls of one series and afterwards by those of the other. Brackets on frames support the journals of driving- shafts, and the journals of grooved or plain horizontal rolls have bearings in the same frames. The shafts are provided with gearing for driving the rolls. Of three horizontal rolls in the bottom and top rows, respectively, one of each is adjustable by screws etc., and is situated centrally with regard to the space between the other two rolls in the row above or below it. One roll of each of the two rows of vertical driven rolls is likewise adjustable. Rollers guide the rail into and through the machine, which might be modified by making all the rolls adjustable. The straightened rail may pass on to live rollers for convey- ance to slotting-machines (of known construction) for reducing it to the required length. To regulate this length, one of the two slotting-machines (which operate simultaneously on the two ends of the rail) is adjustable upon a bed by a screw or rack and pinion. Thence other live rollers may convey the rail to drilling machines and elsewhere, handling by manual labour being avoided. A.D. 1880, July 7.— No. 2793. JONES, Isaac. — Annealing-pots for tin plates. To give increased durability, the invention consists in ^' making the top and sides of the pot in separate parts, having the MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. 307 top formed spherical in its centre part, or elliptical, spheroidal, or dome shaped, or nearly so over the entire surface, and adapted to fit into a trough formed either inside or outside . ' the upper part of the pot, which trough may be either cast with i or fixed to the pot, or separate and put in loose, or be formed \ as a recess between the upper part of the pot and the lower I part of the top or cover." The top of the pot has an internal I flange, which is inserted in sand or other material contained in I the said trough. There may be slits in the trough to prevent ; breakage through unequal expansion and contraction. A.D. 1880, July 14.— No. 2899. j GORMAN, William.— Manufacture of iron and steel. I Coal, wood, or other fuel or combustible refuse may be filled ; into upright chambers, having at the base grates, tuyeres, or openings for supplying air, hot or cold, or mixed with steam or I carbonaceous gases, for combustion. The heat thus generated I at the base of the column of fuel ascends, and, by providing outlets at suitable heights (the top of the chamber being closed), \ the products of combustion or partial combustion of the solid " part of the fuel " may be withdrawn a little above the said openings, the permanent gases of the fuel" at a higher level, " the condensible oil and tar gases at a still higher level, " and the aqueous and ammoniacal gases at the top," so that the several products can be separately utilized. Thus, the gases produced by the combustion may be burnt for heating reverberatory or other furnaces or for heating air, and the permanent combustible gases may be likewise used. When coke or charcoal is to be produced, air is supplied near the place where permanent gases are evolved to burn part of them and produce heat for carbonization. The heated products of com- bustion, after descending, may ascend through external flues in ' order to assist in expelling gases from the fuel ; or they may be forced downwards through the fuel for its cirbonization, form- ing combustible gases for heating purposes. The above means " of carbonizing fuel and utilizing the gaseous products are I " applicable to the upper part of blast furnaces, wherein the fuel is carbonized by burning part of the permanent gases as 308 MANUFACTURE OF lEON AND STEEL " above provided for and descends the lower part of the charge in the main barrel of the furnace along with the iron or iron producing materials, which are filled in along with the fuel " in a suitable closing apparatus as usual." The said products descend and escape from the furnace, together with the tuyer " gases, at a suitable height," while the condensable gases are withdrawn at the top. The ore- and flux may be filled into passages surrounding the fuel chamber, and the mixed gases may ascend therethrough to reduce the ores. Part of the gases may be led into other passages c ontaining blast pipes, and be injected into the fuel chamber aad burnt by the blast to increase the heat and redu|jiag ga es. The alternate separating walls of the ore passages or cha;nbers are "covered at top " by a strong saddle to protect thorn from the ores " etc. dis- charged into the passagf^s through valves. In another furnace the ores or metals and flux are filled into the fuel chamber, the surrounding passages being in some measure replaced by an annular gas chamber. This furnace or apparatus " may also be " used for converting fuel, either by blast," or a grate may be provided for burning solid fuel upon. Again, gas from other sources may be used in some furnaces. The fuel chambers described or " fuel converters " may be " worked by blast or draught, ar d applied to heat furnaces or " chambers, placed in conjunction or separately, in which metals " are heated or melted, or ores at e smelted. Also metals or slag " from blast or other furnaces," or fluxes etc. " may be filled along " with the fuel into the converter ; and being fused may flow into " the bottom of the converter and aforesaid side chambers " and aid in smelting or melting the contents of these chambers ; and the fused metals may be run out (from the crucible of the furnace) into hearths, ladles, or pots and be kept hot by gases from the converter for refining treatment (adding ferro-manganese or other mixing, fluxing, or carburizing material). When only metals are to be melted, the gases passing into the side chambers may be burnt by admitting a blast. E-efining may take place in reverberatory furnaces, which may be in place of the side chambers. By using the converter, metals or mixtures (including ores for iron or steel) may be melted in " crucibles contained in a " casing which may be lifted for pouring ; " or if the crucibles are large, the metals are tapped, ladled, or lifted out. The MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 301) melting or smelting takes place in closed vessels out of contact with burning fuel or flame. The metals, ores, etc. are filled into an externally-heated upright chamber (according to a drawing) and are raked out at its bottom into the crucible by tools introduced at a door. The cylindrical casing containing the crucible and supporting walls and lining may be removable for repairs or pouring out the metal, and the crucible can be (built up of several pieces. Crude iron to be refined may be filled into a converter with fuel and purifying-agents. The partly- refined fused iron is run I into a puddling-hearth, heated by the converter gas, and is finished ^nd balled up as usual ; or the melted iron may be run ■ into a raised hearth " containing oxides of iron and purifying- fluxes. Again, molten crude iron may be operated on in a raised hearth with a silicious or other lining by blasts of hot or cold air, introduced through pipes or hollow bars to oxidize the i silicon. The iron is then tapped, without the slag produced, ; into a lower hearth lined with oxides of iron, which may be mixed with lime or other bases or fluxes calculated to act on the carbon and other extraneous substances so as to produce iron I or steel. To obtain iron, it may be balled up when it solidifies i in this hearth. To produce cast steel or ingot iron, the heat is I raised as the refining proceeds and the metal is kept fluid and ! run out, spiegeleisen or ferro-manganese being added. A double reverberatory furnace for such purposes has a fuel converter and two hearths, beneath which air for the partial combustion is heated, projections on the bottom plates of the hearths in- creasing the heating-surface ; while air to burn the converter gas is heated in passages over the furnace roof, the resulting flame heating first a lower and then a raised hearth, connected together by a gutter. Each hearth may sometimes be separately heated ; and scrap may be heated in the lower hearth, before it receives the molten metal from the other. Heat restorers, for heating air for combustion, as by means of the waste heat of the furnace, may comprise refractory clay I tubes or passages, through or over which the air and hot waste gases are respectively passed. The hot gases preferably pass ' through the passages in a downward direction, and the air enters the bottom series of passages and rises upwards towards the I top of the apparatus,- but the air and gas currents may take other directions as needed. The passages are tubular or of 310 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. other section with oblong or other flanges at each end and at intervals, so that when the tubes are placed alongside. " the spaces between them form a series of passages external to the tubes so that whilst the hot gases pass down through the tubes or passages the air may be caused to cross and " recross the tubes or passages, resulting in an upward direction ; or the hot gases may pass downwards outside " the passages and the air pass " through one series of passages " and return through another alternately in an upward " direction." Brickwork supports the passages, when horizontal, throughout their length, and is " formed of wedge shaped " bricks arranged so as to have the bearing properties of an arch, with openings corresponding to those of the passages to permit the escape of the waste gases." The passages may be placed vertically and be " joined by sockets or flanges so that gravity will assist in keeping the joints close " together." The restorer may be placed above ground at the end of or above a puddling or other furnace, as in direct connection with its chimney. Again, the restorer may be heated by burning combustible gases therein. " To obtain the whole heat from the fuel at once, it is burned on a grate in an enclosed furnace, and the air for ^' the combustion of the gases is heated by a series of gills or " plates placed in front of the fire and supplied over the fuel." Yalves, worked by automatic or other means, regulate the passage of air respectively through and over the fire to ensure complete combustion with the least air. \_Draicmgs.'] A.D. 1880, July 22.— No. 3012. GLASER, Frtedrtch Carl. — (A communication from Wilhelm Boecker.) — Rolling wire. To roll wire in large quantities and very rapidly and so as to make very heavy or thin wire at a high heat, there may be combined two complete trains of rolls, which feed the wire automatically into each other ; there are several groups of rolls to each set, all of which run horizontally. Both trains are driven by means of one shaft lying between them. Each train has several sets of gearing, partly to regulate the pro- portionate speed of the rolls, and partly to distribute the strain. The upper and lower rolls are rotated from the middle MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 311 ■j rolls by toothed wheels. Funnel-shaped guides, placed between ' the two trains in horizontal positions partly above and partly below the driving-shaft according bo the position of the respective rolls, convey the wire from one train to the other i the wire alternately assuming a rectangular and an oval shape. But " the wire passing through all the guides is only of " rectangular section ; " and it has " an oval section at all j " those portions which move over the floor of the mill outside I " the rolls," so that " the wire of oval section is taken hold " of by the workmen's tongs and introduced into the rect- ^ " angular calibers of the next rolls." Vertical rolls, with [ conical gearing and curved or twisted guides, are not required. If The arrangement may be varied and the driving-shaft dis- 1 pensed with by making the spur wheels in front of the , " head stocks to each set of such proportionate diameters " as to give the required speed for the respective rolls, the 1 power being transmitted from the one set of rolls to the K " other through the rolls themselves : " or the different surface speeds may be obtained by making the rolls of corresponding diameters. [Draioings.'] A.B. 1880, July 22.— No. 3023. ! LAKE, William Robert. — (A •communication from Wilhelm - Wenstrom,) — Rolling-mills. The compression is effected on all four sides and at directly opposite points of the welded bar (or other piece of metal under operation) at the same time, and different widths and thicknesses of metal may be rolled without changing the rolls. For ingots and rough bars the edge compression is not important. For rolling flat bars and girder plates, the upper roll is mounted in bearings on a vertically-movable crosshead, adjust- able by screws, gear-wheels, etc. The lower roll always main- tains the same level, but has its bearings on a frame, which I slides in grooves formed in the bed, and is moved laterally by means of a feed-screw, bevel gearing, etc. Of two edge rolls, one keeps an unchanging position, and the 'other is adapted to follow the upper roll in its vertical, and the lower in its lateral j adjustment, these adjustments determining the thickness and width of the bar. The bearing-support of the movable edge 312 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. roll has horizontal guides sliding upon the above-mentioTied crosshead, while there are vertical guides upon the altove- mentioned sliding frame. Instead of using long coupling- spindles to allow of adjusting the rolls, four driving-pinions are preferred, two being constantly in one position. The pinion of the upper roll can be raised and lowered without much inconvenience, and that on the lower roll can be moved lengthwise without becoming disengaged from the long or broad teeth of its gear-wheel. The edge rolls are revolved by friction against the bar, which is guided by conductors, fixed on tlie sliding frame, and movable laterally with the lower roll to suit different widths of bar. One conductor has a flange on one side, and there is a fixed guide. Relievers for the upper roll, if required, are fixed to the crosshead. For rolling ingots, the edge rolls are dispensed with, and each of the other rolls is provided with a collar to confine the metal. For rolling piled iron, each of the two rolls has two collars, and these collars are at first directly over each other ; but, when the iron has reached the condition for being reduced in size, the rolls are adjusted as above described, "and the metal is guided by two of the collars only at opposite corners ^' of such metal." For rolling rough bars, three rolls with a collar on each are employed, the upper and lower rolls being adjustable vertically and the central roll laterally. A.D. 1880, July 27.— No. 3096. LINDBERG, Leonard Magnus. — (Provisional protect/on onltj.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. A flame, produced from rich gas and air for its combustion, is directed with great velocity against the surface of molten crude or pig iron on the hearth of a furnace, removes the slag therefrom, and owing to its concentrated heat and oxidizing- power converts the metal " (under the phenomenon of boiling) " to steel or malleable iron." The furnace may have a casing of iron plates lined with refractory material, and a bed or hearth rammed of refractory material. There are openings for charging, taking out samples, tapping the refined metal, and connecting the furnace with gas and air regenerators. There are air and gas channels, and the air blast is directed with sufficient velocity through the gas and into a common conducting-tube. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 313 whereby the mixing becomes intimate and the combustion perfect, a " focus- flame " being obtained. ''By increasing or diminishing of the pressure on the gas and air," the flame may be made oxidizing or reducing. When the samples indicate the desired composition and quality, the metal is cast as usual. \_No DrawingsJ] A.D. 1880, July 31.— No. 3162. BAKER, Richard. — (^4 communication from Cyrus Bullard Morse.) — Making hollow ingots or tubes of cast steel. Relates to casting hollow steel ingots and subsequently rolling or swaging them down to certain forms, in such a manner as to retain a uniform thickness of metal for the produc- tion of steam-pipes, gun barrels, boiler flues, tubular flues, shafting, hollow axles, axle-boxes, spindles, locomotive, marine^ and other flues, rings for spinning frames, and other articles. For producing the ingots, steel, steel scrap, Peru or Swedish iron, charcoal powder, refined manganese, and rock salt, are mixed together in suitable proportions and melted. Bessemer, Siemens- Miirtin, or other processes for preparing steel may be used. [7>yY/?/v>?Y7.] A.D. 1880, August 3.— No. 3183. ALLPORT, Charles James. — {Provisional jyrotection only.) — Making the joints of moulds for casting steel and other metals under pressure. The inventor uses " strips or rings of asbestos millboard or " asbestos fibre, made into a gaskin between the bottom of the " ingot mould & the bottom upon which it stands, and the lid and top of the mould," and also between the joints of the different pieces of the mould, if so made. \No DravungsT^ A.D. 1880, August 9.— No. 3257. SPRIN(tMANN, Henry. — {A communication from C. F. A. Qfipvsell.) — "Manufacture of chilled articles of steel and iron." The patentee claims " the manufacture of chilled castings " from a mixture of melted white and grey, or melted mottled, " or melted grey pig iron as one component, and melted steel as the other." The pig iron may be melted in a cupola, " Martm oven," or other furnace, with from 5 to 30 p. c. of 314 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. cast steel, varying the ingredients in different cases. For armour plates, from 35 to 40 p. c. of grey and white pig iron, respectively, with from 20 to 30 of steel will give a good mixture. As there are drawbacks to melting more than about 30 p. c. of steel with 70 p. c. of pig iron in a cupola or other furnace, the patentee may also melt the proportionate admix- ture of steel in crucibles, a Martin oven, or otherwise, and mix it with the melted pig iron in a vessel, before it is let into the ^* cast iron or other moulds used for the manufacture of chilled " surfaces." When set, the castings are transferred to retorts, kilns, or ovens, and there remain at a more or less dark red heat, equally all over, for a length of time, being finally cooled gradually. Such castings possess greater strength or resisting power, without the defects (undue tension or strain) of ordinary chilled castings. [No Drawings.'] A.T>. 1880, August 10.— No. 3272. NEYILL, William Henry. — Re-working shearings. To cut up and separate shearings, produced in rolling sheets in packs for the manufacture of tin plates or other purposes, the inventor employs ordinary shears, and passes the shearings through one or more pairs of grooved or other rollers before they are cut into short lengths, the rollers being so connected with the shearing-mechanism that " a certain length of the " shearings, say, from 1 to 4 inches is cut off after having been " passed through the said rollers." The rollers may receive an intermittent motion by means of a ratchet-wheel, which is con- nected to the rollers by a spindle capable of being thrown in and out of gear by a clutch handle. The ratchet-wheel is set in motion by an eccentric, pin, lever, or other arrangement in con- nection with a spur-wheel or shaft, the motion being so arranged that the length of the shearings to be cut off is introduced between the shear blades when the upper blade is raised. The separation of the pieces is to obtain better results when they are treated in the puddling-f urnace or otherwise. Introducing the shearings into a puddling-furnace by means of a covered hopper, having at the bottom a valve perforated for the passage of the heat to the shearings in the hopper, is disclaimed. [Dmvnng.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 315 A.D. 1880, August 13.— No. 3295. WILLIAMS. Silas. — Annealing-pots. Stronger and more durable pots for use in tin works, while made thinner to facilitate the heating, may be thus con- structed : — The lid of the pot is cast separately from the case, and, when desired to form the joint, it is done by means of fire- clay, and the lid is fixed to the case by bolts, which are passed through lugs arranged to permit of expansion and contraction, the lid being thus secured airtight. The interior of the lid has brackets or ribs to support it and prevent cracking when heated. There is a band round the pot or case to prevent its buckling and collapsing. \_Draifnng.~\ A.D. 1880, August 13.— No. 3300. KESSELER, Carl. — (A communication from Dieclricli Wilhelm Reimert.) — Tempering cast steel. To harden the interior portions of the barrels or tubes of cannon or rifles, without causing the exteriors to lose their toughness, they are mounted at one end in the hollow bosses of pinions and at the other in plain bearings, and rotated with the pinions by means of a hand-wheel etc. The interior of the barrel is connected by tubes with a reservoir or tank containing the tempering-liquid, which preferably consists of a strong solution of cyanide of potassium (cyankalium) tartar, and salt. The solution flows through the barrels, the outsides of which are kept heated by a gas or charcoal fire. The solution is received into a tank etc. and conducted away for re-use. The solution may be replaced by a piece of solid " cyankalium " placed in the rifle barrel. In treating large ordnance tubes only one should be treated at a time, the fire should entirely surround it, and steam or other power be employed to rotate it. \Draimng.'\ A.D. 1880, August 16.— No. 3321. WISE, William Lloyd. — (.4 commuyiication from Bernard 7?(i6gr.)— Metallurgical furnace. Apparatus for burning fuel, which is received first upon a fore grate or hearth where partial combustion and evolution o€ :^16 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. gases occur, and which is driven along until it enters a secondary furnace or generator, is described, as well as applications or modifications thereof. In one case a melting-furnace takes the place of a generator with the combination of a front grate plate and with the arched hearth thereto belonging, a " pit for giving a preliminary heating to the fuel and carbonising or igniting it, and serves either to roast or to heat the ore. For certain processes the coal is carbonised together with the ore. The carbonic oxide which escapes from the furnace meets in its way the material arriving : the gases from the ^' furnace are used for the purposes named, or a portion of the fresh fuel arriving." The said gases with those yielded by the combustion for preliminary heating," etc., may be taken off together or separately as shown by a drawing, which repre- sents apparatus apparently in connection with the upper part hi a blast furnace. [Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1880, August 19.~No. 3364. AUBE, Paul. — Manufacture of steel. Iron or articles thereof may be converted into steel in heated retorts, which also contain some or other of the following substances, employed in different cases : — Charcoal, coke, dry steam, water, a fatty body or substance of any kind, coal, bog- head, schist, tars, resin, petroleum. The iron and charcoal or coke may be placed in the retort in layers. Sometimes the iron is placed with charcoal in a retort, into which steam is introduced, and is afterwards placed in another retort, into which a fatty body is introduced. Various actions take place in the retorts, including the cementa- tion of the iron, and the production of lighting - gas, which is one object of the invention. For reheating or ^' tempering the steel," it is " sufficient, according to the fineness " of grain which it is desired to obtain, to pass it again in the ^' retorts," but mixing it with fresh iron. The apparatus em- ployed may include retorts and a boiler with a superheating worm, dampers and slides controlling the heat arising from fuel placed upon the gratings of the furnace, so that the retorts and boiler may be heated together, or the heating of either may be checked separately. There are arrangements for sup- plying steam, water, and a fatty body to the retorts, including MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. :n7 pipes (some being pierced with holes), receivers, and bottomless boxes placed upon the red-hot bottom of the retort. [Dmwoigs.'] A.D. 1880, August 20.~No. 3393. WEDEKIND, Hermann. — (A commimication from Henry Bol- linger.) — (^Provisional protection only,) — Refractory materials for forming converter or furnace linings, crucibles, etc. Asbestos (chrysotile) or serpentine is employed, with soluble glass to secure plasticity. By regulating the proportion of asbestos to that of serpentine, the refractory nature and strength of the compound may bo varied. To facilitate removing the crucibles from the moulds, tlie latter are preferably coated with a solution of magnesium chloride or analogous alkaline chloride. The surface of the converter or furnace lining should be covered with the same solution, to be dried and burnt on. As a binding- material for the joints of firebricks made of the refractory materials, a like composition to the bricks is preferred. \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, August 28.— No. 3493. RIXSON, Francis. — (Provisional protection only.) — Treatment of round iron, steel, or other bars, etc. The straightening, finishing or * trueing up,' and polishing " of bars, chiefly in connection with and as a secondary process to the rolling operation known as " reeling," may be effected by supporting a solid block of emery or other polishing-material in a suitable manner between the rolls, where it also acts as a support to the bar. The position of the bar being below the centre of the rolls, it receives a downward pressure and presses ' on to the block, so as to be ground and polished when rotated ■ by the rolls, a true and uniform surface being produced. \_No Draioin^s.'\ ^ A.D, 1880, September 3.— No. 3591. LONES, Jabez, VERNON, Charles, HOLDEN. Edward, I and BENNETT," Ralph. — Metal for making the boxes or bushes of carriage axles, ;^ A mixture of 50 parts by weight of Carron or Scotch ; Carron cast iron, 7 of scrap or Bessemer steel, and 1^ of black 318 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. oxide of manganese may be melted in a melting-pot or other- wise, the oxide of manganese being thoroughly mixed with the melted iron and steel by stirring, after which the contents of the pot are allowed to settle for a short time before the metal is poured into the mould. This metallic mixture possesses great hardness and strength without the brittleness of ordinary cast iron. The Carron cast iron may be half or wholly replaced by cast iron made from haematite or other native peroxide of iron. [No Draimigs,'] A.D. 1880, September 4.— No. 3597. SMITH, JosiAH, the younger, LONES, Edward, and HILL, Joseph. — Manufacture of tram rails. In making rails with a flanged base and a grooved head, the rail is first rolled in a horizontal attitude to produce flanges projecting on both sides of the base, and a head projecting on each side of the middle rib. The rail is then passed in an inclined attitude through rolls, one of which is shaped to bear on the under side of the flanged base and on the under side of one of the shoulders of the head ; while the other bears on the upper surface of one flange and on the head, and has a pro- jecting collar which forms a groove in the head. Finally the rail is again rolled horizontally to press in the sides of the head, so as to bring it and the groove to the desired shape. [Draicing.'l A.D. 1880, September 7.— No. 3629. ELLIS, John Devonshire. — Manufacture of armour plates. On the two edges and one end of a wrought-iron plate there is fixed a wrought-iron or steel frame, whereon is then placed a plate of steel previously prepared by hammering or rolling or both ; and the frame and steel plate are fixed to the wrought- iron plate by bolts or otherwise, distance-pieces of steel being placed between the two plates to keep them apart when in the furnace, in which they are now heated. After withdrawal therefrom, a quantity of molten steel is poured between the wrought-iron and steel plates, placed on end either upright or inclined, so as to fill the enclosure and unite the whole into a solid plate, which is allowed to cool, and then heated and rolled, etc., to the size required. By using previously worked MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL 319 steel for the face of this compound plate, a more reliable plate is obtained and the plate can be bent when hot without cracking. [Draivmg.'] A.D. 1880, September 9.— No. 3659, ASHWORTH, Geokge, and ASHWORTH, Elijah.— Wire cards. To detect soft places in the wire while passing through the setting machine, a gauge plate through which the card wire will pass freely is placed by the side of the slider, and an arm attached to the latter is provided with a bent spring which presses laterally on the wire between the gauge plate and the ■* gripper at each stroke of the slider with sufficient force to bend the wire if too soft. If bent in this way the wire cannot pass through the gauge plate, and at the next stroke of the feeder it is doubled up. A detector lever which rests against the wire is thus displaced and allows a lever to swivel on its pivot and inter- pose a piece between a finger of the slider and a catch. The latter is thus raised and releases the knocking-off bar, thereby I stopping the machine. The gauge plate preferably consists of I two straight plates separated by distance wires of slightly larger gauge than the card wire. A simple weighted lever pressing constantly on the wire, or zigzag guide pins, may be used to ' produce permanent bends in soft places, and the movement of the lever may be arranged to ring an alarm bell or operate a stop motion, or the bends produced may be sufficient to prevent the wire being seized by the tooth forming parts. These arrangements may be applied equally to hardening, dressing, or other machines. To further detect soft places, the wire is wound from one reel to another, the former being braked so much that the tension produced in the wire is sufficient to break it in the soft places. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1880, September 10.— No. 3695. I PARKER, John Frederick. — Manufacture of gas for illu- I minating and heating, and for melting and reducing metals from their ores. A mixture of lime slaked by water or exposure to the air p. (hydrate of lime or carbonate of lime) with petroleum, paraffin :52() MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND 8TEEL. oil, or other volatile liquid products obtained by the distillation of coal, coal tar, mineral oil, shale, or schist, may be heated to redness in retorts or other receptacles to produce a permanent gas. Ten parts by weight of the liquid hydrocarbons to ninety of freshly-prepared ihydrate of lime (which has not absorbed carbonic acid) yield a good reducing or heating gas. The gas may be economically used in smelting iron, where iron ores are found not associated with coal. Where iron ores containing carbonic acid, such as blackband ore, are employed, the carbonic acid thereof may be utilized by roasting the ores in closed vessels and passing the carbonic acid evolved into a retort containing a mixture of hydrate of lime and liquid hydrocarbon ; or the unroasted ore may be intro- duced into the same retort. Coal slack or coke may be also used in making the gas. [xYo Draivings.'] A.D. 1880, September 14.— No. 373G. YON NAWROCKI, Gerard Wenzeslaus. — (A rommuitn-a- tion from Julius Schmidt.) — Rolling-mills. The cold rolling of wire or fine iron may be effected by small rollers with semi-hexagonal grooves, forming a hexagonal section. Thus the wire is always under a central pressure, the structure of the metal may remain unaltered, and the formation of seams is avoided. Ea^h pair of rollers is carried in little bearings, fixed on a standard. All standards rest on a founda- tion plate, which also carries main standards for the plummer blocks of the driving-shafts. In the first set of rollers, the top shaft moves the top roller and the bottom shaft the bottom roller ; while in the second set, the top shaft moves the bottom roller and the bottom shaft the top roller, and so on in alterna- tion ; thus, the wire iwiU pass through the mill alternately forwards and backwards, the relation of speed of the spur- wheels employed being arranged according to the stretching of the wire. The rollers consist of small steel, chilled cast-iron, or other cylinders with grooves turned in the periphery. These rollers are "fixed on short shafts, which on one end, as " far as the shaft rests in the bearing, is so much stronger that the roller finds sufficient hold, while a bush is slipped over the other end and fixed there." The " short shafts are pro- vided with a hexagonal or square boss, which firs m the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 321 roller so that the latter must follow the motion of the "shaft." For " making round wire, all the corners of the last groove " but one are broken and the wire made to pass subsequently " through a round groove, which completes the rolling only as " far as is necessary to finish the rounding of the wire." Flat or square wire is preferably passed through rollers illustrated by a drawing, by which " the thickness may be considerably " reduced, the wire being prevented from escaping towards the " sides." " The indirect driving of the rollers by means of two shafts " provided with spur wheels or puUies in such a way that the " direct transmission of motion between top and bottom roller " IS avoided, and the application of small rollers is made " possible," is also claimed for " universal rolling mills with " side rollers " for manufacturing specially-shaped wire or iron. A.D. 1880, September 15.— No. 3748. ONIONS, Charles Hill. — Annealing boxes and pans. Annealing boxes and pans or bottoms may be constructed with a series of wrought-iron chains or links embedded in the cast iron in the process of casting, in order to prevent breakage from the action of the fire on the cast iron during annealing, and to hold together the boxes and pans should breakage occur. [Draimng,'] A.D. 1880, September 20.— No. 3811. BOWER, GrEORGE, and BOWER, Anthony Spencer.— Protection of iron and steel surfaces, and furnaces therefor. A furnace for treating the surfaces, in accordance with the prior Specification No. 1280, A.D. 1878, may be sa constructed that carbonic oxide from a gas producer meets a current of hot air and combustion takes place, which is perfected before the products thereof are admitted to the chamber containing the articles to be coated, the said products passing thereto along a P 6154. L 322 MANUFAGTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. passage where they are thoroughly mixed by open brickwork cross walls. After having passed over and among the articles, the waste products descend into regenerator chambers and pass over and among a series of pipes, through which the cold air for combustion is admitted so as to become heated and prepared for admixture with the carbonic oxide, continuous regeneration being thus effected. Oxidizing and deoxidizing actions take place upon the surfaces of the articles according as the air or gas is in excess, their use being controlled by a gas damper and air regulator respectively. The invention also relates to pro- ducing a protective coating upon the surfaces by the combustion of solid, gaseous, or liquid hydrocarbons, such as coal gas or the vapour from hydrocarbon oils. A close muffle or retort may be " placed within the oxidising ^' chamber, and thus be heated externally by the common pro- ^' ducer gases ; while the articles to be coated may be placed " inside the muffle or retort, and coal gas or gases made from " solid or liquid hydrocarbons may be consumed with varying quantities of air within the muffle." Sometimes the latter gases may be used both for heating the chamber and for oxidizing. Rust upon articles placed within the chamber may be re- duced to a protective coating by passing such gases among them without air. Again, only sufficient air may be used to keep up the heat, and the strongly-reducing flame obtained will in a few hours produce a rustless surface on rusty articles. Pure hydrogen gas might be used.^ \_Draioi7ig,'] A.D. 1880, September 20.— No. 3812. BTRKBECK, John Addison. — Cooling and breaking up blast- furnace slag. The slag may be run from the furnace into a casing or recep- tacle, within which are inserted centrally or otherwise one or more plugs or cores of cast iron, wrought iron, or other material, so that the slag will surround the cores and cool rapidly, the hollow or recessed block or ring produced when it sets being convenient for breaking up. The latter operation may be further aided by providing the cores and casing with projecting ribs. The cores may be conical or of other shape suitable for MANUFACTURE OF IRON AiVD STEEL. 828 their separation from the slag, and they, as well as the casing, may be made hollow to contain water or other liquid to facilitate the cooling of the slag. The apparatus may be set on a bogie or other machine for removing the slag to the place of final deposit. The arrangement of apparatus may be Vciriously modified. \_Draivings,~\ A.D. 1880, September 21.— No. 3822. CLAPP, William John. — Manufacture of iron, steel, and other metals. Molten crude or remelted metal may be run direct from a blast or other f,urnace into a " puddling, refining, or mixing chamber," wherein it may be puddled or agitated by a rotating stirrer fixed to a vertical shaft, the chamber and stirrer being capable of ready introduction into and withdrawal from a furnace for repairs or otherwise, while the chamber can be com- pletely closed except at the charging-orifice. The chamber is suspended in the centre of a furnace or heating-apparatus, and is constructed " in two parts connected together by means of inclined or conical flanges, formed thereon in a plane by pre- " ference slightly inclined from the horizontal. The upper " conical flange forms a trough around the said chamber fitting " the interior of the furnace," and theimolten metal passes from the trough into the chamber through an opening in the crown of the latter. The lower inclined flange rests upon a seat in the furnace. The upper part of the chamber " is connected by a tube to the crown or cover of the furnace," so that the chamber and stirrer may be removed from the furnace by con- venient tackle. The interior of the upper portion of the furnace is formed slightly conical to permit of the ready insertion of the chamber, the lower part of which has a tap-hole for the molten metal (after treatment) to be run into a trough formed in the lower part of the furnace, whence it may be removed. The shaft of the stirrer by being passed through the said tube is protected from the direct action of the heat in the furnace, and parts of the apparatus may be protected by a coating. In a modified arrangement, the chamber is supported by a flange resting on the cover of the furnace. P 6154. L 2 324 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Crude iron may be converted into malleable iron or steel. Also by mixing purifying-agents etc. with the metal, or by mixing different descriptions of metal together, various qualities of iron, steel, etc. can be produced, as well known, a homo- geneous metal free from bubbles and blow-holes being obtain- able. The chamber is kept heated to maintain the metal in a fluid state. Also the chamber may have apertures to fit against tuyeres or blast pipes for acting upon its contents by a blast of air or steam. [Draiving.'] A.D. 1880, September 21.— No. 3827. JUSTICE, Philip Syng. — (.4 comimmlcation from Charles Meredith Dupuy.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. As improvements upon the prior Specification No. 1664, A.D. 1877, iron ores and iron and steel scale and suitable materials mixed therewith (including in different cases bituminous coal, charcoal, aluminous clay, lime, black oxide of manganese, chloride of sodium, coal tar, or the crude ends or tarry residuum of distilled mineral oils) may be ground and com- pressed by hydraulic or other power into cylindrical or rectan- gular slabs, pipes, or other forms, which will expose a large surface to heat, the use of canisters being dispensed with. The forms are piled in courses at right angles to each other, and with intervening spaces between to give access to heat, upon a board or piece of sheet iron, upon which they are charged into the reducing furnace. Or the slabs may be piled on the sole-plate of a furnace, which is afterwards heated. Reduction to a nearly- solid malleable metal quickly takes place, the whole pile settling down uniformly as it is gradually reduced. Each pile is after- wards shingled into a bloom, or two or more piles may be massed together in the furnace in order to form a larger bloom, the materials being best used in such proportions as will prevent " the slag leaving the reduced mass until it is brought under the hammer." The glassy slag produced protects the newly- formed iron and eliminates phosphorus, sulphur, and other impurities. ]_No Drmvings.l MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 325 A.D. 1880, September 23.— No. 3864. NEVILL, William Henry. — Annealing iron and steel. To aid the annealing process, the metal is submitted, before or after being rolled into sheets, and sometimes while heated, to screw, hydraulic, or other pressure, which is continued while the metal is being heated and sometimes until it has subsequently cooled. A number of sheets may be compressed between two plates, through holes in which bolts are passed to be secured when the pile of sheets has been compressed. The pile, in the state of a solid block, is then heated with or without an iron cover in an annealing-furnace, and the effect of the heat is much greater than usual ; the sheets become softer, fewer waste sheets are produced, and less tin is required when they are to be tinned. Bars or pieces of metal may be likewise treated. [No Dravnngs.l A.D. 1880, September 24.— No. 3866. ^ WARDLE, Thomas, and LISTER, Charles. — Regenerative hot-blast stoves. To remedy various disadvantages, the inventors reduce the ^' height by making each stove of two vertical cylindrical iron casings, connected at top by a horizontal cylindrical iron casing of the same diameter as the vertical casings, this horizontal piece forming the roof of the stove and also the openings for cleaning : from the cylindrical form of this roof girders are not required." Casings, which respectively contain the valves for the entrance of the gas and for the exit of the hot blast, are connected to the first vertical portion of the stove, and the respective valves, "through which the products of combustion pass to the chimney and the cold air is admitted, are connected to the second vertical portion. The stove and valve casings are lined with firebrick etc. The first vertical portion of the stove is divided by vertical walls into three parts or chambers, in tlie first of which the gas is ignited and then traverses the second and third chambers containing thinner walls (or other arrange- ment of material having interstices may be used). The thin U have openings above and below them, and the division 326 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. walls have openings either above or below, so that the gas passes up the first chamber, down the second, and up the third, after which the horizontal portion conveys it into the second vertical portion, which is likewise constructed and traversed by the gas till it reaches the chimney valve. The latter may lead to a separate chimney, or to a flue leading to a common chimney for several stoves. Air admitted by valves passes through flues in the brickwork of each portion of the stove, and mixes with ignited gas to effect perfect combustion. Different parts of the stove have cleaning doors or valves. Many forms of valves may be adapted ; " such as where water " is not used internally in the valve, it is made with a double " mitre, and in connection with this valve are two valve seats.'^ The lower mitre is in contact with the lower seat when the valve is shut, and the upper mitre with the upper seat when it is open. Water runs through and protects the seats, and the mitres are protected by conduction through the metal of the seats when in contact therewith, one object of the invention being to obviate injury to gas and hot-blast valves from a deposit of mud by the water used for their protection. According to the Provisional Specification, the hollow spindle of a valve might be made in two parts, fixed respectively to the upper and under side of the valve ; and the upper and under parts, respectively, of the spindle pass through stuffing-boxea and glands in the upper and under covers, respectively, of the valve casing. The water passes by the upper part of the spindle to the interior of the valve, which it leaves by the under portion of the spindle. No particular valve is claimed. l^Draioing.'] A.D. 1880, September 25.— No. 3884. GROTH, LoRENTZ Albert.— communkatioyi from Aug, Gillon.) — {^Provisional protection only,) — Using pressure in casting. Molten cast iron, steel, etc. may be poured into a reservoir or cylinder, provided with a piston in communication with hydraulic, steam, or other power. The molten metal is driven or compressed by the pressure of the piston into the moulds, and the pressure is afterwards continued while the metal is still MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 327 in fusion. " The pressure will produce upon the metal the same " e:ffect as that of a powerful hammer," The moulds and pipes may be made of two pieces joined by a cramping-frame, [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1880, October 2.— No. 4001. NICHOLLS^ Thomas. — {Provisional protection only,) — Rolling- mills. A cogging-mill comprises four rolls, geared together and so arranged that the four sides of a bloom are operated upon at the same time. There are a vertical and a horizontal pair of rolls, placed as near together as practicable without touching. The distance between each pair of rolls is adjustable, and the bloom is reduced to the required size by rolling it backwards and forwards, using ordinary reversing-gear. \^No Drmmngi.'] \ A.D. 1880, October 5.— No. 4031. JONES, Henry, and HOLT, Eli. — {Provisional protectior. j only.) — Puddling-furnaces. To cool and preserve the bottom, flue, jamb, and back plates. — the bed of the puddling-chamber has two bottoms, a lower or false bottom and an upper or true bottom, the bottoms being parallel to one another and a short distance apart with a flat air chamber between. The false bottom is supported upon pillars or masonry, and the true bottom " upon notched longitudinal bearers on the false bottom. The ends of the " false bottom are perforated," so that blast may "enter theper- f orated flue bridge end of the bed and pass into " the flat air 1 chamber, and " from thence to the perforated fire bridge end." The flue bridge is hollow or tubular and communicates with ) ^' an air passage in the flue bridge end of the bed." The en^n of the flue bridge open into passages made between the jamb " plates of the bed and the sides of the furnace," and air circu- lates therethrough. The firebridge is also hollow, and is per- i f orated to supply air or blast to the fireplace of the furnace. The firebridge communicates with the perforated fire bridge 328 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " end of the false bottom," and its ends open into flues in the aide walls of the fireplace, and through perforations or slits therein jets or sheets of air may be supplied to the fireplace. " Opening into the perforated flue bridge end of the false " bottom is a-chamber supplied with air' under pressure." The blast passes partly through the flat air chamber and partly through the hollow flue bridge and side flues. Further arrangements as to burning the fuel are described. \_No Drawings.^ A.D. 1880, October 5.— No. 4051. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from Thursten Gordon Hall and George Henry Van Vlech.) — Smelting iron and other ores, chiefly for producing steel and recovering precious metals. G-as, chiefly a mixture of nitrogen, carbonic acid, and carbonic oxide, from the exit passage of a furnace in which coal or other fuel is burnt with free admission of air, is conveyed through the vertical pipes (around which water circulates) of a surface cooler or closed tank, whence, at a reduced temperature so as to prevent causing injury, it is drawn into a blowing-machine^ which discharges it through a pipe and equalizing vessel " into an annular gas chamber surrounding a blast furnace, wherein the ore is smelted with fuel and flux. Another blowing-machine supplies air to another annular chamber. These two chambers communicate by descending pipes with two or more rows or tiers of tuyeres, each gas tuyere being placed between two air tuyeres, while the pipes leading to the lower gas tuyeres have cocks or valves to check the flow of gas thereto, when it is desirable to use air alone at the lower tuyeres. Also steam from a pipe surrounding the furnace may be led into the lower gas tuyeres to mingle with the gas. The mixture of gas and air is injected into the furnace at or below the point at which the metal begins to fuse. The metal, pro- duced from iron ores and drawn off from the hearth as usual, is " a compound of iron possessing the malleability and other qualities of steel to a greater or less degree according to the quality of the ore " employed ; " producing steel directly from the ore " being included in the claims. MAXUFACTCJRE OF IRON AND STEEL. 329 A condensing- chamber for recovering precious metals may be connected to this furnace. \_D7'aiohig.~\ A.D. 1880, October 6.~No. 4055. AITKEN, HenPwY. — (Provisional protection onhj.) — Tramway and other rails. Cheaper and more durable rails may be thus produced, cast iron being employed when they have not to withstand violent or heavy blows : — The pattern of the rail is moulded with its top face downwards, the moulding-sand being well pricked for the exit of gases. White or mottled pig iron is poured in to form a hard wearing-surface ; when this has nearly set, softer or tougher pig iron is introduced, and the rail is allowed to cool in the sand (provision being made for contraction), or while hot is rolled, squeezed, or pressed to straighten or curve it. The metal is preferably run in at numerous gates, the hard iron at lower gates than the soft iron, and a high head of metal or pressure may be used to ensure sound castings. When the hard iron is of lower specific gravity than the other, it may be poured last, the rail being cast with the face upwards. Again, hard steel may be used for the w^earing-surface and malleable iron or steel for the rest of the rail, which may be rolled, or reheated, rolled, etc. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, October 15.— No. 4203. BULL, Henry Clay. — Dephosphorizing iron. Crude or pig iron is melted in contact with oxide of iron, such as haematite ore or blue billey," in a cupola, the crucible portion or melting-chamber of which is lined with plumbago in bricks or otherwise. Thus the descending molten metal will have to pass through highly basic slag on its way to the hearth, and the phosphorus in the iron will be oxidized by the oxide of iron in the slag and be retained therein. The dephosphorized iron may be afterwards converted into malleable iron or steel. [No Drawings.'] 330 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880, October 18.— No. 4247. WISE, William Lloyd. — {A com viuni cation from Knut Victor Berg.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. - A flame, produced from rich gas and air for its combustion, is directed with great velocity against the surface of molten crude or pig iron on the hearth of a furnace, removes the slag therefrom, and owing to its concentrated heat and oxidizing- power converts the metal (under the phenomenon of boil- " ing) to steel or malleable iron.'' The furnace may have a casing of iron plates lined with refractory bricks, and a bed or hearth rammed of refractory materials ; or the furnace may be rammed entirely. There are openings for charging, taking out samples, tapping the refined metal, and connecting the furnace with gas and air regenerators at each end. The igniting-blast of air may '.be directed with sufficient velocity through the gas and into a common cond acting-tube, whereby the mixing becomes intimate and the combustion perfect, a " focus-flame " being obtained. The gas and air channels may be modified in different ways ; only part of the air may be heated in regenerators, or the gas may be taken directly from the producer and be ignited by cold or hot blast. Again, pressure may be used for either the air or gas, the other being introduced by suction, or the pressure may be dispensed with by using a chimney shaft or equivalent. " By increasing or " diminishing the pressure on the gas and air," the flame may be made oxidizing or reducing. When the samples indicate the desired composition and quality, the metal is cast as usual. The furnace may be stationary, or be movable on wheels or otherwise for repairs etc. When removed, the channels com- municating with the regenerators may be connected together by a tube ; thus the gas mixture will be conducted into the " opposite regenerators and there burned" to keep up the heat. There are rings to be fastened over the seams between the said channels and the openings into the furnace, when the latter is brought to its place. Two focus-flames may be employed side by side, and small tubes, used in place of a channel, may be cooled by air or water around them. The dimensions and form of the furnace may vary with the charge, and with the number of flames and manner in which they are introduced MANUFACTUKE (3F IRON AND STEEL. 331 from the end, sides, or top of the furnace, any desired direction, form, and extension being given to the focus-flames. [Draiving.'] A.D. 1880, October 19.— No. 4259. GUTENSOHN, Adolf. — Recovering iron, while utilizing phosphate of alumina to obtain phosphoric acid. This phosphate in fragments or powder may be mixed with cuttings or fragments of tin plate, the mixture being pressed into a iron receptacle and heated to redness in a furnace. Thereupon the tin of the tin plate becomes oxidized, and phosphoric acid, set free from the phosphate, combines with the oxide of tin produced, forming phosphate of tin. Next, some more phosphoric acid is set free, more phosphate of tin being produced but mingled with free phosphoric acid. If the heating be further continued and the tempei^ature be sufficient, metallic iron of great purity is obtained, the tin being- entirely removed. The iron may be heated in a separate vessel to its melting-point and utilized, a flux, such as salt, soda, or oxide of manganese, being perferably added. Before the treatment described, the tin plate may be dipped in a solution of muriatic acid or muriate of ammonia. [No Drawing S.I A.D. 1880, October 19.— No. 4264. WILSON, Alexander. — {^Provisional protection only,) — Manu- facture of steel and iron ingots. To ensure the gradual cooling and contraction of large ingots and to prevent their ''drawing'' and "clinking" when in the moulds, whereby cavities are produced, — the inventor employs cast-iron moulds lined, say, 3 or 4 inches thick, with charred wood, pulverized charcoal, graphite, asbestos, or other non- conducting material, which will not bj fused by the heat of the molten metal but will allow the ingot to cool down very slowly and gradually. The lining may be kept in place by vertical dovetailed recesses on the inner sides of the mould, and some- times a sheet-iron or steel tube of the form of the required i552 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. ingot may be used as a facing to the non- conducting material and keep it from falling down into the mould ; or a facing of graphite maybe applied in aplastic state for this purpose. Planks of charred wood may be cut to the length and breadth required for lining the mould, strips of uncharred wood being fastened behind them. When pulverized charcoal or asbestos is employed for the lining, it may be rammed round a wooden model of the ingot which is temporarily placed in the mould. Again, a sand mould may be used, in which case the lining can be formed simultaneously with the ramming of the sur- rounding sand. [iVo DravJings.'] A.D. 1880, October 20.— No. 4276. BREWER, Edward GtRIFfith. — (A communication from Thomas Alva Edison.) — Magnetic separators. A machine of general application for separating " mingled " magnetic and non- magnetic substances " possesses magnets of great strength, due to large currents from powerful magneto or dynamo-electric machines. The mingled substances fall past the poles of the magnets, the attraction of which alters the path of the iron compound or other magnetic substance and draws it away from the non-magnetic portion, the magnetic and non-magnetic substances falling into different receptacles. There may be used U-shaped electromagnets, made up of one or several series of coils. " Where several series of coils are " used, their polar faces or extensions are united to form one polar face or extension for one polarity, the polar face being " placed at right angles to the flow of the material to ba " treated." As the first pole draws the magnetic material out of its course, the second, if placed in the same plane relatively to the path of the material, would act at a shorter distance than the first ; hence it should be placed at the rear of the first a distance approximately equal to that which the magnetic material has been drawn out of its path by the first. The operation may be several times repeated to ensure thorough separation. To provide for some portion of the substance being more magnetic than another, different sets of magnets may be arranged successively nearer to the path of the falling MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 333 material ; the first set, which is farthest away, acting on the more magnetic portion. Thus, three separators may be arranged in series, " somewhat in echelon, so that the portion which " passes into the non-magnetic receptacle of the first passes " immediately to the second separator, and so on through the *' series, the magnetic receptacles of all the series leading to " a common " shoot. There may be a hopper above each separator, a sieve, and an elevator for carrying the sifted material up to the first separator. [Draiving.] A.D. 1880, October 21.— No. 4285. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist, and GILCHRIST, Percy Carlyle. — Making and repairing basic linings for Bessemer converters and other furnaces. To operate quickly and cheaply without ramming, the inventors prepare a liquid or semi-liquid mixture of hard shrunk magnesian lime and tar (say, 3 parts of good shrunk lime to 1 of boiled tar). The coarsely-ground lime may be mixed with the tar in a mill, which is advantageously steam- jacketed. A Bessemer converter may be placed vertically with either the throat or the bottom upwards, the then uppermost section being removed for the insertion of a pattern or mould of cast or wrought iron or steel. The mould consists of pieces, which are fastened in position inside the converter by the aid of cross-bars etc., so that the exterior of the mould has the shape to be given to the interior of the lining. ^' A mould in " one piece may always be used if the taper of the lining is " considerable." A fire is made inside the mould and a little blast applied to thoroughly heat it. The converter shell or partly-worn lining should also be preferably hot. The lime and tar mixture, preferably heated enough to keep it liquid, is poured or thrown between the mould and the shell, so as to fill the intervening space. The fire is kept up till the liquid lime mass sets hard," which will take from 2 to 4 hours. The mould is then taken to pieces and withdrawn, and the vessel after heating is ready for another charge of iron. Converter bottoms and tuyeres may be similarly manufactured. A lime mixture (less liquid than that used for lining) is thrown into the ordinary circular iron bottom mould, round the tuyeres or 3;U MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. tuyere pins, and the bottom (with a heavy iron plate thereon) is coked in an oven or stove for several days, preferably at a low red heat. Changeable sections of converters may be likewise lined, or without stove-drying. Furnace hearths and cupola linings may be made or repaired. Shrunk lime, for basic linings etc., may be produced by burning magnesian limestone or magnesian lime in a basic-lined cupola ; or ordinary limestone or lime can be used, but should contain more silica and alumina (about 4 or 5 p. c. together) than is requisite with dolomitic lime. Coke is first charged, and afterwards about equal volumes of coke and of dolomite (pre- ferably broken to about the size of a fist). Plenty of hot blast should be admitted by numerous tuyeres placed within a few inches from the bottom, which may be a circular flat wrought -iron plate, covered with lime and tar, and fastened to the shell of the cupola by bolts and cottars. Charging is con- tinued, sometimes using less coke, till the lower part of the cupola is full of shrunk dolomite and the charges descend very slow^iy, an intense white heat being requisite. After all the coke is burnt out, the said bottom may be slid on one side ; and a truck to receive the burnt material can be run under the cupola, if supported on pillars. A cupola of larger section below than above is preferred. Instead of a coke or coke and coal cupola, a gas cupola may be employed, gas from a generator being burnt with blast. The blast may be passed through a cupola in which a charge of dolomite has been burnt but has not had time to cool, or regenerators may be used for heating the blast. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, October 20.— No. 4310. LAKE, William Robert. — (^ commumcation from Simeon Howes, Norman Bahcock, and Carlos Eivell.) — Magnetic appa- ratus for separating particles of iron from grain. A series of horse-shoe magnets are arranged with their poles projecting through an inclined plate over which the grain will run ; this plate forming the top of a compartment containing the set of magnets. The upper part of the frame of the apparatus is connected with the lower part by a hinge, so that the upper part may be swung back and access had to the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 335 magnets through the opening in the top plate. The upper portion of the frame carries a feed hopper arranged above a zinc plate which covers the poles of the magnets. The particles of iron which adhere to the zinc plate are removed by means of an angular wiper attached to an endless belt and traversing the inclined surface. A magnetic top plate on the wiper prevents the grain from becoming mingled with the iron. A partition in the hopper has an overflow aperture to maintain a constant supply of material in the hopper. [Draimig.'] A.D. 1880, October 25.— No. 4353. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A commumcation from John flaldeman.) — Manufacture of combined iron and steel. Piles or boxes, having a steel core surrounded by an envelope of pieces of puddle bar or other iron, may be first heated slowly in a furnace with the damper closed until the steel becomes partially or wholly molten (this heat being -such as will nob injuriously affect the iron) ; whereupon the damper is raised and the iron is quickly brought to a high white welding- heat. The piles are then subjected to hammers, or preferably rolls OT hydraulic pressure. " The expansion of the iron under " heat will soon (if the puddle bars are rolled true) make the envelope of iron sufficiently tight to protect the steel during heating and hold it when molten." The steel will yield a little carbon to the iron in contact therewith, fusion and blend- ing together being so intimate that the change of nature from one metal to the other will shade down very gradually at the line of contact. A hard surface combined with great strength may be obtained by using iron high in phosphorus and steel low in carbon, and high tensile strength combined with safety under treatment and in service by using very ductile and fibrous iron and steel high in carbon. l^No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, October 26.— No. 4358. HEWITT, William. — {Complete Specificatioii hut no Letters Patent. ) — Annealing. A non-oxidizing medium for charging annealing-pots may be 336 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. obtained by utilizing hydrogen gas, generated in cleaning iron and steel wire, plates, and kindred articles. According to the description and drawing, hydrogen gas is conveyed from a covered cleaning tub to a gas reservoir, and thence through a tube provided with a stop-cock into the bottom of the pot used for annealing wire and kindred articles. The annealing- furnace has a longitudinal pier, upon which rests a saucer for the annealing-pot, and at the sides of which are grates for the fires. The brickwork of the furnace encloses an annular conical space, over which is the furnace cover, the latter con- taining the ordinary exit for the gases of combustion, while there is a side flue for use during charging. A cover, which is hermetically secured on the annealing-pot, has an orifice for the escape of air from the pot, this orifice being closed after the pot has been charged with hydrogen. [Draining.'] A.D. 1880, November 2.— No. 4472. JONES, Charles, and JONES, John Do wle.— Utilizing steel rail ends and old rails. Rail crop ends, directly after being sawn off, or old rails may be continuously passed through a series of rolls, which gradu- ally change them to the shape desired, as that of a flat homo- geneous steel bar without crack or flaw. The grooves of the rolls may first remove the sharp angles, the rail being passed through the first groove on its side, and through the next on its end or edge, and so on through the series. The grooves are fitted with guides to support and prevent the web of the rail from bending or cracking during the reduction to a flat bar or billet, the heads and other parts of the rail ends being com- pressed into an equal thickness throughout, so that they may be afterwards rolled into anything desired. \_Draioing.'] A.D. ]880, November 2.— No. 4479. GrRIFFITHS, William. — Puddling-furnaces, and heating and balling furnaces. " The neck and ordinary flue (and in a puddling furnace the flue bridge also) are entirely dispensed with ; and the flue is MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 337 carried up through the crown of the puddling chamber, or the heating or balling chamber, at or near the end where the flue ' usually occurs ; the said end " being ^' closed in by plates and " brickwork, with a door " generally arranged therein. This end door is used in place of the ordinary side door in single- handed puddling-furnaces, and in addition to a door at each side in " treble-handed puddling furnaces," the latter doors being also those used for double-handed puddling-furnaces For a treble-handed furnace, the puddling chamber is shaped as for a double one ; but in addition thereto the chamber is ^' shaped out towards the end door so as to be suitable for the " third hand." In a single furnace, the puddling chamber ^' stands across the furnace instead of lengthwise," and its corners at the same side or end as the door may be slanted off by means of furnace plates. The heating and balling furnace resembles the single puddling-furnace, but the crown of the reverberatory chamber is more depressed at the door end to throw the flame on to the iron near the door. The piles, blooms, etc. are charged endways into the furnace so that the flame plays along and between, instead of across, them, and the heating is facilitated. Side doors being dispensed with, currents of cold air and consequent waste of iron and fuel are avoided. The bed slopes towards one corner of the fire-bridge, where the cinder is tapped out into a wagon without requiring any special fire. The above-mentioned upward flue may lead into a chimney carried over the furnace on stanchions, or into the internal flue of a boiler above the furnace. The doors of puddling and heating furnaces (and especially the said end doors) may be constructed with a hollow air- circulating space, formed by a plate which extends the whole width of the door. There are openings for the entrance and exit of air, which is drawn through by the chimney draught. The door is lined with brick as usual. A.D. 1880, November 3.— No. 4485. McKECHNIE, Daniel.—" Ingot moulds." The invention relates to moulds with cores for casting hollow ingots of iron or steel. \_Draimig.1 S38 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1880. November 3.— No. 4496. HUGHES, Walter Watson. — {Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — Extracting metals and sulphur from ores. A reducing-furnace, preferably considerably longer than it is broad, has in both sides and ends small fireplaces, which are placed a few inches above the bottom of the furnace, and have iron doors or other regulators of the air entering the fire. Such fuel is used as will best conduce, in conjunction with sulphur if present in the ores, to the rapid fusion of the contents of the furnace. The furnace is arched over, and flues carry off the ascending sulphur or gases to collecting-chambers. The materials^ including fluxes etc., forming the charge for the furnace, are previously mixed together, the necessary silicious matter being generally present to prevent the iron in the charge from injuring this or other furnace. The molten metal and slag from this furnace will constantly run into a converter furnace above the line of tuyeres, which are so placed, whether blowing upwards or downwards, that the blast will carry the metal and slag onwards from tuyere to tuyere, and that the contents of the furnace shall receive a slight circular motion, the furnace being prefer- ably round. " The metal or taetals and slag after the former " has been oxidised may be run off at different levels," or the light slag may be run off at the top and the heavier contents rise up thereto through a space in the wall, " so that they will " run into the separating or refining furnace together ; or the " metal may be tapped off from the bottom of the furnace." The converter furnace may be worked by hot or cold blast on the Bessemer principle. Cold air, when required to cool the contents, may be admitted through side openings. There is a communication with collecting-chambers. In the separating or refining furnace, " if the heavy slag is not wanted to be kept by itself for the iron it contains, it and the light slag will be run " or drawn off together ; and only the copper and other heavy " metals left in the lower part of the furnace, and which may " now be refined and run out." This is a reverberatory furnace with slides sloping towards the centre of the bottom. A chan- nel runs lengthwise in the bottom with a small basin at one end, from which any accumulated heavy metal may be ladled out for treatment in a small furnace or large pot in the usual way for " any of the richer metals.* [No Drawings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 339 A.D. 1880, November 4.— No. 4527. LANCASTER, Rop>ert, and SAMUELL, Edward Simpson. — (Provisional ijrotection only.) — Fusing iron ores and scrap iron or steel. To make iron and steel direct, the ores and limestone or other caustic base are placed upon a perforated platform in a closed heating and fusing furnace or cupola, and ordinary or super- heated steam is passed through the mass. Scrap iron or steel may be likewise treated : " and such iron or steel, whether pro- duced from the ore or otherwise, may be then further mani- ^' pulated into solid and marketable forms " by known processes If the ore be deficient in carbon, which is essential, a supply thereof in any convenient form may be introduced with the ore ^nd limestone. Again, superheated steam may be passed over white-hot iron scraps, or other incandescent fuel or material, in a vessel to generate hydrogen gas, which is injected with the steam and hot blast into the furnace containing the ore or scrap. The hydrogen must be " in excess of the quantity absorbed for the time being by the hot air blast.'' Thus the temperature is increased, fuel saved, and fusion aided, while " phosphor or " sulphur " is eliminated. The steam parcially decarburizes the fused iron in the cupola, " to produce a marketable iron or steel direct from the ore or from scrap iron." [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1880, November 6.— No. 4548. MAC EACHRAN, Bovgald,— (Letters Patent void for want of final Specification,) — Separating iron from animal charcoal, sugar, and saccharine liquids. The charcoal, sugar, or saccharine liquid is passed slowly across a magnet or series of permanent magnets or electro- magnets. The magnets may be supported in a trough through which the material is passed, the ir®n particles collectmg on the magnetic poles. In one instance, a series of taper bar magnets, of triangular cross-section, arranged in a conical form, may be used, the back or che bars being of a curved hollow form in which the iron particles accumulate. Or parallel bar magnefcs 340 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. may be employed. Or the magnets may form inclined conduits, for the charcoal and may have a backward and forward motion, the shoot being pulled aside to remove the iron from the magnets. Or magnetized rollers may be placed at the exit of a hopper, the iron being brushed into a receptacle separate from that for the charcoal. Or the magnets may divert the iron, so that it falls into its own compartment. When electromagnets are employed, the breaking of the electric current takes the iron from the magnet. Charcoal may be run through a magnetized drum, cylinder, bar, or series of bars, separate or bound together, or through a magnetized sieve, fixed or revolving or otherwise movable. [No Dranmigs.] A.D. 1880, November 9.— No. 4582. JONES, John. — {Provisional protection only.) — Puddling- furnace. A furnace for three puddlers to work at, so as to effect sav- ings and increase the product, is preferably oblong in shape with two of the corners cut off, to aid the working and prevent metal, when soft, from becoming wedged in the corners. Tlie stack or flue is built upon the top of the furnace to make room for the third puddler, there being a door " in the front end of "the furnace " and in each side. \_No Draioings,'] A.D. 1880, November 11.— No. 4632. WILLIAMSON, William Shepherd. — Puddling-furnaces. Into the space below the hearth, which is shut off from that below the grate, air may be injected by means of a steam blast. The first-mentioned space is enclosed by walls, access thereto being provided by a door. In the bottom of the hearth or in the walls of the furnace are formed holes and passages, leading- upward to exit flues. The injected air, issuing upwards, comes into contact with the under side of the plates of the hearth bot- tom and with the jamb plates (including the bridge plates and wail plates), and passes in different directions to the exit flues, MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 841 its flow therethrough being controlled by dampers or plates. To supply the air, a jet of steam may descend into a vertical pipe, which is connected by a bend to another pipe, having an upward curving bell-mouthed delivery for directing the air upwards towards the bottom plates. Thus the heating of the said plates is checked and greater durability obtained, the cooling-effect being regulated by the intensity of the steam blast. The mode of employing the air may be modified. Air may be likewise introduced into the enclosed space below the grate to supply the fire, the working of the furnace being better controlled. A.D. 1880, November 16.~No. 4709. OORNTHWAITE, Miles, and CORNTHWAITE, John.— Slag-boxes and ingot moulds. Cast-iron slag-boxes or bogies, for removing slag from blast furnaces, and steel mgot moulds, used in making steel rails, may be constructed " circular (or rectangular) in form, and of a number of parts relatively small ; and in the case of circular " boxes," the said parts are bound together by means of malleable wrought iron bands or hoops, preferably in two parts with flanges, the two parts of the hoops or bands being held ^' together by bolts and nuts, the said bands or hoops being " placed in suitable grooves cast or formed in flanges on the " parts forming the body of the mould : in the rectangular " shaped boxes the parts are held together" by rods or bars, passing through lugs or eyes which are cast on the parts, and the rods have an eye at one end for receiving the opposite end of the respective rod or bar with which they form right angles," the whole being fastened together by cottars and pins. Thus breakage from expansion is checked, and the box or mould can be economically fitted up. [^Drawing. ^ A.D. 1880, November 19.~No. 4769. HERBERT, Charles.—" ' Roller ' and ' rolling' mills." For applying pressure to adjustable rollers or rolls, their 342 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. bearings or pliimmer blocks are carried or adjustable by levers, upon which eccentrics or cams are caused to act to give the requisite pressure. Applications of the invention to roller mills are described. Each of the bearings of the adjustable roller may be carried by a lever, capable of turning upon a ful- crum pin, which is carried in bushes in bracket pieces, formed on the frame of the machine. A shaft has fixed thereto with hollow keys and set screws cams or eccentrically mounted " discs," which " engage respectively in forks or slots at the " lower end of each of the levers." Keyed to this shaft (which is capable of turning in bearings) is another lever, the outer end of which is in connection with a screw arrangement. By raising or lowering the said outer end, the cams are turned so as to move the tails of the carrying levers and adjust the pressure of the said roller. Modified arrangements are described. IDmivings.'] A.D. 1880, November 20.— No. 4798. HILL, Robert Ashmore, and BARLOW, Henry Bernoulli. — Cleaning and annealing wire etc. To cleanse and anneal wire and metal strips before shaping them by rolling, they are drawn through a bath of molten lead. \_Drawing,~\ A.D. 1880, November 20.— No. 4802 LETCHER, Richard John. — {Provisional protection only.) — Utilizing rails, crops, scrap, or other steel. The steel is hammered and cut into lengths (of, say, 12 inches), which are piled, raised to a welding-heat, and hammered into a solid piece, to be re-heated and rolled into bars or rods, suitable for making plates, sheets, or wire. Wrought scrap iron (including crop ends of iron bars and black plate shearings) may be placed between the pieces of steel in the pile, to soften the bars or rods produced without deteriorating the quality. ^ [No Draioings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 343 A.D. 1880, November 22.— No. 4844. LAKE, William Robert. — (A communication fro7n Alfi^ed • Braconnier.) — Treating dolomite for the manufacture of re- fractory material. Dolomitic refractory materials are stated to be durable in pro- ! portion to the quantity of magnesia they contain. Calcined dolomites are treated with a solution of hydrochlorate of ammonia to extract lime, while the magnesia and foreign matters present remain insoluble, the calcined dolomite being thus enriched in magnesia to any desired extent. The hydro- chlorate may be specially made, or be the purified product of . some manufacturing process. To hydrochlorate of ammonia liquor (from the manufacture of soda) there may be first added just sufficient slaked lime to saturate the free carbonic \ acid and reduce the bicarbonate of soda present to a simple ; carbonate, and afterwards sufficient solution of chloride of calcium (produced in previous operations) to transform the carbonate of soda into chloride of sodium. After settling, decanting, and filtering, the liquor is " treated with a suitable proportion of calcined dolomite." Ammonia becomes liberated f and is collected, and the dissolved lime will be in the form of chloride of calcium. Into the chloride of Icalcium solution \ there is introduced carbonic acid with the liberated ammonia : thus hydrochlorate of ammonia is again formed, while car- bonate of lime is precipitated and separated. Likewise by this process pure magnesia may be prepared, if only the dolomite itself be pure." \_No Drawings,'] I A.D. 1880, December 1.— No. 5009. WIRTH, Frank. — {A coinmunication from Carl Herrmann Hauhold.) — Chilled rolls etc. ^ The rough hard skin of chilled and other rolls may be removed entirely by grinding, without preparatory turning by cutters, various arrangements being applicable to the grinding process. A very large grindstone, revolving in stationary bearings, may I be used, the roll or other article to be ground moving to and fro in the direction of its axis. The roll may be " carried in 344 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. pendant swinging arms, which are made to slide to and fro " with the said article and are guided by a fixed bar, the grind- " stone being made to revolve on a stationary horizontal axis." The roll may be carried either by standards fixed on a sliding table, or in vertical arms pivoted at their lower ends to a sliding table. The roll may be carried on a sliding table in supports " so arranged that on the article being pressed too hard against *^ the grindstone it can yield by sliding backwards in its bear- ings." The roll may be arranged in a vertical position. The roll may be carried on a horizontal sliding table, while the grindstone is carried in overhead bearings. Two rolls may be mounted upon opposite sides of a sliding table, and be ground simultaneously by two opposite grindstones. The cylindrical surface of the grindstone may act upon the roll, " the axis of " the grindstone being either parallel with or at right angles to *' the axis of the roll," or the flat faces of grindstones may act upon the roll. A fixed guide bar may limit the extent to which the roll is acted on. Supporting-rollers, carried by adjustable levers, may prevent the vibration of the roll. The roll may be pressed against the grindstone by a pressing-roller, carried in elastic bearings on a slide actuated by a screw, or by a second grindstone, mounted on a slide and actuated by a screw or lever, this stone also grinding the roll. [^Draioings.'] A.D. 1880, December 3.— No. 5037. PARNELL, Edward Andrew, and FRENCH, Andrew. — (^Provisional protection only.') — Furnace for smelting cupreous ores applicable for other purposes. Inside the hot-blast cupola employed, above the charge and round the sides, are placed a set of cast-iron pipes, which, when exposed to the fire, are preferably oval in section. They form one continuous pipe, the upper or inlet end being connected to the fan or blower, and the lower end to the tuyeres. For the ores described, the bottom of the charging-door should not be more than 2^ feet above the tuyeres, to avoid inconvenient accretions on the walls. [_No Draioings.^ MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 345 A.D. 1880, December 3.— No. 5045. NEWTON, Henry Edward. — (A com7mmicatio)i from Emmanuel Minary.) — Rolling wire. Elliptic grooves are exclusively used, except a round groove for the last. A constant relation, termed coefficient of drawing," is adopted between the sections of the succeeding grooves. This coefficient may be 0*725, that is, if the section of one groove be represented by 1*000, that which follows it has a section of " 0*725 : the drawing out increases inversely in the same rela- " tion." All the rollers having the same diameter, the speed of rotation should become accelerated in the same ratio " by giving this ratio to the gearing for actuating the different pairs of rollers, of which there may be seven or more or less. The coefficient may be varied ; for steel it may be increased to 0*800 or more, and for soft iron diminished to 0*700 or less. The reduction of the metal in each groove will be uniform. A con- stant relation, something between f and f , is adopted for tracing the ellipse of the grooves, " the first approaching to the ovals " now in use, the second answering best to the conditions of the " rolling." All the rollers may be arranged parallel to one another, either horizontally or vertically, and be formed with one or several grooves at the centre of their length, so that the rolling of the hot metal will take place at an equal distance from the bearings. Helicoidal guides of chilled cast iron auto- matically conduct the metal from one groove to another and twist it about 90 degrees, so that its greatest axis shall be pre- sented at right angles to that of the next groove. Or the rollers may be placed alternately horizontally and vertically with one central groove in each, straight guides being here used. Again, the grooved portions of the rollers may be placed outside the bearings and framing, where the rolling then takes place. The guides are formed of two pieces of metal, in each of which is a (helical or straight) hollow corresponding to half the elliptic section of the groove. The guides are secured in brackets, bolted to the framing. Thus, the rolling is rapidly effected while the high temperature of the metal is maintained, so that the size and quality of the wire produced will be more uniform, and waste and wear and tear be checked. Curling up of the wire in course of rolling is avoided and manual labour saved, while the production is increased. 346 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Plain rollers without grooves may be sometimes used. " The " iron passes successively from square section to rectangular, " and from rectangular to square," helicoidal or other guides being used. [Di^aivings.'] A.D. 1880, December 9.— No. 5141. CLARKE, Theodore Matlock. — {Provisional protection only.) — Magnetic apparatus for separating iron from grain etc. According to this invention, the magnets form parts of a roller or cylinder, or of a series of cylinders, and they rotate in connection with a brush or brushes for removing the sepa- rated iron, placed preferably on the opposite side to that over which the grain passes. [No Draioing.'] A.D. 1880, December 10.— No. 5167. HAMPTON, Thomas.— Manufacture of steel. The best brands of Swedish or haematite pig iron are melted in a cupola or air furnace, and the molten metal is run into a Bessemer or other converter (or the metal may be run direct from the blast furnace into the converter) to be there purified and decarburized. The purified fluid metal is transferred to crucibles, previously heated or otherwise prepared to receive it, where it is refined and recarburized, and is afterwards cast into ingots. Or the metal may be wholly or partly recarburized before it enters the crucibles. Thus much more steel can be turned out of the same crucibles than heretofore, time is saved, the weight and quality of the steel in each crucible can be better regulated, and silicon is eliminated before the metal enters the crucibles. \_No DravjingsJ] A.D. 1880, December 10.— No. 5168. ELLINOR, George. — Manufacture of iron and steel. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 3665, A.D. 1874, which relates to the same general subject. This invention relates to refining iron, converting iron into steel, and smelting ores, phosphorus, sulphur, and other im- purities being removed from the metal or ores. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 347 The agents to be employed in different cases (according to the treatment needed and result desired) include "calcium " hydrate or magneso calcium hydrate, or quick lime, or lime or magnesian lime in any intermediate state of h^^dration, " or their carbonates," generally combined with a fixed oil or fat, or solid, liquid, or volatile hydrocarbon oil, or powdered charcoal or other carbonizing-material ; also spiegeleisen, ferro- manganese, or their equivalents ; also oxidizing-agents, as nitrate of ammonia, barium, potassium, sodium, or similar base ; chlorate of potassium, sodium, or similar base ; oxide or binoxide of manganese ; manganate or permanganate of potassium, sodium, etc. Apparatus for applying the agents may comprise chargers, mixers, generators, or diffasers, for charging a blast of air with hydrocarbon oil in the form of spray ; the chargers (at the bottoms of which the blast can be admitted) may contain per- forated shelves, coke, and wire netting, as well as the oil. Or the latter may be sucked up from a vessel by means of a tube connected to the blast pipe, and an ejector may be used. A box or vessel for holding powdered hydrate (also charcoal) may consist of a valved cylinder, coned at its lower end, fitted with a central revolving screw-bladed spindle, and communicating with the blast pipe. Also a separate vessel, if desired, for the oxidizing-agent may have a funnel-shaped top above a chamber, which has a tap or valve above and below it. Blast, cupola, or other smelting, melting, or refining furnaces, Bessemer converters, ladles, or like apparatus may be employed, . in some cases without blast pipes. A refractory-lined ladle m_ay be prepared for refining iron by placing in it layers of different agents (frequently mixed or saturated one with another) ; metal plates, placed above them, ensure the regular and succes- sive action upon each layer of the heat of the molten metal afterwards introduced. The ladle, which can be used for con- verting iron into steel, may be, in addition, fitted with tuyeres and blast pipes for blowing the metal ; it may be fixed, or have hollow trunnions for the blast and be tilted by the aid of a balanced lever fixed thereto. Again, the ladle or converter may be mounted on a balanced arm or wheeled truck ; or the arm and ladle may be suspended in a crane. Also agents may be placed in a metal pan or box, fitting the bottom of the ladle, i and resisting the heating and fusing action of the molten metal 848 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. (sometimes by the aid of a refractory covering) until the whole of it has been poured in. The pan may have a partition and a movable bottom, between which the agents are placed. More- over the blast may be introduced by means of a ''slide expansion *' and bend pipe," in connection with the end of the axle sup- porting the ladle ; this pipe communicates with a blast box or air belt carried half round the ladle, while a tuyere block con- tains a double row of tuyeres or blast holes. Unlike an ordinary trunnion, the full bore of the said pipe is utilized for conveying the blast, and choking of the pipe by the agents is checked. The blast pipe of a Bessemer converter may be fitted with an expansion slide joint and enter the bottom of the blast box instead of its side. The blast will convey the purifying-agents into and through the molten metal in the furnace or vessel employed therefor, valves directing the current of air, which can be divided and passed as required through or so as to communicate with par- ticular vessels holding different agents. Agents may be blown into the converting or refining apparatus (or the tuyere box or tuyeres) by a separate air-compressor and pipes from those used in the ordinary Bessemer process. The blast can raise the temperature of the molten metal to the point at which phosphorus is eliminated as slag and as gas, without oxidizing the metal, " in consequence of the presence of hydrate of *' calcium and volatile hydro-carbon oil with the blast of " air." In the ladle containing layers of agents, the heat of the molten metal strikes down and the water of the hydrate passes off as gas through the metal and purifies it ; also the volatile oil combines with the decomposed gases of the said water, forming a carburetted hydrogen gas, which by ex- pansion causes ebullition and purifies while escaping. The nitrate etc. will cause violent action, the decomposition giving the necessary heat and force to throw up the lime as slag in " combination with sulphur and phosphorus." [Draicings.l A.D. 1880, December XL— No. 5194. WARREN, David, and WARREN, James.— Furnaces. A steel-melting furnace, described with reference to drawings, has a firegrate at each end for the slow combustion of fuel. At MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 349 each corner there is a heating or calcining chamber, through which the hot gases of the furnace are passed to act on the pig iron or other raw material to be afterwards melted. Thence the gases on their way to chimneys are led through series of flues, located above similar air flues, which are themselves built over the crown of the furnace. Air, forced into the air flues, becomes heated by the crown and by the escaping hot gases, and the flames and gases from the firegrates, after passing over the bridges, are met by the heated air, which is directed through . openings in the crown or arch of the furnace. Thus an intense heat is created directly over the surface of the materials on the hearth, and the heat is effectively utilized. Also the crown is kept cooler, and the flames issuing from the firegrates are of lower temperature than usual. The furnace is shown as having three doors in each side. A.D. 1880, December 17.— No. 5288. JUSTICE, Philip Syng. — {A communication from Charlse ^ferecUth Dupuy.) — Manufacture of iron. As improvements upon the prior Specifications No. 1664, A.D. 1877, and No. 3827, A.D. 1880, pulverized iron-bearing materials (including ores, " tap cinder, droppings from puddling furnaces, scale from iron, hammer slag, blue billy ") may be intimately mixed with carbonaceous, fluxing, and binding materials (including in different cases slack or fine waste from ' bituminous or anthracite coal or wood charcoal, lime, aluminous clay, black oxide of manganese, salt, and iron or steel scale which gives fibre to the iron when reducing tap ^ cinder or droppings) of such character as to permit of their ' being compressed into moulded masses which will practically ' retain their forms when subjected to the heat of a reducing- furnace until the metal in them " comes to nature," while some of the contained materials form a glassy slag of such ' consistency as to be retained throughout the mass of metal, filling the minute spaces or cells vacated by the oxygen of the ore and glazing the resulting metallic granules so as to \ prevent reoxidation ; also the slag should take up and remove the impurities present, including phosphorus, sulphur, and 350 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. silicon. The pulverized materials are mixed in a moist state ^ and moulded into forms (preferably perforated tubular cylinders) presenting the greatest surface to the action of heat. The tubular masses may be formed by machinery as in the case of drain pipes, and their thickness should be such that the heat has not to penetrate more than from about 1 to H inches from the surface. Cylinders, 16 or 18 inches in height, maybe introduced on a "peel" into the furnace, and should be set on end therein, with intervening spaces for the circula- tion of heat. Thus reduction will rapidly take place, the metal- making material being kept quiescent during the process : also fuel is economized, a powerful heat being created throughout the hearth of the furnace by the help of the combustion of the gases formed in the reducing process. When the masses are subsequently hammered, squeezed, or rolled, the liquid glass or slag is easily expressed, leaving a pure and homogeneous mass of metal. [N'o Draioings.'] A.D. 1880, December 17.— No. 5300. PITT, Sydney. — {A communication from il/onfne grade of metal may be placed in the mould, instead of the core, and another grade of metal be poured into the space iroimd it, the heat sufficing to fuse the outer portion of the pore and thus unite the two metals. The ingot may be produced with a soft centre of steel low in carbon or homogen- eous iron, and with a hard exterior of cheap phosphor steel or ron, or with a hard centre and soft tough exterior, the latter irrangement being desirable in the making of armour plates, ingots, " with a hard centre and a soft exterior with a prepon- ' derance of the soft metal on one side," may be rolled into •ails, having hard heads and soft flanges and sides. \_No Draivings.'] ' A.D. 1881, March 21.— No. 1245. ; UDDELL, WiLLTAM MooRE.~(Provisioual protection only )- ; combining metals. I [ Rods of various kinds of iron and steel, after being cleaned aay be welded together at a low temperature, preferably usin^ , Schierloh's cherry heat welding compound ; " a temperature of ,00° or 700^ Fahr. will be sufficient, and will not injure the letal. After the welding-mixture is applied, the mass is wi^-ed 3S2 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. together in the form of a bar and heated in a furnace. The ends may be fixed in powerful ''grips," moved in opposite directions by machinery. Thus the bar receives a slight twist while hot, and is then removed to the hammer or rolls to be worked into shape. The metal will not crystallize, nor can a flaw exist, throughout, and the fibres being interlaced the strength is increased. Axles may thus be produced, the same principle being applicable to various articles, including armour plates, where great strength and durability are required. [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1881, March 24.— No. 1312. MASSICKS, Horace, and CROOKE, Walter.— Hot blast stoves. The inventors use a wrought4ron "vertical casing of a " circular, elliptical, or other section, with a conical top, at the " apex of which " is formed a manhole, and in the cover of the manhole " is fitted '' an air valve that may be self acting." The interior of the stove is of brickwork, '' and comprises a ^'series of segmental passages, preferably concentric, and formed of any desired number of circular and radial divisions or walls. The gases to heat the stove are admitted from " below to the centre of the stove : and the walls forming the passages terminate alternately a short distance from the top " of the stove and have arches in each alternate wall at the bottom, so that the gases and heat traverse the passages from the centre to the outermost passages before being carried off by the chimney : thus the heat is fully utilized " and the crreatest heat is maintained at the centre, which prevents loss of heat and preserves the casing, air bemg so admitted that the gas is chiefly burnt in the centre of the stove. Subsequently the blast to be heated passes through the stove m the opposite " direction," two or more stoves being alternately heated to provide hot blast for a smelting-f urnace. Cleaning-doors in the top of the stove are dispensed with, and directly over each segmental passage a hole is made or a pipe is built into the roof to admit a chain or the like, which is lowered to the bottom of the passage ; a scraper passed through one of the doors near the bottom of the stove is attached to it, and is raised and lowered to remove dust from MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 383 the passage. " The scraper, formed preferably of a spring hoop, ^' fits the sides of the passage and is open in the middle to allow ^' the dust to fall through." The scrapers are moved by a crane, fixed upon the centre manhole, and having an adjustable outer pulley for operating upon any passage. " When a chimney flue ^' cannot be got," a chimney may be fixed " upon the top of ^' the stove in place of the manhole ; in which case the blast is ^' first conveyed to the top of the stove." The seating of the inventors' " gas or hot blast valve " has a tube cast in it for the circulation of water. The hollow valve slides in guides, and the valve spindle contains pipes for the circulation of water in the space inside the valve. A wheel gears into a rack, fixed to the spindle which passes through a gland, a cover securing the valve in its place in the pipe for admitting the gas to the stove (or that for conveying the heated blast therefrom). [Drawings. 1 A.D. 1881, March 24.— No. 1322. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (^1 communication from William Edward iSe7idey.) — Manufacture of iron. Superior ore, such as Spanish haematite, is smelted in a blast furnace, and the crude iron produced should contain from " 1 to 2 per cent, of silicon. This iron is refined previous to ^' puddling in an ordinary reverberatory furnace, having the bottom and sides of its hearth lined with iron ore," such as haematite ; or best tap cinder from balling-furnaces or oxide of iron, obtained by oxidizing bars of wrought iron previously ' placed in the furnace, may be employed. " The furnace is " strongly heated, and the bottom of the hearth is covered with finely pulverized ore" equal to about 10 per cent, of the metal. The crude molten metal from the blast furnace or ^ cupola is then run into the f urnace, and gently stirred until samples show that it is properly refined. The metal is then I tapped out, and is almost free from phosphorus, sulphur, ! silicon, and manganese. This fine metal may then be puddled ij/ to obtain wrought iron, or it may be made into ingot iron by p. any open-hearth process, thus producing superior iron. Ordinary r crude iron may be likewise refined previously to puddling to * improve the resulting wrought iron. \ 384 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. The claim is for " the manufacture of iron by causing molten " pig iron containing silicon to come in contact with and to be '• manipulated with oxides of iron " as described. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, March 26.— No. 1361. LOVE, Geokge, and COCHRANE, BKODiE.-(Promw«a? protectLi o»/^.)— Manufacture of iron and steel. Molten iron or steel may be run from a blast, reverberatory, or any melting furnace " into moulds, formed of mixtures ol " lime or limestone and peat, or sawdust, or dead leaves, oi " other carbonaceous material or mixtures " thereof ; and the metal is dephosphurized and freed from impurities " by the " chemical affinity therefor of the constituents of the mould." [No Dnncings.'] A.D. 1881, March 28.— No. 1372. CLAPP, William John, and GRIFFITHS, TeoMAS.-Manu- f acture of iron and steel. To economically and effectively treat molten metal for making steel and other purposes, the inventors employ an upright converter "formed in three parts the upper one form- " ing the stack and an intermediate part forming a bosh or " chamber for the circulation of water therein and the fittings " for the steam and blast are permanently fixed in position " whilst the lower part which is to reseive the metal " is mounted upon a frame, to be raised and lowered upon a wheeled frame running on a railway for conveyance elsewhere. The lower part has tuyeres fixed in its side, and a tap hole the bottom for running out the metal. Another aperture, fitted with a door, is provided above the level of the fluid metal, and serves as a charging-aperture and for raking oui the slag and other impurities off the top of the metal. Each tuyere has at its rear end "a seat to receive a plug or " stopper when it is required to shut oS the blast, and such " plug or stopper is fixed to a rod provided with a disc or " piston fitting a steam tube or cylinder," so that the steam when admitted behind the piston may press the stopper to its seat The said tube may be formed of a piece of gas pipe or t'lHn.^ (or preferably of a bored tube or bush, fixed in MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 385 an outer cylinder or box) " provided with a cover at one end, " the other end thereof being passed through a stuffing box attached to a box to which is also connected a steam pipe and " an air blast pipe provided with a valve capable of being closed against the air blast when " it is desired to shut off the action of one of the tuyeres. Thus a blast of air can be sent into the metal in the converter and shut off as required, the stopper preventing the metal from running back through the tuyere. Moreover a small central aperture in the stopper may allow a small blast of air to enter the tuyere and prevent metal from cooling within it. Steam or steam and air together might be introduced into the molten metal by a special arrangement of valves. The middle part of the apparatus should keep the upper portion comparatively cool, and may be flush on its inner face with that of the upper or lower portion or both ; or it may project internally and serve as a ledge to catch the slag etc. boiling up out of the liquid metal. Instead of the lower movable part fitting closely up ' against the middle part, it may be "arranged to rise up concentrically a " short distance within the upper portion or stack leaving an " annular space between the two by which means the necessity " for closely fitting the parts is avoided and the slag " etc. boil- ing up will be discharged over the edge of the vessel and fall down between the two parts. Instead of using tuyeres, broad channels or necks may be fitted at their upper parts with means for introducing a blast of air. These channels are open at their lower ends to the interior of the converter and are of such capacity that the fluid metal is not likely to cool and set therein. The channels are preferably curved upwards from the bottom of the converter and slightly inclined to the converter to cause the blast to produce a better effect on the metal. To make a plug for use with the aforesaid or other apparatus employed in treating iron and steel, asbestos is mixed with brick or other material, preferably graphite, and submitted to pressure in a mould, after which it is fired as usual. This plug is mounted " on the end of a screwed rod which by being rotated within a " nut is caused to close or open the aperture to which it is " applied." [Draiohigs.'] P 6154. N 38G MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1881, March 29.— No. 1379. HADDAN, Herbert John. — (^1 communication from' Thomas S. Cook.)— Rolh. A machine is described for rolling car axles, but is applicable to " finishing and straightening an ordinary round bar of uniform diameter." In the frame of the machine are arranged two parallel rolls, adapted to be brought against the bar, which may be introduced longitudinally between them, while two other rolls are located opposite the space between the first two and are also adapted to be brought against the bar, being collared in beyond the outer surface of the first two. Gearing is provided to turn the first two rolls in the same direction. l_Drawhig.'] A.D. 1881, March 29.— No. 1386. CRELLIN, Horatio Nelson, junior, and ROLFE, Charles Spencer. — Furnaces etc. A drawing of a blast furnace is given to show the application of the invention thereto, the use of steam being partly or wholly dispensed with, if desirable. Steam may be led from a boiler through a pipe to an arrangement of nozzles or jets, in combination with pipes, jets, or nozzles communicating with a reservoir of paraffine oil or other liquid fuel, so that the steam will act after the manner of perfume-diffusers or injectors. The steam passing to the nozzles may be highly superheated and liquids having very high flashing points be then used. The nozzles may be placed near a burner or lamp, which helps to heat the boiler and ignites the jets of liquid fuel, the latter being by the aid of the steam finely divided and heated to the flashing point. Small quantities of water may be injected (by an auto- matic arrangement described) into the boiler, or sometimes the latter may be partly filled with water. The said drawing shows two different pipes or conduits leading to each tuyere. An intense and pure heat is obtainable for smelting etc. \_Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, April 6.— No. 1503. DUFRENE, Hector Auguste. — Cupola furnaces. . To separate the iron from contact with the fuel, the cupolsi m\j be heated by gas, and it may be provided with a vault or MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 387 arch, which retains the solid, while the liquid iron collects at the bottom. " The flame enters at the upper portion of the " crucible, passes across the arch, and rises through the column " of solid iron and heats it." The arch is supported by a vertical wall, which is so connected to the brickwork as to prevent its being raised by the liquid iron. The wall has openings in its lower part " for the mixture of the liquid iron," and in its upper for the proper distribution of the pressure of the gases." Angle irons support the refractory lining of the cupola. The first charges may be lowered into the furnace in a receptacle, to prevent damage to the arch by shocks. In a cupola with an " exterior crucible for collecting the " liquid iron," the flame " enters into the upper part of the " crucible and passes through the pile of iron." The gas may be produced in a separate sheet-iron generator, formed of three movable parts ; the middle part requiring to be renewed less frequently. " The blast arriving under the grate is divided into two parts ; " one serves for burning the fuel, and the other passes around the generator, becomes heated, and passes above to assist in the combustion of the gases." The combustion ^'continues in the upper part of the crucible." Again, licjuid fuel may be converted for use into gases to obtain a very high temperature or a rapid production, or to avoid altering the quality of the iron treated. Air passes through a channel in front of the liquid fuel, which it projects on to a plate to increase its division : there is also a distributor. The " chamber is sufficiently large to allow the combustion to be " nearly complete when the flame comes in contact with the solid iron." Sometimes solid fuel may be burnt on an ordinary grate near the cupola, which the gases from the combustion afterwards enter. The fuel should be thick enough to prevent cold air passing, without producing much carbonic oxide. IDmimngs.'] A.D. 1881, April 7.-~No. 1532. MORGANS, William, and MORGANS, Morgan Geoffrey. — (Provisional protection only.) — Agricultural and other edge tools. This invention partly relates to hardening and tempering the blades of scythes and other agricultural edge tools, the object P 6154. N 2 3)8 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. b )ing to prevent the tool while under treatment bomg deformed by twists and puckers which have to be corrected by subsequent h immering and setting." The blades are tempered by placing t'lem, when they are sufficiently heated, between faces or dies ol iron, steel, or other suitable material. The dies are then pressed together, and water is allowed to pass through slits, .channels, or perforations formed in the faces of the dies to iilmit of the rapid cooling and hardening of the blade. The effects of the dies upon pressing upon the scythe or other tool •during the hardening process is to retain the blade in its proper shape during cooling. In some cases sufficient hardness of the blade may be obtained by the chilling effect of the cold faces of the dies without the direct action of water. In such cases cold water may be caused tj circulate through the body of each die. INo Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, April U.~No. 1644. WILSON, John Hays.^ — {Provisional 2)rotectio)i not aUoived.) — Manufacture of crucible steel. Cast crucible steel may be made from iron thus prepared : — Superior ore, such as Spanish haematite, is smelted in a blast furnace, and the crude iron "produced should contain from one to two per cent, of silicon. This iron is refined previous to " puddling in an ordinary reverberatory furnace having the iDottom and sides of its hearth lined w^ith iron ore," such as haematite. " The furnace is strongly heated, and the bottom of the hearth is covered with finely pulverized ore " equal to about 10 per cent, of the metal. The crude molten metal from the blast furnace or cupola is run into the furnace, and gently stirred until samples show that it is properly refined. The metal is then tapped out, and is almost free from phosphorus, sulphur, silicon, and manganese. This fine metal is then puddled to obtain wrought iron of superior quality. Ordinary crude iron may be likewise refined previously to puddling to improve the resulting wrought iron. The invention is defined as "the manufacture of cast crucible steel (by any of the " processes now employed) from iron made " as described. No Drawings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 339 A.D. 1881, April 20.— No. 1714. STEVENS, Charles RiCHARD.—Heating, etc. In heating furnaces and stoves by gas, coal, or other fuel, n boiler containing water or spirit may be placed over or other- wise in regard to the same or a separate furnace or stove, so that steam or gases (as the case may be) will be generated, ^' the outlet being placed as will be found most convenient to the furnace or stove for the purpose of creating a blast." This apparatus is specially suitable for smelting-furnaces, as hj passing part of the gases of combustion from the furnace to the boiler the waste heat is utilized for heating the latter. As illustrated by a drawing, hot blast for a blast furnace may be obtained by placing a boiler near the furnace and leading hot gases from the furnace to a space within the boiler, which space also has an inlet for air. Injectors are provided, so that the steam generated in the boiler will draw the said gases and nir into the said space, whence they pass with the steam through a blast pipe to the blast furnace. The boiler also has a separate furnace. A.D. 1881, April 20.— No. 1720. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (^1 communication from Jean Bn-ptiste Marie Prosper Closson.) — Refractory magnesian products. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 4253, A.D. 1879, and No. 701, A.D. 1881, the former of which relates to manufacturing magnesia by means of calcined dolomite and various chlorides, including waste residues. From the chloride of magnesium produced at first with chloride of calcium, there may be precipitated the magnesia by treating with more dolo- mite, or the separation of th^ magnesia may be otherwise effected. Magnesia obtained by means of the present invention may be used for manufacturing refractory products, after the removal of any remaining carbonate of lime ; and for this latter purpose processes to which the prior inventions relate may be employed. Dolomites and mignesian limestones are to be calcined at such a temp3rature (500^ to 600° C.) that the carbonate of 390 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. magnesia is converted into magnesia, while the carbonate of lime remains undecomposed. By pulverizing, before or after calcination, and separating and sorting by means of a blast or by washing, the products may be enriched in magnesia even to the extent of obtaining magnesia by itself. l^No Drawings.^ A.D. 1881, April 23.— No. 1748. PIEPER, Carl. — (A communication from Eduard Doelen.') — {Provisional protection only.) — Universal rolling-mill for ectangular and flat bars. The rolls of a set for producing bars of various sizes are not placed " one above the other upon their whole length," but are so arranged that " only their ends project over each other from different sides. Each roll is moreover provided with a " socket or hollow cylinder, fitting over and rotating with the same, and working with its face or end surface in contact with " the face of the opposite roll." The groove for the passage of the metal is thus formed by the cylindrical surface of the superposed parts of the rolls and by the end surfaces of the said sockets." The height of the groove is altered by varying the vertical distance between the rolls by mechanism acting on screws passing through or into the bearings, while the breadth of the groove is changed by one roll being " shifted lengthwise together with the socket of the other roll," the roll being so connected " with the opposite socket as to allow them both to rotate freely in different directions." Each ^' socket may be adjusted lengthwise in respect to the opposite " roll." The mill may have two rolls or three ; in the latter case there are two grooves and the rolling operation can be carried out in two directions. l^No Drawings.l A.D. 1881, April 23.— No. 1750. BE ARDMORE, Isaac— Moulds for casting steel. To obtain castings practically free from blow holes or honey- combing and therefore much more solid than usual, the moulds employed are built of bricks and are lined with firebrick or other refractory material, fireclay or like cement being also sed. The exterior of the mould may be strengthened by metal MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 391 plates, bars, and tie rods. The moulds are internally heated, preferably to redness, for instance, by burning gas therein, and the steel is cast in the heated moulds. Gas and air may be admitted through concentric pipes to the interior of the mould, where combustion takes place, the products thereof escaping by flues. Large castings, such as rolls of rolling-mills, may be thus produced and also ingots for conversion into bars, plates, etc. Drawings are given of moulds for casting rolls in A ertical and horizontal positions. l^Drawings.l A.D. 1881, April 23.— No. 1768. IVEDEKIND, Hermann. — (A comrmudcafiou front Ham Hauenschild.) — {Provisional protection only.) — Refractory magnesian products. Magnesia may be thus obtained so dense as to be well adapted for making basic bricks : — Powdered magnesian limestone or dolomite or lime containing silicif erous carbonate of magnesia or the paste of the hydrate {i.e. the stone burnt and slaked) is placed in " wood tar water or raw vegetable acid," stirring and gently warming, whereby there are formed a soluble com- bination with lime and an insoluble combination with magnesia, and the latter is distilled. Also the said powder or paste may be placed in a solution of chloride of magnesium heated to 120° Cent, at least, until saturated, introducing superheated steam and stirring ; thus the magnesia will be precipitated as carbonate or hydrate. [iVo Dr awing s."] A.D. 1881, April 26.— No. 1808. LAKE, William Robert.— (>4 communication from Joshua W, Houchin and Joshua R. Houchin.) — Puddling and other furnaces. The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of a puddling- f urnace, relates to arrangements for burning liquid fuel so as to concentrate intense heat in the working chamber of the furnace. IDrawlngs.'] 392 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1881, April 29.— No. 1865. CROSLAND, Edward. — Calcining ores. A continuous calcining-kiln widens Out from the bottom tc> a certain height, and then narrows inward, presenting at each side a sloping overhanging shoulder, w^hich contains inlet openings for combustible gas from a gas flue behind. Fron^ the shoulder the kiln still narrows to the top, where there are one or more covered feeding-holes. At some distance below the latter, lateral openings on each side lead to a chimney flue.- A wedge-shaped structure extends some distance up within the- kiln, and has on each side a slope like that of the lower part o{ the kiln wall. In the narrow portions at the bottom of the kiln there are lateral openings for admitting air and removing the calcined ore, The wedge-shaped structure may have in its lippOr part an air cavity with openings into the body of the kiln. Large kilns may contain several such structures, and in a round or square kiln the structure may be conical or pyra- midal. The kiln being charged and kindled, gas enters through the overhanging shoulder at one side of the kiln and is burnt by air ; which in ascending from the bottom becomes highly heated in passing through the calcined ore. The flame and products of combustion strike obliquely upwards and across the body of ore above to the apertures leading to the chimney flue on the opposite side of the kiln, which is then open. At intervals the one gas flue and the opposite chimney flue are closed by dampers, the other ga^ and chimney flues being opened. Thus the flame etc. will alternately cross the charge from right to left and from left to right. The ore is dried, heated, and calcined as it descends to the zone of combustion,, below which it becomes cooled by the ascending air. Gas from a producer may be replaced by hydrocarbon vapour or spray ^ the last-named being blown in by hot air or superheated steam by the aid of nozzles. Sight holes allow the heat at different parts to be ascertained. Again, the kiln might have a central chimney to be used also as the feeding-aperture. [Druiving,'] A.D. 1881, April 30.— No. 1874. RAMSDEN, William. — {Provisional lyrotection o?;/^.)— Soften- ing iron and steel. To anneal or soften cast iron, the inventor places ''the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 393 ^' articles in an iron retort, along with a mixture of red ore and oxide of manganese or nitrate of potash or other material " which gives oflE oxygen gas at a low temperature." A low re I heat, kept up for several hours, loosens or disengages the " carbon in the iron ; and this carbon combines with the *^ oxygen given off by the manganese or other material, so as to ^' form carbonic oxide, which is carried off through" an opening ia the retort. The process is also applicable to steel castings'* l_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, May 4. No. 1923. MacEACHRAN, Dug^ald. — Separating iron from charcoal and other pulverulent substances, as well as- from liquid or semi-liquid substances. Loop permanent or electromagnets, or magnetized bars, or the like, are so arranged that the substance from which the iron is to be separated is fed between them and out between their poles, or through a space between them. In one instance, permanent loop magnets have their poles downwards and in proximity, leaving a space between them ; they are arranged in a carrier, in line to form a number of passages through which the substance is passed from a hopper on to an inclined shoot, in at the upper ends of the passages, down through them and out from between the leaves or sides of the magnets, between their poles ; the iron is retained by the magnets and the remainder of the substance falls into a receptacle beneath. The iron is removed from the magnets, at intervals, by a brash^ the magnet carrier being moved to one side for the parpose. Or, the magnets may have a jogging motion imparted to them. Or, the receptacle and brush may be moved aside when the stationary magnets are to be cleaned. In another plan, the magnets may be arranged singly, in pairs, or in a greater number together, round a horizontal wheel revolving beneath a supply hopper. In another arrangement, the magnets are placed at right angles to the direction of flow of ths substance ; a double inclined plane directs the substance between the loops or the magnets ; rotary brushes are used. Wh3n electromagnets are employed the electric current is 394 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. discontinued at intervals. The space between the poles may be adjusted by a screw and wedge piece, or by other means. [DrcucDigs.^ A.D. 1881, May 18.~No. 2171. STONE, Robert. — Extracting metals from their ores, and treating other materials. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 2535, A.D, 1879, and No. 2070, A.D. 1880, the former of which relates to the treatment of cement, peat, etc. : it includes kilns and drying-floors, and grinding by a pair of corrugated rollers fitting into each other, also between rollers or sfceel bars and a concave surface or cylinder, revolving motion being communicated to the machine. Furnaces, to which the prior Specifications relate, may be con- structed rectangular, circular, elliptical, or otherwise, and be provided beneath or above with a large space for hot or cold air from a blowing machine to act as a powerful blast. By adding thereto jets of steam and oil, the temperature of the blast and of the furnace may be increased. When smelting ores, the molten metal may flow down inclined slabs of terra- cotta or other refractory material, and air, mixed with annealing-substances or oils, may impinge upon the metal in order to obtain a superior quality of iron or steel. From a receiver or settling-tank the metal is afterwards drawn into moulds or dies, suitable to the shape of rails or bars required. The latter, while still hot and soft, are subjected to the to-and- fro action of heavy rolls to obtain a close hard-grained material with an improved fibre, heat being sometimes simultaneously applied to prevent too rapid cooling. The bottoms of the furnaces or kilns may contain terra-cotta or other bars for sustaining the material under operation. Ores to be smelted may be sometimes ground to a fine powder, and then mixed with annealing substances, such as peat or oil. Sometimes grinding is effected by a screw revolving in a conical cylinder, the prior Specifications relating to different modes of grinding. [No Drawings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND STEEL. 395 A.D. 1881, May 20.— No. 2219. IMRAY, John. — (A communication from Pierre Emile Martin.) — Manufacture of steel. Especially to produce tool steel, ores of metals and metal- loids, besides those of iron, manganese, or silicon, that is to " say, of tungsten or wolfram, chromium, titanium, cobalt, nickel, aluminium, magnesium, sodium, potassium,'' may undergo complete reduction and carbonaceous, nitrogenous, or hydrogenous cementation by prolonged contact with "carbon " and substances containing cyanogen or hydrogen, cyanides, ammoniacal salts, carbonates, tartrates, nitrates, hydro- ^' chlorates, hydrocarbons," etc., at a bright red heat in hori* zontal, vertical, or rotative retorts, somewhat tapered tubes, heated by a regenerative furnace flame, smelting furnace gases, or the combustion of inferior fuel, being preferred. Or cupolas or crucibles may be used. The mixed materials can be formed into lumps with lime. The spongy products obtained as above described are melted in a cupola or smelting-furnace, with or without iron or iron ore, to produce f erro-carbide alloys. The iron employed " may " have been dosed with manganese or the like." If crucibles be used, this fusion as well as the previous reduction and cementation may take place in them. The f erro-carbide alloys may be introduced into the bath of metal in the Siemens-Martin furnace in producing steel. The iron is melted in two heats. The first melting should be with charcoal and hydrogenous or other converting materials. The sponge can be introduced directly into the bath without previous alloying. The introduction of the sponge or alloy develops great heat, which volatilizes impurities, such as sulphur or phosphorus. An analysis of a "chisel steel" shows 0*835 of carbon and 0*01 of tungsten, and that of a " file steel '* shows 1-761 of carbon and 0*496 of tungsten. Alloys of other metals or metalloids, such as above specified] may be likewise obtained for producing new qualities of steel. If such alloys " cannot be run as steel direct from the smelting " furnace," they may be used in the Siemens-Martin or other furnace or ii;i the Bessemer converter. [iVo Drawings,'] 396 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 1 A.D. 1881, May 21.— No. 2235. ^ SANDERS, James Harris. — communication from Edward Samuel.) — Utilizing finely -divided iron ores, including purple ore. The ore is thoroughly mixed and formed into a thick paste with small pieces or particles of cast or wrought iron or steel and with water, which may or may not be acidulated or made saline or alkaline. The mass is divided into lumps or pieces, which are dried in the air or by heat. Thus they become hard and compact ; and may be treated in the blast furnace or by any direct process for their reduction to the state of wrought *' or pig iron or steel." [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, May 24.— No. 2252. JAMES, Edward, and HANDLEY, Edwin.— Annealiig- furnaces. To impart a uniformly diffused and regulated temperature throughout a furnace for annealing iron and tin plates, the grale room may be divided and each grate be supplied by means of a blower with a regulated quantity of " superheated hydrogen, so as to invigorate the combustion of the furnace and augment ^' the intensity of the heat " when required. On each side and beneath the grate room the inventors build up a wall the lengt'i of each grate room, which walls" take the cross bearers for carrying the firebars and have air ways through them. Between these walls and each grate room an air chamber is formed, into which " the superheated hydrogen is conducted by pipes, and rushes through the air ways ''and up through the " openings formed in the grate room by the fire bars." Under the bottom or '' seige " of the furnace there are constructed horizontal flues, and in connection with them vertical or upcast flues or openings through the bottom. " On that side of tha '' furnace opposite the front of the grates " a flue (into which the horizontal flues open) runs the whole length and height of the furnace, being formed by means of another wall which also has air ways throughout its length and height. Opposite and parallel to this wall, on the other side of the furnace nearest the grates, is a like wall (the annealing-chamber being between these two walls) ; but the air ways or openings in this case " are MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 397 kept close to the bottom of the furnace, the object being to pull the flame downwards on its escape through the said " openings into the outlet flue, which is formed between the wall last mentioned and the side of the furnace " and which runs the whole length of it. This outlet flue leads to the stack, the draught being regulated by a damper. \_Drawing.'\ A.D. 1881, May 31.— No. 2397. THOMPSON, William Phillips. — (.4 communication from Frederic Pages and Jerome Pages.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — " Furnaces for carrying on cementation processes, such as case hardening or de-carburetting iron." Articles to be cemented are placed with suitable agents in a chamber of refractory material of parallelopipedon or other form, so enclosed in masonry that an intervening sp^ce is left for combustibles. A fire-grate is placed beneath the chamber, which is carried by supports built into the masonry. There are openings for firing, admitting air for combustion, and watching the combustion. The chamber has a cover, and the masonry or outer walls a second cover, in the centre of which latter is a chimney pipe. This pipe presents a union or moveable sleeve, easily raised by means of a cord, pulley, and counter- weight, to allow the cover to be withdrawn. [^Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, June 4.— No. 2463. HALL, CiiAKLES Edwakd. —Magnetic separator. A number of horse-shoe electromagnets are arranged radially in non-conducting material on a rotating shaft. By means of suitably arranged commutators, brushes, &c. the current in each magnet is stopped when it comes near a brush or cleaner, so that the latter can detach pieces of metal and transfer them to a suitable receptacle. The ends of the magnets stir the material on the separating band so as to better separate the iron. {Drav:ings.'\ r.98 MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND STEEL. A.D. 1881, June 8.— No. 2486. BAUER, Maurice. — (A comniunication from Auguste Combei< iV Alma and Frederic Girot.) — (Provisional protection only.) — Employing gases in smelting or reducing furnaces. The gases produced from wood or cork in special retort ovens, after being conducted into a condenser to save bye-products, pass into a gas holder to secure " a certain distribution and regular mixture of the gases with air" according to the heat desired. Thence the gases are led to special receivers, surround- ing and communicating with the blast furnace by pipes. The shell of the furnace consists of three parts ; the inner part is of firebricks, and the second of special bricks or refractory mortar, for insulating the inner from the outer part (which latter forms the actual body of the furnace), while allowing the inner refractory lining to expand. The top of the f arnace is closed hermetically by two dampers, lined with refractory material and moved by counterbalanced levers. A block of very re- fractory stone, with an upper surface of lime, supports the limestone and mineral: ''at the upper circumference of this block the smelting of the raw ore is effected." Below the block is the hearth with an opening for the overflow of cinder and a tapping hole for the molten metal. Besides the gas receivers and supply pipes, an air receiver and pipes likewise supply air to the flame at the upper edge of the said block and also over the hearth. Each air pipe is joined to a gas pipe and forms therewith a blow-pipe, arranged " nearly tangential to the inner circumference of the furnace." There are pressure gauges and regulating cocks, the proportion of gas to air being about 1 to 10. Sight-holes are provided. The gases of combustion escape through pipes laid in a coil round the furnace in the insulating part. INo Drawings.l A.D. 1881, June 8.— No. 2494. FRENCH, Andrew. — " Cupola furnace for treating lead and zinc ores &c." A low cupola smelting-furnace, square in plan, is employed, its lower part being smaller than the upper, and the walls being supported on a plate resting on the lower walls and on pillars. MAmiFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. An arched top with flat end walls closes in the upper part, and an outlet for the gases and volatile matters is provided in one end wall at the top. The charging-door is just above the lower part, which has a brasque bottom and a tymp and fore hearth plate. As to height, flame should be always present at the top of the charge, but a sufficient column of incandescent materials be maintained to prevent too great cooling when fresh materials are charged ; the charging-door may thus be advantageously from 15 to 30 inches above the tuyere. Preferably hot blast is supplied at the tuyere ; the air being heated in traversing horizontal -pipes, crossing the upper part of the furnace, and having holes in their upper parts, whence jets or currents of air issue into the upper part of the furnace. \_Draiving.'] A.D. 18^1, June 17.— No. 2639. EVANS, David, and TUCKER, Alexander Edwin.-- Bessemer converter and furnace linings. The inventors employ a composition, consisting of ground gannister, sandstone, or like silicious material (including silicious fireclay) mixed with tar or similar hydrocarbons, preferably with the addition of a little coal dust, for lining Bessemer con- verters and furnaces, and especially for making converter bottoms and tuyeres, in order to attain greater durability than when gannister is used in admixture with water. The inventors use their materials in such proportions as to form a hard yet plastic mass. Hot tar may be mixed under edge-runners or otherwise with about 10 times its weight of gannister. In making converter bottoms, the mixture is rammed (preferably by red-hot iron rammers) around tuyeres or iron pins according to the blast-holes required. The bottom is dried at about 100° Cent, for some 12 hours, after which the heat is increased to ''a black redness" and so continued while combustible vapours are evolved ; air being excluded. In making converter tuyeres, the mixture may be rammed or pressed into a tuyere mould provided with tuyere holes and rods as usual, and be dried at a low heat. In making converter linings and the hearths of Siemens' furnaces, the mixture may be either rammed or slurried, in which latter case the proportion of tar or like 400 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. binding medium is increased so that the resulting mass will tend to spread. A converter may, however, be lined by ramming between its shell and a mould. [AT) Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, June 17.— No. 2651. SIEMENS, Charles William. — {Provisional protection only,) — Manufacture of steel. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 3374, A.D. 1880, which relates to furnaces with gas producers. To check the destructive action of scoria upon the sides of the bed of the melting-chamber of the open-hearth regenerative gas furnace employe:!, the inventor adds thereto pipes for circulating water around the bed. After a charge of iron oxide (say, small ore and roll scale) and scrap metal or puddled bloom has been raised to a white hoat on the bed of the furnace ; fluid cast iron is poured in and u rating with the other materials, becomes partially decarburized. Gradual additions of ore and sometimes scrap and blooms are now made ; or when the desired point of conversion (ascertain- able by samples) has been reached, spiegeleisen or other alloy may be sometimes added to the decarburized or converted metal. The contents of the furnace are then run into a casting ladle, and small pieces of red-hot f err o -manganese may be, thrown into the liquid stream of metal. The cast iron employed is preferably melted and purified in a furnace, the bed or floor of which is steeply inclined, and terminates in a basin with a tapping-hole. The bed should be of a basic character, and a compound of lime with alumina or magnesia or of bauxite be employed therefor. The flame ports are at the lower or basin end of the bed, the passages to the caimney being at the higher end. The crown of the furnace h.is a double arch with an intermediate space forming a passage for air. The air, traversing conduits in the chimney flue and the said passage, becomes highly heated and, at the flame ports, meets gas from a producer, which may be of the kind described in the Specification of the prior invention, to ensure a supply of rich combustible gas. The pig metal is charged upon iron oxide with which the bed is coverod ; and, as it melts and flows MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND 8TEEL. 401 down to the basin, reactions take place, a basic slag, containing much the silicon, phosphorus, and sulphur originally in the cast iron, presenting itself on the top of the molten metal in the basin. Lime, manganese, etc. may be added to promote the basic character of this slag and prevent reincorporation of tlfe impurities with the metal. One such furnace may be so placed opposite four open-hearth steel-melting furnaces that the metal will run direct to one or other of the latter through a removable spout. [No Drawings.] A.D. 1881, June 22.— No. 2738. JENSEN, Peter. — (A communication from Henrih Tholander.) — Treating Bessemer metal to produce compact ingots free from red-shortness. The molten metal, before being run out, is exposed to a partial vacuum in the converter (or converting-chamber, if used) by the application of ejectors, air pumps, or other exhausting- apparatus ; in order to remove the gases present sufficiently to prevent the formation of bubbles or air holes in the ingots. In the opeaing of the converter (or in the upper free end of the converting-chamber) an ejector may be placed, worked by a fan or steam ; or the converter (or chamber) may be closed by a cover and be connected afterwards to a separate ejector or exhaust fan, in order to evaporate the gases from the molten metal. Red-shortness, occasioned by oxidized iron in the meta!, is checked, because such iron " dissolves itself on account of the " high temperature in the converter into metallic iron and oxygen, which latter evaporates in one or another gas forma- tion." Thus, the converting chamber may be fitted with an ejector and have on its upper part a cast-iron collar, into which an iron ring is fitted airtight. To the ring is fixed a cap, covering the said chamber. Through the collar, " fitting as closely as possible, the leading or guiding rod runs to a branch " from a chambered interior rod, and is made hollow " to " serve as blowing-pipe in an injector, the delivery mouth-piece " of which is placed in the cap, and an air pressure or steam pipe is connected to a cross pipe. The leading rod may also be made solid as usual, and the ejector be attached quite apart from it 402 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. to the converting-chamber or its cover." Sometimes two or more mouthpieces may be used. To prevent air being carried down by the stream of metal, a funnel or basin should be placed over each mould close beneath the converting-chamber. lDmiving.~\ A.D. 1881, June 23.— No. 2753. ADAMS, Thomas. — Heating-furnaces for the manufacture of iron and steel. To remove the slag and keep a dry bottom," the bed of the furnace inclines downwards from both the fire-bridge and the flue-bridge, its lowest part (where the slag collects) being opposite to the first working hole. The collecting slag runs therefrom into a recess or depression in the back wall of the furnace. A tap-hole, at the back of the furnace and opposite to the first w^orking-hole, opens from this recess into a horizon- tal covered trough, the inner end of which may be secured to the buckstave plate of the furnace by being bolted into a frame. The tap-hole is filled with oxide of iron from the outside. When in working the furnace the slag has' 'nearly filled the said recess, the tap hole is opened (by a bar either introduced into the furnace through the first working hole or inserted through a hole at the outer end of the trough), and the molten slag runs along the trough and through a hole in its under side into a receptacle beneath. Thus, the slag collects at the hottest part of the furnace and will form a good fettling for puddling- furnaces, while the temperature of the furnace is not reduced by the continuous entrance of air at the slag- hole. \_Drait'i)ig.'] A.D. 1881, June 25.— No. 2797. LLOYD, Samup:l. — Purification and use of blast-furnace gases. To precipitate dust and cleanse blast-furnace gases from solid particles (including the condensation of tar and other volatile matter), the inventor passes the gases through a cylinder or casing containing a series of cooling- tubes, which may be ^' flattened or corrugated through the greater part of their length but cylindrical at their open ends," and which are MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 403 cooled by passing water or air through them (or the gases may be passed through the tubes and the water or air be externally applied to them). Horizontal shelves or trays with perfora- tions may be fixed in the cylinder to deflect, retard, and divide the passing current of gas. Also into the top of the cylinder there may be injected sprays of water, which are further divided by the shelves and splash against the interior of the cylinder, thus effecting condensation and cleansing the gas. When needful, a draught can be maintained through the appa- :ratu8 by means of a fan or blower. The apparatus may be cleansed from the tar and refuse matter of the gases by inject- [; iug steam or water at a high temperature. The cylinder may be rotated to increase its efficiency. In using the gases, separate pipes may convey the gas and compressed air, which are mixed together where the gas is ignited. The intensity of the result- ing heat may be increased by using regenerators to heat the gas and air prior to combustion. In the case of kilns for calcining ores, a gas exhauster or fan may be used to direct the said purified gases (or generator gases likewise treated) in larger or smaller quantities in the required direction and with the required pressure to calcine the ore to the extent desired. [No Dravjings.'] A.D. 1881, June 28.— No. 2825. HUNT, Edmund. — {A communication from John Ki7ig.) — Mag- netic separators. For operating on ores containing magnetic iron or oxide, the granular or powdered ore is placed in a hopper, the bottom of which has an opening of adjustable width extending across the machine, so that the ore may descend therefrom in a broad thin stream in contact with or very near to a sheet of thin zinc or other material not affected by magnets. This sheet extends across the machine, and is " continued downwards with its ^' upper part slightly inclined from the vertical in one direction whilst its lower part is curved away in the opposite direction." A loosely-hanging flap or plate prevents the stream from devia- ting too far from the sheet. Behind the sheet a gang or series of magnets is carried in transverse rows by a frame, which is adjustable relatively to the sheet by the aid of screws. Opposite the lower end of the sheet there is an inclined shoot, having au 40^ MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. adjustable plate with an inner edge directed upwards, an open- ing being left between this edge and the bottom of the sheet. As the stream descends along the surface of the sheet the particles of iron, steel, or magnetic oxide are attracted by the magnets and adhere to the sheet, but not sufficiently to prevent their sliding downwards, and they ultimately drop into the said opening, while the other substances pass off by the shoot. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1881, June 30.— No. 28G0. LONGSDON, Alfred. — {A communication frora Frederic Alfred Krupp.) — Producing sound steel or iron ingots etc. To produce non-porous ingots, the molten metal is subjected to a high pressure of gas in moulds constructed to withstand a liigh internal pressure. After the metal has been poured in, the mould is tightly closed, and communication is then made by a pipe between the space above the metal and a strong flask or reservoir, containing a substance in liquid or solid form, such as carbonic acid, which under ordinary pressure and temperature is a gas, and which can be kept under great pressure. The flask is placed in a bath of water, oil, or other fluid, which by the admission of steam or water can be heated or cooled in order to regulate the degree of pressure employed. To keep the upper part of the molten metal in the mould hot as long as possible, while the ingot gradually and evenly cools and contracts ; the upper part only of the mould has a lining of refractory material, and a layer of molten slag may be poured on to the surface of the molten metal in the mould : also a thick cover of a refrac- tory material which is a bad conductor of heat may be dropped on to the top of the molten metal or slag. The pressure is maintained as long as there is any tendency for hollow spaces or pores to form in the ingot. The mould may be strengthened by wrought-iron hoops. A strong cover is secured to the mould by bolts and cott irs, a gas-tight joint between the two being obtained by a metallic ring (of which different kinds are described) placed in a recess or groove : or plumbago, asbestos, millboard, etc. may be used for the joint. There is a pressure gauge, and a valve regulates the exit of the carbonic acid gas from the flask to the mould. The metal may be run into the mould from the top (in which case the cover is afterwards MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 405 securer?) or from the bottom (in which case the inlet funnel is afterwards closed against internal pressure, and a valve for allowing air to escape from the mould is closed before admit- ting the gas). Again, the cover of the mould itself may be provided with an inlet funnel, having a cone plug which can be afterwards fastened down in its seat by a screw and nut ; or the funnel may have a closing cap. Or the mould employed may have a closed top with the exception of a hole through which the metal is poured in and which is afterwards closed by a cover. IDraioing.'] A.D. 1881, July 6.— No. 2959. RAMSDEN, Martha Ellen, and HICKS, George Hawso>% Executors of John Carter Ramsd en. —Manufacture of steel. Wrought, forged, and malleable irons or iron in other state of manufacture may be placed in a crucible or other container v/ith a mixture of. carbonate of potash and powdered vegetable charcoal in about equal proportions, and the container is heated for a time, according to the bulk of metal under operation and whether it is to be partially or entirely converted into steel. [No Drawings. 1 A.D. 1881, July 7.— No. 2998. MURPHY, Albert Lawrence. — Making metallic tubing etc. from hollow piles. A metal pile is constructed by building pieces of metal preferably puddled iron, round and upon a hollow metallic core, to form the substance of the tube, column, etc. The core is preferably cylindrical, but may be triangular, square, or pK)lygonal in section ; the pieces of metal are arranged round it in any form and bound with metal wire or straps. The pile is then heated to welding heat, and reduced by rolling to the desired size. The mill consists of several pairs of rolls, the first pair being adapted to take the pile as first heated, and the last to impart the required dimensions to the finished article. The rolls are driven independently and at different speeds by m MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. suitable toothed gear ; the mandrels are so supported that their balls. are placed and retained centrally between the respective rolls ; the supporting stems are hollow and provided with shifter bars. [Draichigs.'] A.D. 1881, July 13.— No. 3060. BROWN, William RE^iRY.— (Provisional j^^'otection only.)-^ Trueing up and finishing round bars or rods. The processes known as reeling and rolling are combined. At the back of the reeling-machine or rolls there may be fixed metallic faces, revolving or stationary, or driven by the ^' frictional contact of the bar," preferably grooved to suit the diameter of the bar operated on, and driven at a suitable speed. These rolls are fixed at about right angles to the reeling-rolls and receive the bar therefrom. The rolls are adjusted to act on the revolving bar without stopping its rotation. Thus a perfectly cylindrical and true surface is obtained. The rolls could be placed between two reeling-machines. [iVo Draivings.] A.D. 1881, July 14.— No. 3088. WHITEMAN, William Thomas. — (A communication from Clement Martin.) — (Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of steel. " The residuum of pyrite roasting furnaces " (after being again roasted, if it contains more than one per cent, of sulphur) is reduced to powder, and washed with water (preferably upon finely perforated iron plates in a vessel mounted upon fixed or shaking tables) to remove earthy and soluble portions. It is then mixed with more or less coal or carbonaceous matter according to the quantity of iron present and the degi'ee of carburization desired in the steel, and also with unctuous clay and lime or other material to form a very fusible flux. The result- ing mixture is moistened with water rendered alkaline or acid as required, and is powerfully compressed into blocks, which after being dried are introduced into a calcinating and reducing furnace." Here the iron is reduced, some of the lime combines with sulphur and phosphorus, while part of the clay MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 407 agglutinates and hardens the mass, and parts of the same are scorified with the gangue and lime, forming" a most fusible scoria or slag which is used to form a bath on the concave sole of a melting-furnace heated to bright redness. Into this bath the said heated blocks are now introduced by means of a self acting duct without any loss of heat." Here the reduction of the iron is completed, and it is carburized by " the surplus coal " which has not served for the reduction." A basic scoria becomes formed, which preserves the melted metal from oxida- tion ; it also becomes a powerful desulphurizing and dephos- phorizing agent. After the scoria has been removed, the steel is run into moulds. Steel may be likewise made from ordinary iron ores. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, July 20.— No. 3154. BROWN, Jeiiemiah. — (^Provisional protection only.) — Melting and annealing pots. Pots for melting or annealing malleable or other iron or other metals " may be made of Bess'^mer or other steel. They are cast of any suitable form and size, and are then annealed. [A^o Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, July 28.— No. 3304. BARFF, Frederick Settle, BOWER, George, and BOWER, Anthony Spencer. — Protection of iron and steel surfaces, and furnaces therefor. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 862, A.D. 1876, No. 2051, A.D. 1877, No. 1280, A.D. 1878, and No. 3811, A.D. 1880, which relate to the same general subject. A preferably cast or wrought iron chamber or retort, pro- tected by fire-tiles on the outside, is externally heated by the combustion of gas furnished by generators, the products of combustion passing round the chamber. The waste heat is utilized in passing through flues by generating and superheating steam in cast or wrought-iron pipes, which are filled with pieces^ of iron or other good conductors, and into which water is admitted at the coolest end to be converted into highly-super- heated steam in its passage through the pipes. The articles to 408 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. be protected by a surface coating of magnetic oxide are placed inside the chamber by means of a rolling- table, which is arranged to move freely upon rails outside the chamber. The articles are then treated by superheated steam alone, or by carbonic acid and carbonic oxide. Petroleum or other hydro- carbon may be admitted into the chamber to free the surfaces of the articles from rust, or to convert the rust into magnetic oxide by means of the rich gas produced by the action of heat upon the hydrocarbon. Drawings are given of a chamber within an arched space, and of adjacent gas producers. The bottom of the chamber is hollow and formed with longitudinal channels, through which any oxidizing gaseous agents employed may be passed before entering the chamber. A micrometer screw and thick glass tube may be used in regulating the supply of water under pressure to the said steam pipes. Sometimes the gas from the producers may be passed through the chamber, into which air also can be admitted. The articles may be placed in cages, carried on tables as above mentioned. Gas otherwise obtained can be used if desired. The said products of combustion may be applied separately to either the chamber, or the said steam pipes. l^Dravmig.'] A.D. 1881, August 2.— No. 3336. WISE, William Lloyd. — (A communi cation from Luciev {jruetat and Trenee ChavaTine.) — " Production of metals and ^' metallic alloys by the wet process." To obtain " chromium iron, applicable for the introduction ^' of determined quantities of chromium into iron or steel," a neutral double chromate of potash or soda and lime is mixed in equivalent proportions with a chloride of iron, producing by double decomposition insoluble chromate of iron and soluble chlorides, which latter are removed by washing. The chromate may be then dried, roasted, and mixed with charcoal powder for reduction and with agglutinative or fatty matter, the whole being gradually raised from a dull red to a white heat in luted plumbago crucibles, so as to reduce and melt the metals. A neutral chromate should be employed to prevent the formation of a soluble acid chromate of iron. " Tungsten iron," for in- troducing tungsten into iron and steel, may be likewise obtained. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 409 a soluble tungstate being employed in producing insoluble tung- state of iron. Pure iron, molybdenum iron, manganese iron, etc. might be obtained. A metallic oxide might be precipitated by treating a solution of a soluble metallic salfc by a base capable of dis- placing the metallic oxide : oxide of iron might thus be obtained to be reduced to pure iron. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1B81, August 4.~No. 3381. MUBE, Andrew. — Moving, traversing, and holding ingots or forgings under steam or equivalent hammers. To lift and feed the ingot after receiving a blow from the hammer into position for the next blow, a set of triangular (or other) carriers are mounted to revolve in bearings in a strong framing. The flat surfaces of the carriers are below the face of the anvil block, but their angular edges or apices, when uppermost, are above the level of the block. Motion is trans- mitted from one carrier to the others by cranks and coupling- rods, pinions connecting one carrier to a counter shaft, which is provided with a ratchet-wheel and a double-acting pawl. A motion of partial rotation is given to another shaft at each ascent of the hammer by the " tup "of the hammer bearing upon a wiper keyed upon this shaft, to which is also keyed an arm, communicating by a connecting rod with the pawl lever. Some of the carriers are arranged on each side of the anvil. When the movements of the carriers in one direction have gradually traversed the whole length of the ingot beneath the hammer, the action of the pa^l and the motion of the carriers are reversed to pass the ingot back again beneath the hammer. "Whe nthe other sides of the ingot are to be hammered, it may be turned and supported (by clamping) at right angles to its former position by arms keyed to shafts, which are in con- nection with other shafts to be actuated by a lift of the hammer through the medium of a chain. An extra shaft may carry loose another wiper, which when desired is made by a clutch to engage with this shaft, so that the carriers may be actuated when a flat ingot is under operation without the hammer having to rise to the fall height. Mechanical equivalents may replace 410 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. parts of the apparatus. The intermittent rotary motion may be imparted to the carriers by skewed mitre gearing. An im- proved ratchet device may be used for operating the carriers. The latter may be driven independently of the hammer. [Draivmgs.l A.D. 1881, August 5.— No. 3393. BOWDEN, David, SOWDEN, Miles, and SOWDEN, Arthur. — (Provisional protection only.) — Working cupolas. Of a series of short conical pipes of different sizes, one pipe is partly inserted into the other, but leaving a space around same for air to pass. One end of the largest conical pipe may be connected to the blow-hole in a cupola furnace. " Into the smallest conical pipe is inserted a steam jet, which blowing ^' into the same causes the air to rush into the pipe through the spaces before mentioned round the series of cones, thus supplying air to the furnace." \^No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, August 13.— No. 3521. REYNOLDS, Frederick. — {Provisional protection only.)— Metal plates, bars, rods, etc. In forming tyre hoops of steel and iron combined, or of hard steel and mild steel, so as to utilize the tough but soft and the hard but brittle qualities of the different metals, the inventor employs the latter in breadths. If a hard steel portion of a plate produced on a similar plan were cracked, the crack would probably only extend up to the first intersecting piece or layer of iron or mild steel, instead of spoiling the whole plate. Instead of employing only long strips of the hard and soft metals alternately, they can if desired be arranged in squares, '-^ like a chessboard, or of irregular shapes and sizes." Bars may be " formed with a central strip of iron, a strip of hard steel on each side, and a backing of soft iron behind," the soft iron having an inverted JL section, and the hard steel occupying the spaces on each side of the stem. Rods or rounds of great strength can be made with a section of soft metal MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 411 in the form of a cross with arms of equal length and the " spaces filled up with hard steel." The junction of the different metals is effected by fusion, lamination, etc., and subsequent hammering or rolling may be employed. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, August 16.— No. 3544. JONES, Edwin Francis. — Disposal of slag from furnaces. The large quantity of slag produced in the manufacture of pig iron may be run into comparatively thin cakes of large horizontal area, so as to cool more rapidly by radiation. Then the cakes are removed in bogies to a tipping-apparatus, below which are knife- edged castings, whereon the cakes fall and are broken into fragments. The latter are received in an inclined fixed hopper provided with a sluice or door, which can be raised, lowered, swung, or shut, to receive, store if needful, and deliver the broken slag to barges for being carried out to sea. To the lower end of the hopper may be attached a hinged flap, which forms a prolongation or shoot capable of being raised or lowered, to accommodate itself to the position of the barge according to the state of the tide. \_Draivmgs.'] A.D. 1881, August 16.— No. 3549. BROWN, Thomas.— Rolls. All the grooves of the top and bottom rolls of a set of rolls working three high and used for rolling rails, etc., are to be shaped (instead of the alternate grooves being left plain), so that, when the acting grooves of these rolls have become worn, their positions can be reversed by putting the top roll bottom and the bottom roll top, to bring into use the unused grooves in conjunction with a spare middle roll. Thus the rolls will last longer than usual, and they are not so much reduced in strength as by the frequency of "returning" generally neces- sary. The top and bottom rolls may be so grooved as to pro- duce rails or bars of the same or different section when in their reversed positions. Sometimes the bottom roll may be made 412 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. ^' to work top" in conjunction with spare middle and bottom rolls ; or " the top roll may be made to work bottom " in con- 3 unction with spare middle and top rolls. For girders, the preliminary or first shaping grooves may be formed of such an angular figure that " there is provided a large ^' bell mouth opening for the rolling of the flanges of the ^' girder," so that the flanges may be readily thinned and lengthened. These angular grooves may,be also applied to rolls working two high. Chilled rolls for rolling metal sheets may be cast with a large axial hole through them and their necks, which latter may have internal flutes for driving them. The flutes may be continued all through the roll to strengthen it. Sometimes the rolls may be chilled internally, the neck at one end being preferably left un fluted to facilitate withdrawing the core bar used for the chilling. Thus the internal temperature of the rolls can ba controlled and unequal expansion be checked. The axial hole allows a copious current of air to be passed through the roll, and water to be introduced in extreme cases : it also allows gas or other flames to be used for heating the interior of the roll. Like flames may be applied to the exterior of these or solid chilled rolls, to supply heat and prevent too rapid cooling and consequent tendency to fracture. \_Draivings.'j A.D. 1881, August 19.— No. 3622. HAURIE, YiCENTE Calixto. — (Partly a communication from Franz Windhausen.) — Heating air etc. for smelting-f urnaces. In connection with an air-compressing machine described, an oven may be used containing a central funnel-shaped part, Yfhich is surrounded by a concentric space wherein combustion and heating of air take place. The funnel and concentric space are shown in a drawing as communicating at the bottom, where, ani in the sides of the space, compressed air is admitted and effects complete combustion, a coal-supplying^ apparatus being provided at the top of the funnel and grates with an ash-pit beneath it. Communicating with this oven is a vertical cylinder containing an inlet pipe, which is provided with ribs reaching nearly to the surface of water at the bottom. The heated gas from the oven may thus push against the water- face and deposit MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 413 j ail particles of ash and slag, while producing steam which ci culates with the heated gases, and they pass off to work the compressing machine and thence to the furnace. Sometimes ' water is supplied to the ribs to furnish steam. If the hot iiir is to be free from combustible gases, the oven is replaced by a tubular air-heating apparatus like that for iron-works. [Draiuing.] A.D. 1881, August 20.— No. 3641. LONES, Jabez, YERNON, Charles, HOLDEN, Edward, ^and BENNETT, Ralph. — (Provisional protection only.) — • Puddling and mill furnaces for making iron and steel. The invention relates to arrangements for combustion, to secure efficiency of action with economy of fuel, [i INo Dray; lugs.] i A.D. 1881, August 22.— No. 3651. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (^4 communication from Henri Jean Baptiste Pellet and Jules Cahen.) — (Provisional protection only.) — Dephosphurization in iron- smelting blast furnaces. ' Considerations having led to the conclusion that the "property " of magnesia of retaining energetically the phosphoric acid ^' would subsist in the blast furnace even in the presence " of reducing agents and silica ; magnesia (in the form of dolomite, c irbonate of magnesia, or sometimes silicate of magnesia) is to he added to the blast-furnace charge "to act upon the phos- " phatic earths (lime and alumina) contained in the iron ores, so as to produce phosphate of magnesia." Thus a reduction is effected in the percentage of phosphorus in the cast iron produced. [No Draivings.] I A.D. 1881, August 25.— No. 3698. BROCK, Christopher James.— (^ communication from Hay Walker.) — Moulding tuyeres. ' Reference is made to the prior Specification, No. 14,212, 414 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1852, which relates to a method of producing perforated blocks in preparing clay for burning. For m iking somewhat tapering tuyeres with longitudinal holes therethrough, such as those of Bessemer converters, a tapering mould open at both ends is mounted on horizontal trunnions so that it can be turned in a vertical plane. Being first placed with its large end uppermost, and its small end being covered by a plate, a mass of stiff plastic material to form the tuyere is put into it. Then the mould is turned into a horizontal (or somewhat inclined) position, in which it is held by hinged stops. The said plate is now kept against the small end of the mould by a screw press, and a perforated head is inserted and fastened by screws in the large end. Then pointed core rods, mounted on a stock upon ways (whereon the stock is movable by a rack and pinion or equivalent means), are forced through the holes in the head and through the mass of plastic material, and are made fast therein by keys. Next the said plate is removed ; plastic material is dug out around the points of the core rods, and a follower, perforated to receive the ends of these rods, is forced into the small end of the mould by means of the screw press, to cause the material to fill every part of it, thereby also making the tuyere more compact and durable towards its small end, which is exposed to the action of the metal in the converter. Afterwards the core rods are with- drawn, and a block replaces the said head. The mould is now turned so that its large end is downwards, and a platform, having been raised up to the mould, is allowed to descend again with the large end of the moulded tuyere resting upon the said block on the platform. The platform has one or more counter- weights, attached to cords passing over pulleys, and may move up and down in ways, or (by the aid of grooved rollers) on a round rod, on which latter the platform, when lowered, can be turned laterally for convenience of removing the tuyere. Or rollers may be provided for easily removing the tuyere from the platform. Again, the mould with the screw press or its equivalent may be movable on ways to and from the core rods, which are then stationary. The scope of the invention is defined, and in connection there- with the prior invention is referred to. IDraicing.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 415 i A.D. 1881, August 30.— No. 3772. ' GUTENSOHN, Adolf.— Recovering the iron of tin plate. To readily remove the tin from the surface of tin plate with less injury than usual to the sheet iron beneath it, the tin plate, ♦ in fragments or cuttings, is placed with sharp sand, emery, glass, t or other abrasive powder in a wrought-iron, cast-iron, or other I strong and refractory cylinder, which is made to revolve hori- k zontally or nearly so above a fire. Thus the metallic tin is i melted, and is thoroughly removed from the surface of the sheet iron by the scouring action of the abrasive powder with which it f becomes mixed. Afterwards the contents of the cylinder are I removed, and the cleansed fragments of iron are of value for i; forging etc. One or both ends of the cylinder may be movable or have a ' charging door, and each end may have a central axis revolving . in bearings. The ends of the cylinder should fit pretty closely ' against the masonry of the furnace employed to avoid loss of ■ heat. Hollow axes will allow steam or vapour to escape. Again, ' external flanges on one or both ends of the cylinder may revolve } upon friction rollers. Also the heating may be effected by I introducing a blast of sufficiently hot air or gas into the cylinder : ! and a vessel of other shape can be used, which may oscillate or otherwise move to agitate its contents. Sometimes there may ' be added to the contents of the cylinder a substance capable ''of chemically combining with the tin, such as chloride of lime, 4' or a phosphate of lime or alumina, together with" water, and then heating is not essential. [Dr air in (J.'] A.D. 1881, August 30.— No. 3781. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (.4 communication from F. Hans- j ioirth and Kilpfer.) — {Provisional protectio)i only.) — Compounds for hardening, softening, tempering, improving, and facilitating the welding of steel. A compoimd for imparting toughness and improving the , quality of steel, and for restoring burnt steel, consists of rosin, liver oil, sheep's tallow, paraffin, colophonium, yellow prussiate of potash, chromate of potash, refined borax, powdered oxes hoof," tartaric acid, alum, soft soap, charcoal powder from lime tree wood, burnt ivory, dry cooking salt, gum arable, aloe 416 MANUFACTURE OF IE ON AND STEEL. powder," and gentian powder, mixed and boiler together for an hour. Another compound having like properties consists of rosin, colophonium, lard, yellow wax, liver oil, and alum, boiled with constant stirring. A third like compound consists of reiSned borax, colophonium, gum arable, prussiate of potash, chromato of potash, " aloe powder," and powdered sal ammoniac, merely well mixed together. A softening-compound consists of charcoal dust, burnt lime, and guano. A compound for welding much below a white heat, so that burning of the steel is avoided, consists of calcined borax, prussiate of potash, sal ammoniac, colophonium, and steel filing?. A hardening-liquid consists of refined borax, powdered sal ammoniac, prussiate of potash, and zinc vitriol powder, dissolved in water. Another liquid having great hardening power consists of zinc vitriol powder, arsenic powder, sal ammoniac powder,, tartaric acid, and prussiate of potash, added to boiling water in which dry powdered cooking salt has been previously dissolved. The proportions of the ingrediei:ts employed are specified. l^No Draivings.'] A.D. 1881, August 31.— No. 3785. ALEXANDER, John, and McCOSIi, Andrew Kirkwood.— Treating blast-furnace gases, and working blast furnaces. Referring to the inventors' prior Specifications No. 4117, A.D. 1879, and No. 1433, A.D. 1880, the furnace gases are first led into condensing or separating apparatus of the kind to which the secondly-mentioned prior Specification relates. One improvement consists in making the apparatus principally of wrought iron instead of cast iron ; also, " in connecting the " water boxes in the interior of the apparatus, the pipes are " led from the tops of the lower boxes to the highest parts of " the upper boxes, instead of the connections with the latter " being lower down," to prevent heated water from remaining " in the tops of the upper boxes and not passing along in the " general current." From this apparatus the gases pass into scrubbers or washing- towers, which are made rectangular in plan instead of circular ; and the gases in ascending therethrough pass in a broad uniform stream alternately from side to side between inclined perforated MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 417 diaphragms, spaces of the full width being left at alternate opposite sides. By successively disconnecting each tower from the gas pipes by valves and admitting a large volume of steam into it, the heating effect thereof renders the tarry matters thinner and less adhesive whilst the condensed water washes the matters down, so that the diaphragms, which are made of metal instead of wood, are cleaned. For introducing cleaning- instruments doors are provided, which also act as safety or ex- plosion valves. Water is admitted through a perforated pipe so as to be equally distributed over the top diaphragm. In a modified arrangement, the gases are led through a series of vertical cylinders connected alternately at top and bottom. To cool the gases and separate tarry and other matters therefrom, showers of water are introduced into the tops of the alternate cylinders, in which the gases descend, or into all the cylinders, in which case fans may impart movement to the gases. Tarry and soluble matters are drawn off through trapped outlets at the base of the cylinders. In inclined or horizontal cylinders, the showers of water descend obliquely or at right angles to the flow of the gases. In another modification, the gases pass alter- nately up and down through numerous tubes placed vertically in a casing, partitions in top and bottom spaces in the casing leading the gases from one to another section of the tubes. Cold water or air may circulate outside the tubes. Small open- ings with plugs or covers are provided in the top of the casing opposite the several tubes, and, by removing the plugs in succession, an instrument can be introduced to clean the insides of the tubes from tarry and other matters without stopping the general action of the apparatus. To promote the formation of ammonia, steam or water may be introduced into the blast furnace. Perforated radial or vertical steam pipes may project into the furnace some feet below the ordinary surface level of the materials therein. The steam may be previously superheated in passing through a length of piping, placed in the main by which the gases leave ; the furnace. Again, the steam may be introduced at the tuyeres. \_Dr(Mvings.'\ A.D. 1881, August 31.— No. 3792. SIEMENS, Charles William. — Manufacture of steel, and construction of furnaces. P 6154 O 418 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 5150, A.D. 1«79, and No. 3374, A.D. 1880, the latter of which relates to furnaces with gas producers. To check the destructive action of scoria upon the sides of the bed or lining of the melting-chamber of the open-hearth regenerative gas furnace employed, the inventor adds " thereto *' pipes for circulating water around and cooling the upper part of the bed without cooling the furnace " elsewhere. The pipes may be placed in recesses behind the sloping sides and ends of the bed. All joints are preferably outside the furnace, inverted U junctions providing for expansion and contraction of the pipes. After a charge of iron oxide (say, small ore and roll scale) and scrap metal or puddled balls and blooms has been raised to a white heat on the bed of the furnace ; fluid cast iron is poured in and, uniting with the other materials, becomes partially decarburized. G-radual additions of ore and sometimes scrap and balls or blooms are now made, and when the desired point of conversion (ascertainable by samples) has been reached, spiegeleisen or other alloy may be sometimes added to the decarburized or converted metal. The contents of the furnace are then run into a casting- ladle, and small pieces of heated ferro-manganese may be thrown into the stream of liquid metal, instead of into the ladle, to secure a better ad- mixture. The cast iron employed is preferably melted and purified in a furnace, the bed or floor of which is steeply inclined, and terminates in a basin with a tapping-hole. The bed should be of a basic character, a material such as pure magnesia or lime with magnesia or alumina or bauxite or strongly aluminous clays or certain iron ores being employed therefor. The flame ports are at the basin or lower end of the bed, and the chimney at the higher end. The crown of the furnace has a double arch with an intermediate space, forming a passage for air, and furnished with bafiiers which may be tie bricks uniting and strengthening the two arches. The air, traversing conduits in the chimney flue and the said passage, becomes highly heated and, at the flame ports, meets gas from a gas producer. Some- times steam jets or a blast of air may be used at the ends of the said conduits or elsewhere in the air course. To prevent air leaking into the furnace chamber from the said passage, the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 419 lower arch may be coated with a wash or thin layer of lime, soda, or other alkaline substance, which will flux with the bricks and cement of the joints to form a surface enamel or glaze, or basic silicates may be used. An impermeable glaze may be likewise produced on those parts of regenerative fur- naces generally, which transmit heat by conduction from and to currents circulating on opposite sides of brick partitions. The cast iron is charged upon iron oxide with which the bed is covered, and, as it melts and flows down to the basin, reactions take place, a basic slag, containing much of the silicon, phosphorus, and sulphur originally in the cast iron, presenting itself on the top of the molten metal in the basin. Lime, manganese, etc. may be added to promote the basic character of this slag, and the slag may be removed, to prevent the reincorporation of the impurities with the metal. One such furnace may be so placed opposite four open-hearth steel- melting furnaces that the metal will run direct to one or other of the latter through a removable spout. Such a furnace may be also used as a foundry furnace. In producing steel as above described, balls or blooms made direct from iron oxide in rotative furnaces may be charged hot into the steel-melting furnace. To obtain balls of conv^ient size, projections and ridges may be formed inside the rotative furnaces (see the first-mentioned prior Specification) but the arrangement of the cooling water pipes may be altered by placing them "outside the drum," and only causing " the bends for forming the internal projections to pass into the interior through apertures made for that purpose in the " cylindrical casing." Again, the inventor forms " inwardly projecting pockets or hollow internal projections " on the casing, into which pipes enter to maintain a circulation of water through the pockets. " The water might be supplied by branch pipes as jets impinging against the interiors of the pockets and allowed to flow rapidly away." The inventor also surrounds the rotator with a double casing or jacket," in communication with the trunnion joint and with the pockets, into which latter branch supply pipes project. The pockets and jacket may be kept full of water, or jets may impinge upon the pockets. The invention also relates to gas producers. [Draicings.'] P 6154 O 2 420 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1881, September 13.— No. 3956. LARUE, Just. — Hot rolling iron or steel into plates, bars, girders, beams, etc. ; and rolls or cylinders therefor. One or both of the finishing-rolls employed are cast, cut, or engraved with grooves or channels oblique or parallel to the axis of the rolls, instead of round their circumference as here- tofore ; various machines and tools being suitable for producing the grooves. Thus different forms of " panelled truss work " and " panelled lattice work" may be produced according to the character of the grooves employed : the metal, having been previously formed by the roughing rolls into the shape of bar or sheet required, and being in the finishing rolls strongly " compressed between the ribs which form the truss work, " remains in the form of panels of thin sheet metal between " these ribs." ''Open truss work" and lattice work may be pro- duced by punching or stamping out the panels, and the finishing- rolls may have projections for perforating bars and sheets. IDrawings.'] A.D. 1881, September 10.— No. 4002. H ADD AN, Herbert John. — (A communication from Joseph Chaine.) — {Provisional protection not allowed.) — Manufacture of cast iron. To obtain " a more uniform repartition and constant propor- " tion " of the materials employed, the ores, fluxes, and fuel are applied in a pulverulent state and transformed into pieces or agglomerates of uniform size, which are dried and heated before their introduction into the blast furnace. Inferior ores and fuel (such as peat) may be thus utilized, [iVo Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, September 29.— No. 4196. LAKE, William Robert. — (A coinviunication from Hermann Eeusch.) — Agglomerating or consolidating scrap iron or steel. Small pieces of scrap or waste iron or steel may be sub- jected to a reducing-flame in a furnace having a vertical or oblique shaft, or in a reverberatory furnace provided with a MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 421 1 fixed or moveable hearth, until they become red hot, whereupon they are rapidly and evenly spread into a flat rectangular shape, and are then compressed by strong pressure or heavy blows into bloom-plates or flat pieces of rectangular form. According to drawings the reducing-flame from an adjoining fireplace rises through the shaft, into the top of which the scraps are introduced, and which has an opening for withdrawing them at the bottom, the operation thus being a continuous one. The bloom-plates are placed one upon another in suflicient number, generally between two covering- plates, and are then placed in a welding-furnace and afterwards formed into a bloom, block, or bar. As the scraps naturally lie in the shaft so as to cross and re-cross one another, " an equal tenacity in all directions is produced in the ultimate product by reason of the agglutination and subse- quent consolidation of the separate pieces through welding." The welding process is aided by impregnating or treating the bloom with alkaline silicates, preferably silicate of soda, which produce a fusible slag and check oxidation in the welding furnace. [Draiomg.'] A.D. 1881, September 29.— No. 4198. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from Herman Reusch.) — (^Letters Patent void for loant of final Specification.) — Steel faced armour plates. To more completely weld or unite the comparatively soft base to the hard steel thereon, "alkaline silicates or boracic " salts," either dissolved in water or used in powder, are applied to the surface of the said base and dissolve the oxides and other adhering impurities, thus causing a closer adherence of the steel. To check the formation of cracks while allowing the use of very hard and resistent steel, the steel faced plate at any stage of the rolling operations may be heated to redness for several days in an annealing-furnace, the steel face being well covered with a material containing oxygen and having a decarburizing action, such as pure oxide of iron. Thus the steel surface will be " deoxidized " to a greater or less depth and transformed into I very tough material. [No Drawings.'] 422 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1881, September 30.— No. 4218. FRANCIS, John Richardson. — (A communication from Henry Wurtz.) — Obtaining oxide residues from sulphurets or pyrites for further treatment. Residues or cinders obtained by the following process may be " reduced to iron-sponge, or smelted into Bessemer- pig, or used " for furnace fettling, or converted into open-hearth steel." Granular sulphurets, prior to burning in a pyrites kiln, may be consolidated into cakes or blocks by " mixing therewith metallic " iron in comminuted or divided form, and causing this iron to " rust and form hydrated oxide or a basic salt in the interstices " of the mass by admixture with a saline solution," fibrous and foliated mineral substances, such as asbestos and mica, being sometimes also used to add to the cohesion of the mass. The desired action is aided by alternately moistening with water and drying the mixture. The metallic iron preferred is iron sponge or comminuted iron resulting from the (at least approximately complete) deoxidation of pulverized iron oxides or ores (or the said residues themselves) by carbon or gases at temperatures too low to weld the granules of reduced metal together. Other granular iron may be employed, including borings, filings, etc. of pig or wrought iron or steel, or pig iron granu- lated by pouring it when molten on to a rapidly revolving table. The iron should be free from such impurities as would con- taminate the residue ; thus, it should be low in phosphorus, and should be put through a magnetic separator to eliminate impurities, including lead, zinc, copper, and brass. If grease be present, the iron should be lixiviated with dilute caustic soda or petroleum-naphtha. The sulphurets are crushed when need- ful, and the gangue and impurities can be removed therefrom by a current of air or water or otherwise, so that purified granules are obtained for treatment. The different materials are mixed together in a heated state, sulphate of iron being preferred for the saline solution, though some other sulphates can be used. Fine and coarse sorts of purified granules should be used together. The porous solid cakes produced readily burn in the kiln, leaving porous residues, with less than 1 p. c. of sulphur, available for obtaining iron, steel, and other metals according to the constituents of the sulphurets employed. [No Dravnngs.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 423 A.D. 1881, October 4.— No. 4315. LLOYD, John. — Converters. For the manufacture of ingot iron and steel, or for refining molten metal, direct from the blast furnace, the inventor uses " a fixed converter made in four or more parts, the upper one being conical, reducing the top in order to retain the heat and " prevent the metal from wasting." The intermediate parts " are intended to facilitate and reduce the cost of re-lining the converter. The bottom is specially adapted for the tuyeres, " fixed around and about three inches above the floor." There is a tap-hole with a trough for delivering the metal into the ladle. Around the bottom, tuyere boxes having a refractory lining are arranged with doors or lids easily removable for " examining the tuyeres, and in case of accident (through the metal backing through the tuyere) it will give way and thus " prevent further damage." Below these boxes there is a belt, connected to the air receiver and supplying air to the tuyeres. One of the intermediate pieces is fitted with a trough " for putting in the charge of metal. The converter is of wrought iron, and is, partly supported by girders and columns and braced by angle iron flanges." The bottom, which holds the metal during treatment, partly hangs to the intermediate parts and partly rests on a small carriage on rails. [Drawing. 1 A.D. 1881, October 8.— No. 4384. THOMAS, Sidney GtILCHkist. — Basic bricks etc. To produce hard, durable, and refractory magnesian bricks, the inventor burns magnesia or carbonate or hydrate of magnesia (" which latter may be obtained by reprecipitating by magnesian lime, magnesia from a solution of dolomite in hydrochloric " acid" or in some other way) in rough bricks or blocks at a very intense white heat in lime-lined cupolas or kilns, but pre- ferably in regenerative or continuous gas kilns with a down draught, so as to produce an intensely shrunk material. This shrunk magnesia is then ground with water, tar, or crude hydro- carbon oils, and sometimes with not more than 20 p. c. of coke dust or plumbago, to form a plastic mass, which is made into bricks, preferably using considerable pressure. It is preferred, after drying the bricks, that they should be again fired at a full 424 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. white heat. Basic tuyeres might be likewise prepared. The magnesia employed should not contain more than 5 p. c. of silica ; if it contains less, it may sometimes be mixed with enough ciay to give it about 5 p. c. of silica and 2 or 3 of alumina and oxide of iron. To avoid the inconvenience and loss resulting from the great shrinkage of lime bricks while being fired in kilns : bricks of the shrunk magnesia may be inserted as binding courses in the ^' kiln between every sixth or seventh row in height of the lime " bricks." Thus, the great shrinkage of the latter is counter- acted by the non-shrinkage of the former, and the lime bricks may be piled twenty or thirty courses high instead of eight or ten, which economizes fuel. The shrunk magnesiivU material may be used for making moulder's sand or loam, especially for steel castings. [No DraiDings.'] A.D. 1881, October 10.— No. 4404. HOLLEY, Alexander Lyman. — Bessemer converters. Referring to the prior Specification No. 2024, A.D. 1880, the advantage of the removable shell may be secured, without elevating the converter to a great height and without lifting or lowering the great weight of the shell, by raising the trunnion ring, so that the shell can be removed laterally to the repairing- shed. A car is run under the shell and is raised by an hydraulic lift, screws, jacks, or otherwise, until it takes the weight of the shell off the trunnion ring. A short hydraulic lift is preferably made a part of the car, water under pressure being brought to it by a hose. The receiving table of the lift or car has brackets or supports for holding the shell. Then the trunnion ring is disconnected from the shell by knocking out the cottar bolts, and lifted by means of overhead ropes or chains or of hydraulic lifts or jacks. Wedges hold the trunnion caps down when the converter is in use. The shell may remain in the car while being repaired, but by means of the lift on fche car is preferably raised " enough to run an angle ring over a suitable frame to " hold the shell up " while repaired. A repaired shell is placed in the trunnion ring, the blast joint being also screwed up, [Draioings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 425 A.D. 1881, October 18.— No. 4536. LAKE, Henry Harris. — (A communicatmi from John Coover Long.) — Regenerative hot blast apparatus. To obtain for metallurgical furnaces a blast of air, gases, or vapours, the temperature of which is only limited by the resistance of the refractory material composing the apparatus, there may be employed supplementary ovens or heaters for heating the combustible gas which is subsequently burned in the blast ovens and the gas heaters for the purpose of intensely heating them, while a blast of highly-heated air from the hot blast main is introduced into the ovens and gas heaters to burn the gas therein, thus intensifying the combustion and producing an equable distribution of the products and a more equal heating of the ovens and heaters, and the amount of necessary chimney draught is diminished. At least two ovens are used for heating a continuous blast in connection with two or more gas heaters for heating the combustible gas employed. There may be constructed rectangular ovens and gas heaters, each divided into two parts, forming respectively combustion ^' chambers and regenerators, the former being equal in length to the greatest width of the ovens or gas heaters, and which " ovens or gas heaters are also divided into independent com- " partments, the regenerator portions of the said compartments " being provided with vertical flues arranged in sets, forming a decreasing series from the combustion chambers to the cool " end of the ovens or gas heaters, whereby the products of combustion and the blast or gas to be heated are evenly " distributed, and the capacity of each set of flues, surfaces, and materials are proportioned to the decreasing volume of the cooling and contracting products of combustion when the " ovens or gas heaters are being heated, and conversely when " the ovens or gas heaters are heating the blast or gas the *' capacity of each set of flues," etc., is proportioned to the increasing volume of the blast or gas, thus producing a uniform velocity throughout the ovens or heaters and increasing their efficiency. The description includes ovens " in which the flues " in the compartments are arranged in one set, and having walls " constructed of " bricks or blocks of refractory materials whose dimensions vary with the temperature to which they are exposed and the temperature of the blast desired, and 426 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. " which are laid diagonally and in reverse directions in adjacent " courses whereby the effects of expansion and contraction are " effectually provided against : " also " the combustion chamber " divided into single or double compartjnents, each having a " gas supply connection and air supply blocks or cylinders " placed in the side and partition walls and extending through " the casing, whereby a more equal heating of the apparatus is " effected and repairs are " facilitated ; the said blocks and cylinders being perforated with outlet holes for the air : also " the roof constructed of rectangular and wedge-shaped blocks " resting on the longitudinal partition walls covered with strips " of sheet iron equal in width to the length of the blocks and " having upturned flanged edges bolted together and held in "place by girders placed transversely to the flanges and " fastened to the casing." The space between the oven and its sheet-iron casing may be filled with cinders, loam, broken bricks, etc. Sometimes the gas and air employed may not be previously heated, or mixed hot and cold gas or air may be used. One object is " to provide means for heating a mixed blast of air and vapor," while furnishing pure heated air for com- bustion in the ovens and heaters. Yarious flues, pipes, mains, and valves are provided in connection with the apparatus, and forming communications between different parts thereof, the pipes being lined with firebrick, except the cold blast supply pipe. A cast-iron slide valve "is a wedge-shaped gate or slide " having a rectangular head and stem." A pipe " after de- " scending to the bottom of the valve is bent so as to be as " near the surface of the valve as possible and at the same time " to be constantly ascending toward the stem, up which it goes " and is connected to water and waste pipes. It is also provided " with a rack and counterbalance pulley, and is operated by means " of a single pulley. The valve chest is formed in two parts " cooled by water. The lower part is wedge-shaped to correspond with the valve, and " is provided with a seat formed in one " piece and having lugs or projections for fastening it to the " casing : " this seat is planed to fit airtight the planed faces of the valve. It is cooled by two sets of water pipes. The upper part is somewhat smaller than the lower, " to which it is bolted " so as to fit the square head of the valve, so that the instant the " valve is moved upward it leaves its sloping seat and is sup- " ported by its head moving against the sides of the upper MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 427 " part," thus lessening the wear of the surfaces. Methods of working suitable in different cases and with varying arrange ments of apparatus are described at length, in connection with the courses of the gas and air through the pipes etc., and the periodical reversals effected by means of the valves. \_Draioings.'] A.D. 1881, October 19.— No. 4562. KITSON, John Hawthorn. — Sawing rails etc. A pair of engines mounted on an upright framing drive a shaft overhead, from which, or from, pins on the framing near its axis, radial arms extend downwards and their lower ends have bearings for the saw spindle, so that the saw, which is driven by bands from the engine shaft, can be swung hori- zontally, its axis maintaining a constant or approximately constant radial distance from the said shaft. A countershaft, driven from the engine shaft, is connected by reversing bevel gear to rollers in front of the machine, clutches being pro- vided so that the rollers may be driven in either direction or left at rest. A rail, being laid on the rollers, travels thereon until it reaches the position for being cut. The rollers are then stopped, and the saw is advanced and cuts the rail, which can then be run back by the rollers. A.D. 1881, October 19.— No. 4577. JENSEN, Peter. — (A communication from Count Ch. de Monthlanc and Lucien Gaulard.) — Removing phosphorus, sulphur, and other metalloids from iron. The following principles are applied : — (1) Hydrogen in a ^tate of formation has the greatest affinity for metalloids. (2) Melted red-hot iron decomposes water into hydrogen and oxygen, which latter combines with the iron. (3) At a red heat the iron occludes hydrogen. Thus if water steam be introduced with the air by the tuyeres into a furnace ; phosphide, sulphide, etc., of hydrogen will be formed and boil off at the exit. To restore the heat absorbed by the decomposition of the water, the steam absorbs I 428 MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. vesicularly a portion of hydro-carburet. The upper part of a closed reservoir containing the hydro-carburet has deflector diaphragms or baffling-appliances, and steam, admitted by a pipe, in ascending through the hydro-carburet becomes thoroughly mixed therewith and then goes to the iron furnace. The reservoir may be heated by steam in a double bottom or jacket, or by gas or otherwise. \_Drawmg.'\ A.D. 1881, October 22.— No. 4640. PARNALL, John. — Magnetic separator. The hopper of a grinding mill is fitted with a loose casing of zinc or other non-magnetic metal and with a conical central piece. Magnets are embedded in the casing, and adjacent to the magnets are wire pins which collect and carry to the magnets any particles of iron. \_D rawing.'] A.D. 1881, October 24.— No. 4655. HARTLEY, Joseph. — Regenerative hot blast stoves. The inventor claims " dividing the body of the stove into ' ' two or more horizontal divisions or chambers ; and arranging ^' in the said divisions or chambers the packing or chequering of fire bricks, separated into two or more sections or short chambers " opening at both ends into dust chambers in con- nection with cleaning holes and doors as described. The stove is preferably built horizontal with its casing of any con- venient shape. There are various openings in the sides and ends of the stove for removing the dust accumulated in the bottoms of the dust chambers, with which these openings com- municate. End openings also serve for introducing brushes or scrapers to clear from dust the horizontal channels in the chequering. Thus the dust can be readily removed. The openings are generally closed air-tight by caps or covers ; but may be used to introduce air to more effectually burn the com- bustible gases passing through, if insufficient air be present therein. Special air valves are, however, preferred. Each MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 429 horizontal compartment of the stove may be divided by vertical partitions into two or more chambers, each containing short sections of chequering. [Draivings,'] A.D. 1881, November 4.— No. 4831. TRANFIELD, John. — {Provis'mial protection only.) — Manu- facture of springs. The spring plates when ready to be tempered are placed in a cage or cramp formed by curved plates. The bottom plate of the cage is jointed at its ends and secured to the outer ends of two top plates, the inner ends of the latter being secured together by bolts or wedges. The spring is kept in position in the cage by set-screws with flanges, and is lowered edgeways into the tempering-tank. The upper part of the cramp may be fitted to the rod or ram of the press in which the plates are bent and removed therefrom to be lowered into the tank. \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, November 4.— No. 4842. JENSEN, Peter. — {A conununlcation from Schmidt Brothers.) — (^Provisional protection only.) — Rolling mills for wire and thin sections. The prior Specification No. 3736, A.D. 1880, is referred to. Octagon and oval rolls may replace or supplement hexagon preparatory rolls. To prevent breaking, small rolls may be made of wrought iron, mild steel, or Bessemer steel, and are hardened on the surface while the interior remains soft and fibrous. For making other than the usual sections, a peculiar arrange- ment is proposed. For the first rolls for a triangular section with hollow sides, the grooves are so arranged that a wedge shape is produced, the edge of which is half in one roll and half in the other. The grooves in the next rolls produce a shorter thicker wedge section, the edge of which enters one roll while the opposite thick and convex face of the wire enters the other. The finishing-rolls have similarly a triangular groove mto one roll, the two sides of the groove being con- vex ; while the other roll possesses corresponding convex rings 430 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. to produce the third concave side of the wire, and has also a ^' sraail half wound groove between each two rings " and into these grooves the pointed ring parts of the other roll enter. For rolling four-cornered wire with concave sides, the rolls are formed with like grooves. For driving the mill, on the bottom framing, carrying the mill framing, are adjustable plummer blocks, which receive a short driving shaft with a strap pulley on each end for respec- tively driving (by clutch) the lower and upper rolls. The pulleys are driven from an overhead shaft by open and crossed strap, or rope or otherwise. An entering guide employed consists of two pairs of grooved rolls, mounted on vertical and horizontal spindles respectively, with guide tubes respectively in front of the vertical and between the horizontal pair and the rolling rolls. For shifting the guide rolls apart to enter the wire, one roll of each pair is mounted in an eccentric bearing provided with levers and a weight. One pair of guide rolls may be omitted. An automatic coiling-appliance to receive cold rolled wire is described. \_No D rail' 171 gs."] A.D. 1881, November 9.— No. 4922. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from Jules Gamier.) — Purifying iron, and furnaces with basic hearths. At each operation for steel, a false hearth (to act chemically and mechanically on the metal) is formed on the fixed or rotary permanent basic or neutral hearth of the high-tempera- ture furnace employed. Raw limestone, proportionate in quantity to the weight of metal and to the impurities to be removed therefrom, is shovelled on to the permanent hearth and levelled, and a thin layer of rich and calcareous iron ore may be added to promote oxidation and retard the decomposi- tion of the limestone. Also the surface of the false hearth may be fritted to prevent an immediate rising to the surface of the bath, if the charge consists of molten cast iron : or solid pig and scrap iron may be piled on the false hearth. The lime- stone being decomposed, the liberated carbonic acid traverses the bath of cast iron, rapidly oxidizes it, and is converted into MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 431 carbonic oxide which burns at the surface. The ore is also reduced to its lowest degree of oxidation. The resulting lime and protoxide of iron in slowly rising through the metal com- . bine with the phosphoric and silicic acids formed, and produce scoria. Then manganif erous cast iron may be added and the furnace tapped. Further purification may be effected by poling " the bath with a pole of green wood, which causes ebullition and oxidation of the drops of metal. Also on skimming off the scoria, the addition of manganif erous cast iron causes boiling and consequent oxidation. Lastly, powerful bases are added to combine with the phosphoric and silicic acids formed. The claim mentions the use of carbonates of earthy metals and peroxide of iron for the false hearth. In basic furnaces with a stationary permanent hearth, a course of bauxite (alumina) or pure magnesia bricks may be interposed at the level of the bath of metal, or at th(^ springing of the arch, to separate the basic material of the hearth from the silica of the upper part of the furnace, the separating- material not combining at the temperature of the furnace with that above or below it. INo Draicings.'] A.D. 1881, November 18.— No. 5051. HALCOMB, Charles Henry. — (Provisional protection not allowed.) — Rolling or f ormmg grooves or indentations especially in railway and tramway rails. Before the rolled rails have cooled (or after cooling and reheating) a groove may be formed in the angle of the web of the head and foot of the rail by employing rolls or portions of rolls of the required form and placing the rail at an angle to the motion of the rolls. Or the rail, placed vertically, may be passed through between hot saws placed at an angle. [^No Draidngs.'] , A.D. 1881, November 22.— No. 5098. HARYEY, Thomas Fletcher. — Regenerative hot blast stoves. Two or more stoves are combined in one structure with a I blast furnace by forming them in an annular space between the » 432 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. furnace and an outer casing by which the whole is enclosed, the annular space being divided from top to bottom into two or more independent sxoves, which alternately are first heated by ascending gases and afterwards give off the accumulated heat to the descending blast. Thus compactness and economy of con- struction are obtained, as well as facility for cleaning, the top of the stoves being comparatively cool. The structure may resemble an ordinary blast furnace, but with increased diameter from the top of the supporting-columns upwards to allow suffi- cient heating space in the stoves. The combustion chamber of each stove is by preference constructed horizontally at the bottom and the whole length of the stove, and has at the top a perforated arch throughout its entire length, except where cross walls or radial partitions divide the stove into compart- ments and connect the outer brick casing to the inner wall around the blast furnace. The arch supports vertical firebrick flues forming the regenerator, which extends nearly the whole height of the stove. The waste furnace gases enter the bottom of the combustion chamber near one end of the stove, and air for their combustion conveniently close thereto. The products of combustion rise through, completely traverse, and heat the flues, the outlet at the top being at the end opposite to the entering end at the bottom. More air may be admitted into the flues for burning the gases. Afterwards the cold blast enters near the said outlet and descends through the stove to pass into the blast furnace. Some firebrick-lined supporting columns of the structure are used to admit the gases into the combustion chamber and discharge the hot blast into the furnace. Sometimes the columns are dispensed with. The horizontal chamber and mode of consuming and passing upwards the gases and of passing downwards the blast may be applied to separate or independent stoves of circular form in horizontal section or of other form. \_Drann7Lgs.~\ A.D. 1881, November 23.— No. 5122. BROMFIELD, John Coley. — Manufacture of iron and steel. Coal and iron ore or ''blue billy" are ground, sometimes adding alumina with calcium oxide or carbonate of lime when the ore contains much silica, and are well mixed with a [MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. 433 mucilage extracted by hydraulic pressure from seaweed, which is steamed in a boiler or otherwise, and with Portland or other hydraulic cement, carbonate of lime, magnesia n lime, or calcium oxide according to the ore treated. The fibrous part of the seaweed may also be added after it has been carbonized, and also silica " where it is required to produce oxygen in the retort." The mixture is formed into blocks, bricks, or other forms, preferably by great pressure in a brick -making or drain- pipe machine, and then dried. By subsequently coking the blocks in a retort, practically all the sulphur and phosphorus is eliminated, while the component materials are thoroughly united, so that the blocks are fit for furnace use to obtain a high class of metal practically free from ; injurious impurities. The claim speaks of the metal in a pure state being left in the coke ready for the smelting-furnace. When the blocks are only used as fuel for making iron and steel, the ore is omitted from their composition. The retort preferred comprises an upper fireclay (with or without lime) somewhat conical retort proper, and a lower wrought-iron " cold coke chamber," from which the. coked and cooled material is removed by a side door, whereupon the contents of the retort proper descend into the coke chamber and the retort is then re-charged, its lid being removed. The gas ^ generated in the retort may be led into an hydraulic main and I thence conveyed to and burnt in the retort furnace, or otherwise utilized, other products being also secured as in gas-making, so that the cost is more than repaid. [Drawmg,~\ A.D. 1881, November 28.— No. 5192. STIFF, William Chaeles. — Bars, rods, plates, sheets, etc. The inventor heats a bar of approximately square or other angular or other section from end to end at one I operation, then twists it, and afterwards rolls, hammers, or I otherwise works it ; and it may be again rolled into an angular, fluted, indented, or other shaped bar, which may be again twisted . and then rolled, forged, or compressed into the required shape* Thus iron or steel ingots, blooms, or billets may be converted . into bars of greater solidity and superiority in surface and 434 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. durability ; and figured bars, etc. may be obtained. The metal is twisted until the exterior presents the appearance of a screw thread, an increase in temperature and consolidation of the metallic particles being produced. With some qualities of metal the twisting may, take place cold. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1881, November 28.— No. 5197. LAKE, William Robert. — (^A communication from George -BeaZs.)— Making malleable iron direct from the ore. A coarsely pulverized and intimate mixture of, say, 5 parts of ore or other iron-bearing material, such as cinders, slag, or scale, with one part of fuel, which may be waste from bituminous coal, anthracite, or charcoal, or other carbonaceous matter, adding lime, clay, or other slag-forming materials if needful, is so charged into an ordinary puddling or reverberatory furnace that the mixture lies against and slopes away from both bridge walls, leaving a free space on the hearth between the sloping masses. The flame of the furnace reverberates between the sloping surfaces, whereby its effect is increased. When the iron in the sloping surface layers of the material has come to " nature, it is raked down upon the free space " and worked into a ball, which is removed and treated as usual. The particles " of iron in being raked down operate to reduce to a metallic " state " any adhering particles of unreduced ore, from which the ball is therefore substantially free. The next layers are now exposed and operated on in turn, so that the charge is gradually worked off. [Drawing.] A.D. 1881, December 1.— No. 5257. PITT, Sydney. — {A communication from Henri Harmet.) — Purifying metals, especially in making cast steel. The metal (cast iron or wrought iron or steel scrap) and purifying-agents (lime, magnesia, alumina, oxides of iron and manganese, fluoride of calcium, alkalies, etc., for dephosphoriz- ing and desulphurizing) are charged into the top of a vertical receiver ; at the lower part of which fusion takes place, and the melted mixture passes along the inclined sole of an adjoining MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 435 combustion and purifying chamber, constant change of the surfaces in contact resulting. Thence a fixed or movable crucible receives all the liquid matters, and the metal collects at its bottom, after having slowly traversed drop by drop the upper layer of purifying slag. The crucible has upper and lower outlets respectively for the slag and metal, the further refining of which, if liquid steel, may take place in a Martin, Siemens, Pernot, or puddling furnace. The crucible is shown in a drawing as placed centrally under the combustion and purifying chamber, at one end of which are inlets for com- bustible gases or volatilized oils and an air blast to form a burner, a jet being directed upon the lower part of the receiver at the other end. The said chamber also has an entrance for blast for heating the crucible. A jet of air under low pressure may be thrown into the crucible to agitate the contents and hasten the reaction. Thus contact with solid fuel is avoided, a carburetted metal mostly free from other impurities being obtainable. The purifier has a basic lining, or may have a silicious one if fusion, without separation of sulphur or phosphorus, is desired. The products of combustion \^ill vary in oxidizability according to the proportions of air and gas blown in. l^DrawingsJ] A.D. 1881, December 9.— No. 5397. WHITWELL, WiLLiAxM.— Apparatus for heating air and gases. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 2897, A.D. 1865, No. 171, A.D. 1872, and No. 2066, A.D. 1876, which relate to the same subject. The inventor forms " the furnace oven or chamber and the iron casing which encloses it of a tall vertical cylinder which may be of a circular or elliptical or oval form in horizontal section." A vertical partition wall divides the interior of the cylinder into two equal halves, and the top of each half is covered by a semi-circular or other arched brick roof. The top of the iron casing has a parabolic arched form, and the partition wall is carried up to it, the space above the arched brick roofs being filled in with non-conducting-material. Thus internal pressure is well resisted. There is an opening 436 MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. into each half of the furnace through the outer part of the external wall. One opening serves alternately for admitting gas to be burnt and for the exit of the heated blast, and the other for the exit of the products of combustion and for admit- ting blast to be heated. The former opening is connected to a small chamber, having an inlet valve at the bottom and an outlet valve at the top. Two or more furnaces are thus used in conjunction : the said outlets from the two uniting. A branch passage also leads through the side of the furnace into its combustion chamber some distance above the entrance of air and gas for combustion, so that heated air can be admitted and mix with the ignited gases to further their combustion. The two halves of the furnace contain various vertical walls, parallel and at right angles to the partition wall ; at the bottom of which is a communicating opening. Between different walls are narrow spaces, and one half also contains a large combustion chamber, ascending and descending passages being thereby formed in each half. In the arched roof of each half are clean- ing-openings fitted with removable blocks, and the parabolic top of the iron casing has corresponding openings. Above the furnace is a horizontal balanced crane arm to swivel around a pivot standing up from the centre of the roof or top. The cleaner for use in the spaces between the vertical walls is carried by a chain passing over a pulley which will traverse along the crane arm ; it can be thus readily brought into position. The top of the oven may be modified by closing it over with a flat roof strengthened by girders, and there may be separate openings for admission of gas and exit of heated blast. A.D. 1881, December 17.— No. 5523. CHAPMAN, Gavin. — Washing blast-furnace and other gases or vapours to separate ammonia. The gases or vapours are led over, through, or in contact with diaphragms, discs, or screens, which may be placed in vessels or chambers, and which are kept constantly wetted with a solution of sulphuric or other acid. The diaphragms may have perforations or openings, and be arranged across the vessel, so that the gases must pass through the perforations, MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 437 which are preferably placed in the case of one diaphragm so as to face the unperf orated parts of the next. Circular perforated discs may be fixed on a rotating longitudinal shaft in a vessel, the lower part of which contains the acid solution, while its upper part is semi-cylindrical and very slightly larger internally than the edges of the discs. One side of the said lower part is inclined and open at the top, while an inner piece, which is a continuation of the upper part, dips down into the solution on this side and prevents escape of gas at the opening, which serves for filling in and examining the solution. The gases, in traversing the upper part of the vessel from end to end, repeatedly impinge upon the surfaces of the discs kept wetted by moving round through the acid solution : thus the acid takes up the ammonia and separates it from the gases for its utiliza- tion. Two or more vessels may be used in series, and may be so arranged that fresh acid solution is contained in the last vessel, through which the gases pass after much of their ammonia has been abstracted in the other vessels containing partly saturated acid solution. The solution is advantageously heated either by the gases or by blowing in steam ; water may be added to compensate for evaporation. Sometimes diaphragms may continually dip vertically into and rise out of the acid solution or water ; or the latter, by constant pumping, may be distributed over the upper ends of stationary vertical diaphragms so as to run down and wet their surfaces. Rotating diaphragms may consists of boards, arranged on a shaft in a helical series, and separated from each other by boss or centre pieces, the gases passing through the narrow spaces between the boards in contact with the wetted surfaces. [^Draiving.'] A.D. 1881, December 22.— No. 5611. EDWARDS, Edmund. — (A communication from Gustav Erhenzweig.) — Rolling-mills. When using pairs of horizontal and vertical rolls for rolling bars, the vertical rolls (which automatically receive the metal from the horizontal rolls) are so mounted and driven that they can be quickly moved horizontally and adjusted in any position in front of the horizontal rolls and can also be adjusted ver- tically ; thus bringing any part or groove of the vertical opposite 438 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. to any part or groove of the horizontal rolls. Two horizontal frames, firmly stayed together, carry the vertical rolls and can be raised or lowered in a vertical frame, which can move hori- zontally in a horizontal foundation plate. Driving- spindles are connected to the vertical rolls by couplings, and toothed and bevelled wheels in connection with a shaft and pulley are em- ployed. Two parallel driving-shafts are placed above the horizontal rolls, are driven in opposite directions, and carry fixed driving-pulleys the length of which is equal to the length of the horizontal rolls : or the pulleys may be movable and keyed in proper position on the shaft when the vertical rolls have been adjusted. The velocity of the vertical rolls should very slightly exceed that of the metal entering them, and the pressure of a loose roller (with spring or lever and weight) on the belt be so adjusted that the driving-belt will slip if the strain upon the metal becomes too great. When the metal, after passing between one pair of horizontal rolls, is fed automatically between another pair of horizontal rolls, only one upper driving-shaft is required. \_Drawing.'] A.D. 1881, December 23.— No. 5634. EADON, Henry, and YEOMANS, Qb.kri.^^— {Provisional protection only.) — Furnaces ; and making shear steel. A furnace, substituted for a hollow fire, has two or more chambers partially separated by bridges, so that the flame and heat from the furnace fire may pass over the bridges from one chamber to another and finally through flues under the furnace to the chimney. The blast pipe enters the furnace in the rear and is there divided, one branch passing down the interior of each of the said flues ; and after passing through the brickwork they open into the furnace fire, by preference on opposite sides. Thus, the air blast becomes heated and increases the intensity of the fire. The lengths of blister steel are first placed in the furnace chamber farthest from the fire, and, when heated, a number are piled together and placed in the second chamber or the nearest to the fire until sufficiently hot to be welded or MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 439 " sheared together under the hammer This fagoted and welded bar is afterwards again welded and drawn out to the finished size : thus the process of " plating" is dispensed with. The furnace described is suitable for welding etc. INo DraioingsJ] A.D. 1881, December 24.— No. 5644. ACASTER, Amos Joseph. — Rails, longitudinal bars, etc. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 4884, A.D. 1876 (which relates to longitudinally grooved or ribbed rails in connection with rail joints), and No. 5051, A.D. 1881. In forming grooved or ribbed rails, etc. by rolling, the rolls adjacent to the parts by w^hich the grooving or ribbing is effected are to be so shaped that the rails, when passing through in the angular or inclined position for grooving or ribbing, shall be completely supported at the parts adjacent to the parts aforesaid and other alteration of shape be prevented. The rolls employed for rolling the rail may be constructed to groove or rib it while still comparatively hot, and the last passage may partly close the grooves or turn down the ribs and finish them and the adjacent parts to the desired contour. Cast-iron rolls are pre- ferred, the grooving or ribbing parts being chilled and turned to the required shape. Also specially formed adjustable rolls may be used for grooving or ribbing after the rolls have been reduced to the desired section by ordinary rolls. The grooving or ribbing rolls, operating on the rail when cooler, strengthen and also straighten it, being preferably arranged in opposite pairs and placed apart, and the heads and webs being supported by free turning horizontal and vertical rolls. Again, the grooves or ribs may be formed by direct hydraulic or other pressure after the rail has been rolled , its ends being at the same time straightened. Wedge or inclined pieces of hard steel or chilled cast iron are pressed inwards and towards each other from the opposite sides of the web of the rail and act upon ribbed, grooved, or shaping die blocks of like metal, which are thus compressed into or against the just previously rolled and suitably supported rail. [Draioing.'] 440 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1881, December 27.— No. 5683. LAKE, William Robert. — (A comw(imicatlon from, John Date.) — (Provisio7ial protection only.) — Conversion of iron into steel. The bar, bloom, sheet, or shape of either cast iron after midergoing the annealing process, or wrought or forged iron, is converted into solid steel " by subjecting it to the action of gases, or charcoal and petroleum, or other hydrocarbon, in a heated retort or oven, not air-tight, but sufficiently close to retain under a natural pressure gas, which may be generated within or without the retort. The iron to be converted is heated to a few degrees below the point of fusion. Steel deficient in carbon may be likewise hardened, whereby a coating of hard steel may be given to Bessemer steel bars, etc., and other shapes of iron or steel of a mild quality. Also by casting or forging the shapes of iron and then carburizing them, edge tools may be produced. \_No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1881, December 30.— No. 5731. CASSON, Richard Smith. — Direct-acting gas furnaces and furnace doors. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 243, A.D. 1876, which relates to heating reverberatory furnaces. A gas generator chamber is described, and is provided with air-heating pipes or channels, around which the gases circulate, and which are protected from excessive heat by a perforated wall. The heated blast of air passes from these pipes through channels preferably along the sides of the gas flue to the fire- bridge, where, passing through compressed openings preferably upon both sides of the stream of gas from the producer, it burns the gases. Sand or the like, placed above the firebridge and hot air channel, keeps in the heat. In small furnaces, the blast may be carried under neck and bottom or sides to heat it. The usual cast-iron doors of reverberatory or puddling- f urnaces difficultly withstand the great heat of combustion thus obtained. Puddling-f urnaces may have reversible doors with a rabbling-hole at the top, not exposed to the direct furnace heat when the door is closed. When the lower hole is injured, the MANUFACTUKE OF lEON AND STEEL. 441 door is reversed and the other hole used. In reverberatory furnaces the flanges of the door upon which the brickwork rests are rapidly injured ; but by casting the door with flanges on both sides, when one side is worn, the bricks can be removed and, by reversing and lining the other side, a double life be got out of the door without much increase in the weight of metal used. Or the doors may be made reversible as for puddling- furnaces. [Dravjing.'] A.D. 1881, December 31.— No. 5742. WILLIAMS, Joseph Stokes. — Heating and rolling or shaping metals. Metal may be heated, and consequently softened to the desired extent with uniformity and certainty, prior to or during its passage through or between rolls or other shaping devices in producing bars, rods, wire, etc., by passing through the metal an electric current from one or more reservoirs, accumulators, storage batteries, or magazines charged, vivified, or revivified by one or more generators, the current being regulated or maintained at a uniform tension or quantity. Electric currents may pass through a series of independent or branch circuits to different sections or parts of the bar or piece of metal under treatment. A set of insulated supporting posts or circuit- makers may be connected with the source or store of electricity through the medium of conductors and arranged relatively to the metal, so that the current passing through the moving metal will be regulated in accordance with the thickness or body of the metal being rolled. An adjustable or variable resistance or resistances may be placed between the source of electricity and the metal to regulate the supply of the current to, and con- sequently the temperature of, the metal. The reservoirs or their equivalents can maintain the supply of electricity to the metal and conserve or prevent the waste of electric energy transmitted from the generators when the metal moves out of contact with the circuit makers. The current may be passed through insulated supports or guides for the metal placed between the different sets of rolls. Contact-makers may be forced into contact with the passing metal by springs, weights. 442 MANUFACTUKE OF lEON AND STEEL. etc., or the latter may force the metal into contact with con- ductors, a roller or wheel conveniently bearing against the metal. Insulation may be provided to prevent the current passing through the rolling apparatus. A governor, rheostat, resistance, or other device may control the current, an indicator preferably showing the amount of resistance in the circuit. The current may have to pass through mercury or other fluid on its way from one plate to another, the plates being raised or lowered in the mercury-containing vessel to vary the resistance or to break the circuit by raising them out of the mercury. A governor and regulating-device may be adapted to control the resistance in the circuit according to the speed of the rolls. A set of reservoirs may supply the current and be re-charged alternately ; and the change from supplying to being re-charged and vice versa may be effected automatically or otherwise, so that the reservoirs for the time being supplying the current will possess sufficient electromotive force. \_Draioing.'\ 1882. A.D. 1882, January 2.— No. 10. BREWER, Edv^ard Griffith. — {A communication from Thomas Martin.) — Blast-furnace tuyeres. To push away obstructions from the nose of the tuyere or its air passages, a rod or poker is provided for each passage and is long enough to pass quite through it. These rods are preferably attached to one common head working in an iron " case, such head having a rod like a piston rod attached to its other side which passes through a stuffing-box to prevent the MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. 443 escape of the air blast. This rod may be worked " by con- necting it by other rods to a lever, carried by a standard. The lever should receive a rapid to-and-fro motion, once or of tener if needful. [Draiving.l A.D. 1882, January 3.— No. 19. IMRAY, John. — (A communication from Thomas James.) — Pushing ingots from their moulds. To one of the loops of the ingot mould is attached one end of a short chain, the other end of which is attached to a lever near its middle. The main lifting chain is attached to one end of the lever, the other end of which is made as a fork with a pin to engage one or other of a set of inclined notches in a stem, optionally having an enlarged base. The mould being hooked to the short chain, and the said stem or plunger resting on the top of the ingot with one of its notches engaged by the pin so that the lever lies nearly horizontally, the crane is worked to strain the main chain ; " this strain acts with leverage, pressing " down the ingot and tending to raise the mould, which " as soon as the ingot becomes detached can be rapidly lifted." [Dravmig.'] A.D. 1882, January 6.— No. 80. JACKSON, William Francis. — Bessemer converters. To give to the tipping gear greater safety and rigidity, the tipping apparatus is supported by columns or otherwise. Girders, secured to the tops of the columns, are formed of wrought-iron or steel plates and angles riveted together or by cast-iron girders. Near one end and between the girders is secured an hydraulic cylinder in connection with a pump or accumulator. To the cylinder piston-rod is secured a rack, supported by grooved pulleys and in gear with a pinion wheel, which is keyed on the converter trunnion. This trunnion may be supported by pedestals bolted to the girders or by bearings 444 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. formed between extended plates of the girders. Thus, in tip- ping, all the strain between the cylinder and the trunnions is taken by the girders. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1882, January 7.— No. 93. WIRTH, Frank. — (A communication from Louis Rohr.') — Rolling metal. A mode of fluting or corrugating sheet metal appears to be covered by the description. Two working rollers remain parallel to each other during every revolution ; but above there is mounted a third roller of eccentric or special section, which running in fixed bearings exerts a strong pressure on the upper working roller, so that the latter, being mounted in open or moveable bearings, is caused alternately to approach to and recede from the lower working roller ; the metal passed through the pair of working rollers thus becomes thinner in some places than in others. Sometimes the third roller may be placed beneath the lower working roller. [Draimig.'] A.D. 1882, January 7.— No. 104. HANSELL, Robert Black well. — Manufacture of laminated steel springs. For tempering the spring plates a supply of water or harden- ing fluid may be introduced into hollows provided at the pressing parts or surfaces of the press or machine in which the heated spring plate is bent into shape. \_Drawing'] . A.D. 1882, January 10.— No. 133. JOHNSON, John Henry. — (.4 communication from William Murray Henderson.)- Bessemer steel plant. To speedily remove a converter for re-lining and replace it by another ; the trunnions of the converter have flanged wheels to MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 445 run on a track, which consists of girders supported on columns. Thus, a worn converter can be removed to a siding or turn-out, so as to make way for another. When the converter is in position, each flanged wheel is confined between a fixed and a movable stop on the girder ; so arranged that the wheels become the bearings, in which the trunnions turn, when tilting the con- verter by means of an hydraulic cylinder, a vertical rack, and a pinion on one trunnion. A blast pipe passes through a stuffing-box into one trunnion, and provision must be made for detaching this pipe when removing the converter. It is pre- ferred to traverse the converter along the said track by means of a truck, which is provided with two axles, each having a pair of flanged wheels adapted to the track. A toothed wheel on each axle is in gear with a pinion on a shaft, carried by frames on the truck and provided with manual crank handles. The side beams of the truck project from each of its ends so as to abut against projections on the converter, whereon is a hook for coupling by means of a link to a pin in the truck. By con- necting the coupling-link to a lever pivoted to the truck, its projecting beams may be caused to bear hard against the con- verter. Intersecting tracts and turn-tables are preferred to switches and turn-outs. The air-belt portion of the converter is made of two annular, concentric, strong wrought-iron plates, sufficiently apart to form an air passage and connected together above and below by iron rings. In traversing this passage the air becomes heated, and the belt part of the converter is somewhat cooled. To secure the trunnions to the said plates, a hollow flange is " cast on each " trunnion equal in thickness to the distance between the two annular plates through which and through the flange pass " rivets, each rivet passing through a boss which bosses are cast between and join the two plates together." Gases might be withdrawn from the molten metal in the casting ladle by bringing it beneath a cover, secured to the lower end of a counterbalanced exhaust pipe. The ladle is ' raised up under the cover until the clay on its flange is in con- tact with the under side of the cover. Then, by exhausting the air beneath the cover, the latter is forced down tight on the ladle and the air bubbles and confined gases will come to the surface and be expelled. \_Drai':ing.'\ 446 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, January 12.— No. 177. WHITEMAN, William Thomas. — (A communicaLion from Clement Martin!) — {Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of steel. The powdered residuum of " pyrite roasting furnaces," after being re-roasted if it contains more than 1 per cent, of sulphur, is washed preferably upon perforated plates in a trunk or vessel mounted upon fixed or shaking tables, so as to enrich it by removing earthy and soluble portions. It is then mixed with coal or carbonaceous matter, very unctuous clay, and lime or other fluxing-material, and the mixture, after being moistened with alkaline or acid water as required, is strongly compressed into blocks by pressure in moulds. The dried blocks are ex- posed to heat and a reducing atmosphere in a " calcinating and reducing furnace," whereby the iron present is reduced and part of the lime combines with the sulphur and phosphorus, while part of the clay agglutinates and hardens the mass and increases its density, and parts of the same are scorified with the gangue and lime, forming a very fusible slag. This slag is removed to the concave sole of a melting-furnace which is heated to bright redness. Afterwards the blocks likewise heated are introduced by a self-acting duct and sink into the bath of melted slag. At the elevated temperature and in the absence of free oxygen the reduction of the iron is completed, whilst the surplus coal present carburizes it. The basic slag, which forms, covers and preserves the melted metal from oxidation and powerfully desulphurizes and dephosphorizes. The slag having been removed from the furnace, the steel is run into ingot moulds. Steel may be likewise made from ordinary iron ores. [No Drannngs.'] A.D. 1882, January 13.— No. 190. THOMPSON, David, and THOMPSON, William Henry.— Protecting iron and steel from rust. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 1719, A.D. 1881, which relates to kilns for pottery etc. A gas kiln described may be adapted for the " Barff " process of protecting iron and steel. An iron or other oven to contain MANUFACTCJRE OF IRON AND STEEL. 447 the articles for treatment is fitted into the kiln. Preferably the Tipper part of the oven is partitioned off to form a chamber, which is filled with fragments of iron and brick or fireclay. High-pressure steam traverses this chamber, and becomes super- heated and more or less decomposed. The steam becomes further heated in descending through pipes, which may be led in a zig-zag form down side flues, and then enters a lower chamber at the bottom of the oven, which is supported by open brickwork in the kiln. Gas burners are so arranged that the direct heat of the combustion first impinges upon the under side of this chamber, whence the steam passes up through a perforated plate into the space containing the articles. The kiln is fitted with lower, upper, and side flues. The oven has a charging - door, and there are pipes etc. for the ingress and egress of the steam. Also the steam-superheating chambers may be increased. Drawings show an arched form of kiln and oven, with several burners passing through the bottom of the arch of the kiln on each side. [Di^awing.'] A.D. 1882, January 17.— No. 229. CARTER, Herbert. — {Provisional protection only.) — Temper- ing wire. " Bessemer " or " Omer " steel wire is passed through molten spelter, dross, or lead contained in a series of troughs arranged in a furnace. On emerging from the troughs the wire is at once passed through a vessel containing spirits of salts which cleans it, and it is afterwards coated with an anticorrosive mixture. [No Drawings.] A.D. 1882, January 18.— No. 253. WOODRUFF, Herbert, and BARSON, George.— Manu- facture of laminated springs. For hardening the spring, the bending-press, with the bent plates therein, is wheeled to the bosh and tipped into the hardening-liquid, which is caused to pass freely through spaces left between the plates. [Drawing."] 448 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, January 20.— No. 299. PITT, Sydney. — (^1 communication from Georges Recour.) — • Treatment of phosphatic slags. The oxides of iron and manganese, obtained in the following way, may be used in the manufacture of iron and steel. The slags, especially those produced in dephosphorizing iron, are treated to "a reducing melting," preferably in a tank, cupola, or blast furnace, to concentrate the iron, manganese, and phosphorus present into a phosphatic matt, the slags being assorted to ensure that the phosphate of lime therein is de- composed by a suitable proportion of silica to form a slag with 30 or 40 p. c. of silica, or silicious matters being added therefor ; puddling-furnace slags may supply the requisite silica. The tank furnace should be kept very hot and the slags be charged in a finely-divided state. The phosphatic matt obtained is preferably granulated in water to facilitate further treatment. The matt is treated with hydrochloric or sulphuric acid under conditions of pressure and temperature determined by ex- perience, a steam jet aiding therein. Hydrogen and phos- phoretted hydrogen gases are evolved with the formation of a solution of chloride or sulphate of iron and manganese con- taining more or less of acid phosphate. From the solution of the chlorides the iron and manganese may be precipitated either together or separately in the state of oxide simply by adding lime in excess, or a measured quantity of carbonate of lime may be first added. Basic refinery slags, finely ground and con- taining an excess of lime, may replace the lime ; and then the oxides of iron and manganese and the phosphoric acid in these slags become added to the precipitated oxide and phosphate of iron. The phosphoric acid is precipitated as basic phosphate of iron with the oxide of that metal. This precipitate is calcined at a red heat with commercial sulphate of potass, and on sub- sequent treatment with water an insoluble residue of oxide of iron is left, while the phosphate of potass is dissolved and utilized for manure. If the matt be treated with sulphuric acid, the solution of the sulphates of iron and manganese will only contain a small proportion of phosphorus, and may be evaporated to dryness and calcined to drive off the sulphuric acid which is recovered. Again, the granulated or pulverized matt may be decomposed by a current of superheated steam, hydrochloric acid gas, or gaseous chlorine. \No Drawings.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 449 A.D. 1832, January 27.— No. 410. CHAPMAN, Gavin. — (Provisional protection only.) — Separa- . ting oil or tar from blast-furnace gases. The gases are passed through a vessel or chamber, containing perforated diaphragms, discs, or screens, which are kept wetted with water and are placed across the vessel so that the gases must pass through the perforations. Metal is preferably employed so that the cooling actions may be rapid. Again, circular perforated discs may be fixed on a longi- tudinal shaft, which rotates so that all parts of the discs become wetted, the lower part of the vessel containing water, . whilst the gases pass along the upper part through the per- forations. Or the diaphragms may be arranged to dip vertically into and rise out of the water ; or they may be stationary and the water be continually distributed over their upper ends. Also currents of cold water may be passed through pipes or passages in the vessel to afford much cooling power. \_No DraidngsJ] A.D. 1882, January 27.— No. 416. CLIFF, Joseph, and DAWES, Joshua Hortox. — Blast furnaces. One or more iron, steel, or other plates are placed opposite the charging-openings, so as to distribute the charge equally round the furnace in a concentric circle. The plate or plates are desirably in the shape of a circle or part of a cone, placed at a suitable distance from the tipping ring, and so deep as to meet the charge tipped into the furnace. The plate is firmly suspended and may be vertical ; or it may iacline inwards or outwards, so as to form part of a hollow cone having the larger end thereof upwards or downwards according as the charge should be directed nearer to or farther from the centre of the furnace. Thus also the maximum quantity of the waste gases may be taken off for use in the stove?, and the advantages of the open-topped furnace are retained. The furnace works regularly and with economy, and the risk of scaffolding " is diminished. [^Drawlng.l P 3154 IP 450 MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, January 27.— No. 427. JENSEN, Peter. — (A communication from Wilhelm Wilms- mann.) — Furnaces. The invention, which is illustrated by a drawing of a reheat- ing furnace, relates to a method of burning the fuel to effect complete combustion. \_Drawing.'\ A.D. 1882, January 31.— No. 486. COWPER, Edward Alfred. — Hot-blast stoves. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 1404, A.D. 1857, No. 34, A.D. 1870, and No. 1623, A.D. 1874, which relate to regenerative hot-blast stoves. To uniformly maintain a very high temperature of blast and avoid the gradual cooling of regenerative stoves, the inventor employs pipe stoves with cast or wrought steel pipe?, which are capable of resisting the required pressure and temperature. In connection therewith cast-iron pipe stoves may be used first to heat the blast to as high a degree as they will stand, after which the blast is further heated in the steel pipe stoves to such a higher degree as these pipes will with- stand. Waste blast-furnace gases in combustion may be used to heat the steel pipes, or other gaseous or solid fuel be employed. \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, February 2.— No. 514. BROWN, John. — Blast and cupola furnaces. To regulate the supply of air to each tuyere of a cupola furnace, having tuyeres enclosed within an annular air-belt or chamber, the inventor fits to each tuyere a hinged lid or cover, or a slide, valve, or door, arranged to be operated from the outside of the annular chamber ; the working of the furnace can thus be controlled. Also the said lid may be so hinged and balanced as to automatically move or open under the pressure of the blast, but to partly or wholly close on the blast ceasing, or on the tuyere becoming choked or otherwise. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 451 ( To each lid is fixed a quadrant, connected to a counterbalance weight by chains and a rod, which passes through the top of the annular chamber. The weight may be varied to suit different pressures of blast. Screws passing through the chamber can be pressed against the quadrants to keep the lids open or closed independently of the blast. The rods may be connected to a signal to indicate when the blast falls below the required pressure ; or they may be used to control the lids if the automatic arrangement be dispensed with. [ The improvements may be applied to a blast furnace. The I automatic arrangement may be used to regulate the action of the tuyeres in connection with supply pipes, whereby the necessity of " teasing " will be avoided. lDrawi7ig.~\ A.D. 1882, February 8.— No. 620. SCOTT, George. — Manufacture of triple alloys composed of " manganese, titaniferous steel sand of New Zealand, and carbon." Spiegeleisen and ferro-manganese may be produced at less cost by substituting the titaniferous steel sand of Taranaki for i ordinary iron reduced to a granular state, the granulating process being thus avoided. The requisite mixture of peroxide of manganese, steel sand, and carbon, being placed in plumbago crucibles or like vessels and covered with silicious matters, is gradually heated in a furnace to a sufficiently high temperature to fuse the mixture. " An adhesive carboniferous solution may be made of sufficient consistency to combine by ad- " mixture the constituent materials of manganese and the " titaniferous steel sand into a substance capable of being moulded after the manner of a brick, then dried, and " afterwards submitted to a furnace for fusion." , \_No Drawings.] I i A.D. 1882, February 10.— No. 645. THOMPSON, Robert.— Mechanism for puddling, decarburet- jl ting, or purifying iron. r 6151 p 2 452 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 1852, A.D. 1879. To facilitate the changing of the mechanical stirrer, the latter (preferably a single radial blade driven from above) may be worked by means of a vertical shaft carried by a radial arm and driven by gearing from an engine. The radial arm and its pedestal resemble the hydraulic cranes used in Bessemer works or a radial drilling-machine, and can be raised and lowered by hydraulic or other power and swung on one side when raised up. When lowered till the stirrer is in position for ^rork, the arm is rigidly held in jaws or the like. The bevel or friction wheel driving the shaft on the radial arm can be drawn out of gear by using a clutch. Sometimes the head of the arm is made to rotate and two or even three projecting rotating sockets are provided for stirrers, so that as one stirrer gets too hot it can be raised, the steadying clutch which prevents the head from turning removed, and the head turned until another (cold) stirrer is in position for being lowered into position, when the clutch or catch locks the head with the stirrer bar hanging vertically. There is a hole in the furnace crown for lowering the stirrer, with a lid for afterwards closing the hole. When the bed turns and the stirrer is stationary, no gearing is required for driving the latter, but one stirrer may still replace another. The stirrers can be fitted into their sockets like mining drills or with a tongue and cottar or otherwise. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1882, February 11.— No. 672. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (A commimicaUon from Jules Laffitte.)—^ elding. The flux employed, such as borax or sal-ammoniac, is formed into a flexible sheet so as to be applied perfectly to the entire surface to be welded, the sheet adapting itself to the configura- tion thereof. The flux is mixed with filings of the metal to be welded and is then agglomerated under pressure into a sheet, which is placed between the two pieces to he united, the whole is heated sufficiently and then subjected to blows or pressure for welding. A sheet of paper, metal, or other material may be dipped into the melted flux so as to become coated therewith and, after being passed Letween rollers to equalize the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 453 tjoating, is dusted over with the metal filings and then placed in a muffle to soften the flux and make the filings adhere, the passage between rollers being afterwards repeated. The said sheet serves as a temporary support for the layer of flux, but may be dispensed with when welding small surfaces. Metal sheets thus employed may consist partly of iron and partly of ^' copper or nickel, whereby the welding of cast iron with cast ^' iron or with wrought iron or steel, or of nickel with nickel, ^' can be effected. The welding may also be effected with fusible metals at the time of casting," the said sheet of flux being placed on the part of the metal to be united to the cast ing, and introduced into the mould before the fluid mptal is run in. [No Drawings. 1 A.D. 1882, February 13.— No. 696. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from Louis CUmandot.) — Treating metals and alloys. To treat or temper all kinds of metals and alloys, they may, when at a sufficiently high temperature to ensure the necessary ductility, be subjected to hydraulic or other powerful com- pression and then allowed to completely cool under pressure, whereby the grain of the metal becomes finer. A kind of mechanical tempering is thus effected, a high degree of hardness and density being attainable ; steel in particular acquires a peculiar temper and a coercive force suitable for permanent magnetization, which may be effected during the compression. The treatment, applied to metals in course of manufacture, " will permit of the association therewith of still larger proportions of substances by which their properties are modified " as required. The treatment is applicable to wrought, cast, or malleable cast iron, and steel may be made suitable for tools etc. \_No Drawings.^ A.D. 1882, February 17.— No. 777. ABEL, Charles Denton. — (.4 communication from Dr. Hermann Alfred Schulte.) — Treating tin-plate waste etc. 454 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A method of recovering the iron present is disclosed. A lye, preferably containing from 15 to 20 p. c. of hydrate of soda or potash, or both, is heated to boiling with the addition of a con- siderable excess of an oxide of lead. By treating the tin-plate waste with the prepared lye, the tin can be dissolved without the metal beneath it being attacked, while the lead is pre- cipitated principally in a metallic spongy state upon the metal which has been deprived of its tin, whence it can be easily removed, as by scraping or washing. The treatment may take place in perforated drums, slowly revolving in the hot lye, the deposited lead being detached by the accompanying friction. l^No Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, February 20.— No. 822. ELLIS, John Devonshire. — Ingot moulds. To the top of the mould is adapted a feeder or tube of fire- clay or other non-conducting material, into which the molten steel passes after filling the mould and will remain therein in a molten condition longer than it does in that part of the mould where such metal impinges on the metal sides of the mould and sinking towards the ^centre of the mould will fill ^' up such hollow as is caused by the solidifying and consequent ^' contraction of the metal which is found to take place on or ^' towards the sides of the mould and from the centre." Thus the tendency of the ingots to become hollow or unsound is checked. The feeder may be circular or of other section, and may be open at the top, or closed with only a hole for the escape of gases. It may be held in position by a metal frame or cover, enclosing it and secured to the mould. The mould may be formed to admit of the insertion of the feeder with an intervening packing of wood. \_Dravjivg.~\ A.D. 1882, February 21.— No. 828. FERRIE, William. — Blast furnaces ; and treating blackband ores. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 2487; p MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 455 A.D. 1872, and No. 3894, A.D. 1876, in connection with the use of a jet of steam or gas for excluding air from retorts. In furnaces provided at the upper part with retorts for con- verting into coke and collecting and utilizing the gases given off from the coal distilled in the retorts whilst the tarry and ammoniacal products are separated and collected — the retorts may be arranged with sliding plates, doors, or equivalents, one at the bottom of each retort and the other at the part where a prolonged passage from the retort meets the arch of the blast furnace at the top of the blast furnace proper, or this passage may be dispensed with and the bottoms of the retorts be close upon the arch of the furnace. By the bottoms of the retorts being sealed or separated from the interior of the blast furnace by a double sealing, i.e. sliding doors and a cone or their equivalents, the furnace gases and air are prevented from gaining access to the retorts. The retorts may be combined in sets of two, three, or more, discharging through a single common opening in the blast furnace arch, and they may be likewise connected at their upper ends so that the group may be charged from a common hopper or. bunker. The retorts may be charged from a central charging-cone simultaneously, and be discharged on to the ordinary charging-cone of the blast furnace. They are heated by blast-furnace gases burnt in flues around them, and the gas30us products of the destructive distillation of the fuel within them are passed through an hydraulic main to condensers. A jet of steam or gas may be employed at the bottom doors of the retorts to prevent the entrance of air. The coke may be discharged from the retorts, into a common chamber, which has a cone at the bottom, and which also receives a charge of ironstone and limestone ; and on lowering the said cone the whole falls into the furnace proper ; or the latter materials may be charged in separately. To prevent the materials from falling too heavily upon the burden in the furnace, a second cone may be suspended from the charging-cone to receive therefrom and break the fall of the materials. Part of ihe waste gases of blast furnaces may be employed for roasting, calcining, or carbonizing blackband and bituminous ironstones or shale, or fuel, in close retorts separate from, i.e.^ not carried upon, the upper part of blast furnaces, and thus is prev^ented the escape of the injurious fumes whi.'h result from 456 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. open calcining or roasting in " bings," the carbonaceous matter in the ironstone being converted into coke and the tarry and ammoniacal products being collected. Also part of the gases generated in the retorts may be burnt in surrounding flues to aid in heating them. The ironstone charged into the retort may be supported at its lower part by the calcined previous, charge contained within a chamber, which is provided with a chain band, receiving a continual slow or intermittent traversing motion from sprocket-wheels. Ridges on the chain band gradually draw out the calcined material and, the contents of the retorts sinking, room is left for fresh material. Again, the calcined material may be allowed to collect so as to seal the lower ends of the retorts by placing a conical structure below their open bottoms. Or the retorts may have hinged dis- charging-doors, which, when closed, are held in position by doors or props capable of being raised or lowered by screws to close and open the discharging-doors. A group of retorts may be charged from a charging-cone having a hopper or belly provided with divisions corresponding to the number of retorts to be charged. The blast-furnace gases after being mixed with air for their combustion are passed into flues around the retorts- and thence to a chimney, or they may be further utilized. [Drawi7igs.'\ A.D. 1882, February 21.— No. 829. ADDIE, John, and ADDIE, James. — (Provisional j^rotectlon only.) — Using steam in blast furnaces. With a view to obtaining ammonia, the inventors inject steam or water vapour into the blast furnace, at any point where there is enough heat for the decomposition of the steam passing through or over the heated carbonaceous matter or iron in the furnace. \_No Dravmigs.'] A.D. 1882, February 21.- No. 846. ELLIOTT, Robert. — Producing rods or bars. Solid bars or rods of any desired section may be formed by MANUFACTUKE OF IKON AND STEEL. 457 apparatus analogous to that which is hereinafter described for making tubes, but in the case of solid bars " the core can be continued only for a short distance, the die afterwards ^' terminating in a contracted passage of the size and form " of bar required : or "the core can be omitted and the passage through the die can be of a serpentine form to give the necessary twist or helical formation to the grain or fibre " of the bar. To produce weldless tubes with the grain twisted to prevent longitudinal splitting, the molten or plastic metal employed is placed in a vessel with, at one end, a head-piece carrying a hollow hard metal die in which are f ormed grooves in a helical or screw- like direction. Secured to the lower end of the vessel is a core or bar which passes through the vessel and beyond the die, so that there is an annular communication through the die around from the interior to the exterior of the vessel. On applying pressure, the metal is forced from the vessel through the die around the core in a helical course, and will issue therefrom as a tube. The vessel may be a fixture, and the head-piece be fitted to slide tightly therein, being in connection with the rods of hydraulic rams. As the head-piece is forced into the vessel the metal will issue through the die. To rotate the die as the metal passes therethrough, the die may be made circular externally and with a bearing against surrounding antifriction rollers, and will then be rotated by the action of the passing metal. But a modified arrangement is preferred, in which positive rotation is given to the die by means of a worm and worm-wheel, in connection with gearing for forcing forward into the vessel a ram or piston to which the core is attached. In another modification, the vessel is caused to move and the head- piece and core are stationary. The helical grooves may be in the core as well as, or instead of, in the die, and the core may be rotated instead of the die. The tubes may be afterwards rolled or otherwise treated, the helical ribs being removed 4or not. IDraii'higs.l A.D. 1882, February 21.— No. 894. 3IASKREY, Arthur James— {Provisional protection only.) — Annealing and removing oxide from iron plates. 458 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. The plates, when at a red heat within the annealing pots or chambers or a close furnace, are exposed to the action of carbonic oxide to reduce the oxide of iron on their surfaces. The bottom of the pot contains a layer of powdered charcoal or carbonaceous matter covered with a perforated plate ta separate the iron plates, placed horizontally or on edge, from contact with the ^'char," and upon the plates is placed a box also containing char. The pot is covered and the joint luted as usual. When heated, the char burns and forms carbonic oxide, with which the oxygen of the oxide of iron on the plates combines to form carbonic acid, and the latter reproduces carbonic oxide by uniting with the free carbon of the char. The action is repeated until no iron oxide remains when the annealing is finished. Again, carbonic oxide may be led through the annealing vessels from a separate furnace, or charcoal may be strewed on the plates in the vessels. Pickling in acid before tinning is thus dispensed with. INo Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, February 25.— No. 913. KIRK, Peter.— Rolling-mills. Reference is apparently intended to the inventor's prior Specifications No. 470, A.D. 1876, and No. G37, A.D. 1881, relating to the same general subject. The lifting or lowering of the ingot or bloom from one set of rolls to the other may be obviated, while obtaining a number of reductions at one heat, by using " a triple ' two roll ' " arrangement. The ingot or bloom is reduced between the first and second set of ' two rolls ' and makes its exit between the third set of ' two rolls ' through a blank or clearing groove which does not reduce the section of the bloom. The mill is then reversed, and the partly rolled bloom is shifted along into position opposite to the next groove or section turned in t$e rolls and is re-entered at that side of " the mill which it has just left. In its return passage it undergoes two more reductions and again passes out between the outer set of ' two rolls * through a blank." Thus the process is continued, using different grooves. The sets of rolls- are so geared together that the central set has a higher surface MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 459 speed than the outer sets, unless it be desired to feed the bloom through a blank direct to the central set, which will then run at a less speed than the others. Some or all of the rolls may be made vertically adjustable, to diminish the dis- tance between them and further reduce the bloom by repassing it through the same grooves. The bloom may be returned through the grooves it has just left by lowering two of the upper rolls when the mill is reversed. The plummer blocks, in which the journal necks of the rolls revolve, are pressed upwards by rods in connection with loaded beams in subjacent chambers ; but the said blocks can be depressed by screws in connection with gearing so arranged that the central roll will be lowered to a greater extent than the outer roll when it is required to return the bloom through the outer set first. Afterwards the loaded beams are allowed to again raise the rolls and the bloom is passed through another set of grooves. Thus a very heavy bloam may at one heat be rolled out long enough to cut up into six or more rails. l_Drawings.~\ A.D. 1882, February 25.— No. 932. €il,ABTREE, Thomas. — Tempering steel pins for heckles &c. The articles are placed in a horizontal rotating cylinder, supported in a furnace chamber. One end of the cylinder is supported by a hollow bush, and the other by a cup and shaft, arranged so that the cup and shaft may be withdrawn by operating a treadle when it is required to remove the cylinder from the chamber. Access may be had to the interior of the cylinder through the hollow bush, which may be closed by a slide. The cylinder may be corrugated or formed with pro- jections on its inside to agitate the articles as the cylinder is fotated. The driving shaft actuates, through friction gear and worm gear, a pointer which causes an alarm bell to be rung when ths cylinder has been rotated a certain number of times. A pyrometer is used to test the temperature of the furnace. Tho apparatus may be used for tempering springs. [Drau'ings.1 4G0 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, February 27.— No. 937. DAELEN, YiTAL Bernhard. — Corrugating-machhies. In corrugating plates by rolling, the inventor makes the projecting rings or annular parts of the corrugating rollers movable thereon, and employs devices by which the rings are made to " approach each other at such a rate during the corru- gating operation that simultaneously a number of corrugations " may be formed by exclusively bending the metal." The. lower roller may have one fixed ring, preferably placed in its. middle, while its other rings and all the rings of the upper roller are movable lengthwise on the same, and are provided with feathers so that they may rotate with the rollers. The rings must be so movable that the distance from one ring to the. next will always bs equal for all the rings, while this distance- itself decreases as the formation of the corrugations progresses^ On the other hand, when the decrease of the distance is uniform in respect to time, the speed with which the rollers are brought closer together must be greater at first than towards the end of the process, the lower roller being mounted in fixed and the upper in adjustable bearings. The distance between the rings may be varied by a series of screws, placed parallel to the roller,, and acting with threads of appropriate pitch and direction on the respective rings, the screws being rotated by gearing. To the bearings of the adjustable roller the requisite motion may be imparted by cam-discs of suitable form. The devices em- ployed may be varied. Thus the rings may be guided by forked slide-blocks, acted on by screws or by a combination of screws and levers; and the adjusting-mechanism of the upper roller may consist of cam-plates Avith a rectilinear motion, or of screws rotating with diminishing speed. Reversing-gear is provided so that the plates may pass to and fro between the rollers, but the adjusting mechanisms must always work forward ; these there- fore must also be reversed so that the double reversal may cause them to continue working in the same way. Details of arrangement are given. When corrugating by presses, straight or curved dies with projecting ribs or ledges are used instead of the rollers and rings. The ribs or ledges are movable on the body of the dies, and are provided with screws or other devices to cause them ta approach each other while the dies are being pressed together. MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. 4G1 The mechanisms, by which the ledges and the dies respectively are moved, are so combined that the corrugating process is carried out solely by bonding the plate. [Draicing.l A.D. 1882, March 4.~No. 1051. ELLIS, John Devonshire. — Armour plates. The prior Specification No. 3629, A.D, 1880, is referred to, and the object of the present invention is " to cause a part of the iron or steel frame (which is placed on the wrought iron plate and which supports the outer steel plate) to be situated " between and at the edge of the steel which is cast between " the said plates, this part forming a portion of the finished " plate and giving thereto great soundness afc the edges of the " said cast steel." The frame is formed with one or more webs or portions, preferably wedge-shaped in section, to project into the space into which the steel is cast. The molten steel runs into the spaces betAveen the webs and the plates on each side, so that the outward part or edges of the finished plate will be formed partly by the webs. The frame is preferably of worked steel, and may be used for the sides only of the plate or for the sides and end. \_Draii'iug.'] A.D. 1882, March 7.— No. 1089. GJERS, John. — Treating steel ingots. The ingot, after being stripped from the mould as soon as- possible, is quickly placed upright in a previously-heated soaking " pit, which is but slightly larger than the ingot, and which is thereupon covered to exclude air. Here the ingot remains and soaks until by a redistribution of the heat within it (the interior being at first hotter than the exterior), and sometimes by receiving heat from the pit, it assumes through- out a suitable temperature for being rolled etc. into a bloom etc. At starting, a hot ingot may be introduced to heat the pit, and on withdrawal it will itself require to be reheated before being rolled. Afterwards the succession of ingots 462 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. treated in the pit will keep it sufficiently hot, and these ingots will not require to be reheated. The pits, which are formed of refractory material such as firebrick, may be arranged in blocks within reach of the ingot cranes of the casting-pit, or pre- ferably in proximity to the blooming-mill if placed at a distance from the casting-pit. The inventor finds that hydrogen, nitrogen, and carbonic oxide exude from ingots while in the pits, and that free oxygen is not present in the space around the ingots ; the floss of yield due to oxidation, when heating furnaces are used, is thus obviated. " If desired the pits may be of tapering form in vertical section, the larger end being uppermost so as to receive ingots upside down," and then the space between the ingot and the brickwork may be reduced to a minimum. A brick fitting within the pit may be placed on the top of a short ingot before the ordinary cover is put on, and such a brick may be used if the end of the ingot is to be specially hot. Also the bottom of the pit may be raised by putting in sand. Casings, lined with non-conducting refractory material, to be placed over ingots are not recommended ; nor are horizontal pits, nor pits holding more than one ingot in a compartment. \^Drav)hig.'\ A.D. 1882, March 21.— No. 1365. ASTHOWER, Friedrich, and BICHEROUX, Toussaint.— Driving rolling-mills. The individual rolls of the pairs of rolls in a train may be driven by means of belts (or by several ropes arranged side by side) off two overhead power-transmitting shafts (without the employment of toothed gearing), whether the belts run directly on pulleys fixed on the projecting roll-axles, or whether the spindle of the driving-pulley is mounted in a separate standard and coupled with the roll to be rotated. The individual pairs of rolls in a train may be driven by the joint use of toothed gearing and belts, the toothed wheels being fixed either upon the projecting spindles of the rolls or having bearings in separate standards. Two pairs of rolls may be driven by three belts, one belt driving by means of a pulley mounted in a standard the lower roll of one pair and the upper roll of the other, while MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND STEEL. 463 1 the other two rolls are directly driven by belts passing over pulleys which are mounted on a prolongation of the roll ' journals. A set of xhree rolls may be driven by three belts^ whereof two act directly and the third by a pulley mounted in a standard. The two power-transmitting shafts maybe rotated I at the same speed in opposite directions by toothed wheels j coupling them together, or by special belt-gearing with the aid I of a secondary shaft ; or both these shafts may rotate in the same direction and some of the belts passing from their pulleys to the rolls may be crossed. Sometimes one power-transmitting 1 shaft only is used, and the two rolls of the different pairs of I rolls are provided with cog wheels for rotating the pair together; - or an india-rubber or leather cord, passing over adjustable tightening-roUers and over pulleys mounted on the projecting journals of the rolls, may transmit motion from one roll of the pair to the other. Rolls driven by known methods may be u.?ed ^- in combination. I. l_Drawl7igs.'\ A.D. 1882, March 21.— No. 1377. YOUNa, William, and BEILBY, Oeorge Thomas.— Blast furnace. The upper part of the furnace is constructed with retorts in which coal or other bituminous substance is subjected to a destructive distillation. The retorts are heated by the gases from the blast furnace, which may either be first treated for the removal of ammonia, or may be led direct to a flue, where they are met by a regulated current of air. Steam is admitted to the bottom of the retorts and the products of distillation are carried off by pipes. The furnace gases, after heating the retorts, escape by a pipe which passes through a boiler for the purpose of raising steam. A.D. 1882, March 22.— No. 1399. BURGH, Joseph, and EVANS, William. — Manufacture of malleable iron and steel, 'and furnaces therefor. 464 JIANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 1. A refractory-lined swinging rev erberatory hearth or puddling or refining chamber is supported by two similarly-lined hollow trunnions, which rest upon an annular series of anti- friction rollers, mounted in ring frames to keep them apart. The frames are free to revolve ; the rollers rest in semicircular grooves, formed on upright standard frames, which support the whole weight and may be firmly fixed to a bed-plate or other- wise. One trunnion forms a direct communication with a fire- chamber, and the other leads to a chimney or otherwise. The narrow spaces, left between the annular flange plates of the trunnion and the fixed plates at the back of the fire-chamber and at the entrance to the chimney, respectively, are covered by annular bands of silicate cotton or asbestos to prevent ingress of air or egress of heated gases. The ends of the chamber may have somewhat the form cf a sector, the chord of its arc forming the hearth or floor, and in transverse section internally it may be called semi-ovate. The direct course of the flaming gases through the chamber, which has a door and a tap-hole, may be interrupted by a low arch, extending across the middle from side to side, and either made solid up to the roof, or in the form of a bridge so that there will be passages for the gases above and below the bridge respectively. The upper surface of the bridge may have a shallow trough-like recess, answering as a crucible for heating and melting a charge, which afterwards runs down through a channel (controlled by a plug which is introduced by means of a hole from the outside) on to the hearth beneath (instead of being melted on the hearth). There are dampers to shut the draught-way over the bridge while a fresh charge is being introduced through a door in the roof. These dampers also regulate the amount of heat passing respectively over the bridge and under it through the refining chamber ; one charge being refined, while another is being melted. 2. As the chamber swings, the molten metal flows in a shallow stream from side to side and soon begins to boil ; it is thus thoroughly oxidized and purified without the usual constant rabbling by a puddler. The elimination of sulphur, phosphorus, carbon, silicon, etc. maybe aided by introducing streams of cold or heated air, more or less compressed and sometimes charged with superheated steam, pure oxide of iron, or other oxidizing and purifying agents in a comminiited* state. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 465 3. The air etc. may be introduced by tuyeres inserted through downwardly-slanting passages. Four tuyeres may be placed at each side of the chamber low down at such an angle that the streams of air are delivered upon the hearth con- tinuously or intermittently, so that as the boiling metal flow^s to and fro it meets the streams and runs over a freshly aerated surface. In making steel, after each time the metal flows to the sides, the motion of the furnace ceases for a time ; during which, the points of the tuyeres being completely covered by the metal, the streams of air are brought into more intimate contact therewith by being blown through it. In making malleable iron, after the purified metal comes to a pasty state, the motion of the furnace ceases and the metal is gathered as usual into balls, which are successively removed first to the shingling hammer and then to the rolls. Bat to obtain steel, molten spiegeleisen or other richly carburetted metal is poured into the furnace, the motion of which quickly mixes it with the purified metal therein, carbon being restored, and the amalgamated mass (of steel) is run out into moulds. 4. To the chamber may be imparted either an intermittent or a differential movement preferably by one or more revolving cams, which, after each depression of either side of the chamber, can bring its hearth to a level position, when making malleable iron, more suddenly and then tilt it slowly ; or, in making steel, can cause the motion to cease while the air is blown through, or can raise it very slovv^ly and then accelerate its movement while the metal runs over the hearth to the opposite side. The cams are loose upon a shaft, which rotates in pedestal bearings, and are shaped according to the character of the motion required. Either cam is set in motion by a clutch, which slides on a pro- jecting feather or key fixed in the said shaft. The cam rotates between small rollers, loosely mounted on studs in bosses, which are attached to two strengthening -girders of the hearth. The improvements are preferably applicable to other movable (swinging rocking or oscillating) furnaces and, as regards the arch or bridge crucible and dampers, to many stationary furnaces. IDrav^ing.'] A.D. 1882, March 23.--No. 1409. rREUSCH, Hermann. — Armour plates. For producing armour plates of iron and steel combined, a 466 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. box or casing of strong iron plates is provided at top and bottom with clamps or binding- pieces, secured by bolts or otherwise to resist internal pressure. The bottom of the box is covered with refractory material, on which is secured a shell- plate or moulding-plate, composed of several pieces according to its size and resting against one side of the box. Against the said shell are placed at distances apart ledges or side pieces, the edges of which are turned towards each other and are prefer- ably chamfered to form angles, say of 60^ or 70^ with the iron plate to be covered with steel, so that the steel plate formed upon the iron plate shall have obtuse-angled edges. Against the said ledges is placed the iron plate previously heated to redness, three of its lower edges being bevelled so that it may be kept in position in close contact with the ledges. Resting on the material in the bottom of the box are placed strong iron wedge-shaped pieces, their position being determined by the thickness of the iron plate. They are fixed by blocks or packing-pieces behind them, so that the bevelled edges of the plate, when lowered, will glide along these pieces until it comes into position, with its low^er end pressed by its weight against the said ledges and indirectly against the shell-plate. At its upper part the plate is held in contact with the ledges by levers, and thus a pressure is also exerted upon the clamps or binding- pieces of the box. Strips of asbestos, which can be made durable by fine iron wire plaited or woven into them, will per- fectly close the joints between the ledges and the iron plate. After the spaces around the box have been filled with sand, the mould is now ready for casting. For making many armour plates of the same size, instead of using loose ledges, the ledges or side pieces may be made integral with the shell-plate by casting. l_Drawing.'] A.D. 1882, March 29.— No. 1507. BOWEN, Thomas, and JENKINS, Es\u.—{Proiusional pro- tection only. ) — Annealing-furnaces. To more equally diffuse the heat in annealing metal plates etc., so that the annealing pots or vessels may be more evenly and rapidly heated, damage to them from unequal heating being MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 467 avoided, while the annealing is more effective, the inventors enclose the ashpit with doors and use an artificial draught. By placing a boiler between the furnace and smoke stack, steam may be raised to work the fan, steam jet, or other blower ; or the draught may be supplied independently. A damper in the stack assists in regulating the heat. [No Draicirigs.'] A.D. 1882, March 29.— No. 1533. AITKEN, RussEL. — Extracting gasQS from molten iron, steel, and other metals. This may be readily effected, to improve the quality of the metal, by passing it, while molten, in streams, spray, or equivalent divided ^tate into or through an airtight closed space, ladle chamber, or vessel, wherein a vacuum or partial vacuum is maintained by connection with an air pump or exhauster. The molten metal may gradually pass in ^ thin stream into the said vacuum vessel from a receptacle, the passage between the two being fitted with a valve or plug, the opening of which allows the metal to pass. Thus, not being subjected to pressure on any side, the metal will be most favourably conditioned for the escape of occluded or enclosed gases ; and it may strike against a projection or disperser to break it up and aid the action. The gases are conveniently drawn off by the exhauster for condensation or other treatment. The treated metal may solidify in the vessel, or be drawn off by a tap-hole and run into moulds ; or, on removing the cover, the vessel can be employed as a ladle as usual. The vessel may have a plugged opening at the bottom, and the plug be forced out by the. weight when a head of metal is attained in the vessel. Then as long as the supply of untreated metal lasts, a continuous outflow of treated metal will result. Again, the vacuum chamber or vessel may be placed above or beside the receptacle containing the metal for treatment ; and, on making a con- nection by a pipe or otherwise, the molten metal will be driven into the vacuum chamber by the pressure of the atmosphere. By placing this chamber upon the said receptacle, and using a connecting pipe opening from the bottom of the chamber into the molten metal for treatment, and alternately exhausting the 4G8 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. air from and admitting it into the chamber, the metal may alternately be forced into this vacuum chamber and run back into the receptacle, the process being rapidly repeated until the metal is sufficiently free from gas. If requisite, nitrogen or other gas may be admitted and also exhausted, so as to reduce the proportion of oxygen in a partial vacuum to a non-explosive amount. Substances may be introduced into, or gases passed through, the partial vacuum chambers, if beneficial in improving the quality of the metal treated. ID reaving.'] A.D. 1882, March 31.— No. 1576. BARLOW, Walter Alfred. — (A commtinlcatlon from Louis Bourau.) — Treating tin-plate scrap etc. To recover the iron, the scrap is acted on in a cylinder con- taining also chloride of tin and a slight excess of hydrochloric acid beyond the amount required to concert the tin of the scrap into chloride. A steam vessel within the cylinder provides for heating the liquid. When all the tin is dissolved, the chloride of tin is run off through a tap, and then the iron resulting from the operation is discharged through a door and passed into a bath containing an alkaline substance or pure water. The bath carries at its bottom an endless cloth or creeper, which slowly carries off the metal outwardly, so that it falls into a cart or vessel. The wooden or copper cylinder employed rotates on two hollow trunnions, the trunnion ends communicating with its interior. Along the whole of its length is a door, kept closed by a thick copper band and pressure screw, while a^ india- rubber hinge makes it steam-tight. On one side of the cylinder is a pipe in connection with the heating - apparatus, and terminating in a polished copper collar piece, which is sup- ported by a projecting piece set completely up to the trunnion end, a spiral spring securing the perfect contact of the collar piece and projecting piece. The trunnion end carries a tube, communicating with a lentif orm vessel placed at its end. The rotation of the cylinder will not prevent the perfect communication of the steam. The other trunnion end is likewise I MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 4G9 [ fitted with pipes, one of which, shown in a drawing as within . the cylinder, "is set vertically and is always in place at the top • of the cylinder." Three branch pipes titted with cocks are in communication. The first branch allows the gases and vapours- to escape during the operation, a column of condensation per- mitting of the collection of the acid vapours. Chloride of tin or hydrochloric acid may be introduced through the second branch, and the third serves for washing the iron in the cylinder, if : desired, by introducing either an alkaline liquid or water. J \_Draichig.'] A.D. 1882, April 13.— No. 1763. - BULL, Henry Clay. — Manufacture of iron and steel direct , from the ore. I The blast furnace employed is of the usual size and form. \ Its upper part, which is built with spaces left between the internal firebrick, the common brick or equivalent, and the 1 surrounding casing, has a bottom plate held by brackets, and is I supported from the foundation by columns or otherwise. Thus the lower or hearth and crucible part is relieved of the weight of the upper part. To form the lower part, between a casing (which forms the outer shell) and an interior metal mould of the shap3 of the crucible, the inventor rams a concrete com- pound of freshly-burnt lime, or any substance possessing the same properties, with about 10 p. c. of silica sand, mixed with tar, oil, or other substance which will evaporate and escape through openings in the outer casing without the lining shrink- ing or cracking. This lining is so intensely heated as to melt out the inner metal mould, and is thereby baked into a very solid substance before the furnace is put into blast. Air and gas tuyeres and a tapping-opening are formed in the hearths The said lining, being relieved of the superincumbent weight, will withstand most intense heat, so that the temperature in the crucible may be high enough to allow of the metal, even when containing very little carbon, being withdrawn in a. fluid state, the fluid cinder following the metal through the same opening. Ordinary blast furnaces may be adapted. A calcining-chamber or oven, lined with firebrick or its equivalent, is erected directly over the charging-opening of the 470 MANUFACTURE OF IKOX AND STEEL. Mast furnace, which is fitted with a bell and cup, supplied with water jackets to protect them from heat. Air enters by openings at the lower part of the oven ; and, during calcining, the bell is slightly opened to admit sufficient gas from the furnace for combustion just above. The oven is open at the top for feeding the charge and for the escape of aqueous vapour given off during calcination. Thus the ore and flux will enter the furnace in a dry highly-heated state, the zone of preparation being removed from the furnace and the zone of reduction raised therein, whereby the quantity of metal produced in a given time is increased. Also the gases given off from the furnace are comparatively free from aqueous vapour, and thus can produce intense heat by combustion in the air- heating stoves. The usual construction and working of air-heating stoves is reversed, the combustion chamber being formed at the top instead of at the bottom. Thus the brickwork or equivalent of the combustion chamber and the bricks used to absorb the heat are relieved from the weight of the main brickwork, so that the part of the stove, which is subjected to the intense and weakening heat required by the inventor, has to support very little weight and its crushing in is avoided. The stoves have a firebrick or equivalent lining, a brick casing, and a metal casing, with intervening spaces between them. The linings are supported by a perforated metal grid, whereon the interspaced brickwork, which fills the stove, is built. The blast-furnace gases are led to the combustion chamber of the stove through conduits, provided with a relief chimney for surplus gases and a valve giving communication to a dust box, and are burnt by air admitted through a safety valve at the top of the stove. The flames produced descend through the stove, which is filled with brickwork, and a culvert leads to a chimney. When the brickwork has reached an intense white heat, the gas and air supply and chimney communication are shut off, and cold air is admitted to the bottom of the stove. The air ascends through the heated brickwork, and passes in an intensely-heated state to the air tuyere of the blast furnace and to gas-producers. Four stoves are preferred, one giving up stored heat to the air, while the others are being heated. The inlets and outlets of the stoves are fitted with valves. The valves at the top of the stoves are opened and closed by screw and worm gear. The conduits and MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL, 471 valvo casings for conveying the heated air have non-conducting linings, and the valve seats may be water-lined. Each gas-producer, say, of a group of eight, has two lined chambers. The first chamber, which is the one nearer the furnace, contains coal, coke, or the like, which is ignited and intensely heated by a blast of hot air admitted at the bottom from the stoves. The escaping gases from this chamber pass through a connecting pipe into a combustion chamber at the top of the second chamber, and air for burning them is admitted through a safety valve (as in the air-heating stoves). The intense heat produced is imparted to the brickwork with which the second chamber is filled ; a main leading from its bottom to a chimney. Afterwards the supplies of air are shut off, and steam from a generator is introduced under pressure into the bottom of the second chamber and, ascending therethrough, becomes highly superheated. Passing into the top of the first chamber, the superheated steam descends through the incandescent carbon therein, and the gas thereby generated, consisting chiefly of hydrogen and carbonic oxide, is driven by the steam pressure into a gas main to be used for combustion and heat generation, and reduction of the ore in the blast furnace. Thus a stream of intensely-hot gas is maintained through the gas tuyeres and mingles with the hot air from the air tuyere, combustion being effected. While gas from some producers is being used, others are being revived by generation of heat. The first chamber has a cup and bell or equivalent at the top for renewing the carbonaceous charge, and at the bottom an iron box, provided with a tumbling door for withdrawing the collected cinder. The carbonic oxide in the gas, in ascending from the hearth, reduces the ore in the blast furnace to a metallic state and impregnates the metal with carbon. Various grades of metal containing different precentages of carbon, such as cast iron, steel, and wrought iron, may be produced by varying the height of the charge in the furnace ; the higher the charge is carried, the larger the amount of carbon in the resulting metal. As enough heat is maintained in the hearth of the furnace, even metal comparatively free from carbon can be withdrawn in a fluid state and cast into ingots. After the furnace has been put to work as an ordinary blast furnace with solid fuel and hot blast, the gas is introduced and the solid fuel is gradually (and 472 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. sometimes wholly) removed until the metal produced is of the required quality. \_Dr(iivm(/s,^ A.D. 1882, April 13.— No. 1771. FOX, Samson, and WHITLEY, Joseph.— Treating steel and other metals and compounds thereof. In rolling or otherwise reducing ingots, blooms, bars, etc., the returning of the metal to a re-heating furnace during the process may be avoided by retaining the heat in or communica- ting additional heat to the metal by passing it through portable furnaces or superheaters of a high temperature, or between heated refractory substances, placed adjacent to the rolls or other reducing apparatus, so that the whole process may be continuous. Or a combination of air and carburetted hydrogen gas may be applied under pressure or otherwise ; a combustible mixture may be passed through wire gauze or other medium to prevent explosion, and delivered in sheet flames or jets close to or directly upon the surfaces of the metal, or hot air may be applied thereto ; and the rolls or other apparatus may be like- wise heated. After very thin metal sheets have been rolled by previously heated rolls, they are suspended preferably in a hot- air stove or heated chamber to acquire more even ductility and tensile strength. The use of a current of electricity to act on the heated metal under treatment is not claimed. \_Draivln(j.~\ A.D. 1882, April 17.— No. 1831. -RIPLEY, RoswELL Sabine. — Reducing and purifying metals directly from their ores. The pulverized and preferably heated ore, with a proper admixture of fluxing and purifying materials, may be introduced at a regulated speed through a funnel inserted in a cjvering tile, which closes the upper end of a cylindrical tube provided with blowpipes or burners. The burners are inserted in orifices so arranged that each flame is inclined towards the axis of the tube and is met by a similar flame from the opposite side, the resultant flames being forced downwards along the said axis. MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. 473 Thus the powdered ore etc. will descend through an intense flame formed by the concentrated flames of the different burners^ and will be kept therein by the currents. The powder is quickly melted and the product will fall into a subjacent reservoir^ heated by the prolongation of the flames and by burning more gas therein, and provided with upcast outlet flues for the pro- ducts of combustion, the waste heat of which can be utilized for the process. In a tube of limited length one or more sections may have burners inclined upwards to retard the descent of the metal and detain it in an enlarged reverberatory space, formed where the ascending and descending flames meet, and fitted with outlet tubes and valves or dampers to regulate the escape of gaseous products. Or, with a like object,, the sections may be arranged in steps connected by inclined conduits ; and, to maintain the heat while the metal is flowing along the conduits, blowpipes can be inserted at the angles where the conduits join the tubes, so that flames may flow through the conduit in either direction. The molten metal in the reservoir can be treated according to the product required. In the case of iron, it may be treated directly for making steely or made into a ball to be drawn out in bars etc., or run into pigs or ingots in the ordinary manner. The blowpipes are so arranged that gas and air can be delivered at the point of combustion in each burner in pro- portions to produce either oxidizing, reducing, or neutral flames as required in the different sections. According to a drawing^ the main tube and its refractory lining are perforated by incli.ied air tubes leading from annular air chaiAbers, through which gas burners (in connection with gas chambers) pass into the air tubes. The supply pipes have stop-cocks for regulating the supplies of gas and air to the different sets of blowpipes, and there are valves to control the pressure. The gas preferred is made by the decomposition of water by incandescent carbon, and so consists of carbonic oxide and hydrogen, which powerfully reduce and purify. \_Draiomg.'] A.D. 1882, April 18.— No. 1844. DEIGHTON, William.— Rolling-mills. In a double reversing mill, two pairs of rolls are placed on 474 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. one bed-plate and in one set or pair of standards, frames, or housings, so that the metal can be operated on by both pairs of rolls at the same time. The two pairs are (practically but not necessarily) of the same diameter, and are driven at varying speeds so that each pair will act on the metal without undue strain ; i.e.^ the pair which at the time first receives the metal will revolve more slowly than the other pair. The front pair is driven direct from a first motion shaft, and the back pair by reversing gearing from the same shaft. The varying speeds are obtained by fixing on the said shaft a wheel and a pinion, which are respectively in gear with a loose clutch pinion and a loose clutch wheel on the back shaft. A sliding clutch revolving w^ith the back shaft is fitted with a hand reversing lever or connected to the piston and rod of a steam or hydraulic cylinder, so as to be actuated to connect the back shaft to the other through the pinion or the wheel according as the metal is pass- ing through the mill from the front or the back. In the former case the large wheel on the first motion shaft drives the back shaft through the pinion connected thereto by the clutch ; and in the latter (the clutch being now in gear with the wheel instead of with the pinion) the pinion on the first motion shaft drives the back shaft through the wheel on the latter. Or friction discs or other equivalents may be used. In a rail mill, the two pairs of rolls will be so "gated" or grooved that the metal will be ordinarily passed only once through each groove. The mill may also have two or more pairs of front and back rolls, and ordinary balance mechanism for the top rolls. There may be ordinary gearing for raising and lowering the housing screws. [^Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, April 21.— No. 1913. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — {A communication from Amedee Mathurin Gabriel Sehillot.) — Treating ores, and obtaining iron and steel. After bemg finely pulverized (and, in the case of sulphurets, calcined in retorts to remove excess of sulphur and reduce MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 475 bisulphide of iron to monosulphide), the ores are acted on by concentrated sulphuric acid heated sufficiently to boil and distil it. A long furnace, heated like a muffle, forms a gallery of uniform section to contain a series of cast-iron trucks or pans mounted on wheels to run on rails, the pans fitting so closely within the muffle as only to admit enough air to convert sul- phurous acid into sulphuric. The flames from a grate pass between the muffle and the arch of the furnace. The trucks^ containing a mixture of ore and sulphuric acid, are gradually moved through the furnace, the end doors of which are opened at intervals to remove from the hotter end a truck when " thoroughly dry," and introduce at the cooler end a truck with a fresh charge. Pipes, corresponding with the positions of the trucks in the muffle, lead therefrom to a condenser for the excess of sulphuric acid, while the sulphurous acid passes on to a sulphuric acid chamber, where it is reconstituted and loss is made up by burning sulphur or pyrites. On lixiviating the ore thus treated, soluble sulphates of base metals, such as zinc and iron, are dissolved ; if any ^copper accompanies them, it may be precipitated by iron. On evaporating the solutions and then distilling off the sulphuric acid in large retorts, pure oxides of iron or zinc, or both, remain ^ as large porous cakes ; which harden and are fit for reduction to the metallic state by carbonic oxide. The cakes are charged into a round or rectangular shaft through a door at the top, according to a drawing ; and the metal, continuously reduced at a low temperature, is withdrawn at the bottom. Carbonic oxide^ generated in an adjacent furnace, passes through a flue around ^ I and thence by openings into, the shaft. As the oxides are pure [ and are reduced to spongy metal retaining a little carbon, they are in condition to yield steel at once and of good quality (instead of cast iron, as in an ordinary blast furnace). When the oxides contain only iron, a common cupola furnace, capable of producing a very high temperature, is used. But when zinc is present, the furnace is closed at top, the charges of I spongy metal and fuel being introduced by a bell, openings- ; being provided at a proper height for the zinc vapours to pass off '1 with the gases for collection in condensing-apparatus. The claims include reducing the oxide of iron and the production by subsequent smelting of steel," as specified. l^Draichigs.l 476 MANUFACTURE OF IKON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, April 25.— No. 1949. THOMAS, Sidney Gilchrist. — Bessemer converters. The advantages of the fixed and tipping systems are com- bined in a converter of convenient shape. It may be circular in horizontal section, or elliptical, the longer axis being parallel to rockers, or semicircular on the blowing side and elliptical on the tapping side. The upper part can have a hood as usual, or a concentric shape like an inverted truncated cone. The body is preferably larger at bottom than at top, but it may be cylindrical. The vessel is mounted on two rockers, one on each side, so placed that it will easily oscillate. There are side tuyeres on one side only, and a tapping-hole on the other side. A jointed or flexible pipe can carry the blast into a blast box. The tuyeres are large, preferably with openings of an inch or more in diameter, and the line of tuyeres may be either parallel to the bottom of the vessel, or inclined, in which latter case the vessel, while blowing, instead of being upright, should be inclined in the opposite direction to that for tapping, so that all the tuyeres may be equally immersed in the metal. The vessel may be tilted on its rockers by hand, lever, hydraulic or steam ram, rack and pinion, or otherwise, a catch or wedge holding it at any required angle. Or the vessel may be swung on trunnions as usual, and be moved by a screw and worm- wheel. The blast having been turned on, the pig iron is run into the vessel through an opening (not far from the top, according to £1 drawing). When the blow is finished, the vessel is quickly rocked to lift the tuyeres clear of the metal, and the blast is turned off. The metal is now tapped through a hole, the stopping of which, if it be placed somewhat above the bottom of the vessel, may be lighter and more easily opened. Before tapping, the vessel may be rocked back for further blowing, if needful. The vessel can also be so rocked that one or two tuyores only will blow over the metal to rapidly consume carbonic oxide and keep the slag in an oxidizing atmosphere. Expensive tipping-machinery may thus be avoided, the wear of the upper part cf the lining reduced, and the blow well 43ontrolled. [Draii'ing.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 477 A.D. 1882, April 27.— No. 1095. ANDREW, Henry Herbert. — Heating and rolling metals. To avoid cold rolling with repeated annealing and pickling and to obtain more ductile and purer metal, long lengths of thin metal (rods, strips, or strings), may be rolled hot in a series or continuous train of rolls, between the different pairs or sets of which (or between such as may be requisite) are placed baths of heated lead or equivalents, such as heated tubes, for the passage therethrough of the metal by the aid of guides so that it may become heated enough to be operated on by the next pair of rolls. Thus the metal may be reduced smaller than heretofore possible by hot rolling. The metal before it enters the bath may be slightly oiled to [prevent ?] adhesion of lead, or adhering lead may be afterwards burnt off the m^etal by a gas flame. The baths are heated beneath, open furnaces being more liable to cause oxidation of the metal. The use of electricity for heating the metal is disclaimed. A.D. 1882, May 2.— No. 2071. HADDAN, Herbert John. — (A commimi cation from Lou's de Soidages.) — Manufacture of iron and steel. Ores, previously pulverized, and enriched in accordance with another Specification (No. 2070, A.D. 1882, which relates to the dressing of ores), may be smelted directly on the hearth in a furnace, comparable to a reverberating and a blast furnace . by the agency of carbonic oxide gas, which is burnt either by j. the metalloid itself or by the oxide of the ore at such a |c temperature as the particular ore treated may demand. The [j furnace is constructed of strong metal plates, with binding- ^ rods, forming a closed frame or box, and prolonged into a < chimney at one end. At the other, there are tuyeres with I regulating taps for supplying air and gas. The frame is lined : Avith firebricks, while the hearth is faced with a mixture of fire- ) clay, sand, and grit or graphite, amalgamated with a little I asbestos, well rammed down. A drawing shows a furnace with j a depression in its bed, and at one end an upright shaft, at the y 478 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. top of which is a distributing-apparatus (colander) to supply a continuous and regulated downpour of powdered ore. A slope leads from the bottom of the shaft to the said depression. An outlet pipe conveys the gases of combustion from below the colander to beneath the bell of an hydraulic valve. The bell has two compartments, and communicates with a chimney. A partition separates the compartments ; and by raising or lower- ing the bell, the size of passage and speed of escape of the gases may be varied and the strain inside the furnace be adjusted, There are a small gas holder, acting as a regulator, and a ventilator. The furnace having been heated up to 1500° of temperature by burning carbonic oxide gas therein (during which operation the gases of combustion may be carried off by a branch of the chimney), the melting of the metal contained in the ore, say, ironstone, is effected by converting carbonic oxide into carbonic acid by the absorption of the oxygen of the powdered ore, which descends slowly through the ascending gas and becomes highly heated in the shaft of the furnace During this operation air is excluded, and the carbonic acid produced passes by the other branch of the chimney to apparatus for reconverting it into carbonic oxide for further use. By regulating the supply of gas, the metal (which will run in the lower part of the hearth with slag) will be a soft kind of iron. By employing additional gas in suitable propor- tion, different degrees of carburation may be obtained from the softest iron to steel and the hardest of pigs. The molten iron passes from the hearth to a melting pan, set in masonry beside the furnace, and highly heated by a burning blast of gas and air. The pan has an arched roof, fire flue, small chimney, and tapping pipe, a like pipe being shown as leading from the hearth to the pan. Apparatus for producing and storing carbonic oxide com- prises a furnace with retorts, some for the reduction of car- bonates (until the smelting- furnace gives off carbonic acid), and others for converting carbonic acid generated in the smelting furnace into carbonic oxide. The retorts have upper compartments containing enough glowing coal for the said conversion, while lower compartments in some of them con. tain a mixture of carbonates and coal to produce carbonic acid. A large tank, fitted with hydraulic valves, receives the gases and steam from the retorts. An extractor draws the gas MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 479 off from the tank and forces it into a compensation gas holder, whence the gas is driven into the smel ting-furnace. [Dmiving.'] A.D. 1882, May 3.— No. 2082. LISHMAN, Thomas. — Manufacture of iron and steel, and furnaces therefor. Dispensing with puddling : in making steel the inventor fuses pig iron, ore, or mine, and then treats it in a converting furnace with prepared lime, calcined bone, raw bone, salt, soda, manga- nese, chloride of calcium, ground anthracite, nitrate of soda, iodide of potassium, soda of potassa," or scrap steel or iron, or more than one of these. A perforated pedestal, through which a blast of air or steam can be passed, is arranged to be ^, raised from or lowered into the liquid metal. A blast or steam pipe may be inserted on each side of the furnace, or a piston either at the top or bottom into the metal. The resulting chemical action under intense heat purifies from phosphorus etc., and converts the metal into steel, which may be cast into ingots or slabs for rolling. Malleable iron may be produced by like treatment, and when purified the metal may be run into i moulds, or may be allowed to thicken in the furnace and be balled up. The improvements also apply to the production of steel or malleable iron castings and plate rolls. Such rolls are cast " with an orifice through the centre and circulating the mass of metal in the form of a worm screw so arranged that I each intervening sectional part thereof shall form a solid disc," the air circulating through and around the internal parts of the I roll to check unequal expansion and risk of breakage. Or I orifices may run straight through the roll. Methods of heating double and single furnaces for puddling, ' heating, annealing, or converting, are described. To heat the air fed to the furnace and preserve the materials thereof, J channels may be formed along its bottom or pipes may form ' its bottom, and be traversed by the air passing to the hollow [ firebridge or the fire-chamber. A hollow and perforated central pillar on the bridge may support the roof and emit steam and air. A furnace may have a double fire-grate with a partition t wall between the fire-chambers and extending to the bridge. I 480 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. This furnace may be worked from either or both sides or from the front end by means of suitable doors. A hot-air channel upon the furnace may be covered with light cast-iron plates with sand or the like above them. The furnaces preferably have an iron casing or shell outside the brickwork etc.. and (for the better production of the metals) a lining of ground anthra- cite, blacklead, ground burnt firebrick, common bri'^k, or clay, lime, manganese, silicate of alumina, haematite, and ground forge cinder or scale, mixed and made into bricks or stiff paste and put in as usual. The rubble hole " in the charging-door may have an opening or flue, communicating at its top with a funnel or leading to the chimney, in order to carry off cold air entering the furnace at the hole and prevent its affecting the molten metal. \_Drav)ings.'\ A.D. 1882, May 5.— No. 2130. WILSON, Alexander. — Armour plates. \- As improvements on the prior Specification No. 3472, A.D. 1877, the inventor now uses a wrought-iron backing-plate, while still hot after being rolled, to form one side of the mould, this plate being placed in front of a cast-iron mould plate, which has projecting ribs (of a depth determined by the thickness of steel to be cast) and extending along the bottom and two sides. Powerful screws or a hydraulic ram, fixed in a massive frame of cast-iron bolsters with wrought-iron stay bolts hold the backing-plate against the said ribs so as to make a tight joint and leave a space with an open top edge, into which the steel is ran and allowed to set. The compound plate thus produced is, while hot, quickly expelled from the mould by another hydraulic ram fixed in the bolster behind the mould plate, against a movable and recessed part of which this ram acts ; and is then reheated and rolled to the finished size. The said rams may be brought back into their cylinders by counterweights, or auxiliary cylinders with pistons can be fixed to the rams. To suit different size3 of plates and thicknesses of steel facings, different mould plates or ribs may be used, the same being made removable. If the ribs be made separate from the mould plate, the latter n:.ay be replaced by a hot wrought-iron or steel plate, which MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 481 will then form part of the complete i armour plate. The bed- plate, which may be covered with refractory material, may form the bottom of the mould, instead of using one of the ribs. IDrawh/gs.'] A.D. 1882, May 10.— No. 2212. ARNOLD, Alfred. — Wire woven fabrics. A wire woven fabric for use in rice mills, flour mills, paper mills, blinds, Davy lamps, and like purposes, is tempered as follows : — The wire fabric is passed from a drum, through a furnace constructed of fireclay slabs, and heated by steam and volatile oil jets or by other fuel. The heated fabric is then passed }^ through a bath containing oil or water, its immersion in the bath being ensured by a roller. The bath is supplied with taps, for supplying the liquid and keeping it cool. The hardened fabric is then passed through brushes and guide rollers to a I draw-roller, and is then wound upon a take-up roller driven by friction. For starting the apparatus, metallic tapes are passed through it and fastened to the end of the fabric, the tapes being wound upon grooves in the roller. I Draivings.'] I A.D. 1882, May 11.— No. 2219. MULLER, Thomas Neil. — (Provisional protection only.) — i Casting steel and ingot iron. To facilitate the escape from the molten metal of gas which would otherwise make' the casting unsound, the inventor pro- vides above the casting-ladle a pan or vessel, made in one with y or situated between the casting-ladle and the furnace or its equivalent, from which the molten metal is run. The metal passes through perforations in the bottom of the vessel into the ladle, whereby it is divided into streams and agitated. P [iVo Draivings.'] P 6134. Q 482 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, May IG.— No. 2280. BOWEN, Thomas, and JENKINS, E^xv.— (Provisional pro- tection only.) — Annealing. To maintain a regulated temperature in the annealing-furnace in treating plates, sheets, or wire, the ashpit may be enclosed by doors, and a blower or other device be employed to promote a forced draught instead of using the natural one. To actuate such device, a boiler may be placed between the smoke stack and the furnace, thus utilizing waste products of combustion. The artificial draught may be independently supplied, and a damper or regulator be placed in or near the stack. Such furnaces may be used for annealing or roasting other materials. \_No Dvaicings.'] A.D. 1882, May 17.— No. 2316. FARMER, John. — (Provisional protection o)ily.) — Rolling, straightening, and finishing bars etc. The treatment is described with reference to tubes ; in the case of round bars or rods the mandrel is dispensed with. Tubes are rolled over a central mandrel by means of skewed or oblique rolling surfaces, one internal and the other external, so carried in movable housings hung on a single centre that the obliquity of the axes of the rolls may be varied and reversed during their rotation : the tube may thus be traversed over the mandrel and return without stopping the machine. Upon a strong framing is hung by gudgeons an oscillating frame or bracket, which serves as a housing or bearing for an annular roll disposed transversely to the forward direction of the tube. On the same centre is hung a second framing consisting of two cheeks or plates, on which housings or bearings are formed to carry a roll. Between the periphery of the roll and the inner surface of the ring the tube is led. The ring and the spindle of the roll may be driven in opposite directions by bevel- wheels in connection with rotating shafts. The housings of the ring and roll can swivel on their gudgeons or centres to any desired angle, gearing acting on their housing frames. The obliquity of the rolling surfaces may be thus regulated to vary the speed of forward motion of the tube p MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 483 ! according to the degree of finish it requires ; and a clutch arrangement may reverse the angle or inclination of the rolling surfaces to each other to cause the tube to return. By a screw and hand- wheel one housing frame may be traversed in the line of its centre or gudgeons, to vary the space where the tube is gripped. Instead of both the ring and the roll ~- being skewed, one only might be, and the other be kept at right i angles to the tube ; high burnishing could thus be produced. In connection with the treatment of tubes, the inventor refers to his prior Specification No. 4425, A.D. 1877. Three ' or more rolls set at equal angles might be used, instead of employing two for producing variable revolving backward and forward motion in accordance with that invention. [No Drawings,'] A.D. 1882, May 20.— No. 2381. , COWPER, Edward Alfred. — Regenerative hot-blast stoves. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 34, i A.D. 1870. * Weighted brushes for removing dust from the sides of the f passages in the stoves may be worked from outside the stove j by passing a chain, which carries the brush, over a pulley fixed ) to the end of a tube or bar, and thence horizontally through a D door of the stove and over an external pulley to a balance h weight. A preferably endless chain on a second external pulley, which is fixed on the spindle of the first, enables men I to work the brush chain and brush up and down any passage ( it may be brought over. Projections on the pulleys prevent [t the chain from slipping. The tube or bar, through or along ]i which the brush chain passes, is mounted in a socket for sliding it in or out ; and the socket is mounted in trunnions in an h oval ring so that it may swing horizontally ; various passages ^ can thus be reached by the brush through one door, and the rest through others. A toothed pinion, engaging with holes in the tube and keyed on a spindle with winch handles, facilitates f the longitudinal movement of the tube. The tube has a slot *i in its under side, so that the external pulley of the brush chain f' may project up into it, whether the tube be a short or long V, distance within the stove. A bolt will lock the tube in any [ P 6154 Q 2 i 484 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. position in the socket. The oval ring has bars or arms, turning in sockets which are attached to the door frame, so that the apparatus may be swung back. A.D. 1882, May 22.— No. 2404. WILLIAMS, Philip. — (Provisional protection only.) — Con- verters for making iron and steel. To enable the blast to be stopped at the required time without risk of the metal running back into the tuyeres, the inventor employes tuyeres which descend or are inserted downwards into the metal. These tuyeres may be movable and adjustable, and be capable of withdrawal and replacement during the blowing operation for changing, cooling, or cleaning, and of removal when the blast is to be discontinued. Or the tuyeres may be fixed, and a sufficient pressure of blast be maintained (after the blowing ceases), to prevent the metal from ascending into the tuyeres before it is run out of the converter. [No Draivlngs.] A.D. 1882, May 23.— No. 2430. RAYNES, James Trevelyan, and HEALEY, Bkierley Denham. — Calcining-kilns. Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 85, A.D. 1872 (which partly relates to gas generators). No. 2278, A.D. 1880, and No. 1865, A.D. 1881.' According to the present invention, gaseous fuel passes continually into the ores or other materials under treatment, and, meeting with air which has become heated in rising through the calcined ore below, is burnt ; and the flame, rising through the descending ore above, dries, heats, and calcines it. The ore, in descending towards the combustion chambers, is divided into streams by y\ -topped deflectors upon arches or walls, the flame ascending in nearly vertical currents through the ore, which descends in oblique streams upon inclined surfaces over each of the two or four ranges of gas inlets. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 485 Tiie air is admitted partly by inlets at about the level of the •drawing- out doors and partly through these doors. The heat of the gaseous fuel is kept high by erecting the generators close to the kiln, or by checking radiation when they are built 5it a distance. Yalves regulate the supply of gas and air to the kiln. No dampers are required to change the currents in these isontinuous regenerative kilns ; and, as two currents at least of burning gas are always rising through the ore, more work can be done than in the cases of the secondly and thirdly men- tioned prior Specifications. The gas and air may be partly admitted through flues and inlets, shown in a drawing as built in a wall carrying a central deflector. There are also side flues and inlets for the gas. Flat bars introduced at the drawing-out doors, keep the calcined material from running out when not required. The apex of each deflector is coped with vitrified fireclay blocks, with tie-bars passing through them and into the walls of the kiln. The kilns may also be constructed with an arched top and two side shafts communi- cating with the kiln by inlets near its top (according to a drawing). In this case the charging-openings have doors, which are not wanted when the top is open. The invention also relates t3 the construction of gas generators. \_D7'aivhigs.'] A.D. 1882, June 2.— No. 2599. PATRICK, Alexander. — Moulds for casting steel. An ingot or other mould is made (in one or more pieces) as a complete shell of fireclay or other refractory material, either with one end closed or with both ends open, such shell being burnt or fired. The shell may be made of moderate thickness and be packed with gannister etc. into a cast-iron box, which is perforated or grooved for the escape of gas. Or a thicker shell may be used without the box, but may have external iron hoops or straps to strengthen it. Sometimes an inner renewable shell may be combined with an outer thicker fireclay shell ; or a renewable gannister or like lining may be rammed upon a pattern or core inside a fireclay mould or box. A cast-iron sole-plate is sometimes used to which may be 486 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. bolted vertical iron straps ; these strengthen the mould, and have eyes at the top for the attachment of hoisting chains. The shells are heated in a furnace or stove, or by igniting gas within them, before the molten metal is run in, so that the castings may be less porous than usual. IDi^aimig.'] A.D. 1882, June 2.— No. 2612. LISTER, Charles, and WARDLE, Thomas. — Regenerative hot- blast stoves. The inventors refer to their prior Specification No. 3866, A.D. 1880. The internal arrangement of the combustion and regenerator portions of the stoves (which are heated by burning gas, and impart heat to the blast in turn) is such that the gas and blast alternately and in opposite directions pass through the stove in long vertical currents, a large amount of heating-surface with few sharp curves in the course of the currents being desired. The combustion and regenerator chambers (respectively con- structed of refractory material and cased with iron) may be in two lengths or portions connected together by a passage or tube at the top or bottom. The regenerator contains intersecting walls of brickwork, with spaces or interstices forming long vertical flues for the currents. The combustion chamber has gas and air inlet valves and a hot-blast outlet valve, and the regenerator has a products-of -consumption outlet valve and a cold-blast inlet valve. The regenerator is sometimes divided into three sections by additional walls, respectively open at the top or bottom, so that the currents can ascend through one section and then descend through the next. When the stove consists of two portions connected at the bottom, one portion will contain the firsfc section of the regenerator as well as, and separated by a wall open at the top from, the combustion chamber, while the other portion contains the other sections of the regenerator. The intersecting walls are on arches forming a passage along the bottom of the regenerator or section of it. The accumulation of deposit on the heating surfaces of stoves may be prevented by the scouring effect of the blast when suddenly exhausted through " instantaneous valves " MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 487 before admitting a fresh supply of gas. The valve seat is secured to the casing as usual, and has lugs or jaws formed in opposite parts of the seat, to one of which is attached a cross- bar or lever, working on a pin and fastened down by a bridal or catch attached by a pin to the other lug or jaw. The valve is adjustable by a bolt, screw, or stud, which secures it to the lever, and it may be used as an air valve by being screwed up so as not to close upon the valve seat. A blow from a hammer upon the catch releases the lever, whereupon the valve flies open, but is preserved from injury by chains or the like con- necting the lever to the casing. The blast is exhausted or discharged from the stove (before admitting the gas, in changing from the one to the other) by opening any one of these valves, which are suitably placed at the lower part of the stove. IDmivhigs.'] A.D. 1882, June 5.— No. 2627. FORD, Benjamin. — (^Provhlonal protection onJ y .) — Regenerative hot-blast stoves. To keep the stoves clean and efficient, the confined air or bla&t which remains in the stove when the blast inlet and outlet are closed in changing the stove from blast to gas (each stove being alternately heated by the combustion of the gas, and traversed by the blast to be heated), is made in its discharge to clear the heating- surfaces of the stove from the deposit left by the gas. The stove is divided into several intercommunicating compart- ments, in connection with each of which are placed on the casing of the stove airtight doors or valves to open rapidly or instan- taneously on removing a catch or detent, or the valves may revolve on an axis. Thus all the confined air may be discharged through a particular compartment by opening its valve, and with force enough to carry off the deposit from that com- partment : and this effect takes place in one or other of these li compartments at every change from blast to gas, so that accumulation of the deposit is prevented. I Sometimes each of the compartments may be connected |j separately to the chimney flue, the connections being controlled I externally by doors or valves. \_No Draicmgs.'] 488 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, June 5.— No. 2640. EDWARDS, George Middleton. — {Provisional protection only.) — Corrugating or shaping metal sheets. Corrugations may be made in the shape of three inner sides of a square or parallelogram, or of a dovetail with a smaller open end than base, thus forming channels to retain, on hardening, materials inserted in a fluid or plastic state ; or the corrugations may be differently formed and used. Metal plates, as thick as the openings of the required corru- gations, are placed in slides so fitted to each side of a framework as to leave a space " between each plate sufficient to permit a plate similar in size and thickness, or as may be necessary, to pass between them." These plates form two sets and work as plungers, moving singly and alternately from each end of the frame, and their ends somewhat overlap in the centre of the frame. Each plate contains a slot so placed that sufficient metal is left at the end of the plate to fill the width and depth of the proposed corrugation in its entire length. " In acting as plungers this bar or die of metal, formed by cutting out a slot, will be " the portion of the plates which will overlap in the centre of the frame." A metal sheet having been fixed upright in the centre of the lower part of the frame and between the two sets of plungers, a plunger is started horizontally from one end of the frame, breaks down the free end of the sheet at right angles to its fixed base, and remains upon it to the extent of the die. A forked plunger then rises from below, and one fork is passed through the slot in the pb^nger just operated ; while its other fork, being on the other side of the die of the same plunger, presses upwards to a perpendicular position the free portion of the sheet, and remains on nearly ths same plane as that of the first plunger on the other side of the frame ; a plunger, starting from the other end of the frame to that of the first, now breaks down the free end of the sheet at right angles over the edge of the fork of the plunger on that side, and so completes a cor- rugation formed of three sides of a square or parallelogram. The operation is continued by the action of the different plungers at each end of the frame in turn, further upward movements of the forked plunger being interposed. Afterwards this plunger is withdrawn and then the other plungers, to relea&e the corrugated sheet. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 489 For a dovetailed corrugation, the sets of plungers must terminate in a dovetailed-shaped die, and move downwards at the same angle as the side of the dovetail is to a line drawn at right angles to its base. Either the sheet or one or both sets of plungers must move sideways to effect its release. Again, a square corrugated sheet may be placed on a frame with the open spaces of the corrugations containing metal or I wooden stops of the width of the mouths of intended dovetailed corrugations. The stops are above and below the sheet, as it lies flat, and are so carried by wire shafts that their top and bottom ! surfaces are nearly level with the upper and under faces j respectively of the corrugated sheet. Thrusters, shaped like [■ one side of the dovetail, then exert pressure at one or both ends f of the sheet, which is firmly held between top and bottom plates t; during the lateral squeezing. This causes the sheet at its open ^ corrugations to close upon the stops (which move on the shafting), dovetailed corrugations being produced. r When strong sheets are corrugated by rollers, the sides of the . mouth of the corrugations will slope at an angle of about 60^ ; ' and by the last process the channel corrugation may be converted I- into a dovetail, the pressure being graduated and a first series of : square stops used, if needful. ^ Two jaws, suitably formed and rather wider than the sheets, i may be worked by levers and links to cause them to close on a . sheet at a distance apart equal to the depth of a side of the ' intended corrugation ; and by twisting round through an angle h as they are pressed together will complete one side of a cor- i; rugation. The sheet is then moved to receive the next bend, and so one side of all the corrugations in turn is formed, the t sheet afterwards being turned over and operated on again to I form the other side and so complete the corrugations. A bar, . parallel to the jaws, or the edge of a table, against which the '} bends are held, may regulate the width of the succeeding bend. I( With motive power, however, a pair of machines may be used, ji one fitted with rollers for pushing the flat sheet in, and the other |l with a reciprocating table and hooks for shifting the partly- j[ corrugated sheet turned out by the first machine, the feeding f being automatic. f The invention also relates to curving corrugated sheets i( ( [2Vo Drawings.^ 490 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, June 8.— No. 2682. AITKEN, Henry. — Treating carbonaceous, bituminous, cal- careous, and other substances. The inventor refers to his prior Specifications No. 352^ A.D. 1868 (which relates to treating ironstones and ores and to draw kilns), and No. 57, A.D. 1874 (which relates to coking coal etc.) Ores of iron and other metals are among the substances which may be treated in accordance with the present invention , arsenic, zinc, and other metals being among the products obtainable. Blast-furnace gases and those from the coking of bituminous iron ores and from the calcining of ores may be washed with, or passed through or over, hot or cold tar, pitch, oil, bitumen, grease, or fat, to absorb dust, soot, or other solid suspended matter, including metals, which may be recovered. The gases may be passed into a casing (a horizontal cylindrical casing, according to a drawing) with a central revolving shaft, carrying discs and a wire-gauze or perforated cylinder. The casing is charged with the tar etc., and contains rings, correspond- ing in position to the discs and with an opening in each alternate ring at the upper part at alternate sides, so that the gases pass through the perforated cylinder, which becomes coated with the tar etc., and causes the same to absorb the dust or other finely- divided solid substance carried in the gas. Steam may be passed through pipes (shown as contained within the lower part of the casing) for heating the tar etc. If required, the tar may be cooled by passing cold liquid through pipes in a con- denser. Sulphur and hydrocarbon compounds are among the substances to be separated. Pollution of the atmosphere by soot and sulphur is prevented. The treatment of carbonaceous and bituminous substances for the production of gas, oils, coke, etc. is described, two or a series of chambers or towers being worked in conjunction, or singly, and in different ways : a boiler or water heater may be combined therewith. Ironstone is among the substances to be likewise treated ; when fixed carbon remains in ironstone, and when it is desired to reduce ores to a peroxide, the inventor forces or allows air to enter with a little steam, if any ammonia or sulphur remains to be condensed or absorbed ; otherwise air alone is admitted and the fixed carbon converted into CO. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 491 On the top of a blast furnace (or a gas producer of the blast furnace type) may be erected a series of chambers, preferably upright and wider at the bottom than the top. Coal, ore, flux, and limestone may be charged into the (preferably different) chambers, and the gases from the blast furnace are passed through the chambers to drive out volatile matters from the contents ; after which doors at the bottom are opened, and the materials are dropped on to the tunnel head and charging cone of the blast furnace to be charged thereinto. Pipes may take the gases from the blast furnace up to the top (or sometimes to the bottom) of the chambers (where water or superheated steam is added), and may convey the gases, after traversing the chambers, to condensers. These gases (after being freed from moisture by an absorbent and from ammonia and oils, and after any CO^ has been absorbed by lime or converted into CO. by hot carbonaceous matter) may be forced (preferably as hot as possible) in at the tuyeres of a blast furnace or above the tuyeres ; or other gases may be thus used. Also the blast- furnace gases may be passed through hot carbon or a heater before entering the said chambers, these gases being also other- wise applicable. The doors of the chambers are faced truly, and water, tar, or sand is used to make a tight joint, to and from which pipes convey the water or tar. The top doors may be of firebrick with a luted door above ; the bottom doors are of iron and may be moved ])y hydraulic or other power. To meet the escape of dust and gas, the blast furnace preferably has an upper and a lower bell and cone, below which latter the gases are taken off. Again, the chambers may be placed on the ground separate from the furnace, to the top of which the treated materials are raised as by a hoist, the gas being brought down in protected pipes. Or the top portion of the blast furnace may contain compartments or chambers without bottom ; water or steam (preferably superheated) being inserted through apertures in a pipe in the barrel at or about the bottom of these compartments above half way (or further) ^ down the barrel, to aid in taking off the gases and in producing ammonia. The steam may be introduced by a perforated pipe round the barrel of the furnace. A projection on the walls protects the pipe from descending materials, and directs the steam centrally ; or the pipe is placed m a strong iron framing rossing the furnace among the material. The compartments 492 MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. may be filled by one or separate bells or cones, and the gases taken off by one or separate pipes. Likewise to carry the burden, the barrel may contain one or more stirrers, comprising strong iron or steel wheels like water wheels with perforated blades or discs for the gases to pass through. The shafts of two stirrers, opposite each other, are brought outside and geared and driven by power ; or they will revolve of themselves by the weight of the descending material : half of each wheel is in a hollow projection on the side of the furnace. To aid the steam and gases in getting at all the volatile matters, and to enable caking coal or dross to be used ; the top portion of the furnace may contain strong iron or steel shafts, carrying arms or rods^ and coming through boxes packed with asbestos etc. ; they are revolved by power outside the furnace. Or shafts may pass through the furnace and carry strong arms, approaching each other at the middle of the furnace ; by moving the arms up and down the materials are disturbed or retarded in their descent. Water or steam may be passed through the arms, the form of which may vary ; they may carry chains or rods with balls or bars for disturbing the material below. The materials may be charged wet, instead of introducing steam or water into the furnace. A fan or exhauster or steam jets may be applied about two-thirds up the barrel of the furnace in con- nection with a surrounding flue and small upward passages. The fan draws out and forces up the gases on to, or below the top of the material in the furnace ; and the gases pass down through the material and out to condensers by other pipes. If the speed of the fan be greater, the materials can be washed over and over again with the gases, to reduce the temperature of the latter and raise that of the materials. The space between the two bells may be filled with steam to prevent the escape of gases. Also steam may be admitted into the upper part of the furnace ; it may be sometimes admitted by a pipe, shown in a drawing as descending centrally into the furnace,, and with a conical perforated end. Forcing steam into the top portion of the furnace and downwards to exit pipes m^ay check any chance of explosion on starting the furnace after standing for a time. Water seals along the gas pipes will give relief if an explosion occurs. Raw ores containing CO^ and sulphur can be used at once, the steam and gases carrying off these constituents, and blackband and carbonaceous ironstones may MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 493 I be also reduced or smelted, as well as spent shale containing ,S iron ; various products are obtained with or from the gases. \ In calcining ironstone in chambers, towers, or draw , kilns, provided with balls or doors, water or steam may be admitted to aid in forming ammonia and the fumes be drawn off and [ condensed. Blast-furnaca or other gases may be ussd, instead I of coal, for heating these kilns. I \_DrawiHgs.'\ A.D. 1882, June 8.— No. 2700. c f OGLE, Percy John. — Manufacture of malleable iron. A finely-ground mixture of iron-bearing materials, especially ^ forge cinders or puddling and balling furnace slags, carbonaceous matter, lime, aluminous matter, ani preferably a little salt, is thoroughly incorporated in a mill with sufficient moisture, if needed, for moulding it into thin shapes, preferably^ hollow cylinders, to present the largest surface to the action of heat. I The mixture should be regulated to produce a very fluid slag at a moderate heat, so that it may flow freely from the mass when ^ in the furnace ; and the slag should be basic enough to carry off ' the pho>phorus present. With 700 lbs. of forge cinders may be mixed, 140 of anthracite coal, 84 of lime, 35 of alu- minous ore or clay, and 3 of salt. The moulded shapes are thoroughly dried as by the waste heat of the furnace em- ployed, which may be a puddling, reheating, or like furnace preferably heated by gas, and in which the shapes are then placed on end ; just enough intermeliate space being left for the action of the heat. The temperature is raised and drops of slag soon appear, showing that reduction has commenced, whereupon a highly oxidizing flame should be avoided, and an inside pressure is maintained so that the flame may envelope the shapes, which are protected by the slag running down them. I The slag is tapped off at intervals. When the iron is reduced, sufficient of these masses may be collected or "balled" to produce blooms of from 1 to 2 cwt., which, after being raised to a welding heat, are squeezed to expel the remaining slag, I and then hammered or rolled like ordinary puddled iron. \ [Xo Drawings.'] I 94 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, June 9.— No. 2709. BOLTON, Francis John, and WANKLYN, James Alfred. — Treating blast-furnace and other gases. The removal of tar and dust or soot is described (the gases l)eing afterwards treated for the production of artificial manures and ammoniacal salts). The gases are passed through pipes, into which high-pressure steam is injected as required ; here the tar is removed and the gases are cooled down. When they contain much suspended dust or soot, plates or sheets of metal or of wire gauze or cor- rugated plates are placed in the first pipe or series of pipes into which the steam is injected, the plates being placed parallel to the axis of the pipe, so as to diminish the sectional area as little as possible while offering a large surface to the gases. The plates are suspended on bars for easy withdrawal from the flue or pipe when covered with dust and tar, but it is preferred to clean the plates by stopping the gases and filling the pipe with superheated steam, which will cause the tar to run unless too much dust be present. The gases may be further passed through a chamber of large sectional area and containing plates or sheets as described above. As the gases travel much more slowly, the remnant of the tar etc. is here removed. [No Drawings.^ A.D. 1882, June 9.— No. 2711. TINN, Joseph. — (^A communication from William E. Harris and Edvnn B. Evans.) — Rolls. The journals of the rolls are cast in a chill or metal mould, instead of in a sand mould. By thus chilling and hardening the bearing surfaces of the journals, their abrasion is checked together with the consequent irregularity and increased fric- tion in working the rolling-mill. After being cast, the journals are turned concentrically with the body of the roll and may be then polished to a true working surface. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1882, June lO.—No. 2729. BEARDMORE, 1^ a xc— {Letters Patent void for want of final SpecifiA^ation.') — Steel ingots, and rolling same. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 495 I To dispense with hammering the ingots preparatory to rolling, and to render the bars or plates produced by rolling as . free from flaws as possible, the ingots are cast of an oval or elliptical section in special moulds (^which are not further described). On rolling the oval ingot, the rolls act first on the central or highest portion thereof and in flattening it down : compress or close ^p the gas holes and gradually squeeze out ; the gas from the centre of the surfaces of the ingot outwards, thus rendering the surfaces solid. ' \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, June 15.— No. 2820. 1 BEASLEY, Joseph. — Manufacture of iron, and furnace linings ij therefor. To produce superior malleable iron or steel from impure pig ' iron by removing phosphorus or phosphoric acid, sulphur, and other impurities ; the sides or bottom, or both, of the puddling- or other furnace or converter employed may be fettled or, lined (over the ordinary lining) with a finely-ground mixture of the I iron oxides commonly used, calcined tap cinder from puddling- furnaces, and slags from the hammer or squeezer, with from t 5 to 10 p. c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, 20 to 25 of lime ' (or 40 to 50 of limestone), and 5 to 6 of salt, but the proportions are variable according to the iron treated. The mixture may be applied moist or be first dried, or it may be melted with tap cinder or roll scale etc., and run into moulds of the desired shape or directly into the furnace or converter, wherein a suitable core has been formed. Again, in treating iron containing much phosphorus, like cinder pig, in a furnace thus lined ; a mixture of about 4 lbs. of salt, 4 of oxide of iron saturated with diluted hydrochloric acid, and 7 of lime may be gradually added to the molten bath. But after working successive charges of iron and the slags have become surcharged with lime, less of the mixture must be used. Thus the yield of • iron is increased, and the cost of fettling diminished. The said lining may be also used for the floors of mill or other furnaces instead of sand. It melts with the slag or oxide produced from the iron, and is drawn ofi^ and used for lining puddling-furnaces. [JVo Drawings.'] 49G MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, June 28.— No. 3056. HAMPTON, Thomas. — Removing ingots from moulds. The mo aids are supplied with two opposite loops or rings at the top, and to these are hooked short arms pivoted on two separate levers, which in turn meet and are pivoted at their inner extremities at a point directly over the mould. At this point is also connected a rod or arm carrying a plunger or pushing head. To the outer extremities of the levers are hooked chains, which at a point directly over the mould are suitably connected to the arm of a crane. Where a long thrust or play of the plunger is desired, the two levers may be so pivoted that, when the short arms are attached to the mould and the plunger is resting on the top of the ingot, the said levers will be in a slightly reversed V-shaped position. On raising the arm of the crane, the outer ends of the levers are drawn upward and the inner pivoted ends with the attached plunger are pushed down. The pressure thus exerted on the ingot to force it from its mould will be equal to the combined weight of the ingot and mould. This arrangement avoids the loss of power incidental to forcing the plunger against the interior side of the mould, as in other arrangements. [D7^aiomg.'\ A.D. 1882, June 29.— No. 3064. LONGSDON, Alfred. — (A communication from Frederich Alfred Krupp,) — Producing sound steel and other ingots and castings. Reference is made to the prior Specification No. 2860, A.D. 1881. To lessen the size of the crop end of the ingot and promote its uniform contraction from the bottom upwards, the upper part of the metal in the mould may be surrounded or enveloped by a jacket of liquid slag, heated sand, or other non-conductor of heat in an annular space or chamber with which the mould is provided, and more of the substance is poured directly on the top of the metal, or a plate with a small escape pipe for air and gases may be interposed. Thus the formation of pores or blow holes in the upper part of the ingot is checked. The uniformity of contraction is aided by placing the lower part of the mould MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 497 I in a vessel of water or other fluid of regulated temperature, or a ,1 jacket, through which air is passed, may be used. The inven- i tion applies to ordinary easting and to casting under pressure, in which latter case a " pressure vessel" enclosing the mould may be placed in an outer vessel of water. [Drawing.'] I A.D. 1882, July 4.— No. 3146. FERRIE, ^YILUAM.— {Provisional protection Treating 1 blast-furnace gases. ^ After separating the ammoniacal and other contents from ' the gases by scrubbers provided on the main leading from the blast furnaces to the blast heaters etc., the gases may, if need- ful, have their heating value restored by combining or mixing with them a portion of such tars or hj^drocarbons as have been ' separated from them with the ammoniacal products. For this purpose the gases, instead of passing direct to the stoves etc. to be heated, are led through one or more chambers containing such tars or hydrocarbons in a vaporized state. [No Drawings.] A.D. 1882, July G.— No. 3189. FERRIE, William. — {Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — Treating blast-furnace gases. After separating the ammoniacal and other contents from the gases by scrubbers, provided on the main leading from the blast furnaces to the blast heaters etc., the gases may, if need- ful, have their heating value restored by combining or mixing with them a portion of such tars or hydrocarbons as have been separated from them with the ammoniacal products. For this purpose the gases, instead of passing direct to the stoves etc., to be heated, are led through one or more chambers containing such tars or hydrocarbons in a vaporized state. ' As an alternative, the gases may be led direct to the dis- charging orifice, in issuing from which they are burnt in the blast heaters etc., and the tars or hydrocarbons in a fluid or vaporized state be added to them either just before or after j issuing from the nozzles. [No Drawings.] 498 MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. A.D. 1882, July 8.— No. 3250. BURCH, Joseph, and ALLEN, Russell.— Manufacture of iron and steel. Large quantities of malleable iron and steel of uniform quality may be produced, with economy of fuel and labour, in furnaces comprisinor a main fire-chamber, a long rocking refinery or multiplex hearth chamber, and a rotating balling-cylinder. The wide and large fire-chamber is arched over and lined with refractory material, and has openings for introducing fuel and regulating the fire. Grate bars are supported by bearers as usual. The firebridge consists of a Q-shaped metal tube, open at both ends and covered by firebrick. This chamber may rest on its own rockers on a separate expansion-carriage, but rocks concurrently with the refinery. The carriage rests on antifriction rollers, movable on rails, for ready withdrawal (when needed) to gain access to the refinery for repairs, etc. Or the fire-chamber may be without a rockiug movement. The refinery has a metal casing, firebrick lining, and arched roof, over which tie-beams extend crosswise. Plain transverse rockers are attached to its under side, while intermediate rockers are furnished with strong shrouded teeth to engage with like teeth formed on rocker planes of expansion carriages ; the latter (of which there is a series) support the whole weight, and adjust themselves to the longitudinal expansion and con- traction due to heating and cooling. They severally consist of two outside transverse girders, whereon the plain rockers rest, and one central transverse girder with teeth as above men- tioned. All tensile, tortional, or deflective strain on the refinery is avoided, as well as lateral slipping of the rockers on the girder planes. The ends of the girders of each carriage are bolted to side frames, mounted respectively on a separate set of antifriction rollers, which rest and can roll on foundation side rails. Cams on two longitudinal shafts, driven in unison by spur-wheels, revolve in the spaces between the expansion carriages, and act in succession on rollers, the axes whereof are mounted in bosses cast on the plain rockers. Thus the sides of the refinery are alternately lifted, to tilt it first to one side and then to the other, the motion being intermitted at the extreme end of the action on either side, while concentric portions of the peripheries of the cams are in contact with the rollers. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 499 The floor of the refinery has many narrow hearths or channels, arranged transversely side by side, and alternately inclining in opposite directions. They collectively form a long series, extending from the fore to the after end of the refinery, and are separated from one another by divisional ridges or fences, but alternately communicate at the sides of the refinery by junction inclines. Charges of about from 1 to 1 J cwt. of molten metal of high and equable temperature from a smelting or melting furnace are introduced into the receiver, shown in a drawing as situated at the fore end of the refinery, each time it rocks over to the feeding side. The charges follow each other in constant succession as they flow along the hearths, crossing and re-crossing the refinery, and from the ends of the hearths run down the inclines into pools, and thence flow along the next hearths until the last is reached. The metal should soon begin to boil ; and it becomes gradually decarburized, desulphur- ized, dephosphorated, and freed from silicon etc., so as to reach the far end of the refinery in a highly purified, but still molten, state ; the rocking speed being regulated accordingly. ^ Thence the metal runs along a gutter into the balling-cylinder, the fore end of which communicates with the after end of the refinery by a fixed flue passage, a packing of silicate cotton or asbestos rope preventing ingress of cold air. The cylinder is a long tube, embraced by strong external rings, which re^t upon rollers, mounted on pedestals and made broader than the rings to provide for longitudinal expansion. A narrow helical ridge projects from the lining of refractory material within the cylinder from end to end in the direction of its axis ; and forms one continuous spiral thread, the pitch or distance apart of the turns being, say, 12 inches. By means of annular gearing around the cylinder in connection with spur-wheels and shafts, the cylinder rotates once while the refinery rocks over once to each side. As the charges, which enter the cjdinder just before the metal comes to nature," pass through it, they change to a pasty state and are gradually rolled up into plastic masses, which in regular rotation are discharged as puddle balls, as they roll upon a self-closing trap-door ; and they are conveyed on small trucks to shingling hammers for usual treatment. An annular wall plate, which receives the end of the cylinder, is fixed in front of the chimney or otherwise. 500 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. Pyrometers are used, and an equable heat may be main- tained throughout the length of the refinery by injecting at intervals fine or copious streams of gas by the inductive force of compressed air or superheated steam. The gas and air or steam mix in traversing passages made upwards through the divisional ridges, and rows of flame are produced along their upper edge ; gas can be also burnt along the sides. Or small auxiliary fire-grates, attached to the furnace at side openings^ may burn solid fuel or preferably the vapour of hydrocarbons^ or gas aerated. The whole of the flames etc. pass into the cylinder, wherein the heat may be checked by dampers, or raised by means of an annular arrangement of burners at the fore end. Fluxes, oxide of iron, or other purifying and oxidiz- ing agents, in the state of powder, may be injected into the refinery by fine streams of compressed air or other fluid. For this purpose every time the furnace rocks, a bell-crank lever may press forward an adjustable sliding bolt within a passage^ with which the bottom or a hopper, charged with the required agent, communicates. Thus a portion of the agent is pushed forward and falls upon a surface, whence it is carried into the furnace by the jet of air. The apparatus is provided with various doors, covered open- ings, and eye-holes, for introducing materials etc. employed, gaining access to the interior, removing scoria, etc , and in- specting the process. Yarious internal parts are formed of moulded blocks of the most refractory and indestructible material. Currents of water may flow through parts exposed to the greatest heat, and the blocks may be further protected by a coating or lining of a plastic mass, which is composed of bauxite, rendered coherent by a little silicate of soda, or clay, and about 6 p.c. of graphite, it is infusible, becomes intensely hard under strong heat, and can resist (it is believed) the attrition of the flowing metal. To produce steel or steely iron, ai^, heated or otherwise (or vapour), is also blown through the metal by means of a series of tuyeres slanting downwards into the several pools ; and a regulated amount of molten spiegeleisen or other richly carbu- retted metallic substance is poured into one pool near the far end, to mingle with each charge of purified metal and re carburize it. The charges are then run through a tap hole separately into ingot moulds. Melted scrap may also be added % MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 501 to the charges near the end of the process to improve the quality of malleable iron. In place of using one long rocking refinery, a series of short rocking refineries, severally containing a number of narrow hearths placed side by side, may be combined to act together on the charges of metal, which are introduced into the first and, after passing therethrough, are delivered automatically into the second, and so on to the last of the series. Each refinery has a main firegrate, and the products of combustion may pass^ direct from each to underground flues leading to a common chimney. In this case no auxiliary heating-apparatus is con- templated. A spout delivers the charges from one refinery into the next throughout the series : all are made to rock in concert by means of a diagonal shaft and connections. [Drawmgs.'] A.D. 1882, July 8.— No. 3253. PARRY, Robert. — (Provisional irrotection only.) — Smelting- purple ore " and other iron ores. The ore, fuel, and flux, reduced to fine powder, are injected by a blast of air into a bath of metal already molten, preferably in a vessel like a Bessemer converter. Reduction would be instantaneous, when subjected to the heat of the molten metal ; the whole smelting would thus take place below the surface of the metal, the gaseous products of combustion passing off. The powdered materials can be fed into the blast by a screw,, revolving within a tube which op 3ns into the blast pips. \_No Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, July 10.— No. 3256. SNOW, Chester Ammen. — {A conimunication Jroni Cyrus B. .S?7Z.)— Rolling-mills. A set of two or more rollers is arranged in a common frame with their axes at an angle to each other and to that of the hot or cold metal being rolled, which receives rotary and pro- gressive movements and is reduced to the proper size and a true cylindrical shape. The side? or housings of the frame have 502 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. seats for the blocks or boxes, in which the shafts of the rolls are journalled, the boxes being radially and independently adjustable by means of set-screws for adjusting the rolls to produce cylindrical articles of different sizes. Three rolls, which may have concave sides, or be cylindrical, conical, or of other shape, may be arranged spirally as it were, around a central longitudinal axis. The rolls may be all of the same or of different sizes, and be plain or corrugated. The shafts of the rolls are provided at one end with pinions whereby they are rotated in the same direction, the power being connected to the rolls separately or in pairs or altogether. For rolling articles of small diameter, one roll may be replaced by a fixed bar having spiral sides or faces to correspond with those of the adjoining rolls between which it is fitted ; closer adjustments can thus be made. Rolling-mills with concave-sided rolls arranged spirally around a longitudinal axis, and spirally-arranged rolls made adjustable at their ends, are not claimed. [Draicing.'] A.D. 1882, July 13.— No. 3333. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from Charles Edicards.) — Purifying metals, particularly iron and steel. Wrought, cast, and malleable iron, steel, etc. may be -annealed or heated in a current of hydrogen gas, purified by washings, in order to extract all the metalloids (sulphur, phosphorus, silicon, arsenic, nitrogen, etc.) prejudicial to the quality of the metal treated. The pieces of metal are placed in cast-iron or other retorts, varnished or enamelled, hermetically closed by covers, and heated to 600° or 700° C. There are inlet and outlet openings and tubes for the passage of the hydrogen ; the outlet tube being plunged into a liquid reagent, for instance, a copper liquor, which prevents the entry of air, indicates by its appearance the extent to which the impurities have been extracted, and allows the gas pressure to be conveniently regulated. The hydrogen carries off with it aqueous vapour, which comes into contact with the particles of metal, and the temperature destroys the combinations of iron with the MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. 503 metalloids, which are extracted as gases in combination with hydroge3i. The excess of hydrogen prevents oxidation of the iron, and reduces rust particles which prevent perfect welding. The hydrogen also acts upon the carbon, part of which is disengaged as hydrocarbon gas when much carbon is present, while the remainder is left uniformly diffused in the metal. [/Yo Dmicbigs.'] A.D. 1882, July 14.— No. 3352. BENNETT, James Moss.— Manufacture of iron and steel. Malleable iron may be directly produced in a furnace, which is charged with the materials for treatment like a blast furnace, with a closed top, but which has the form of a conic f rustrum with f the larger diameter at the bottom. Vertical rows of tuyeres extend from the top to nearly the bottom of the furnace, each tuyere having a shut-off valve or cock, so that hot blast can be admitted to or turned off from any part of the column of materials in I the furnace. The gaseous products, not being able to escape above, are discharged at the bottom of the furnace below the \ tuyeres through one or more passages or openings, fitted with ' water-bridges and leading into reyerberatory balling-chambers^ whence flues may conduct to a chimney, condensers, or else- Avhere. The lowest three rows of tuyeres are water-tuyeres. The quantity of carbon in the furnace must suffice to maintain the necessary heat by its combustion and to reduce the iron ores, without melting the reduced metal, which descends in a plastic sponge-like state to the hearth. The hearth preferably has a flat conical form to cause the metal to fall toAvards the said passages, whence it exudes or is drawn out into the rever- beratory chambers. Openings are provided at the lower part of the furnace for inserting tools to draw the metal into the chambers. Within the said chambers, which are fitted with doors, * and the roofs of which deflect the gaseous products upon the pasty or spongy iron, the metal is formed into balls as usual to be shingled or squeezed. The reverberatory chambers are preferably con- structed wholly of firebrick, and are framed up as usual by iron I plates, framing pieces, and tie-bolts. By means of the tuyeres? oxygen or air may be forced into the furnace at any pointy 504 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. should scaffolding " or ^' hanging" occur or the working other- wise become irregular, or if it be desired to vary the carburiza- tion of the metal. The outer ends of the tuyeres preferably have a small window for inspecting the action of the furnace. The upper part or shaft of the furnace is carried upon columns, whereon mantle-plates rest. To produce cast steel direct, the shape of the furnace may be more like that of an ordinary clrse-top blast furnace or cupola ; a,nd the carbon should suffice to carburize the reduced metal about sufficiently for cast steel. The hearth of the furnace is a receiver or crucible, and the molten metal produced is tapped therefrom and led through a movable curved channel piece into the adjacent reverberatory chambers (through which the gaseous products of the furnace pass). Here the metal is sampled, and wrought-iron scrap or cast iron scrap will be added as required to reduce or increase the carburization before casting the metal. The crucible has other tapping-holes for the slag ; these holes may be left open continually or closed temporarily. l^Di^aivings.'] A.D. 1882, July 14.— No. 3354. BENNETT, James Moss — Furnaces for making pig iron. Instead of the gaseous and vaporized products passing off at or near the top as in an ordinary blast furnace, they are made to descend as well as the fluxes and reduced metal, which all pass through and react upon one another in the hottest zone of the furnace. The furnace has a closed top formed of a double gas trap or charging apparatus, i.e., a cover above a cone. A series of tuyeres extend from the top to the bottom or reducing zone of the furnace, those toward the bottom being water- tuyeres and preferably arranged at closer intervals vertically than those above the boshes. Each tuyere has a stop valve for putting it in or out of action, so that the working of the furnace is under control and irregularities may be corrected. At the outer end of each tuyere pipe is a small window of mica or other material for inspecting the interior of the furnace. The ore may be calcined in the furnace and unprepared fuel be used, and the liberated hydrocarbons have to pass the melting zone, where a further supply of blast is introduced and the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 505 intense heat for smelting results : the quantity of hot blast entering at the uppermost set of tuyeres only sufficing for partial combustion. The said fuel becomes converted into coke, which descends as the coke in the melting zone is burnt. At the lower part of the furnace the gaseous products escape through openings, leading to flues or an annular or other shaped chamber ; and, although the gas may not be combustible, it retains heat enough for use in hot-blast stoves etc. Water- blocks may be formed over the top and down the sides of the openings, which as well as the flues may be strengthened by plates, framing pieces, and bolts. The upper part of the furnace may be carried upon columns, a mantel-plate being built in and resting on the columns. Drawings represent three upright blast pipes leading to the tuyeres from a large blast pipe, which is carried round the furnace on brackets. \_Draw'mg.'] A.D. 1882, July 19.— No. 3129. WILSON, Alexander. — {Provisional protection only.) — Con- veying rolled rails and bars on to and arranging them on a bed etc. After the rail has been sawri and straightened, it is usually transferred sidewise to one or other of the hot beds " at each side, where it remains to cool, two or more carriages running on wheels in channelled plates or guides (which are fixed to the framework of the hot bed at right angles to the straightening bed). The carriages are below the surface of the rails, and have an upwardly projecting hinged pawl or tongue, which pushes the rail sidewise as the carriage travels along. According to the present invention, the carriages are hauled to and fro along the guides by chains passing to winding-drums at the outer ends of the hot beds, one set of drums winding on chain, while the other set is unwinding ; and two shafts, which carry the two sets, being geared to be driven simultaneously. Thus the carriages, when set in a line parallel to the straightening bed, must remain parallel, so that the rails moved sidewise will be kept parallel to one another. The pawl on each carriage is made reversible for pushing the rails to the right or left hand, and in each position is held up by a spring, v/hich allows it to 506 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. yield when the carriage (in moving in the opposite direction to that of the movement of the rails) has to pass below a rail on the straightening-bed. To make the hauling-chains travel to and fro in straight lines below the beds, the said drums are mounted to be traversed endwise along their shafts. The drums while revolving receive an endway motion, so that the chains may coil themselves spirally around the drums, while the portion of chain between the drum and carriage may remain in practically the same straight line. The endway motion may be given by two screws, mounted one on either side of the drum parallel to its axis, revolved by gearing from the drum shafts, and made to screw through the ends of a cross-bar which at its centre engages with a groove formed round the exterior of a boss at one end of the drum. Or instead of the drums, the shafts might be made to traverse to and fro through their bearings. Again, the chains might be led between pairs of guide rollers at the outer ends of the hot beds and thence on to winding- drums between other pairs of guide rollers, which as the drums revolve are traversed endwise along them, so as to lay the chains on to them uniformly in spiral coils. Or, if the drums are far enough from the guide-rollers at the ends of the beds, they might have spiral grooves around them for the chain to lie in, traversing guides being dispensed with. [No Draivhtgs.'] A.D. 1882, July 26.— No. 3545. GJERS, John. — Treating steel ingots. As a modification of the inventor's prior Specification No. 1089, A.D. 1882, a portable, vertical, soaking-pit to contain one ingot may comprise a strong metal box or casing, en'i^losing a mass of brickwork or other refractory material to absorb and accumulate much heat so that the temperature of a cool ingot may be raised by heat stored in the pit. The ingot rests on a bottom like sand, and a tight cover closes the pit. A small space, containing loose material which badly conducts heat, separates the brickwork from the sides of the casing and allows the former to expand. By angle pieces the casing is strengthened and m.ounted on girders, supported by the axles of wheels, so that the apparatus can be moved from the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 507 ; casting pit to the blooming mill. Several such pits or cells^ each to contain one ingot, may occupy one mass of brickwork. Or the pits may be arranged horizontally like pigeon-holes, and may sometimes contain more than one ingot. The bottom of each pigeon-hole contains a ledge to receive the ingot, where- upon the two-pronged charging tool employed may be with- drawn. These holes may have hinged or jointed doors or • covers at one or both ends, according as the holes extend either partly or wholly through the brickwork ; and the apparatus ''■ with horizontal pits maybe portable or stationary. Again the r ingots may be carried through a long flue-like brickwork chamber upon a travelling platform or support, which may i: comprise several rollers, each having on one end of its axle a ' bevel- wheel in gear with a like wheel on a rotating shaft , placed parallel to the chamber. At each end of the chamber is \ an opening (for the ingots) having a metal plate, door, or cover, ; with deep blocks or pieces of brickwork, which are secured to ■ its under side by bolts, with eyes for lifting the door. The temperature of ingots is thus caused to become thi:ough- out sufficiently uniform for rolling without reheating in a I furnace. False covers, consisting, for instance, of an iron or ■ steel plate, or of brick, or of metal with brickwork or other refractory material, may aid in keeping the ingots hot. \_Drawings,'] A.D. 1882, July 27.— No. 3563. ' , BEARD, Ambrose. — Regenerative furnaces. I The checquer work or reticulated structure constituting the i regenerator, instead of being beneath, is to be placed above the 1 furnace proper. The regenerator is then carried on girders supported by columns, and is enclosed by a light iron or other ■ casing, thus saving brickwork, facilitating cleaning and repairs, and avoiding loss of heat from damp foundations. Also small I particles of ore, when used in decarburizing steel, are no longer carried by the gaseous current into and injure the checquer , work, for, the said current being upwards, the particles fall before reaching the checquerwork. A drawing of a furnace for melting steel &c. shows the regenerator as connected with the ' ends of the melting chamber by vertical flues. The flues and 508 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL, valves for admitting the gas and air into the regenerator and for carrying oif the waste products of combustion therefrom are shown placed upon the top of the regenerator. The said products may descend through a (preferably) vertical tubular boiler on their way to the stack. IDmivings.'] A.D. 1882, July 29.— No. 3606. BEESLEY, William Thomas. — Heating and rolling steel and other metals. To avoid the rapid cooling of long thin metal while being rolled, a furnace in two divisions is so arranged in proximity to, and in a line with, the rolls that the metal may pass freely to and from the rolls and receive heat without becoming entangled, the metal being projected into and withdrawn from elongated furnace chambers or flues by the action of the rolls. The tw^o divisions of the furnace allow of one end of the metal being passed into and through, or into and out of, the other division. Thus the only part of the metal exposed to the air is that passing through the rolls and between them and the furnace which may be heated in various ways, including by the heat from a blast furnace, and sometimes the chambers may be externally heated. The furnace chambers may have an incline of about one in seven to ensure the end of the metal passing out of the rolls towards or into the chambers falling out of the way of the following metal. The fire may be at the lower end of the furnace, the heated gases traversing one furnace chamber and returning by the other chamber above it down to and escaping by an ordinary flue, openings being left for the gases to pass from the lower into the upper chamber. Ports for the passage of the metal into the chambers are built narrow to check the entry of cold air. According to the and the steel-melting furnaces are better adaptable to the basic process, for the rapid melting away of the junction between the basic material and the silica bricks becomes avoidable. The whole melting-chamber may be built of basic bricks, and the basic work may end in the gas and air pipes, the lining of which is so thin that its rapid melting will be prevented by the cooling action of the external air. The air pipes may be directly behind the gas pipes, or set alternately with them, or otherwise arranged. The drawings show the gas-inlet ports as placed in the end walls of the combustion chamber, and the air-inlet ports in the roof at each end. The pipes may be more or less numerous than the corresponding ports. IDrawing.'] A.D. 1882, November 13.— No. 5411. FELTON, William.— Furnaces for heating iron etc. The invention, which is illustrated by drawings of a reheating- 544 MANUFACTURE OF lEOX AND STEEL. furnace, relates to the method of burning the fuel, a gas producer being constructed as p£irt of the furnace. \_Draicing.'] A.D. 1882, November 15.— No. 5449. ASTHOWER, Friedrich, and BIGHEROUX, Toussaint.— Rolling-mills. To avoid the liability of tubular guides to become choked when a small burr or beard becomes formed on the rod being rolled, the inventors employ pairs of guiding rollers to conduct the rod between pairs of rolls when placed one behind another. These rollers are mounted on a plate behind the pair of rolls, and are adjustably fixed by screw bolts, which form the spindles whereon they turn. Two rollers of the same shape are placed side by side, one having its base at the bottom and the other its point or apex. Rollers with suitable curved peripheral surfaces are employed for oval die grooves, and conical rollers for flat and square shapes. The taper of the rollers and their distance from the pair of rolls will determine the extent or twist given to the rod when it passes through them. If the rod passes from an oval die groove to a square or round one, it must be turned in a restangle ; in rolling flat bars the turn is 180°. The shape of the rollers and their distance from the preceding, as well as from the succeeding, pair of rolls, must therefore be determined according to require- ments. A funnel is also emploj^ed, the axis of which is coincident with that of the die groove which precedes it, the funnel being fixed in front of the next pair of rolls. The funnel catches the rod and, correcting any deviation, conducts it in proper position to the next die groove. The end of the funnel is of that cross-section which the last pair of rolls has imparted to the rod, and its width in front is suited to the deviations from a straight line which may occur in the path of the rod. A.D. 1882, Decembar 4.— No. 5764. BRENTNALL, John CRESSWELL.—Puddling-furnaces. Furnaces and mechanical stokers for steam boilers, etc., are MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 54f) described, but part oi: the invention specially refers to puddling- furnaces. The fuel descends from a hopper into a box, where it is crashed between a rotating toothed roller or set of toothed wheels and moving curved toothed bars ; and, thence descending into a combustion chamber, falls upon compound furnace bars near their outer ends. By means of eccentrics or cams these bars receive end and lifting movements, which propel the fuel along them from the combustion chamber till, on rea^?hing their inner ends, its combustible part is exhausted. In passing from the combustion chamber the fuel goes under a bridge or archway, the space beneath which regulates the thickness of the fuel on the bars within the furnace, where the fuel has become incandescent. In furnaces for puddling iron or like purposes, where fuel has to be supplied at times to generate gas for pre- venting the oxidation of the metal, the inventor arranges a separate hopper, or forms a shoot from the hopper feeding to the combustion chamber, so that, by drawing a damper, fuel may b(i supplied to the furnace beyond the bridge or arch, and fall upon the incandescent fuel on the bars and generate gases. A.D. 1882, December o.— No. o780. EDWARDS, Gkouge Mi ddleton.— Corrugating metal sheets. The corrugations or channels may be made of various shapes, including three sides of a square or parallelogram, or a dovetail with the open end less in extent than the base (so as to retain materials plastic when introduced but afterwards hardenino-) by using a machine comprising a pair of iron or steel jaws of suitable section and of a length equal to the width of the sheets for treatment. The lower jaw is capable of turning through a moderate angle and, by means of levers and radius rods, is connected to the upper jaw so that, as the latter is pressed down on the sheet, the former will press against the bottom surface of the sheet and twist round a sufficient length of metal to form one side of the intended corrugation. Thus the sharp edges of the jaws close on the flat sheet at a distance apart equal to the depth of a side of a corrugation, and sliding of the sharp edges on the sheet is avoided so that the wear r Gir4 546 MANIJFACTTjRE OF IROST AND STEEL. of the jaws and power needed are small. The sheet passed through these jaws is moved a suitable distance after each bend before receiving the next. It first receives a series of bends in one direction, each of which forms one side or half of a corrugation. By then returning the semi-corrugated sheet through the jaws, the other sides of the corrugations are formed. A pair of jaws may be mounted on frames for working by hand ; a bar, extending from one frame to the other, is fixed parallel to and at a suitable distance from the jaws. Against this bar the bends first formed are held, while the following bends are made, to keep the feeding regular. When motive power is used the feeding is made automatic, the flat sheet being passed between a pair of rollers on one side of the jaws, and moved on a suitable distance atfter each bend has been formed. The i oilers can have a roughened or india-rubber surface to prevent the metal slipping. After a number of sheets have teen thus semi-corrugated, the rollers are removed and the following arrangement for feeding the semi-corrugated sheets is attached on the other side of the jaws. A table contains slots at the end nearest the jaws. By the side of these slots are projecting arms, which fall into recesses formed in the lower jaw. Levers are so arranged that a cam on the driving- shaft can raise them till the ends come about the depth of a corrugation above the surface of the table, but as they are I'aised higher the table also is pushed up. Another cam moves these levers backwards and forwards, while a third prevents the lower jaw dropping until the upper one has been raised sufficiently. As the upper jaw rises, the levers come up through the slots at the end furthest from the jaws and, pushing up the table, raise the sheet off the lower jaw. The levers then move forward, and move the sheet forward by pushing against a bend formed by the first bending process. After this the table and levers descend and drop the sheet on the lower jaw in position for receiving the next bend, and then the levers move back to their former position. The cam, which moves the levers to and fro, will also drive the rollers when in gear, by means of a rocking shaft and ratchet-wheel ; and by an ordinary mechanical method the feeding is made adjustable to vary the distance between the bends. One machine of a pair may be fitted with rollers, and the other with the apparatus for feeding the semi-corrugated sheets. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 547 Again, the sheets may be passed between cogged rolls, by which a corrugation is made with the opan ends wider than the closed ; to complete the corrugations in the form of a dovetail or square, ths sheets are placed in a michins comprising a series o£ bars of a T-section, which by falling into these corrugations and being subsequently forced together by horizontxl and vertical pressure crush up the sheet into the form required. The sheet being placed on bottom bars, top bars may be screwed down on to it, and the bars also be screwed together, jointed rods keeping them equidistant. [Urawhigs.'] A.D. 1882, December 6.— No. 5829. PROSSER, William. — {Provisional protection only.) — Manu- facture of mild steel. To avoid the secret defects to which articles are liable when manufactured from large ingots of great thickness, owing to the risk of (especially) internal fractures becoming developed' in the latter, the inventor casts steel or ingot iron from the converting- vessel or ladle into comparatively broad and thin sheets or slabs, say, an inch thick, the metal having already been tested to ensure sufficient freedom from carbon and other foreign matters to make it weldable. The sheets, when cooled sutfi- ciently, are by shears or other machinery cut into convenient strips, both in width and length, for piling, and then treated as bar iron or steel produced by puddling. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1882, December 7.— No. 5835. PIEPER, Carl. — {A communication from Carl Scheibler.) — Obtainmg oxides for use in making iron. Slags obtained in dephosphorizing iron by the Thomas- Gilchrist process or like basic slags, after being finely powdered and particles of iron or steel separated, may be roasted with stirring in a furnace with an oxidizing-flame, whereby the caustic lime and magnesia and certain compounds thereof de- compose the protophosp hates of iron and manganese, combining P 6154 <^ 2 m MANUFACTURE OF TROX AXD STEEL. with the phosphoric acid, while oxides of iron and manganese are set free and converted into sesquioxides, or combinations of protoxide and sesquioxide, less affected by acids than protoxides. Moreover sulphides of lime and magnesia are decomposed, and the decomposition of the phosphates of iron and manganese is aided. Any sulphide of iron will be also decomposed. After- wards the roasted slag is treated in wooden vessels, lead-lined iron tanks or cemented cisterns of masonry, with just sufficient muriatic acid to dissolve all the phosphates and silicates of and the remaining caustic lime and magnesia, the commercial acid of 21° Beaume being diluted with at least 1> times the quantity of water to prevent iron and manganese from being appreciably dissolved and gelatinous silica from separating, while nearly all the phosphoric acid will pass into solution. The action may be promoted by mechanical agitation, or by introducing jets of steam or air into the mixture, heat accelerating the dissolution. The solid residue, containing the oxides of iron and manganese with a little silica, may be utilized for the manufacture of iron. Other acids may be used, but without advantage. I No Draf/'hif/H.] A.D. 18S2, December 9.— No. 5889. JONES, John Allcock. — {Prorhfonal protectwn only.) — Ingot moulds, and equalizing the heat of steel ingots. To allow the heat of an ingot to depart so slowly and uniformly that the ingot can be hammered or rolled without reheating, the ingot mould and its cover and the bottom plate, whereon it stands, may l)e enveloped in a non-conducting matei'ial to prevent too rapid ]-a,diation of heat. The material is held in place l)y a casing attached to the mould and bottom plate, or separate from one or both of them. An internal pro- jecting flange at the bottom of the casing will keep the mould in plac3 and serve for the material to I'est on. The mould may have external, and the casing internal, projecting lugs, so that when the mould and casing are removed, the mould will be suspended V)y its lugs on those of the casing, a bolt passing through the lugs if needful. Provision is made for attaching a lifting hook or bar to the top of the casing and mould. Some- times the mould may be surrounded bv brick or stonework or MAXUFACTUEE OF IRON AXD STEEL. 549 } other noii-conductiTig material (which may be sand, clay, coal, coke, charcoal, slag wool, bricks, or a composition), the casing being dispensed with. After filling the mould, it is covered with loam, sand, or a cast-iron cover lined with brick. When the ingot is fit for rolling etc., the casing and mould are lifted off, or they may be removed with the bottom plate to a storage ground ready for the rolls. The mould and casing may be cast in one, with an intermediate space, and connected together at the bottom or elsewhere. An inner casing may fence off the material from contact with the mould. Hot air or gas might i form a sufficient non-conducting medium between the casing I and mould. A.D. 1SS2, December 19.— Xo. ()050. COWPER, EowAiM) Alfred, and COWPER, Charles Edward. — Regenerative hot blast stoves. i Reference is made to the prior Specifications No. 34, A.D. I 1870, No. 887, A.D. 1872, and No. 1623, A.D. 1874. The bricks for forming the flues or pxssages of the stoves ( may be so shaped that, while strong enough for transport, they ' will divide the space within the stove into a great number of equal and symmetrical passages separated by a single moderate thickness of brick, thus operating better than double thick- nesses for absorbing and giving out heat. The bricks are made as geometrical figures or sections thereof so selected that they fit to each other and form passages completely occupying the said space somewhat like the cells of honej^combs. Triangular, square, or hexagonal figures may be used. When three triangular bricks with triangular holes through them are placed together, they will enclose a similar triangular space in the middle. When a number of star shaped bricks, having a central round hole and six projeoting rays with intermediate hollows ) of circular form, are laid with the rays of one meeting those of another, a series of circular flues are produced. Stars, divided into three symmetrical segments, may be laid with the bricks of one layer breaking joint with those of the next. I Square flues with rounded corners may be formed from solid I bricks in the shape of long rectangles with parts projecting at ^[ANUFACTUIIE OF IKON ANlJ STEET.. each side, the shouklers of the projections being rounded to form the rounding of the angles of the flues ; or, if the shoulders have a slope of 45°, the flues will be octagonal. Sometimes the upper mouths of the passages may be made larger than the parts below, by omitting some of the bricks or segments in the upper layers ; so that there may be ample room for deposit where the flame and hot gases first enter. By using some bricks thinner than others for the bottom course (but bricks of equal thickness above), a bond is produced for keeping the passages truly vertical and in line with each other. Sharp- edged bricks may be used for the top course to avoid horizontal surfaces on which dust could lodge. A crescent-shaped baffle-plate, placed at the cool inlet and outlet, will better divide the current passing out of or into the stove, so that it flows equably through all the passages. Or several distributing passages may lead into the stove. A.D. 1882, December 21.— No. 61i:i JOHNSON, John Henry. — (A commnnk'ntion from Marrel Brothers.) — Armour plates. To produce armour plates presenting steel surfaces of different degrees of hardness and tenacity on opposite sides of the plate, different qualities of molten steel are poured simul taneously from separate ladles or crucibles into the two com- partments, respectively, into which a mould is divided by a relatively thin iron or steel plate. This plate, which prevents the hard and soft steel from intermixing, may be previously raised to a welding heat (in which case it should be of such thickness as not to be penetrated by the molten steel) ; or may be cold (in which case it should be so thin as to be raised to a welding heat by the steel, the whole becoming welded together). Armour plates may be likewise produced with a thickness of iron between two thicknesses of steel. In this case the division plate is thick enough to form a relatively important section of the finished plate, and must be previously raised to a welding heat. \_Drawing,~\ MANUFACtURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 551 A.D. 1882, December 27.— No. 6169. EDWARDS, Henry, and HARRIES, Henry. — Silica fire- bricks, fire-cement, etc. The small percentage of lime usually added to the ground [ silica ^s to be partially or wholly replaced by Portland cement^ ■ and the bricks or articles to be produced can be moulded straight ■ from the mill without maturing " or tempering " the mixture employed* When moulded, they will quickly set and dry with or without heat, and are baked in a kiln. The cost of manufacture I is lessened. f Calcined flints, Dinas st )ne, millstone grit, gannister, sandstone^ f or sands may, when needful, be ground wet or dry, for instance, I by edge runners, and using lime water or clear water, preferably C hot, to moisten the material for moulding, the Portland cement I being intermixed during the last few turns of the mill. Fire- jl cement is made by mixing the Portland cement and silica in a dry state, and is used like mortar to set the bricks or other moulded articles in furnaces, and as furnace lining and luting ; and for repairs. I For bricks to resist great heat, 1 p. c. of lime and 2^ of Portland cement may be added to the silicious material. \_No Draw'unfii.'] A.D. bSS2, December 27. No. 6170. IMRAY, John. — (.1 coniinaidcatlon from Url Haskin.') — Ba rollmg mills. To twist the bar through a right angle in passing from one pair of rolls to the next, the upper roll of the first pair has its axis slightly inclined to that of the lower roll, and the bar, which is thus twisted, passes to the second pair through a helical guide. The obliquity of the rolls is preferably such as to give rather more than the required twist, a little of which is taken ' out by the guide. The final pair of rolls has parallel axes, no twist being required. To give ready access to the metal between the rolls in case of accident, the housings of horizontal rolls and the guides attached ^ thereto are divided in a horizontal plane passing through the line of travel of the bar operated on. The upper part of the 552 MANUFACTUKE OF IRON AND STEKL. housings with the upper roll and the upper half of the guides can thus be raised either vertically, or folded over on a lateral pivot as the flap of a hinge, leaving the lower roll exposed with the metal on it. Hinged stirrups, having lugs on which engage eccentrics turned by weighted handles, may hold the upper parts of housings in position for work. Each top roll may be provided with guides, held in place by cross-bars, rods, and springs which tend to keep the upper guides close to the upper rolls. The top guide boxes are supported by or made part of the said bars. In the case of vertical rolls, the framing is divided vertically, and both (or one) of the side frames can thus be folded back to open apart as the flaps of a hinge, the movement being aided by springs. When the rolls and framings are heavy, the raising or opening is effected by connections with a plunger or piston, worked by hydraulic or like pressure. The connections are made to bell- crank catches, mounted on the movable parts of the framings, and engaging in recesses in the stationary parts. Thus the first eifect of the hydraulic power is to release the catches, and after- wards the movable parts of the framing are raided or opened apart. The bearings of the roll spindles have guides to keep them in place in the housings, and adjusting screws to regulate their horizontal and vertical positions. Comparatively weak caps or pieces, to give way before damage is done to more important parts, are preferably introduced between the bearings and the points on which they press. To allow for separation, the rolls are driven when needful through clutches having their teeth of ratchet shape, so that they can readily engage when the parts of the framing are folded back into working position. When wobbling couplings are employed for horizontal rolls, they are somewhat hollowed internally in their middles, so as to allow better for errors of alignment in the driving-shafts. Also to allow for the lifting or folding back of the upper roll, its coupling is made to slide along the driving-spindle, and is kept in working position by placing on the spindle a spreader or stop, consisting of two (or more) pieces, as of wood, which enter two of the flutes of the spindle and are held in position by a half spring ring connecting them. The increase of speed of the successive rolls of a train (required by the stretching of the metal) is preferably made somewhat less than what would be due to the extension of the MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 55P> i r metal, so as to slightly compress the metal longitudinally as it issues from each pair of rolls. In rolling rails, this prevents the ' thin and most quickly cooled parts of their section, such as the flanges, from giving way. To actuate the successive horizontal rolls of a train, their driving-shafts are mounted in adjustable bearings in a strong framing, and have driving pinions which [ are preferal)ly made with teeth inclined both ways in the \ shape of a V. On this framing are bolted a number of intermediate upper frames having adjustable bearings for ^ the shafts of intermediate pinions, which gear with the I driving-pinions on the shafts below. The upper frames are held ,. down by bolts passing through slotted holes, so that they can be shifted horizontally, whilst the bearings which they carry for the intermediate shafts can be shifted vertically by adjusting- screws. Thus the intermediate pinions can be accurately , adjusted to the driving-pinions. The claims include the use of ■ differential driving gear, consisting of a series of pinions I mounted in a fixed housing, and a series of vertically-adjustable { idler shafts and their pinions mounted in laterally-adjustable I housings. ' An open top housing may be constructed with inwardly-pro- jecting lugs at its upper ends, and having a detachable breaking j cap with ribs engaged in grooves in the upper portion of the I housings and held in position by vertical adjusting-screws. An ' idler housing may be constructed with lateral projecting slotted arms, adapted to rest upon and be bolted to the upper ends of the driving housing. Housings for a set of vertical rolls may comprise two upper sections, each pivoted to a low^er section, and having mechanism to impart a swinging lateral movement to the upper section and to remove and replace an adjustable detached housing cap ; the driving-gear may be mounted on the lower section, with clutches arranged to allow free engagement - and disengagement as the " sections are moved. In the case of horizontal rolls, clamping screws may be so arranged that, when I the upper housing section is to be raised, they may be screwed in against the flanges of the lower boxes or bearings, and by pressing them against the ends of the rolls so lock both that all will go up together. When vertical rolls are to be opened, set screws may be loosened to unclamp the housing cap and loosen I the swinging side. The plunger rising draws upon lifting-rods so as to lift the housing cap clear of the housing heads. The 5rj4 MANUFACTURE OF IROiV AND STEEL. top of the housing cap then engaging the underside of cross- heads, other rods are drawn up, and these acting through cranks (the pivot pins of which are secured rigidly to the cranks and to the half hinges of the movable sections) cause these sections to turn on the pivots as on hinge joints and swing outward away from each other ; afterwards counterweights reverse the motion, the hydraulic pressure being removed. To prevent the flanges of a rail blank from cracking during rolling, the heated metal may be operated on by a series of fets of rolls, arranged in close proximity and in line with each other, so that several or all the sets may act at the same time, and to prevent the rail from bending, the grooves may be so arranged as to allow the metal to rest upon its flange duriiig its passage through all of them. In the rolling surfaces from the sixth pair to the end of a train (for rolling American rails from blooms at a single heat) of about thirteen pairs (whereof the second, fifth, seventh, and tenth may be vertical), the tongues and grooves of the horizontal rolls are reversed in each succeed- ing pair to cause the fin, which forms up between the sides of the tongue and the walls of the groove in one pair, to pass into the bottom of the groove in the next pair and so be worked down. In the rail mill the roll axes are parallel, and the spiral guide boxes are not used. Another train of eleven pairs for rolling flanged rails has a larger proportion of vertical pairs, including the last two. For rolling bar iron and steel, horizontal and vertical rolls may be arranged alternately in pairs and with alternating tongues and grooves for working in the fins. [Drmrmgs.'] A.D. 1882, December 30.— No. 6229. DYER, Henry Clement Sw^innekton. — {Provisional protecthn o7tIy.) — Removing impure portions of ingots of steel etc. As sulphur, phosphorus, carbon, silicon, and like impurities tend to collect in the part of the metal which solidifies last, i.e. in the vertical axis about one third of the length of the ingot " from the top," and give rise to lines of weakness as in plates rolled from the ingot ; the inventor places a hollow die (the hole in wjiich js about the size of the part of the ingot desired MA^fUI^ACTTJRE Ot^ IRON AnO STEEL. 556 to be removed) on the top of the ingot, which rests upon an anvil, and the die may be fastened to the ram of an hydraulic or other press. On applying pressure, as the inside of the ingot is softer than the outside, it will the more readily flow in the line of least resistance ; thus the objectionable parts are forced up the hollow die, and can be removed at once or used foi* holding the ingot (which is shortened by this operation) during subsequent forging. A pointed or conical plunger may be first forced into the centre of the head of the ingot (which may have become solidified) to tap, as it were, into the still liquid or pemi-liquid part within. The ingot for treatment may be placed m a strong mould box to keep it symmetrical and to consolidate the metal as in forging. The invention also relates to removing the centre of the ingot entirely for making hoops, tj^res, etc. [No Drawinf/s.~\ 1883. A.D. 1883, January 1.— No. 8. "HOWDEN, James. — Furnaces for heating, melting, etc. ; ■ regenerative f uraaces. The furnace front and ashpit are protected by a casing -through which the air is supplied by natural or forced draught. 'In one arrangement the air is heated by a regenerative arrange- |ment at the back of the furnace, and passes by a flue under the bed of the furnace to a forked flue which supplies it to each side of the air casing at the front. Two rising side flues, 55B MANUFACTURE Op IRON AND STfiEL. united by a cross flue at the top, distribute this air to three other compartments into which the casing is divided. The -air !§upplied to the first of these compartments is regulated by a valve and passes partly through perforations in the inner furnace door, and partly through apertures leading into perfo- rated tubes placed one at each side of the f urnacr. Opposite the furnace door is an outer furnace door. From the second com- partment the air supply, controlled by a valve, passes through the hollow firebars to a recess in the firebridge, and thence to the furnace through inclined orifices. The third compartment communicates with the ashpit, and has also an outer door and an air-regulating valve. In a modification, the casing is applied to the end and side of a furnace, the furnace door being at the side. In another modification, the fire-space has a solid hearth, the orifices already mentioned in the firebridge, side tubes, and the furnace door supplying the air for com- bustion. In puddling and similar iron-bound furnaces the casing may be made part of the tier for binding. \_Drawin(jii.\ A.D. 1883, January 1.— No. 9. SWAIN, J osiAH. — {FroviKioiial protection only.) — Furnaces for smelting and melting iron, etc. The gases from the furnace are led to a chamber containing superheated steam, mixed with which they return to the furnace. The steam may be heated by being passed through pipes in the flue or by other meanx. Induced currents of cold or heated air, or the ordinary air blast, may be employed as well. When the cupola is provided with a receiver, some of the gases are led through the latter on their way to the steam chamber. [ Ao J)ra((:i/t(js.] A.D. 1883, January 12.— No. 200. HADFIELD, Robert. — Manufacture of steel. By adding to iron or steel a very much larger proportion of manganese than has hitherto been practicable, namely from 7 to 20 per cent., the inventor produces a steel easily cast, and requiring neither tempering, rolling, forging, or hardening. The -proper proportion of rich ferromanganese is added to melted steel or nearly decarbonized iron in a reverberatory Manufacture of iron and steel. 557 furnace, and mixed by stirring ; the alloy is then ready for casting into ingots. For armour plates 10 per cent., for railway wheels 11 per cent., and for steel togs and tools 12 per cent, of manganese are suitable. [No Di-afi-'mr/x.'] A.D. 1883, January 13.— No. 203. ROCKLIFFE^ William. — (Fmr/s/fu/fd protect'nNi onl//.) — Manufacture of hand-rail stanchions. . The iron is drawn direct from the f ui'nace to special rolls grooved in the proper position to form the bulbs on the stanchions and of the proper shape to give the required taper form. The circumference of each roll is equal to the length of a stanchion so that the iron is rolled into a continuous piece which is subsequently cut up into the separate stanchions. The feet are formed by flat iron pieces with central holes, through which the ends of the stanchions are pasj^ed and riveted over. [No Draa'hig.s.'] A.D. 1883, January 15.— No. 22G. VON NA.WROCKI, Gekaki) WENZESLArs.— (.1 ciwunamcation from W, G. Otto.) — Producing homogeneous castings. The molten metal is stirred by a block of marble or other mineral evolving carbonic acid, the block being secured to the stirrer by dovetail or T-shaped grooves. \_Xo ])r(iir'rn(fsA A.D. 1883, January 23. — No. 374. RICHARDSON, Thomas Dickson. — {Provhional protection only,) — Manufacture of horse-shoes. Relates to the manufacture of horse-shoes having a thick " heavy toe gradually decreasing towards the heel " and with or without heel caulks, and consists of special rolls to produce the blanks, which are subsequently bent or formed in any con- venient manner. The rolls (which may be used in any suitable mill) are provided with " eccentric surfaces with bevelled or flattened paits " whereby tapered blanks are produced ; and the 658 Manufacture of iron and sTEfit. rolls are also pro\'ided with suitable projections and recesses for forming nail-channels or caulks, or other recesses or pro- jections desired on the blanks. [iVo Draichigs.l A.D. 1883, February 1.— No. 552. MAEtiN, Hucai, MARTIN, William, and MARTIN, James. — {Provisional protertion only.') — Furnaces. Supplying air to firegrates and ashpits of iron and steel re -heating and similar reverberatory furnaces. A cast-iron flue, preferably made in halves belted together longitudinally, runs along the back of the firegrate and supports the arched roof, being in fact the back wall. It is lined with firebrick on the inner face. Air is admitted at one end and passes through lateral openings in the opposite end to a narrow vertical space entirely built up between the back of the firebars and the roof of the furnace. The bricks break bond throughout so as to admit the heated air to pass between to the back of the fire- grate. To admit steam, and with it heated air, to closed ashpits of such furnaces, a shallow metallic flue, strengthened longi- tudinally by vertical webs, runs along below the front of the heating-chamber and opens into the ashpit below the inner end of the firegrate. Air is drawn in through a lateral or vertical branch at the other end by a steam injector nozzle. \_No Drawings.l A.D. 1883, February 6.— No. 663. SIEMENS, Charles William.— Gas producers and gas \ furnaces. Relates to gas producers and furnaces of the kind described in Specifications No. 3018, A.D. 1864, No. 671, A.D. 1866, and No. 3792, A.D. 1881. In order to keep ingots hot until they can be passed to the rolling-mill, they are placed in a furnace, heated by gas, and supplied with air through special inlets or through a space between the top of the pit and the cover, which is lined with refractory material and fitted with wheels to run on rails to allow its removal for the introduction or abstraction of ingots. The gas and air inlets are controlled by suitable valves. [Drawinj.] MA:>TCrFACT[JRE 0? lUOX AND STEEL. 553 A.D. 1883, February 10.— No. 747. ADAIR, Alfred, and THOMLINSON, William.— " Treating " iron ores and other mineral sabstances for extracting sulphur " and ph:)sphorus, and for the subsequent conversion of the " phosphorus into phosphates." Iron ores, tap or mill cinder, basic slag, and other similar minerals, sometimes after roasting, in some cases with lime, and powdered or screened, are digested with caustic soda or potash solution in an iron pan, to dissolve out " sulphur and phosphorus " with production of an alkaline phosphate in solution. The cleared liquor may be subjected to the action of a current of air and carbon dioxide to precipitate impurities ; when these are separated, milk of lime is added to the liquor to throw down calcium phosphate, which is collected. In treating basic slags, or materials containing free lime, or which have been f urnaced with lime, it is preferred to substitute sodium carbonate for caustic alkali in the treatmant ; and in this case, excess of sodium carbonate is crystallized out of the solution before obtaining the phosphate. In some cases, ammonia or ammonium carbonate is used instead of a fixed alkali in treating the phosphated material. The process is bast condu3ted in a clo^e retort haatei by immersed steam pipes, with arrangements for passing the liquor through a filter press by internal pressure, the washing being effected by injecting steam and water into the retort. Ammonia is recovered from the filtrate by the usual means. The solid residues obtained, being purified from sulphur and phosphates, may be agglomerated by heat, either with or without mixture with lime or clay, for application to the manufacture of iron or steel. \_Xo Drawings.'] A.D. 1883, February 13.— No. 787. EVANS, James, and MASON, Samuel. — Breaking pig-iron. Relates to a machme for breaking pig-iron etc. A strong hook has a reciprocating motion given to it by a crank, cam, or other device. This hook draws the pig-iron between two jaw^ of cast iron until broken. l^No Draxmngs,] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1883, February 15.— No. 847. GIERS, John. — Treating steel ingots. The invention consists of improvements in the " soaking " pits " for equalizing the temperature of steel ingots de- scribed in the inventor's previous Specification No. 1089, A.D. 1882. In order to better retain the heat in the upper part of the ingot, the mouth of the pit is enlarged to receive a second cover separated by a considerable space from the upper or outer cover. Where the pits are a long time empty this space may be filled with sand or ashes ; or may be filled by a solid mass of fireclay bolted to the top cover, in which case the lower cover is dispensed with. To repair the walls of the soaking pits a hollow cylinder with conical top is lowered into them by a crane, and the space between the cylinder and the wall pugged with fireclay. A.D. 1883, February 20.— No. D34. ARMITAGE, Arthur. — (Pror J clonal proteetiini (nily.') — Manu- facture of steel and alloys to be used therein. Steel of increased hardness and ductility is produced by introducing O'l to 2-0 per cent, of chromium in the form of manganiferous chromeisen," or of " chrome spiegel." These chromium alloys are made by smelting in blast furnaces mixtures of manganiferous iron ores and chrome iron ores with lime and alumina compounds, so as to produce a highly basic slag ; excess of manganese is also used to prevent chromium slagging out. If manganiferous chromeisen {i.e., an alloy containing noticeable quantities of silicon and graphite) be produced, it is mixed with pig-iron and the mixture con- verted into steel. Chrome spiegel, which contains only very small proportions ot silicon and graphite, may be added direct to the converter metal, with or without ferromanganese. [iVo Drawhifjs.'] A.D. 1883, February 21.— No. 953. PIELSTICKER, Carl Maria. — {Partly a comnmnlcation from Fried n eh C. G. Midler.) — Production of dense metal castings. MANUFACTURE OF IROX AND STEEL. 5()1 To remove occluded gases the molten metal before casting is passed through a centrifugal machine. A revolving-table carries horizontal prisms of refractory material, through which are passages. A funnel* is kept filled with metal which flows into the passages in the prisms and is discharged through them by the centrifugal action, being received in an atomized state in a discharge channel ; this treatment, together with the vacuum formed, tends to remove the occluded gases. A modification is described in which the table carries a bowl instead of the prisms, over the edge of which the metal flows under the centri- fugal action. The apparatus is to be heated before using, and arrangements are described for cooling the bearings and table. The air or gases in the machine may be removed by an exhauster, or a neutral gas may be introduced. [Drmnmf/i^.'] A.D. 1883, February 21.— No. 958. DAYIES, David. — (Provisional prcdectioH only.y — Casting ingots of iron, steel, and other metals. The ingots are cast with their narrow ends at the bottom and broad ends above. The upper edges of the mould have slots opposite one another made flush with filling while the metal is being cast ; afterwards the filling is knocked out and the ingots lifted directly by inserting the tongs. Ingots thickest in the middle are cast in moulds made of two parts, the upper part being removed for stripping. [_No Drawhigs,'] A.D. 188P>, February 23.— No. 975. DE PASS, Ernest.— (^1 commwucatioiL froin Arokl Henry Elliott.) — (Provisional protectio7i only.) — Preparing steel for watch or other springs. Consists firstly in polishing the steel, when of a larger size in cross-section than required when finished, and then reducing it to the finished size by rolling or hammering, and afterwards tempering it when heated to the proper colour by immersion in a bath of ether or ammonia. l^No Drawings.'] 562 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A,D. 1883, February 22.— No. 980. SNELUS, GrEORGE James. — Improvements in apparatus for treating steel ingots. The inventor makes the sides of " Grjer's soaking pits " of steel, preferably in the form of a single rough casing of Bessemer or Siemens steel low in carbon. These are placed in series about nine inches apart, the interspaces being filled with brickwork and the whole surrounded by brickwork. They are covered by an iron casting with holes slightly larger than the pits for receiving the inner or lower covers, and to this is bolted a second thick iron casting with apertures for the outer or upper series of lids. The joints between the two castings and the pit casings may be made of fireclay and tar. As each ingot is removed a small piece of coal is dropped into each casing to keep it filled with reducing-gases. A.D. 1883, February 24.— No. 1017. MrDOUGALL, Isaac Shim well. — (Provi.vonal protection (mly.) — Furnaces for calcining and roasting sulphur ores, spent oxide of iron, etc. A series of superposed chambers, through which passes a vertical main shaft carrying rakes for each floor, is provided at the top with a hopper, into which the ore is raked from the drying-top of the furnace, and delivered from floor to floor through openings placed alternately at the centre and the side. There are also hoppers to supply the chambers separately from the side. The shaft and rakes are of cast iron, hollow to receive wrought-iron tubes within, serving as a lining. The shaft has shoulders to receive the rakes, which have forked inner ends embracing the former, secured by pins. Thus, the rakes can be readily detached, and the shaft, which is sup- ported upon a loose steel-piece over a steel disc and which passes through a flanged movable cover resting on a flange on a floor box, can be removed for renewal or repair. Connections may be made from the gearing connected to the rotating-shaft for operating charging-pistons for pushing the material from the hopper or hoppers on to the drying-floor or into the chambers of the furnace. \_No Drawings,^ MANUFACl^URt: OP^ IRON AND STEEL. 563 A.D. 1883, February 27.— No. 10G6. ALLIS, Thomas Valentine. — Metallic strip blanks for barbed fencing. Relates to rolling fencing. The rolls for forming the strip blanks have flattened or elliptical grooves, in which are cut recesses corresponding in shape and size to the ribs it is required to form upon the strip. \_Drawing,~\ A.D. 1883, March 3,— No. 1142. DA VIES, George. — Grooved tyres. Relates to the manufacture of a metal tyre with a dovetail groove in cross-section for receiving an india-rubber or other elastic tyre. According to one method, ordinary channel iron is first rolled with the sides vertical and parallel or slightly tapered, and then passed through rolls, a portion of the lower one of which is formed conical so that the side of the cone forms with the vei'tical edge of the groove the exact angle of the dovetail between the side and the base, the upper roll being also formed conical but the reverse way and with a groove to support one side of the bar while the other side is being formed. The iron is then passed through similar conical grooves, but tapered the reverse way to form the other angle of the dove- tail. According to another method, the channel iron is first rolled to form three sides of a rhomboid in cross-section, to form one acute angle, and afterwards passed through rolls similar to those described above to form the opposite angle. In a modification, the sides are bent over by rolls which hold the base fiat while the sides are being bent over. The bottom roll is cylindrical and the width of the base, the upper roll being formed with a central collar the width of the mouth of the dovetail, to roll the inside of the base and keep it flat while the sides are being bent by the grooves at the sides of the collar. In a further modification to form a dovetail section with vertical sides, the metal is first rolled in the ordinary way, the sides being afterwards bent in. \_Draivin!/.~\ 564 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1883, March 5.— No. 1157. DICK, Frank Wesley, and RILEY, James. — Steel-making and other furnaces. The furnace is of circular section and has a movable cover suspended from a girder. The regenerative chambers have similar covers, all of which can be raised and lowered by suit- able means. The furnace has two opposite working doors and is supported on pillars or girders over an air space or pit. The regenerative arrangement.s consist of detached cylindrical chambers fitted with the usual openwork, one pair for air and gas, on each side of the furnace. The chambers themselves may be made portable and capable of being raised and lowered. In another form the regenerative chambers are placed higher than the furnace and are connected therewith at the bottom by short direct flues which cannot get choked with slag. The air, gas, and waste gas flues are carried up and supported on girders, and communicate with the tops of the regenerative chambers. A.D. 1883, March'e.— No. 1203. LAKE, Hexry Harims. — (J ('(niimanicatfon from Af(U't/n Armstrong Ilofrf/i.) — Manufacture of files, taps, dies, and other tools. Relates to a special cementation process. Reference is made to Specification No. 5602, A.D. 1881. The blanks, which are cast iron, are decarburized, if necessary, by " cementing in oxides or other matter having an affinity for carbon, or are simply annealed, and are then finished by grinding, shaping, and cutting, without forging or hammering. They are placed in a rectangular or cylindrical case, preferably of an alloy of 1 part nickel to 4 or 5 parts iron, closed by a cover provided with a clamp. The case is placed in a furnace or muffle, and hydrocarbon vapour is passed in from a holder until all air has been expelled through a tube which is then closed. When the proper heat is reached, the tube is opened and the vapour is lighted, to show its freedom from air and to circulate the vapour in the case. The pressure is then increased in the MANUFACTURE OP tROK A^JD StEEL. 565 nolder. After the operation is completed the connecting tubes etc. are closed, and the case is detached from the reservoir and removed to cool. Sometimes the tools are separated by layers of charcoal saturated with oil or other hydrocarbon, or hydro- carbon is placed in the case, the tube being connected with a gas holder or india-rubber bag or the like. The first vapours produced are allowed to escape, and the remainder, after all air is expelled, is passed into the holder which has been exhausted of air, and which afterwards returns the vapour as above. \_Drawhiy.'] A.D. 1883, March 7.— No. 1220. RIDEAL, Samuel. — (^Provisional protection only.) — Ingot moulds employed in the manufacture of iron, steel, and other metals. Ingot moulds for casting iron, steel, etc. from Bessemer converters, Siemens' furnaces, etc. are made with an outer casing of metal, preferably sheets of rolled steel, divided vertically and held together by hoops, straps^ screws, bolts, and nuts, etc. An inner shell is made of refractory material, by preference magnesian limestone, old firebricks, and coke calcined, ground, mixed to paste with mineral oil, then rammed into moulds and heated to redness, and when cold surrounded by hoops of metal. This inner shell is supported on angle bars riveted to the bottom of the metal casing, with an annular space between them which is filled with asbestos, silicate cotton, slagwool, coke, ashes, or other porous non-conducting material. The inner shell is protected by thin bands of metal at intervals ; the surfaces are washed with a mixture of loam, pipeclay, lime, plumbago, and water. [No DrawiufjH.'] A.D. 1883, March 7.— No. 1225. GILMER, William Frederick.— Machines for straightening bending, and circling, angle, tee, and other bars. ' In a straightening-machine, for bending or straightening T or angle irons, or plain or "bulb " bars or rods, at the lower part S66 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND Sl^FEL. are three rollers, each in two parts. One part of each roller slides on its shaft so as to leave an adjustable " gap " between itself and the fixed part of the roll. Above these are four parallel rolls alternating with the lower ones and provided with means whereby their shafts can be raised simultaneously, or lowered to suit different thicknesses of metal. The two upper end rolls are also provided with vertical adjustments indepen- dent of the middle rolls. The sliding parts are worked simul- taneously by suitable gearing. For bending metals two similarly- arranged lower rolls are used, and one upper roll, which in this case is also made in two parts, the distance between which is adjustable and controlled by a spring. The shaft or the upper roll can be drawn away from the side frames on one side so that bars which have been circled can be withdrawn between the frame and roll. For work such as ships' frames the rolls are arranged vertically, and the frame is sunk on one side into the ground or table so that the work rests on the latter whilst being acted upon. [Dm wing.'] A.D. 1883, March J 2.— No. 1304. HADDAN, Hekhert John. — (.1 continanication from Monies JInrrf/ Marka.)- — Apparatus for manufacturing horse-shoes. Relates to the manufacture of ordinary and special shaped horse-shoes and consists of combined bending and rolling apparatus and a tempering-bath for hardening the wearing surfaces of the shoes. The shoe is delivered, face downwards, on a wire screen or slotted grid, which supports it so that the lower part only is immersed. The bath is supplied with water or other liquid through a pipe, and the heated liquid escapes by a circumferential trough. The tempering operation may be rendered automatic by arranging the descending shoe to advance on its predecessor. \_D rawing.'] A.D. 1883, March 13.— No. 1332. ' CLARK, Alexandek Mei.vii.le.— (.4 communicatwn from George Henry Nichoh, WHliant Henri/ Swhoh, and John MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STP^EL. o(i7 Brown Francis Herreshoff.) — Blast or cupola furnace for smelting copper and other ores. The lower part of the furnace is provided with a water jacket, through which is a tap-hole consisting of a very thick iron frame riveted in. Opposite this tap-hole is the inlet hole of a portable receiver or well, made in the same way of a thick iron frame riveted in a water jacket covering the side of the receiver next the furnace. The receiver itself is lined with firebrick : it has a tap-hole at bottom, and a water- jacketed spout at top, and is mounted on wheels, and attached to the furnace when required by screw rods. The matte or regulus passes into the receiver without becoming cold enough to solidify and clog the passage, and not hot enough to burn the iron too quickly. [^Drawings.l A.D. 1883, March 16.— No. 1398. SCRIYEN, Charles, and TWEEDY, John.— Mac^hinery for straightening and bending plates. For straightening plates two series of rolls are used, in one form, arranged with the lower rolls supported at both ends by screws working in nuts, and rotated by suitable gearing from a hand-wheel so as to raise or lower the rolls and apply any desired pressure. The outer rolls can also be separately ad- justed by gearing acting on the corresponding nuts. The lower rolls revolve only by contact with the plate, suitable gearing being described for driving the upper rolls in either direction so as to move the plate to and fro as often as required. To facilitate the adjustment of the rolls counterbalancing- weights may be applied, or the rolls may be arranged in a vertical or angular position. For bending plates in one form, the two outer upper rolls are removed, and the bending is done by the remaining upper roll and two lower ones, the upper part of one of the housings of the upper roll being removable so that the plate when bent into a circle can be removed endwise. In another form, an auxiliary adjustable roll is arranged above the upper rolls so as to bend the plate in conjunction with them, similar arrangements being made for removing a circled plate endwise. [^Drawing 508 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND >STEEL. A.D. 1883, March 21.-~No. 1487. HIRST, Joseph William, HIRST, James, and BOTTOM- LEY, James. — Rolling angular wire, and machines for grooving rollers. Relates to the production of triangular and like wire, and consists of two rolls in each of which is formed an angular groove of the desired shape and size. When the rolls are brought together, the grooves face each other so as to enclose a space twice the size of one wire. Two wires are then fed through this space at the same time, and one above the other. Several pairs of grooves may be made for different sizes of wire. As a modification, only one roll may be grooved. For making triangular grooves vertically over each other in a pair of rollers, a copper wire (carried by a frame adjustable to or from the rollers which are rotated on their axes) is rotated by bands or other gearing so as to grind out the groove. As the wire is advanced it becomes worn and the groove thus diminishes in size as it gets deeper. [7)m?/.'m^.s'.j A.D. 1888, March 22.— No. 1509. GRIFFITHS, Thomas. — Apparatus employed in the manu- facture of iron and steel. The flanged covers of the blast chambers of converters are made so large that when unbolted the whole of the block carrying the tuyere can be removed for repair. By unbolting a smaller cover in the blast box cover the tuyere only can be removed or renewed. A disc is provided to close each tuyere, turning on a centre or pushed in a straight line by a crank, and actuated from without the blast box by a chain and weighted lever which closes the tuyere ; also the chain from each tuyere may be hooked to a chain running round the converter, the ends of which are attached to levers by which all the tuyeres may be opened or closed simultaneously. A sight tube is secured through the cover of each blast box opposite the tuyere, and by means of this the disc closing the tuyere may be screwed home against the latter. A small hole in the disc, or lateral apertures in the tuyere, admit a small blast even when the tuyere is closed, The tuyere is made longer than the MANtfFACl^URE OF IRON AlSfD STEEL. block it is mounted in, and the latter shorter than the converter lining. Two or more small holes, closed by doors, are made in the converter lining at different levels . to facilitate removal of cinder. A.D. 1883, March 27.— No. 1553. LEWTHWAITE, John.— Metals and alloys or mixtures of the same. Iron, steel, bronze, bell metal, brass, gold, silver, zinc, tin, lead, and other metals and mixtures are mixed, after being melted and run from the furnace, with titaniferous iron or steel sand, commonly known as New Zealand iron sand or steel sand and " sometimes as magnetic iron or steel sand." Castings are made with the various mixtures. Wrought iron heated, sprinkled with the sand, and hammered, becomes steeled or hardened on the surface. Steel is produced by smelting the sand in a blast furnace and withdrawing the blooms of metal by a rod. \_No Drairhfys.'j A.D. 1883, March 31.~Xo. 1619. DUJARDIN, Pierre Joseph, and FREDUREAU, Jean Baptis^te Ferdinand. — Puddling-furnaces. At each side of the bed and at its back are formed hollow bridges, and under the bed is a tank jacket. Water is conveyed to the hollow bridges and thence by siphons to the tank and from that to the external trough used to cool the puddling- tools. The bed may be made removable. [Drawhif/.'} A.D. 1883, May 31.— No. 1628. WATERHOUSE, James CARiLEiKrE. — Crucibles and melting- pots. Aluminous fireclay, plumbago, and asbestos, in stated pro- portions, with smaller proportions of magnesia and quartz, all powdered, are moulded with liquid sodium silicate to the Bio MANrfFACT^URE OF IRON AND STeEL. desired shapes ; and in some cases a mixture of sodium silicate, asbestos powder, magnesia, and silex, is applied as a coating to the vessels made. [No DravHugs.^ A.D. 1883, April 3.— No. 1667. WRIGHT, James. — Utilizing slags from the manufacture of steel. Relates to the utilization of converter slags. The slags are broken into lumps by hammers or other machinery, and these are pulverized by rollers, edge-runners, or other pulverizing- machinery. The metallic portion is separated by means of sieves, and is ready for re-melting, the pulverized portion is in a suitable state for being used in the manufacture of cement. \_Nc DraiDtngs.'] A.D. 1883, April 3.— No. 1660. RILEY, James, and PACKER, Geokge Smithehs.— (Fro- visional protection only.) — Manufacture of steel. Steel of improved quality for casting and rolling is made by adding to molten steel, in a ladle ready for casting, 1 per cent, or less of an alloy of iron and silicon, with or without manganese. The alloy contains 10-13 per cent, of silicon and 18-24 per cent, of manganese, if that metal is used. ^ In casting steel ingots a quantity of ground carbon is placed on the top of the molten steel as soon as it is run into the ingot mould. For thick in^^ots the top end of the ingot is surrounded with similar material combined with a suitable cement, the top of the mould being recessed for this purpose. \_No Drawings.^ A.D. 1883, April 3. -No. 1675. KRUPP, Fredekick Alfred. — Manufacture of compound plates. In compound plates, such as safe plates, and other articles made by welding together hard and soft iron and steel, an intermediate layer of such metal or alloy is employed as will MANUFACTURE OF IRON AXI) Sll]EL. prevent the passage of carbon from the hard to the soft iron or steel. Sheets of nickel, cobalt, or of highly-silicious iron are employed for this purpose. The intermediate sheet may be made a partition in a mould, and hard and soft metal poured simultaneously on each side ; or the plate may be supported against the wall of a mould, and metal poured on one side of it, and after setting the compound plate may be placed in a second mould to have the other side cast on to it. If one side of the plate is to consist of annealed or puddled iron, then, after the last welding, the nickel or other sheet is welded to it, and the steel side cast on to that. Several alternate layers of hard and soft iron or steel may be used. [No Drawings.'] A.I). 18«B, Aprils.— No lli78. SHELDON, JosEPjr. — Producing steel bands. The bands are reduced to the proper thickness by cold rolling, and are then passed through a furnace from w^hich they are led immediately between rolls kept cool by water circulating within them. The bars are protected from the air between the rollers and the furnace. The lower roll may also dip into water below it. l^Drawhig,'] A.D. 1883, April 6.— No. 1748. LAKE, William Robert. — {A communication from Echoin Shejjard.) — Feed hoppers for furnaces. The hoppers are fitted with means for allowing the escape of gases in cases of explosions etc. The bell of a cone-shaped hopper is formed with a movable top-piece or valve, which slides on a vertical spindle rising from the arms or rings on the hopper. The bottom of the valve and top rim of the bell are turned or faced to ensure a tight joint. The valve may be weighted or kept in position by a spring. The hopper is suspended by means of lugs and rods in the usual manner. One or more flat-hinged lids may be substituted for the arrangement shown. l^Drairing.'j 57-2 MANITFACTURE OF FROX AXO STFEL. A.D. 1883, April 7.— No. 1763. HADDAN, Herbert John. — (A communlcaiion from Samuel Thomas JoJm Coleman, John Norris Clarke, and Edmund Bonaparte Reynolds.) — Horse-shoe blank rolls. Straight metal bars, previously reduced to suitable special section by rolling or otherwise, are passed between rolls, the lower one being provided with recesses or dies, which form single long projections and pairs of short projections respectively on the blank bar. The creases may be rolled, into the bar in the same operation or sul^se- quently. The rolled bar is cut into lengths, and, when bent into form, the projections form the toe and heel calks of the shoes. The relative positions of the " dies ' on the rolls may be modified, and, by increasing the diameter of tlie rolls and the number of the dies, the rolls may be adapted to roll, at each revolution, a length to form three or more shoes instead of two as shown. [Drawing.] A.D. 1883, April 12.— No. 1860. BOULT, Alfred JaLius. — (.4 commuivcat'onfrom George W. Fra7icis ) — Manufacture of steel or of alloys of iron and steel suitable for casting. Steel which can be readily melted, cast with sharp edges, and may be hardened and tempered, is made by melting together bar steel or scrap steel of good quality, such as old files, with a varying proportion of Lake Superior or other " charcoal pig-iron." The castings are annealed, and may then be rolled and hammered. \_No Dratrhigs.'] A.D. 1883, April 13.— No, 1884. VON NAWROCKI, Gerard Wenzeslaus. — (.4 communica- tion from Godfried Kammerich.) — (Prori.'iry Harris, — {A communication from John A. Parkes.) — {Provisional lyrotection only.') — Manufacture of chilled castings. Relates to a method of cooling moulds. Water is forced through a chamber formed in the matrix round the part required to be chilled. The inlet and outlet are on opposite sides of a partition which causes the water to flow completely round the chamber. The invention is applicable to railway- ) Tehicle wheels and window sash weights. [No Drawings.] P 6154 T 2 580 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1883, May 30.— No. 2678. WILLFORD, George William. — The manufacture of plate " or " leaf " springs. The spring plates are pressed to the required form between top and bottom dies of peculiar construction, are then, while fixed between the dies, moved on to a table and lowered into a hardening tank, from which they are raised again and removed. A piston-rod actuated by steam or hydraulic pressure from an overhead cylinder, has attached to it, by a movable cottar, a crosshead, which, with adjustable camber plates, carrying the setting studs, forms the top die. On a fixed plate supported by a column rests a plate supporting adjustable die plates which carry the other camber plates, adjustable by screws on the underside. By means of eccentrics, connected together by spur-wheels the die plates and first-mentioned camber plates are adjusted separately. When forced into position by the piston-rod, the top and bottom dies are locked together by bolts and cottars. The piston-rod is disengaged from the crosshead and, by means of a screw worked from a hand-wheel, the dies with enclosed springs are moved on to a table attached to a ram working in a cylinder. By this ram they are lowered into a tank. A second table and ram cylinder may be provided to work alternately with the other table. The spring plates are kept apart from each other, to allow^ access to the fluid, by eccentric distance- pieces attached to a vertical spindle with bearings in the cross- head turned by a worm and worm-wheel ; distance-pieces are also attached to the sitting studs. A modification is described, in which a table is mounted on the plunger rod and carries guides on which runs a carriage, with a hinged receiver and prongs. The prongs pass below the spring plates, which are deposited by the receiver on the table and lowered into a tank. [Drawings.'] A.D. 1883, May 31.— No. 2710. GROTH, LoRENTZ Albert. — (A communication from Erwin Nicolaus.) — Producing a protecting coating of rust on iron aud steel. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND 8TEEL. 581 Relates to a process called "patinaing" for producing a protecting coating of rust on objects of cast iron, wrought iron, or steel. The objects to be treated are first ground and polished. Objects of cast iron are then annealed, immersed in a pickle of a weak solution of sulphuric or muriatic acid to remove the annealing scale, and then thoroughly scoured. Large objects, such as statues or monumental castings, and articles of wrought iron or steel, do not need annealing before subjecting them to the " patinaing " process. This consists in covering the surface with a very thin coating of a dilute inorganic acid which is allowed to dry. The object is brushed or rubbed with clean rags, the rusting process repeated, and the object again brushed or rubbed with rags after drying. Finally, the article is warmed and painted over with linseed oil, dried in an oven or drying- room, and covered with colourless lacquer which can be made brilliant at any required parts by wax polishing. Castings thus heated become of a beautiful black colour when heated in a stove. A.D. 1S8H, June 7.— No. 2829. HYDE, RoBEKT Hri.L. — {Frovi>H2 ArANUFACTURE OF IllON ANJ) STEEL. limestone broken small, over which is a sheet of iron with a longitudinal slit, and a similar sheet is placed on the top when the box is full. Scrap and bar iron hammered out to pieces of thickness and a charcoal mixture are alternated in layers until the box is full. The charcoal mixture is made by moistening hardwood charcoal, broken small, with a solution containing muriate of soda, bicarbonate of soda, bisulphite of soda, and sulphite of zinc. The cementation boxes are covered, luted down, and heated in sets in a suitable furnace for 10 hours. The resulting steel is free from phosphorus and sulphur, fit for casting and for making shop tools, cutlery, surgical instruments, files, taps and dies, sword blades, ploughs, harrows, scuffiers, wearing surfaces and other parts of engines, etc. The process answers in place of case-hardening. In casting the steel into sound ingots an oscillating machine is used consisting of a trough mounted on legs and with a movable bottom. The bottom is furnished with a rack, and by means of a toothed sector and handle is moved to and fro. The ingot moulds are placed on this bottom, and abut against fixed bars across the top of the trough so that they are tipped from side to side. [^No Dravungs,'] A.D. 1883, June 15.— No. 2991. BOWEE, Anthony Spencer. — Muffle furnace for coating iron and steel articles with magnetic oxide. Reference is made to the previous Specifications No. 862, A.D. 1876, No. 2051, A.D. 1877, Nos. 1280 and 4195, A.D. 1878, No. 3811, A.D. 1880, and No. 3304, A.D. 1881. The object of the present invention is to enable steam to be used in the same furnace as the combustible gases mentioned in the above-mentioned Specifications, either alone or with these gases. The produced gases are mixed with a regulated quantity of air, and after traversing a combustion chamber (filled with transverse open walls or baffles of loose bricks) which runs under the muffle return by a side flue and enter the muffle bottom at one end. After acting on the articles they pass through a longitudinal flue on the opposite side of the combustion chamber, and then through two regenerative chambers in the lower part of the furnace, through which MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 583 pass pipes for entering the incoming air. The air supply is regulated by a valve^ and a steam pipe with regulating-cock is attached to the air inlet. When steam alone is used for oxidation, after heating the articles a chimney damper is closed and a special steam outlet opened, and the furnace gases are shut off from the combustion chambers by a damper placed at its entrance « [Draiomg.~\ A.D. 1883, June 15.— No. 2992. DA YY, Chakles. — Transferring ingots from one set of rolls to another. Relates to ingot and like manipulating apparatus for mills in which two parallel series of rollers are used for cogging and finishing respectively. A hollow post is capable of rotary and vertical movement ^in the casing. It carries an arm which, in its lowest position, is level with the floor, and which has, at its end, a turntable capable of rotary and vertical movement independent of the arm, either by admitting pressure below a ram, or by separate hoists, one in front of each set of rollers. An opening is made in the floor on each side to admit the arm. Hydraulic pressure is preferably employed. The slab from the cogging-rolls is first turned on the table into proper position for entering the finishing-rolls. The arm is then raised, swung round, and lowered in front of the finishing-rolls. A.D. 1883, June 19.— No. 3024. BRITTEN, Henry. — Machinery for dividing rails into sections. Consists in dividing webbed rails or rail ends longitudinally. In one form, the rail is first nicked between two pairs of nicking-cutters separated by distance-pieces. It is then placed with its flange in a groove in a bed below a slide working in a groove and actuated by an e3centric so as to break oft' the flange. A second bed with a groove for receiving the web is then placed below the slide so as to separate the head of the '.. rail from the web. In another form the two beds are combined in one piece. As modifications also, only one nicking-cutter is t used on each side of the rail (which is broken across the centre ' of the w eb or elsewliere), or the cutters may be arranged to nick 584 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. the rail on one side only. Suitable gearing for the parts is described, and arrangements are provided for changing the cutters. The Provisional Specification states that the rail may be drawn through the mill by the action of Ihe cutters, or separate means may be provided, in which case the cutters can be rotated in the opposite direction and may be grooved or serrated. IDraioing.^ A.D. 1883, June 19.— No. 3038. LAKE, William Robert.— (J communication from Edvnn Jenklm^ Alexander Laio^ and WUlkun Price.) — Annealing chilled and other iron castings. At the dullest possible red heat the tnetal is immersed in a solution of treacle and water of specific gravity 1*005, or in any other suitable liquid not injurious to iron. [A"o Draivings.'j A.D. 1883 No. 3038*. Disclaimer and Memorandum of Alteration to the Specifica- tion of the preceding invention, filed March 11, A.D. 1885, by Edwin Jenkins, Alexander Law, and William Price. [No Drawings.'} A.D. 1883, June 20.— No. 3065. FOX, Thomas. — Manufacture of felloes and spokes. In one method the metal is rolled into a bar which in cross- section is tapered from the centre to the edges, and is formed hollow by passing it through rolls or by a pair of curving-dies, both operations being completed at one heat. In another method the edges of the bar are either turned up at right angles or a small rib is formed on each edge so that, when the bar is formed hollow, the projecting edges converge towards each other. In a modification, the felloe is formed with a central groove to receive the heads of the spokes. ^Drawing.'] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 585 A.D. 1883, June 21.~No. 3072. ROBINSON, Thomas, and ROBINSON, Joseph.— Apparatus for casting iron. A cupola receiver is formed with an inlet passage and a tap- hole. It may also be provided with tap-holes for slag. The inlet passage retains impurities and may contain reagents or the like. A fireclay or like skimmer can be placed over the delivery shoot of the cupola. The receiver may have a roof fitted with a pipe or pipes communicating with the cupola, and supported on trunnions. [^Drawing. 1 A.D. 1883, June 25.— No. 3142. ELLIS, William Henry. — Rolling-mills. The pass is adjusted by a verticnl screw attached to the bear- ing of the upper roll and working in a nut in the head of the standard or housing. To relieve the pressure in case of accident so as to prevent heating, the chock " is in two parts separated by a wedge, which in one form has a threaded spindle screwing into a nut which is held in place by a plate and provided with holes for inserting levers to turn it so as to withdraw the wedge. In another form the wedge is hollow and has a rod or long bolt passing through it, the nut of which screws up against the spindle and nut and must be withdrawn before turning the latter. [Drmvings.] A.D. 1883, June 26.— No. 3160. IMRAY, John. — (A communication from George Duryee.) — Lining furnaces etc. For linings for tuyeres and boshes of cupolas, mollasses are mixed with highly-refractory fireclay or ground soapstone, and sometimes titanic iron and bauxite, combined with a small quantity of plumbago. Proportions are given in the Specifica- tion. The materials are mixed and applied hot between a suitable mould or form, preferably of iron plate, and the sur- face to be lined. The form is removed and the lining is washed 58G MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. over with borax solution, or silicate of soda and clay, and is then covered with a layer of salt. The forms are then replaced and the lining is baked by internal and external heat. \_No Drmoings.'] A.D. 1883, July 3.— No. 3281. McLaren, John. — Moulds for iron and steel castings. Relates to permanent chill moulds and to means of cooling the said moulds. The example is given adapted for the casting of axle-boxes or bushes of varying sizes. The mould is con- structed of metal, preferably cast iron, in two or more parts, secured together by pins and cottars engaging in snugs formed on the said mould, or other means. Behind each moulding- face is a hollow space enclosed by the sides or walls of the mould, which may be stayed with tie-bolts or webs. The said hollow space is filled with sand or other material. Air outlets are formed in the moulding-face and are continued through the sand to the surface thereof, and are also connected to channels running at right angles and connected with openings in the four sides or walls. These latter channels are formed by ropes passed through the holes previous to the mould being packed with sand, after which the said ropes are withdrawn. The effect of these passages is such as to cause a free passage outwards of hot vapours, and also to cause the cooler air to pass inwards through the said passages. The mould is carried by the central shaft in suitable bearings, and preferably in an oblique position, by which means either side may be brought uppermost to receive the molten metal. For casting axle-boxes or bushes of varying sizes, collars may be adjusted to regulate the length of the axle-box or bush to be cast. When mounted obliquely as described above, the molten metal is poured into the inlet until it flows up into the outlet, when it is allowed to set and the mould rotated on the shaft and the operation repeated on the other side. [Draivings.'] A.D. 1883, July 3.— No. 3300. LAKE, William Robert. — (A commwu cation from Charles Jia^e.) — Manufacture of springs. MANUFACTtTRE 01^ IROISr AND STEEL. 587 Relates to apparatus for coiling and tempering springs. The steel is softened in a heating chamber through which it is drawn by feed rollers. After passing between guide rollers it is coiled by a friction roller having sliding bearings. The latter are actuated by cam- wheels of the proper curve to cause in one revolution the requisite increase in the size of the coiL Carriers having wheels resting on the floor are attached to the spring as it leaves the coiling-device. The feed rollers are geared by toothed wheels and one of them is provided with a crown-wheel, through which and a train of wheels and pinions it is driven from a shaft. The bearings of the other roller slide in slots furnished with springs, the pressure of which is regulated by set-screws. The cam- wheel spindle is actuated from the roller by an inclined shaft and worm and pinion gearing. When the coiling is complete the guide and friction rollers are removed and the spring again passed through the heating chamber, after which it is subjected to a cold air blast in a chilling chamber. The latter is arranged on a circular railway concentric with the point at which the feed rollers touch the spring. Gas and air are led to each side of the heating-chamber by two rows of pipes depending respectively from a gas pipe and and an air pipe. In order that the chamber may be movable, the last-named are constructed in sections and each is provided with two universal joints. The pipes are adjusted by a yoke suspended from an overhead traveller or by any other suitable method. A.D. 1883, July G.—No. 3361. PITT, Sydney. — (.1 co/nmanwatlon from JJenrl llaniiet.) — {Letters Patent vokl for icant of fi)Lal Specification.) — Cooling or quenching the lining tubes for artillery etc. A current of water is caused to flow through the iaterior of the tube. Conical plugs are fitted to the breech and muzzle ends, and to these plugs are attached tubes provided with cocks, through which the water passes into and out of the interior of the gun. \_DraLO(U(j.] 588 MANUPACTITRE OJ^ IROlJ AND StfiEL. A.D. 1883, July 6.— No. 3371. MILLER, Thomas.— Chilled iron rollers. Chilled cast-iron rolls are cut in lengths from a cylinder so cast in a mould that the proper parts of its circumference are in contact with annular rings of sand etc. placed between every two ordinary chills, and so remain soft. The core of the cylinder is chambered or increased in diameter for a sufficient leingth at the middle of each roll. [Vraiving.'] A.D. 1883, July 9.~No. 3385 GILCHRIST, Gordon. — Manufacture of railway sleepers. Relates to a form of machine for making sleepers from metal plates by rolling. The rolls have secured to their periphery a number of detachable rolling and shaping segments suitably formed to give the required shape to metal blanks fed between them. The plates (previously cut to shape) are laid on rollers between vertical guide rollers, and at the proper moment are propelled between gripping-rollers by a lever, which is actuated by a rod whose projecting catch engages with a stud and roller on the lower roll, after the passage of which the lever is with- drawn by a weight. The drawing and delivering guide rollers are shaped approximately to the sectional form of the finished sleeper. The bushes of both the gripping and drawing rollers are adjustable vertically by set-screws. The bent ends of transverse sleepers may be formed by properly shaping the dies, and the dies are provided with punches and a steel bolster with taper holes, through which the punchings may freely fall away, for forming the necessary bolt holes. The shaped blanks may however be punched either before or after shaping. The Provisional Specification states that the rolling- machine described may be coupled to a punching-machine arranged to operate on the blanks while the non-acting parts of the rollers are passing each other, the object being to equalize the power. [Draioings.l A.D. 1883, July 16.— No. 3489. SELIGMAN, James. — (.1 communication from Gtistavus Josephs.) — Shears for round and flat metal. MAlSfU^ACTltRE OF IRON AND STEEL. 589 ilelates to a shearing- machine for wire, rods, plates, etc., combined with an anvil. The fixed jaw has an arm on the end of which is mounted a segmental pinion fitted with a handle and gearing with a toothed segment on the end of the arm of the movable jaw. Flat or square metal is cut between the jaws. For round forms a cylindrical die capable of turning in the fixed arm is made with apertures of different sizes, and a shear blade is carried by the movable arm. The end of the die is square so that it can be turned and it is clamped by a screw. The shear blade is wedge-shaped and has a conical groove in its upper face to receive the metal. A gauge, consisting of a slotted piece bent at right angles, is secured by a bolt on either of the bosses below the cutters as desired. The work from the jaws is guided outwards by a curved offset of the pedestal so that it can pass the gauge when applied to the boss. The underside of the movable arm may also be formed obliquely to admit of its passing. The pedestal has a perforated base so that it can be screwed down, and shoulders so that it can be fitted in an anvil, block, or the like. IDi^avnng.'] A.D. 1883, July 17.— No. 3519. REDDIE, Arthur William Lovell. — (A communication from Wilmot Hobhs & Co.) — Kolling-mills and rolls therefor. Relates in part to mills for " peen rolling," in which the lower working-roller is of small diameter and rests upon two supporting and driving rollers. The pressure on the bearings of the upper roll is simultaneously increased or diminished by a plate moved longitudinally by a screw and handle and fitted with wedge-pieces acting against corresponding wedges. To " rock " the roller or increase the pressure on one bearing, screws (fitted with worm-wheels actuated in opposite directions by a worm) are employed. The worm is arranged to be thrown out of gear when desired. For guiding thin sheets between the rollers and for removing creases, a guide is used consisting of a throat and a wedge fitting therein to an extent limited by a stop. For guiding the finished work past the supporting-roll, a stripper having a knife-edge which rests upon the roll is employed. The stripper is supported at its ends by soft metal pins, which pass into steel bearings in lever arms, and are easily §90 MAlsftfFAC*UIiE 01^ IRON Al^D S*Ei5L. broken when any jam occurs so as to release the stripper. The lever arms are suitably arranged for adjusting the pressure on the stripper. The rolls consist, in one form, of a central core or shaft, slightly conical, screw-threaded, and preferably of hammered steel. On to this is screwed a face or sleeve of steel bored out to a corresponding taper and hardened, and having cast or otherwise secured in it a lining of brass or other alloy in which the screw thread is cut. In another form the face or sleeve is held between two collars, one of which is fixed on the shaft, while the other screws on to it. The faces of the collars may be undercut or bevelled inwards, the ends of the sleeve being correspondingly bevelled to give a greater hold, and pins passing through the collars may be added for security. [Draiviny.] A.D. 1883, July 18.— No. 3531. NAYLOR, William. — Manufacture of steel. Soft weldable steel is made by introducing oxide of man- ganese together with ferromanganese into the molten metal in the Bessemer converter or furnace in the Thomas & Gilchrist, Siemens, Martin, or similar process. [No Draidngs.'] A.D. 1883, July 18.— No. 3540. AYRES, Walter. — {Provisional protection 07zZi/.) — Manu- facture of sash weights. Relates to the manufacture of sash weights and other articles by casting. A chill mould is provided with a recess on each side, and a transverse core of cast iron or other metal, provided with projections to take into the said recesses, is inserted tht;rein. A tapered core is then inserted perpendicularly through the chill, the upper end of which core takes into a recess in the transverse core. By this means the holes for the reception of the suspending-cord" will be formed in the casting. [No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1883, July 21.— No. 3585. MILLS, Benjamin Joseph Barnard. — {A communication from Geonj Fischer.) — (Frovisional protection only.) — Crucible furnaces etc. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 591 The charged crucibles are subjected to a preliminary heating in a furnace fitted with a heating-stove, before removal to the melting-furnace. The heating-stove consists of a cylinder lined with hollow cylinders of refractory material and furnished with a cap provided with flue and damper ; it is jacketed, and is raised and lowered on .to the furnace bottom by chains and pulleys. The lower part of the furnace is movable, and after the preliminary heating of the charge is run upon rails to the melting-furnace, which is worked fast enough to require three heating-stoves as auxiliar ies. To regulate the blast a perforated plate is placed beneath the firegrate, and by means of handles its perforations can be made to coincide more or less with those of the grate. The furnace jacket, lining, and firegrate aie made removable to facilitate rapid cleaning and cooling. The melted metal is run into a lined metal ladle supported on trunnions and capable of holding a whole charge ; it has a spout and slag hole, and is provided with a lid and isolating jacket filled with sand, etc. From this the metal is transferred to small transfusing-vessels with two spouts, a groove for the tongs, and a hoppered lid. [No Drawings.'} A.D. 1883, July 21.— No. 3586. MILLS, Benjamin Joseph Barnakd. — (A communication from George Fischer.) — (Prooisional protection only.) — Furnace for annealing castings etc. Relates to the constraction of furnaces and apparatus for annealing steel castings and for drying, heating, and re-heating casting-moulds. Also relates to retorts or wagons for holding work during the process of annealing. Muffles or vessels for annealing small cast-steel goods consist of hollow cylinders made of metal or some refractory material and provided with covers, the projecting rims of which serve at the same time as flanges for the rails. The cylindrical bodies may have a smooth or undulated surface, the lattsr to augment the heated surface. For large castings, trucks provided with covers are employed. Moulds are supported on platform wagons. \_No Drawings.~\ 592 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. A.D. 1883, July 26.— No. 3663. DE LA SALA, Pastor Perez. — Distributing blast to blast furnaces, cupolas, etc. The blast is introduced into a chamber of suitable shape or blast distributor " which may be imbedded in the walls of the furnace in order to take up heat. Branch pipes from this chamber convey the blast to each tuyere ; these pipes may be telescopic ; each of them is fitted with a regulating- valve. At the outside of the angles or curved parts of these pipes eye- holes are placed, covered with coloured glass, for observing the temperature of the furnace. To remove obstructions, these glasses can be removed and a rod passed through the tuyeres. \_Draivr)igs.'] A.D. 1883, July 31.— No. 3757. PRATT, Edavard. — Mowing and reaping machines. The projections upon the peripheries of the driving-wheels of reaping etc. machines are cast in metal chills, whilst the bodies of the wheels are cast in sand. \_No Draumigs.~\ A.D. 1883, August 1.— No. 3772. HULSE, William Wilson. — Machinery for cutting metals. A hollow cam-shaft encircles the first motion-shaft, which is extended to rotate in bearings outside the cam-shaft. The cam- shaft, which is driven through a second motion-shaft, is pro- vided with an eccentric for actuating a cutter for angle or other bars situated outside the frame. A.D. 1883, August 11.— No. 3898. WHITLEY, Nathan, HOYLE, Henry, and THOMSON, Frederick Whitley. — Heating, hardening, and tempering steel wire used in the manufacture of cards. Steel wires are drawn between pins under electric conductors and heated by a current of electricity supplied by a dynamo and passed by wires to a secondary battery or accumulator which is connected to the conductors. The heated wires then MANUFACTURE OF IPtON AND STEEL. 593 pass through a cistern of oil, water, or other medium, and then an appliance composed of some absorbent material for removing the oil or water. The wires are next tempered by passing under other conductors which are by preference supplied with electricity from a separate dyaamo and battery, the wires being afterwards wound upon drums. \_Dr(nvings.'j A.D. 1883, August 11.— No. 3904. WRIGHTSON, Thomas.— " Apparatus for controlling the " movements of the feeding bells of blast furnaces." In conjunction with the hydraulic cylinder and catch rod described in the inventor's previous Specification No. 1803, A.D. 1870, apparatus is used by which the catch rod is retained after the descent of the feeding bell, and the feeding- hopper kept open until released by the workman. In order to further provide against the bell jamming against portions of the charge in its ascent, the two ends of the con- trolling cylinder are connected by a passage with valves allow- ing the flow of liquid from the upper to the under side of the piston, but not vice versa. A solid plunger, worked by a hand- lever, in this passage is employed in case of a jam to draw liquid from the upper side of the piston and thus to lower the bell against the action of the counterweight. A.D. 1883, August 16.— No. 3985. McDOUGALL, Isaac Shimwell. — Furnaces! etc. for calcining or roasting sulphur ores, spent oxide of iron, etc. Relates to apparatus for submitting materials' to the action of air as in roasting, calcining, and desulphurizing ores. Within a brick-lined casing are a number of floors having openings alternately in the centre and at the side. In the centre is a vertical shaft of cast iron with a wrought-iron lining and fitted with a hard steel bottom working on a loose steel disc which can be replaced when worn. The shaft is driven by any con- venient gearing at the top. Rakes of cast iron strengthened with internal wrought-iron tubes have forked ends to embrace the vertical shaft to which they are secured by cottars, so that they 594 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. can be taken off to allow of the removal of the shaft for repairs. The shaft passes freely through holes in the floors covered by plates where central passages are not required. The rakes have their teeth set angularly to move the material across the floor inwardly and outwardly alternately so that it may fall from floor to floor. On the top is a floor for drying the material before passing it into the apparatus, which it leaves through an outlet at the bottom. There are feed hoppers at different levels. In another arrangement the floors are placed horizontally side by side, and the rakes then pass the materials along the floors from one end to the other. Two or more superposed tiers may be used. Applied as a furnace this arrangement is suitable for desulphurizing pyrites and obtain- ing sulphurous acid, calcining spent iron oxide, and other purposes. [Drain ngs.~\ A.D. 1883, August 17.— No. 3989. ALEXANDER, Edwin Powley.- (.4 commimication from LkcIus Deliso/f Chap'm.) — Producing wrought iron. Wrought iron is made from pig by treating it in a Bessemer converter lined with fireclay, gannister, or other refractory material, with an air blast fgr a short time until most of the impurities are removed. It is then tapped with a ladle and transferred to a rotary balling-furnace lined in the usual way with a lining having a large proportion of oxide of iron, when the puddling or balling is completed in the usual way. By proceeding thus it is found that the lining of the balling-furnace lasts much longer. The process is similar to that described in Specification No. 739, A.D. 1880, except that in the present invention the converter has the ordinary refractory lining and need not be rotated or oscillated during the blowing. When treating pig containing phosphorus, some raw dolomite is placed in the transferring ladle, and some calcined dolomite on the hearth of the balling-furnace. [Drawings.'] A.D. 1883, August 28.— No. 4139. ARTHUR, William. — (A communication from Joseph Pearson 6^iZ/.) —Treatment of iron and steel for protecting and MANOTACTtJRE OF IRON AND STilEL. 595 improving the quality of the same, and apparatus to be employed in the said treatment. The invention consists in coating iron and steel articles by a process similar to the Barlf process. The apparatus consists of a furnace employed to heat a muffle chamber containing a muffle for the articles to be coated, and another chamber above containing a superheater and a vaporizer, which communicate by pipes with the muffle. A current of superheated hydrogen is first used, and afterwards steam or air or carbonic acid to produce the surface oxidation ; after which hydrocarbon or mineral or nitrogenous oils are passed through the vaporizer, and the vapour caused to act, alone or in conjunction with, or alternately with steam, on the oxidized articles. Carbonic oxide, carburetted hydrogen, or carburetted air gas (produced, for example, as in the inventor's Specifications Nos. 916 and 4138, A.D. 1883) may be used instead of the oil vapours. Regulating-apparatus for the supply of the hydrocarbon vapour is described and claimed. The action of nitrogen gas, whether the nitrogen in air gas or that resulting 'from the vaporization of the nitrogenous oils, is also claimed as improv - ing the texture of iron (from fibrous to crystalline) and tempering steel, in addition to assisting in the coating process. [Draw hi g.] A.D. 1883, August 28.— No. 4140. ARTHUR, William. — (A conimunicatlou from Joseph Pearson Gill.) — The treatment or reduction of iron ores for obtaining iron or steel therefrom. Iron ores, both oxides and carbonates, are converted into wrought iron, or cast iron, or steel of any required grade by treatment in closed muffles, retorts, or chambers (from which the outside air and the products of combustion are excluded) with gaseous reagents admitted in automatically regulated quantities, preferably by the forcing and regulating apparatus of the inventor's previous Specifications Nos. 916 and 4138, A.D. 1883. Oxide of iron is introduced into a closed chamber heated from without, and hydrogen, hydrogen and carbonic oxide, or nitrogen and carbonic oxide, are introduced until the ore is reduced to a metallic s[)oiige and impurities have been dissipated. 596 The iron is then carburetted to the required extent by a jet of steam and hydrocarbon vapour, or instead of steam, hydrogen, or hydrogen and carbonic oxide, or nitrogen and carbonic oxide may be used, to introduce and dilute the hydrocarbon vapour ; or carburetted air gas may be used for the carburetting. Carbonate of iron is treated first with hydrogen or super- heated steam or air or mixtures of them, and the metallic sponge afterwards carburetted as above described. The properly- carburetted sponge may be transferred in an atmosphere of nitrogen through a heated passage to a paddling-furnace. Ores may also be treated in open-hearth, reverberatory, or re-heating furnaces, the air for combustion and the gases for carburetting being introduced through tuyeres by the regulating-apparatus before mentioned. Carbonized iron or steel sponge produced by these processes is practically incorrodible. [No Draioings,'] A.D. 1883, September 3.— No. 4234. BAILLIE, Robert. — Stamping corrugated iron and steel plates. Consists in forming the central corrugations in plates first, thereby avoiding injury to the outer parts of the plate, and enabling a greater depth of corrugation to be produced. The upper die is constructed in two pieces maintained apart by stops mounted on a slide. The heated plate is introduced between the dies and forced up into the middle part of the upper die by hydraulic power acting against the lower die. A slide is then pushed so as to bring the blocks between the two parts of the upper die opposite a series of apertures in the outer part, and the lower die is clamped to the base-plafce. Farther pressure being applied, the lower die is forced upwards to complete the corrugations. The upper die may be made to move, the lower one being stationary. [Di^atoing.l A.D. 1883, September 4.— No. 4248. NEWTON, Henry Edward. — (A communicatJon from Thomas Egleston.') — Crucibles, muffles, etc. The interior surface, which is essentially basic, may be made MANCTACTUHE OF IHON AND STEEL. 697 of baryta, strontia, lime, magnesia, alumina, carbon, or of any two or more of these elements. The exterior surface may be made of acid refractory material, such as the silicates of the above elements, or of the elements themselves. Or it may be made of a combination of silicates and bases. Both the exterior surfaces may be of basic material, but of different constitution. l_Draicing.~\ A.D. 1883, September 13.— No. 4379. IMRAY, John. — (^4 communication from Henri Remaury and Ferdinand Valton). — Linings for furnaces etc. Relates to the manufacture and application of a neutral lining for furnaces and metallurgical vessels. Chromic iron is pulverized to the condition of coarse sand, and is mixed, in slightly-heated pans, with a certain proportion of the carbon deposit of gas retorts, and tar, pitch, or, heavy oil. The compound may be applied directly as a lining by ramming it in place with heated rammers ; or it may be formed into bricks, by ramming it into iron moulds, and raising it to a red heat in a furnace. [No Drawings.'] A.D. 1883, September 24.— No. 4560. LAKE, William Robert. — {A conimimication from Theodore Augustus Blake,) — Machines for breaking pig iron. Relates to a machine after the principle of the Blake ore- crusher. The base has at the front two uprights with a rib on their inside face, the distance between the two ribs being less than the iron to be broken, the ribs being inclined from the bottom upwards. In the front of the machine and between the uprights there is" left a recess for the convenience of the workman supplying pigs to the machine. Opposite and between the uprights is a movable jaw having a rib also inclined from the bottom upwards. The jaw is carried on the side frames by a pin, and is operated by toggle-levers from an eccentric on the driving-shaft. If desired, the two jaws can be movable and the single jaw fixed, and the machine can be made to give two breaks instead of one by using another 598 MAI^ITFACT'ITRE OF' IRON AND ST^EEL. movable jaw bearing upon the pig outside one of the stationary parts ; in this case it is preferred to have an additional sta- tionary rib so as to make two spaces between which the two jaws will operate. The machine may be mounted on wheels or fixed as desired. \_Dmii:ing.'\ A.D. 188a, September 25.— No. 4574. BOTT, Joseph ^lto^.— {Letters Patent void for irant of final S^yecification.) — Crucible furnaces and crucibles etc. Two vertical walls are built at each end of the crucible to form flues, and in the centre is a circular wall which forms a central flue, the melting-chamber being the space round the central flue. Tapping-holes are made in the chamber bed for running the metal off, also in the crucible side to sample the molten metal. A removable dome covers the crucible and the charging takes place by raising it. Doors are placed in the dome for stirring and making additions to the molten metal. When the crucible is heated by a gas furnace, furnished with vertical regenerators and of a corrugated consbruction, it is carried by a truck on a track over flues corresponding with the crucible flues, and so allows the gas and air from a pair of generators to pass round the metal under operation, and the spent gases to pass out to another pair of regenerators. The gas and air currents are controlled and reversed by a two-way valve. When the gas is supplied direct from the producer it is admitted, together with air, into a combustion chamber in the form of annular jets, w^hich has inlet and outlet ports corre- sponding with the crucible. Combustibles other than gas may be used in a similar manner. When the metal is ready for tapping, the air and gas are shut off, and when the crucible is large it is moved by a truck operated by known means. The metal flows from the crucible through plugs actuated by levers, or the like, and the plugs are secured to metal tubes, the ends of which are protected by asbestos cloth and paint. The crucibles have an outer casing of iron and an inner lining of refractory material, and are of a rectangular form when for use in a gas furnace, and oval when they are to be heated by gas direct from the producer. \^No Drawings,} MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 599 A.D. 1«83, September 27.— No. 4604. YON NAWROCKI, Gekard Wenzeslaus. — (A communication f rom Schnidt ^ro8.)— Rolling wire and bars of channel, star, etc. sections. Four narrow rolls, driven by the friction of the passing wire or other suitable means, are arranged in pairs opposite each other, so that the faces of the four enclose a space of the size of the wire. The rollers are formed convex at their outer part, the sides approaching each other according to the section required. Other shaped section can be produced by using suitable rolls. If the outer part is made with two sides meeting at an obtuse angle, star-section bars are produced. \^Dr(nrinqJ\ A.D. 18S3, September 28.— No. 4623. SMITH, Daniel. — Manufacture of hoes, spades, adzes, and grafting or drainage tools. According to this invention blanks for the above tools are rolled to about the finished dimensions with lumps or thickened parts for the formation of the eyes, or with shanks to which sockets may be afterwards attached. The blanks are afterwards finished in another pair of rolls either before or after the eye is formed. The bar is first rolled to about the same thickness as the thickest part of the required tool, or with a thickness down the middle, and is then passed to a pair of rolls suitably shaped. Illustrations are given of the forms of rollers employed for producing and finishing hoe blauks. The blanks may be passed through these rollers until the required dimensions are arrived at, and when it is required to pass them through only once, a roller with part of the circumference cut away may be used. It will be understood that the rolls for these different sections must be suitably shaped, and the finishing pair of rolls may be made to answer for various sizes of blanks by using adjustable guides, and the part requiring to be altered may be loose. If desired, the blanks from the first pair of rolls may be finished by stamping or plating. \_Drawings'j 600 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND 8TEEL. A.D. 1883, October 1.— No. 4663. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from Charles Alger.) — Hot-blast stoves for blast furnaces. The stove is placed above the combustion chamber, the waste gases from which enter it by apertures at intervals. The blast pipe is made of a number of inverted (J tubes placed in the stove, their open ends being connected in series by short bottom pieces. The inside of these tubes and connections is lined with rings of firebrick of different thickness forming a corrugated or stepped surface. The outside also is lined with firebrick. From the stove the heated blast passes through a valve in the elbow of the producer-gas pipe into the combustion furnace. [^Drawing.'] A.D. 1883, October 2.— No. 4676. HATTON, George. — {Provisional protection only.) — Iron and steel manufacture. The inventor's process for steel making is a combination of the Bessemer process with the Siemens-Martin or open-hearth process, and is elfected in a furnace which is a combined converter and Siemens-Martin steel furnace. It consists of an open-hearth furnace mounted on trunnions, in which the pig iron is melted, as in the Siemens process, by gaseous fuel, with or without the use of regenerative chambers. When the metal is melted the furnace is tilted, so as to bring the tuyeres beneath the surface of the molten metal, and the flue connection with the gas producer now becomes the open mouth of the converter. Air is now forced through the metal until most of the silicon, carbon, etc. is burnt off. When the furnace is restored to its original position and the oxidation finished, as in the Siemens- Martin process, with the addition of oxide of iron if desired. The process may be conducted in two separate furnaces instead of one. \_No Dravnngs.'] A.D. 1883, October 2.— No. 4681. BOTT, Joseph Elton. — {Letters Patent void for want of final Specification.) — Gas producers etc. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 601 A continuous tuyere, the mouth of which is of corrugated or Wavy form, and larger below than above, extends completely round the gas producer, and is enclosed in a casing forming an air chamber. \_No I)rawhigs.~\ A.D. 1883, October 9.— No. 4779. KING, John Thomson. — (^-1 contnamication from Simeon BlsselL) — Metallurgical furnaces. Relates to an open-hearth reverberatory regenerative furnace, preferably combined with a gas producer, and adapted to making wrought iron in the condition of puddle ball," without paddling, or steel directly from pig iron. A gas producer is placed at one end of the reverberatory chamber, the combustible gases passing over the bridge and mixing with heated air from the regenerator which has traversed a flue beneath the hearth. At the opposite end the waste gases pass into one section of a cylindrical regenerator mounted on a longitudinal axis and capable of being rotated by hand. The compartments in this regenerator are filled with firebricks forming a sinuous passage or series of baffles, and while one compartment leads from the furnace to the chimney, the other compartment admits fresh air to the inlet flue. The position of these compartments is reversed at intervals by simply rotating the chamber. The hearth is circular, and by means of two tuyeres mounted in ball- and-socket joints formed in the furnace at opposite sides, blasts of air, steam, hydrocarbon gas, powdered lime, or other reagent are directed upon and into the molten metal as occasion requires. By suitably inclining the tuyere nozzles a swivel or rotating motion is given to the entire contents of the hearth. The tuyeres consist of an outer tube enlarged with a ball at the end to fit the socket joint formed in the furnace lining and the flanges bolted thereto ; this ball is perforated with a number of holes, the blast conveyed to it by two pipes. The nozzle is formed of an inner tube lined on the inside with a coil for circulation of water and .secured on to a rod passing through a stuffing-box on the outer tube, by which its position is adjusted The furnace lining is bevelled or countersunk on the inside to allow free play of the tuyere in its ball-and-socket joint. To make wrought iron from pig the charge is melted and thew 602 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. kept rotating and oxidized by blasts of air from the tuyeres until in the condition of puddle ball, when the air is stopped and the heat raised to allow the metal to agglutinate. In steel- making a blast of steam is introduced for a short time to remove sulphur. \_Dr awing.'] A.D. 1883, October 13.— No. 4886. LAKE, William Robert. — (^4 comniunlcatwn from Pierre Manhes.) — Converter furnaces. In the converters used for smelting copper ores, according to the inventor's previous Specification No. 3181, A.D. 1880, the tuyeres are arranged in a circle some distance above the bottom of the converter, so as to provide a space for the molten copper to accumulate in. The ring of tuyeres is covered with an air chamber, in the outer walls of which holes are provided opposite each tuyere ; by removing the plug from any of these holes the corresponding tuyere can be cleared of obstructions with a rod. \_Draif'ing.~\ A.D. 1883, October 16.— No. 4933. RICHARDSON, Thomas Dickson. — Shoes for horses etc. Consists in a pair of rolls provided with the necessary depressions and projections for forming horse-shoe blanks. The metal is passed through the rolls thereby producing a double blank, which is afterwards separated by passing it under a slitting " roll. \_No Draioings.'] A.D. 1883, October 29.— No. 5116. MACLEAN, Andrew Hislop. — {Provisional protection only,') Forming cylindrical and similar shells of steel. A cylindrical metal casing is employed which is open at the bottom and is at the top connected by spokes or arms, or by a disc to a central vertical shaft, which is suspended in bearings in a bracket fixed to an overhead support. By means of a pulley on a shaft and a belt from a pulley on another shaft, the casing is made to rotate rapidly, and whilst so rotating, steel in a melted condition is poured from a ladle against the inside of MAMTFACTfTRE OF IRON AND STEEL. ()03 the casing. The centrifugal force due to the rotation causes the fluid steel to be distributed in a uniform manner over the internal surface of the cylindrical casing. The steel is pre- vented from getting over the upper edge of the casing by a rim or flange projecting inwards, and at the bottom of the cylindrical casing is a flange to prevent the steel from getting below the edge whilst fluid. But this lower flange is in the form of a movable ring held in place by catches, and as soon as a steel shell has solidified, the ring is removed and the steel shell dropped on a truck placed below. The formation of another shell can then be proceeded with. A support is provided for the ladle with means for raising it up inside of the casing or mould, and for tilting it when raised so as to pour the steel against the sides of the casing. The rotary casing may be inverted, or it may be placed horizontally, or in an inclined position, and the casing may be contrived so that it can be turned with its open end downwards, for the purpose of dis- charging the steel shell as soon as it is solidified. Or the shaft may be made tubular and be fitted with a central rod passing through it, having fixed to it a disc or frame which will pus out the steel shell on the central rod being moved. [No Dravmigs.'] A.D. 1883, November 2.— No. 5212. CREBBIN, Edward William. — {Prormonal protection only.) — Manufacture of steel. Peroxide and protoxide of manganese, together with ferro- manganese, are added to steel made by Siemens, Bessemer, and other processes after the steel is discharged from the converter or furnace into a tank or receptacle. \_No Draivmgs.~\ A.D. 1883, November 3.— No. 5227. VON NEUENDAHL, JjEO— (Complete Specification hut no Letters Patent.) — Treating zinc ores etc. in blast furnaces for extracting zinc and lead, and furnaces therefor. A specially-arranged blast furnace and process for extracting zinc and lead from very poor ores, also plumbiferous zinc ores, plumbiferous and zinciferous iron ores, zinciferous waste of iron furnaces, zinciferous and plumbiferous slag and refuse (;()4 MANUFACTURE OF TROX AND STEEL. from de-silveiiziiig processes, zinc dust from roasting -furnaces, with binding-material in the form of briquettes etc. The materials are mixed with coal etc. and fed into top of blast furnace through two hoppers with intermediate chamber and two slides or dampers so as to exclude air from the furnace while charging. Reducing-gases from a generator are conducted by a flue to the furnace foundation, and thence by vertical pipes into a ring space from v/hich tuyeres conduct them into the furnace ; the walls of the gas canals and flues are made of refractory gneiss, the furnace lining of firebrick, and the tuyeres con- necting the two are lined with neutral graphite bricks. Cold, hot, or compressed air may, by separate ports, be forced through the same tuyere at will. The hot gases and vaporized zinc are led off from upper part of furnace through four flues inclined downwards through the lining, and thence up through vertical flues into an annular chamber above, from which they pass by two large descending flues on opposite sides into an annular chamber surrounding the lower part of the furnace, and thence into the trapped condensing-f ume flue,and thence to the chimney. An exhauster or pump may be used. The flues and channels have dust pockets with bottom doors at intervals for removal of condensed zinc fume. The sole of the furnace is inclined and channelled to run off melted lead, and opens into four clearing chambers in the sides of the furnace. A transverse air space is made beneath the furnace sole to keep it off the ground and facilitate recovery of lead from the same. [Drawings.] A.D. 1883, November 5.— No. 5234. FOX, Samuel. — Annealing wire and metal in other forms. For wire, metals, etc., the furnace has a hot chamber and a cooling-chamber separated by a partition, the flame and furnace gases ascending in the former and descending in the latter. In each chamber is a cylindrical vessel supported on a turntable let into the floor of the furnace and rotated from below. Within these are cases which can be lifted out by removing the covers of the vessels and of the furnace. The coils of wire to be annealed are placed in the cases with a dummy cylinder in the centre, or an inner case for smaller coils may be substituted. After a time the case in the cooling-chamber is removed into MANUFACTURE OF IRON AN'D STEEL. 005 the air to cool, that m the hot chamber is placed in the cooling- chamber, and a fresh case is placed in the hot chamber. In a modification, a single chamber contains three cases for small wire coils, and each of these is rotated independently from a central shaft within the hollow shaft which rotates the chamber itself. A.D. 1883, November 8.— No. 5287. HANSELL, RicHAKi) Alexander, and HANSELL, James BuRNE. — Wheels for tramways etc. Relates to tempering steel wheel tyres by immersion, when at a blood-red heat, in water of a temperature corresponding to the degree of hardness required. [Draw?rig.~\ A.D. 1883, November 8.— No. 5296. VON SCHONINGT, Peter Louis Tischbei^.— (Provisional protection only.) — Manufacture of iron. In order to manufacture pig iron free from phosphorus, from ores containing phosphorus, the latter are treated either in a roasting furnace or in the blast furnace, or in both, with some of the following materials : — Alkalies, alkaline or carbonaceous earths, limestone, alumina, potash, soda, common salt, and the like ; seaweed, limestone, or minerals containing manganese, are employed in the roasting-f urnace, and when chlorine compounds are used, the roasted product may be treated with superheated steam. In the blast furnace basic materials are employed, and fluidity is imparted to the slag by fluorspar, materials containing potash or soda, manganese. Chili saltpetre, glass- grinding waste, etc. [No Draivings.'] A.D. 1883, November 13.— No. 5360. DAY, Charles Aubrey. — {A communication from George Whitfield Billings.) — Improvements in the manufacture of steel ingots and in machinery used therein. m] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. The invention comprivses machinery and methods for com- pressing steel ingots and castings while liquid or plastic to avoid the cavities or "piping" to which they are subject. The bottom of the mould consists of a compressing block or die carried by the piston-rod of a narrow hydraulic cylinder, which in its turn forms the piston-rod of a steam cylinder of much greater area, though of smaller stroke. These cylinders are mounted between tie-rods or pillars secured to base plate and top frame, the latter carrying the jacketed vertical mould, supported between four more jacketed pillars. When the mould is poured the bottom is withdrawn by the action of the hydraulic cylinder, and a compression plate being inserted between the top of the ingot and the mould bottom, the large steam piston is raised and exerts the necessary compression on the ingot. Another machine consists of a turntable containing a series of moulds mounted in a circle, each being brought in turn over a die bottom actuated by a steam cylinder beneath. The mould being poured and closed by a radial compression plate forced down by a screw, the liquid steel is compressed by raising the steam piston ; the same operation being repeated on all the moulds. For casting long ingots, such as are required for shafting, the mould is made in sections which are bolted together and strengthened by outside braces or hoops. The plunger or mould bottom, being connected with a long and narrow hydraulic cylinder, and a wide and short steam cylinder is forced at first nearly to the top of the mould and gradually lowered by the action of the hydraulic piston as pouring proceeds. When the pouring is complete and the plunger at the bottom of the mould, a compression plate is fixed on the top and the ingot compressed by raising the large steam piston. A machine for lining these ingot moulds consists of an inner cylinder filled with plastic refractory material, which is squeezed through perforations by the descent of a screw-plate while the cylinder itself is moved up and down within the mould, and this motion may be given to it by the hydraulic piston of the compressing-machine. [Draioings.~j MAKUFACTURE OF iRO^^ AND STEEL. 607 A.D. 1883, November 14.— No. 5367. BEARDMORE, William, and CHERRIE, James Mac- Callum. — Steel ingots. To facilitate escape of gases from steel ingots they are made shallow, the larger surface is uppermost and exposed to the air. Several ingots are cast in one mould, being connected by transverse channels, and the mould may be covered with a lid so constructed as to leave an open space over the surface of the ingots for the escape of gas. Ingots so made can be rolled without hammering. A.D. 1883, November 14.— No. 5380. MURDOCK, William Mallabey. — Bessemer converters A receiver of sufficient capacity to hold the entire charge of metal is connected with the converter and tilted with it. When the converter is in position for a blow the 'receiver is above the level of the molten metal, but on tilting the con- verter all the metal runs into the receiver, and may be drawn off through the bottom of the latter by the same hole which serves for charging the converter when the furnace is in its normal position. The charge may, if desired, be returned to the converter for further treatment by merely tilting back the latter without emptying the receiver. The improved tuyeres consist of gannister blocks perforated with taper holes inserted in the refractory lining and projecting into the blast chamber ; they are surrounded at the blast chamber end by an annular water box let in flush with the refractory lining. Or a circular water box with perforations corresponding with those of the gannister block may occupy part of the thickness of the lining, the gannister block occupying the other part nearest the fused metal. ^ \_Dmwmgs.'] A.D. 1883, November 16.— No. 5416, PRICE, Astley Paston. — Production of zinc, f Zinc is extracted from its ores or other f^ompounds or metal- ' lurgical products by smelting them with suitable fluxes and 608 MANtJFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. reducing-materials in a cupola, blast, or other furnace so con- structed that the products of combustion, tos^ether with the vaporized zinc, are conducted through a condenser or scrubber when the zinc is condensed by means of steam or water. No zinc is afterwards mixed with the carbon and distilled or pressed and melted. \_No Dravungs.'] A.D. 1883, November 19.— No. 5452. SMYTH, Samuel Richard. — {Provisional protection only,) — Smelting ores and apparatus therefor. The inventor terms his process a ^Miquid process" for smelting iron and steel and other ores and metals. It consists in supplying the blast furnace with " liquid hydrocarbon and liquid oxy-hydro compounds, also liquid alkali compounds,' by " first accumulating and afterwards atomizing and dis- tributing the same either by hot or cold air blast." Atomized water or vapour, or superheated steam, or carburetted hydrogen, or carbonic oxide, or oxygen or hydrogen, are also used alone or combined. If a liquid is used it is stored in a tank with such a head as to overcome the pressure of the air blast as it enters the tuyeres. Oxygen and hydrogen are stored in holders and forced in at the tuyere end of the descending blast pipes. The liquid supply pipes are branched and valved, and atomizers are attached to the mixing-boxes which are placed in the blast pipes. A drop valve fitted to main blast pipe allows escape of accumulated gases when blast is shut off. Steam is used superheated or " decomposed in a furnace." " Fluxing ^'compounds" are generated by these materials in the furnace itself. [iVo Drawings.'] A.D. 1883, November 22.— No. 5488. RICHARDS, Edward Windsor. — Furnaces for heating ingots etc. A series of chambers in which the ingots are arranged vertically in the furnace so as not to require turning during the process of heating. The chambers communicate with each other, alternately, at top and bottom, and there are passages closed by dampers by which heat can be MANUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. 609 deflected on to the heads of the ingots. The hot gases from the furnace pass through all the ingot chambers and through the regenerative chambers of a Siemens gas furnace. The ingot chambers have openings for the removal of slag, and are fitted with covers at the tops. The Siemens furnace is pre- ferred for heating the ingots, but any other kind of furnace may be used. [Drawings,'] A.D. 1883, November 23.— No. 5502. HARDINGHAM, George Gatton Melhuish.— commu- nication from Levi D. York,) — Blast furnaces for burning gaseous fuel. In addition to the air-heating stove and blower of an ordinary blast furnace, the inventor uses a second stove and blower in conjunction with a gas producer placed near or beneath the blast furnace. By this means less solid fuel is required in the blast f urnaee, or it may be worked with gaseous fiiel alone In a modification, the second blower or air-forcing apparatus is placed between the producer and the second air-heating stove attached to the blast furnace. By means of an air lock with duplicate valves, the producer can be recharged with fuel without the gas blowing out. [Di^aiving,'] A.D. 1883, November 28.— No. 5564. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from J. B. Octave Thiehlemont.) — Reduction of iron and other ores. A process, furnaces, and apparatus for the direct reduction of ores of iron (and other metals such as nickel, copper, zinc, etc.) without passing through the stage of pigs or mattes. The process is described with special reference to iron and steel. Gaseous fuel from a gas producer is used as the reducing- agent, two or more producers being used, so 'that one is generating gas while the other is being heated. The process may be combined with gas manufacture by distilling off the gas from ordinary coal in the producer for other purposes and using the residual coke in situ to generate the producer-gas. The producer-gas passes first through the forehearth of a melting or refining furnace, thence into the heated chamber of a P 6154 U 610 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. regenerator beneath the cupola furnace, and thence up through the body of the cupola or reducing furnace, meeting the descending pulverized and roasted ore (mixed or not with carbonaceous matter), which it reduces to a mass of spongy or finely-divided iron. On the top of the reducing furnace is mounted the ore drier and calciner, heated by a portion of the escaping gases, which become ignited in the calciner and pass out into the air. The other portion of the gases passes down through a flue at the side of the furnace into the cooled chamber of the regenerator, the direction of the gases through the two regenerator chambers being reversed periodically by the usual valves. It is stated that the gaseous reducing agents do not reduce the phosphorus and silicon compounds in the ore, and thence the process is adapted to deal with phosphatic iron ores. The iron sponge cools in a receptacle beneath the furnace, and (after being pressed or not in an intermediate chamber traversed by the current of reducing-gas) is melted in a reverberatory refining-f urnace divided by a partition extending part way down from the roof into a main hearth and a fore- hearth. The latter, into which the iron is fed, is heated by reducing-gas ; the former, in which it is worked or refined, by currents of air and gas entering through side holes. A bath of fused silicate is kept in the refining-f urnace to purify the iron. Steel may be made by adding in this furnace the requisite quantity of pig iron with the pure iron. Or the liquid slag may be run away from the pure iron and the latter consolidated by hammering etc. Or by sacrificing some of the iron it may be melted in a blast furnace, the slag being got rid of by liquation. The furnaces are discharged by mechanical rakes and the process rendered continuous. [Drawings."] A.D. 1883, November 29.— No. 5568. POCHIN, Henry Davis. — Manufacture of Bessemer metal. The converter is lined with masses of chrome iron ore with or without a backing of fireclay. The pieces of chrome iron ore are roughly shaped so as to fit together, or the interstices are packed with fireclay, or with the mixture of magnesian limestone and tar used in the basic process. [Draivings.'] MA^NUFAOTURE OF IRON AND STEEL, 6ll A.D. 1883, November 29.— No. 5572. POOLE, John Henky. — (Provisional protection only.) — Casting steel ingots. Composite ingots of soft and hard steel are made by casting first an ingot of soft steel, then removing it when set to a larger mould and casting round it hard steel. This composite ingot when forged or rolled with plates, shafting, etc. will have a soft core and hard exterior. For armour plates etc. the soft steel may form one side of the ingot and the hard steel the other. [No DraiDingsJ] A.D. 1883, December 1.— No. 5595. EDMUNDS, Edward. — {Provisional protection only.) — " Manu- facture of steel and iron." A converter like the " Bessemer " is used, but fixed. Each Luyere has a blast box, in which is placed a disc valve for regulating independently the blast admitted at each tuyere. The valve is worked by hand, hydraulic, or steam power. In the bottom of each blast box is a fusible plug, so that any melted metal leaking in from the converter is discharged and overheating is prevented. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1883, December 4.— No. 5643. ABEL, Charles Denton. — {A communication from William Garrett.) — Rolling-mills. Relates to rolling-mill trains for roiling steel or other blooms down to wire without re-heating, and also to the arrangement of the trains of rolls and other working parts. Ingots are heated in the furnaces and reduced to " blooms " in the train. These are cut into suitable lengths by shears and heated in furnaces. They are then passed through another train of billet rolls and thence along a guide to an intermediate pair of rolls, the rod being turned so as to be presented edgeways to the intermediate rolls. Thence they pass through a guide (of sufficient length to allow of turning the bar bctwcoi. the rolls) to finishing-rolls. The last of the billet rolls, the inter- mediate rolls, and the first of the finishing-rolis are all in one 612 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. line. The wire finally passes along a guide to reels arranged with suitable clutches so that the wire is being wound on one of them while the other is being removed and replaced by an empty one. Separate engines actuate the trains. [Drawing.'] A.D. 1883, December 8.— No. 5677. SIEMENS, Frederick. — Regenerative gas furnaces. These are constructed so that the flame is made to move through without contact with the objects to be heated or with the roof and walls, and act chiefly or entirely by radiation. In a crucible steel-melting furnace the gas flues are side by side and the air flues above them. The flame passes across the furnace over the pots and under the roof. The pots are placed some distance apart to allow free radiation of heat. Open- hearth steel-making furnaces of rectangular and of horse-shoe form are also described. In applying the principle to annealing or re-heating furnaces, the gas flues and air flues at each end of the furnace are side by side, the gas flues being inside, and the flame passes across above the working doors and below the roof. [Di^aivings.'] A.D. 1883, December 10.— No. 5690. LAKE, Henry Harris. — (A communication from Edivard B. Meaty arcl.) — Toggle presses. Relates to toggle presses for ingots. To the upper and lower beams of the press frame are fitted bed-pieces, the whole being secured by rods with nuts which are enclosed in cylinders. The beams extend across the machines and are arranged near the outside of the frame. The frame consists of channel beams, and in the space between the channel beams are arranged upper and lower blocks provided with flanges. The actuating toggle arms are pivoted at their outer ends re- spectively to these blocks and are bifurcated at their inner ends. Knuckles are arranged on a right and left hand screw, and a worm-wheel is centrally connected to the screw shaft. A worm shaft receiving its motion from a pulley is held to the worm-wheel by a strap, its outer end being connected by a link rod to the worm siiaft. Each press is provided with a MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 613 press toggle composed of a toggle block and upper and lower arms pivoted respectively to the head piece of the press and followers, the toggle blocks being connected by guide toggle arms to the guide blocks. The followers are connected together by beams which are arranged one on each side of the presses, and upright bars are attached to the inside of the beams and are connected at both ends by cross-bars. A series of moulds for pressing and purifying metal ingots are arranged in each press in nests, and in the rim of each mould on each side of the inlet short dovetail grooves are connected, which extend down a short distance. For pouring the metal a main gate is provided which has dovetail projections on one side adapted to fit the grooves in the mould. The gate has branch gates which serve as inlets to the moulds, and the joints between the moulds are stopped by a cord of asbestos, etc., which may be held in place by coal tar, etc. The moulds are connected together and to their respective followers by Imks. [Di^awing.'] A.D. 1883, December 12.— No. 5720. LONES, Jabez, YERNON, Charles, HOLDEN, Edward, and BENNETT, Ralph. — Puddling and other furnaces. The invention is described as applied to a gas puddling- furnace, but it is applicable also to other furnaces. Air enters the chamber filled with loose brickwork, situated at the bottom of the stack, thence past a damper into a chamber also filled with regenerative brickwork, under the flue, and thence, through pipes parallel with the furnace hearth, into a vertical flue opening at the top of the firebridge. A part of this air is conducted by a side flue on each side to the roof of the furnace immediately over the firebridge, and is discharged from openings parallel with the latter. The pipes may be in contact with the bed lining. An additional supply of heated air is supplied through horizontal pipes in the crown of the gas producer. In the second or boiling stage of the puddling process the hot gases are allowed to pass through the regene- rative brickwork in the above-mentioned chambers, the damper being closed. In the balling stage the damper is opened and air admitted through the heated brickwork. In mill furnaces and others where the furnace bed does not require to be kept 614 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. cool, the bed pipes are dispensed with and the space under the bed filled with regenerative brickwork. The waste gases may be passed through casings or jackets, filled with regenerative brickwork, placed round steam generators. \_Dranmigs.'] A.D. 1883, December 13.— No. 5729. WALKER, Benjamin. — {Provisional protection only.) — Work- ing ingots of steel etc. Steel ingots are worked into plates by being pressed in the direction of their length between two hydraulic cylinders with horizontal rams, then rolled, divided, re-heated, and cross rolled. An inverted hydraulic press is supported by four columns serving as guides for the ram crosshead. Four small cylinders, worked by an accumulator, are arranged round the press cylinder, their pistons being connected with the ram crosshead. To prevent the inconvenience caused by elasticity of the water when the work is short, a second ram is employed as an abutment to the first ram, so as to reduce the liquid space in the cylinder. The upper end of this second ram is screwed into a segmental nut on the head of the press, and descends into abutment with the first ram when the segments are separated ; it is secured there by closing the segments of the nut, and raised when required by rotating the nut. The anvil block is mounted on wheels and supported by springs so as to run into the press ; when pressure is applied the springs yield and the anvil rests on the press base. It is made in parts to vary the height. For forgiag tyres or hoops, four presses are set radially on a central horizontal mandrel, which carries the steel ring to be forged. The rams, armed with tools of suitable contour, press the ring inwards upon the mandrel simultaneously, the core bar carrying the ring rotating a little at every pressure. The hoop is finished on a tyre-rolling machine. [No Draioings.'] A.D. 1883, December 18.— No. 5788. LAKE, Wij.LiAM Robert. — (^1 coinmunicatlon from Cainming^ Cherry.) — Preparing ores for smelting. MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 615 Relates to methods and apparatus for treating ores to purify and prepare them for smelti^ng. Ores of iron, gold, silver, copper, lead, are calcined, roasted, and prepared for smelting in a vertical retort furnace of special construction. The retort has an extension at the top with luted re- movable cover, and an escape pipe provided with a safety- valve by which the pressure inside the retort can be regulated ; the end of this escape pipe is coiled in a condenser. yhe retort is heated by a furnace underneath, the gases passing by an annular flue up the outside of the retort and down by an internal flue, through the centre of the retort, to a chamber containing air and steam superheaters, the flues and chamber being packed with regenerative brickwork. The chamber has an extra furnace and is additionally heated by a pipe from an oatside blast furnace. A perforated coil pipe is introduced into the retort near the bottom, and the bottom itself is perforated. The retort can be put into communication with a'chamber underneath when required by a sliding rod withdrawing a portion of the bottom plate. The ore being heated to 700^-1000^ F. by the furnace gases, is heated with superheated steam at a pressure of not less than 30 pounds, admitted either through the coil or perforated bottom. When the phosphorus, arsenic, sulphur, etc. are eliminated, the steam is replaced by heated air at a pressure of not less than 10 pounds until re-oxidation occurs. The sliding door is then withdrawn and the ore falls on to an inclined grating form- ing the floor of the chamber beneath the retort ; the small pieces pass through the grating and the larger ones are removed from the chamber by a side door. Chlorine gas can be introduced into the retort and ores chlorinated therein. l_Draiaing.'] A.D. 1883, December 22.— No. 5849. JUSTICE, Philip Middleton. — (A communication from Sidney Gilchrist Tliomas.) — (^Provisional p7'otection only.) — Manufacture of alkalies and alkaline salts. Phosphoric pig iron is blown in a Bessemer vessel (unless nearly free from silicon) and is then run on a layer of sodium ^ chloride or potassium chloride coated with lime or iron ore, 616 MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. on the hearth of a Siemens basic furnace. More salt is then injected with air and with or without steam. The gases evolved are passed through a condensing tower to recover volatilized phosphoric acid and phosphates. Sodium phos- phate or potassium phosphate is recovered from the slag, and may be decomposed by lime to obtain the corresponding alkalies. [iVo DraynngsJ] A.D. 1883, December 27.— No. 5876. BRANDON, Raphael Hunter. — {A communication from Charles Carroll Billings.) — Drawing and compressing rods, bars, and shafting. The die fits in an adjustable seat which is centred on screws passed through the seat-holder, and turns on knife edges in line with the screws. The seat-holder is similarly adjustable on screws and knife edges at right angles to those of the seat. The die seat and seat-holder can thus be adjusted by the screws in the seat- holder, so as to set the die for drawing crooked work straight. The end of the work is fixed in a suitable clutch attached to the end of the piston-rod of a hydraulic or other cylinder. As a modification, the die seat may be more belled externally and made to work on friction rollers situated between it and the holder, which in this case is fixed to the frame. For straighten- ing by rolling, the positions of the bends are determined and the work is passed (with its convex side upwards) between a single upper roller and two lower rollers suitably grooved to receive it. The axis of the upper roller is adjustable, and tiie driving- gear is reversible. The lower rollers turn in the sam'^ direction. For straightening by pressing, the work is suppi-rted and rotated by rollers. A frame, sliding longitudinally on the machine, carries a series of vertically-adjustable rests and an upper adjustable pressing-block. The blocks being all out of contact with the work, a piece of chalk held at the top of one of the rests marks the bent parts as the work is rotated and the frame traversed. These parts are then put under the pressing-block. [DrawingJ] MANUFACTURE OF IRON AND STEEL. 617 A.D. 1883, December 28.~No. 5886. GLASER, Friedrich Carl. — (A communication from G. V, Kramsta^sche Erhen and Rudolf Wiester.) — Treating zinc ores. Relates to a cupola furnace for smelting zinc ores. Con- sists of a furnace shaft which is closed by floor plates provided with counterweights and turning on their axes. The floor plates are protected from injury by the heat by means of a layer of sand. The side walls are of refractory material, and are pierced wir one or more rows of openings serving as nozzles or tuyeros, through which . either cold or hot air is supplied. The evolved zinc oxide fumes escape through a tube at the top. The furnace is erected on arches or iron columns so that the residues may be discharged directly into trucks. [Drawings."] V 6154 X 618 APPENDIX TO MANUFACTURE OF IRON &c. APPENDIX. 1881. A.D. 1881, January 8.— No. 107. RAMSDEN, John Carter. — (Provisional protection only A — Manufacture of weavers' mails, and methods and apparatus employed in such manufacture ; applicable to the manufacture of other articles of steel and iron. Relates to a furnace for the hardening and tempering of loom mails, needles, steel pens, heckle and gill pins, and other small articles. The furnace is shaped like an inverted (J? a^^d the heat, supplied by liquid hydrocarbons which are sprayed into the furnace at the bottom of one of the legs by steam. The heat passes up one leg of the furnace and down the other to the chimney, the articles falling down the legs from a dis- tributing-hopper into an oil bath. In some cases the furnace is fitted with hinged shelves, and the articles fall from one shelf to the next as they pass through the furnace, and are thus able to absorb more heat. When the furnace is used for annealing purposes or for renderi-ng tha articles treated less liable to rust, it is shaped like the letter (J? ^-nd the heat enters at the top of one leg and passes up the other to the chimney. The articles to be treated are placed on trays or hung from grids, and in some cases the trays may be filled with charcoal which has been steeped in carbonate of potassa and dried. The articles after being heated may be withdrawn and plunged in oil, or left in the furnace while the latter cools, or steam may be injected into the furnace after the heat supply has been stopped. The liquid fuel is drawn up a number of. vertical tubes by steam jets issuing from pipes placed at right angles to the vertical pipes. \_No DrannngsJ] APPENDIX TO MANUFACTUEE OF IRON &c. 619 A.D. 1881, December 21.— No. 5602. CLARK, Alexander Melville. — (A communication from Martin Armstrong ffoivell, Junior). — Manufacture of files. Blanks of white or refined cast iron are interlaid in cast-iron boxes with oxides or like carbon-removing materials, and are steadily heated so that the surface may be soft and decarbu- rized. They are then surfaced on a grindstone, cut into files, and interlaid in airtight boxes with carbon or carbonaceous or nitrogenous matter separately or suitably mingled, and are heated to bright redness for a sufficient time to re-carbonize them. The files are finally tempered as usual. \_No Drawings.'] 1882. A.D. 1882, February 25.— No. 910. JOHNSON, Benjamin, Junior. — Cores for use in casting steel tubes, ingots, and hollow articles. Relates to cores for use in casting steel tubes, ingots, nut blanks, and the like. The core consists of two parts, an inner metal tube split up one" side, the edges of which may overlap, and an outer tube of. thin sheet metal, clean or bright exter- nally. The inner tube is of moderate thickness to resist the pressure of the molten metal, but to a certain extent collaps- able. The outer tube becomes incorporated with the casting. Both tubes are of sheet metal bent to the desired form. The mould may be of any shape, such as hexagonal, when casting blanks for nuts. \_Drawing.'] LONDON : PRINTED FOR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE, By Dauling & Sox, Ltd., 1, :i, 3 & 5, Great St. Thomas Apostle, E.G. 1894. PATErfS FOR iP'EfJTIOfiS. ABRIDGMENTS RELATING TO THE iMUFACTUEE OF IRON AND STEEL. PART IIL^A.D. 1877-1888. londo:^a: published and sold at patent 'office sale branch, CURSITOi^o STREET, CHANCERY LA^TE, B.C.